PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2010

157

COASTS OF KOREA AND CHINA

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2010 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

FOURTEENTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
II

Pub. 157

Preface

0.0 Pub. 157, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Coasts of Korea and

China, Fourteenth Edition, 2010, is issued for use in conjunction with Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific

Ocean and Southeast Asia. Companion volumes are Pubs. 154,

155, 158, and 159.

0.0 Digital Nautical Chart 9, 12 and 28 provides electronic chart

coverage for the area covered by this publication. 

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 10 Jul 2010, including

Notice to Mariners No. 28 of 2010. Subsequent Publication

Digital Updates (PDUs) have corrected this publication to 4

December 2010, including Notice to Mariners No. 49 of 2010.

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://www.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

DNC.portal

0.0 5. Maritime Do0.0 main web site: http://www.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

MSI.portal

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Domain

0.0 National Geospatial-Intelligence

0.0 Agency

Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Digital Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain website.

0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website

http://www.nga.mil/NGAPortal/MSI.portal

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational
III

 Pub. 157

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, however, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

website.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Canadian Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks. 

0.0 Reports from United States Naval and merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents.

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.

0.0 Internet Web sites, as follows:

0.0 1. Fraser Port Authority

0.0 http://www.fraserportauthority.com

0.0 2. Lighthouses of British Columbia

0.0 http://fogwhistle.ca/bclights

0.0 3. Nanaimo Port Authority

0.0 http://www.npa.ca

0.0 4. Port Alberni Port Authority

0.0 http://www.alberni.net/harbor-havre

0.0 5. Prince Rupert Port (The New World Port)

0.0 http://www.rupertport.com/home.html
0.0SECTOR LIMITS — PUB. 157
VI Pub. 157

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 157 VII

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder MF medium frequency

R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency

GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse

Authorities

No./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
V Pub. 

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII

Sector 1

Korea—South Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

Korea—East Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Sector 3

Korea—West Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Sector 4

China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Sector 5

China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Sector 6

China—Hangzhou Wan and Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Sector 7

China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Sector 8

Taiwan and Taiwan Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Sector 9

China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Chinese Hydrographic Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Pub. 157

1. Korea—South Coast

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 157

SECTOR 1 

KOREA—SOUTH COAST

1.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S coast of Korea from

Haenam Gak, the S tip of the Korean peninsula, to Pusan Hang.

It also includes Cheju Do in the W entrance of Korea Strait or

Joseon Haehyeob (known as Tsushima Kaikyo to the Japanese). The general descriptive sequence is from W to E.

General Remarks

1.1 The S coast of Korea, from Haenam Gag (34°18'N.,

126°31'E.), its SW extremity, to the vicinity of Pusan Hang 135

miles ENE, is indented by large peninsula projections, and is

fronted by numerous groups of islands, islets and rocks.

Generally speaking, the islands and islets are steep-to and there

are few below-water dangers.

1.1 Korean Coast Guard stations can be contacted on VHF

channel 16; the working channel is VHF channel 9. 

1.1 Buoyage.—The conversion to IALA Maritime Buoyage

System (Region B) in the Republic of Korea was reported completed.

1.1 Mined Areas.—Extensive mine laying operation took place

in Korean waters during the 1950-1953 war. For further details,

refer to Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific

Ocean and Southeast Asia.

1.1 Fishing Industries.—The increasing number of fishing industries and their operations are developing in the offshore

areas and around the coasts of Korea. These operations are performed throughout the year. Aquaculture farms, fish havens,

fixed net fishing, and squid fishing operations may be established in positions where they constitute a hazard to navigation.

1.1 Fixed net fishing are set within 2 miles offshore in many

places off the coasts of Korea; however, the distance may be

extended up to 5 miles offshore. Newly established fixed nets

are considered hazardous to navigation, and they are either

published in the weekly Notices to Mariners in the Republic of

Korea or an announcement is made through the Radio Navigation Warnings system.

1.1 Generally squid fishing operation is carried out throughout

the year in the Sea of Japan, by boats up to 100 tons. Lights

from these boats may be shown to attract the fish and not

necessarily in conformity with the lights specified in 72 COLREGS. 

1.1 Fish havens may be encountered on the surface, on the sea

bed, or suspended below the surface, at distances within 5

miles of the coast. Those on the sea bed may consist of concrete blocks, scrap metal (including junked vehicles), or

sunken hulks laid in a fixed position to develop a fish habitat

and a marine environment in coastal waters. Those on the surface may consist of floating rafts under which fish are encouraged to feed out of the sunlight. 

1.1 These contraptions are also known as fish aggregating

devices (FADS). Concentration of fishing vessels may be expected in the vicinity of fish havens where conventional methods are used to catching fish. Occasionally fish havens may be

marked by lights or special lighted buoys.

1.1 Caution should be exercised if it becomes necessary to pass

over a fish haven or when anchoring near it.

1.1 Marine farms consist of rectangular cages made of thick wire

mesh in two layers, having a standard measure of 20 by 30m.

Fish are bred, fed, and harvested in these cages. Marine farms

are encountered either in deep water or in an area close

inshore, and may be marked by lights or lighted buoys.

1.1 The deep water marine farms may be positioned as far as 30

miles offshore, and they are usually attended by service vessels. Although they are moored in a temporary position on the

surface, there are also others suspended 20 to 25m below the

surface. These farms are frequently moved to safe water before

the onset of winter. Inshore marine farms are more likely

situated in permanent positions and they are shown on the appropriate charts.

1.1 Winds—Weather.—In the Korea Strait the winds are predominantly NE during the winter, but are not felt strongly W of

Maemul To. During this season very light breezes blow from

between NW and NE between Maemul To and Tumi Do.

1.1 On the S side of Namhae Do, W winds blow regularly during

this season, and between this island and Kuma Yolto the

prevailing winds are W. Between Kuma Yolto and Naro Yolto

there are gales from between NW and WSW. Although these

gales usually blow strongly during the night, they tend to moderate toward dawn.

1.1 At Chuja Kundo the prevailing winds during the spring are

E, during the summer E and S, during the autumn N, and

during the winter W and NW. The strongest winds are E, and

bad weather with these winds often last for a period of 10 days.

1.1 Tides—Currents.—Along the S coast of Korea from the S

end of Naro Yeoldo to the S end of Koje Do, the tidal currents

are very weak. To the S of this area, between the islands off this

part of the coast the tidal currents set W with the rising tide E

with the falling tide, attaining a velocity between 1 to 1.5

knots. In the narrow channels between Koje Do and Busan the

tidal currents attain velocities between 3 to 4 knots.

1.1 The tidal currents N and S of Soan Kundo set E and W, with

the change occurring about 2 hours after HW and LW. At

spring tides there is a brief period of slack water.

1.1 Off the S end of Soan Do the W currents divide into two

branches, one setting into Soan Hang and the other flowing

past both sides of Chagea Do, past the S end of Pogil To and

then setting NW. The ebb current sets in the opposite direction.

The maximum velocity is 4.5 knots.

1.1 In Chuja Kundo the tidal currents usually set in a W or E

direction. The velocity of the tidal currents at springs is about

2.3 knots, but in the narrow channels between the islands and

islets they attain a velocity of 5 knots in some places, producing dangerous overfalls.

1.1 During the ebb tide, eddies are experienced among the islets

SE and S of Heonggan Do, and tide rips are common.

1.1 The W current flows from about 2 hours before HW until 4

hours after HW at Chang Jiang. The E current flows from
4 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

about 4 hours after HW until about 2 hours before the following HW.

1.1 Pilotage.—The Korea Maritime Pilots Association (KMPA)

provides an operational website. 

1.1 Gageocho Ocean Research Station (33°56'31"N.,

124°35'34"E.) stands on Ilhyang Ch’o, a pinnacle rock; the

station exhibits a light and is equipped with a racon. 

1.2 Cheju Do (Jeju Do) (33°25'N., 126°30'E.), a large

and rugged island, lies about 45 miles S of the S tip of the

Korean peninsula. The volcanic island has few indentations,

and no secure anchorages for large vessels. Halla San, the

highest point on the island rises to an elevation of 1950m, has

two peaks, the W of which is a precipitous wall of rock, and the

E is slightly sloping. The lower slopes of the mountain are

wooded. An ODAS buoy lies approximately 25 miles SSE of

Halla San. 

From NE of Haryur Ag, about 12 miles NE of Halla San, is

the N of two sharp peaks, about 1 mile apart, which are useful

to vessels approaching from this direction. Also very conspicuous from this same direction is a thickly-wooded sharppeaked mountain about 3 miles NW of Halla San. The most

conspicuous feature on the SW coast of the island is Sanbang

San. This dome-shaped mountain rises precipitously from the

coast about 13 miles SW of Halla San.

Tides—Currents.—Off the S coast of Cheju Do the tidal

current sets in an E and W direction, roughly parallel to the

coast, at a velocity of 0.5 to 0.75 knot. The W current runs

from 3 to 4 hours before until 2 to 3 hours after the time of HW.

The E current flows from 2 to 3 hours after HW until from 3 to

4 hours before the time of the following HW.

1.2 Off the SW coast of Cheju Do the velocity of the tidal

currents is strongest in the vicinity of Mara Do (33°07'N.,

126°16'E.), where it attains about 3 knots. The passage N of

Mara Do has strong tidal currents which generally cause a tidal

race.

1.2 Tidal currents off the N coast of Cheju Do set parallel to the

coast. In the vicinity of Piyang Do (Biyang Do) (33°24'N.,

126°14'E.) the velocity of the tidal currents is about 2.5 knots.

1.2 Chagwi Do (33°19'N., 126°09'E.), lying close off the W

extremity of Cheju Do, is a cliffy island covered with grass. A

conspicuous rocky peak rises about 1 mile ESE of Chagwi Do.

Cheju Do—South and East Coasts

1.3 Hwasun Hang (33°14'N., 126°28'E.) is a fishing harbor protected by two breakwaters. The L-shaped S breakwater

is 230m long, and extends S then W from the coast. The N

breakwater has a landing quay for small craft and extends

250m WSW.

1.3 Hyeongjedo Moyji (33°13'N., 126°20'E.) is the roadstead

SW of Hwasun and partially protected from the S by Hyeong

Do (33°12'N., 126°19'E.), a small island, 25m high, lies 1.3

miles NE of Bunam Gag. A detached rock, 47m high, lies close

S of Hyeongje Do. Foul ground lies between Hyeonggi Do and

the coast NW.

1.3 Anchorage.—The best anchorage may be obtained, in a

depth of 22m, sand bottom, about 1 mile offshore and midway

between Hwasun Hang and Hyeongjedo. This anchorage is

exposed to S and E winds which quickly raise a heavy sea. 

1.3 Good marks in addition to Sanbang San include Gun San,

about 5 miles NE of Bunam Got, and which may be identified

by two large rocks on summit. A pier extends 183m W from a

point 2 miles NE of Hyeongjedo. Hyeongjedo lies about 1.3

miles NE of the SE extremity of Bunam Got. Foul ground

extends about 183m E from this islet, and there is a rock 45m

high, close S of the islet; between the N extremity of the islet

and the mainland NNW, there are reefs and shallow water.

1.3 Seogwip’o Hang (33°14'N., 126°34'E.), a fishing harbor,

lies at the mouth of Yenoe Chon. A breakwater extends about

0.25 mile SE then 183m protecting the E side of the approach

channel to the harbor. Lights are shown from the breakwater

heads on the E and W sides of the harbor entrance. There are

eight wharves within the breakwaters, with depths of 3.2 to

9.3m alongside. 

1.3 Seogwi Ri is the principal town on the S coast of Cheju Do.

It stands on a hill on the E side of the harbor. Nok Som and

Sam Do lie in the approach to Seogwi Ri; the former, S of the

town, has steep sides and a flat summit, the latter, SE of the

town, has a sharp peak conspicuous from E or W. A prominent

waterfall, located at the mouth of a river close E of Seogwi Ri,

is a good landmark for vessels approaching the harbor from

seaward between Nok Som and Sam Do. It is 26m high and

looks like a white pillar from a distance.

1.3 Anchorage.—Large vessels can obtain temporary anchorage

off the small harbor at Seogwi Ri, but it is open to the S. 

1.4 Seongsan Bando (33°28'N., 126°56'E.) is the peninsula which forms the E extremity of Cheju Do and to which it

is joined by a 50m wide and sandy isthmus. The NW part of

the peninsula is low, flat and cultivated, but at the SE end, an

extinct volcano rises sharply to a remarkable dish-shaped summit, 178m high. The rocks around the crater, the sides of which

are almost perpendicular, are lower to the NE and higher to the

NW, and have a conspicuous serrated outline providing a good

landmark from some distance. 

1.4 Aspect.—In addition to the volcano at the SE end of

Seongsan Bando, there is Seongsan Am, an isolated rock lying

close offshore NE of Seongsan Du; it is pointed, 22m high and

Korea Maritime Pilots Association

http://www.kmpilot.or.kr

Sanbang San
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 5

Pub. 157

prominent when seen from the N.

1.4 Four radio towers, each 65m high, are situated in the central

NW part of Seongsan Bando.

1.4 The port of Ojolip’o is located on the NW side of the Seongsan Bando isthmus, on the S side is the port of Songsanp’o.

These two ports are collectively known as Songsanp’o Hang,

an important fisheries base.

1.4 Seongsan Du, the SE extremity of Seongsan Bando, is distinctive, projecting from the SE side of the peninsula and rising

steeply to a sharp pointed summit 72m high.

1.4 Songsanp’o Hang East Breakwater Light (33°28.4'N.,

126°56.3'E.) is shown from a framework tower standing at the

end of a breakwater extending 660m from the end of Seongsan

Bando, and runs NNE then N.

1.4 The N breakwater extends W from a position about 180m W

of the head of the E breakwater. Lights are shown from round

towers at each end of the breakwater.

1.4 Ojolip’o is protected by two breakwaters; the E breakwater,

L-shaped and about 380m long, extends NW then WNW from

Seongsan Bando; the W breakwater extends 524m NE from the

mainland.

1.4 Small vessels up to 300 tons can berth alongside in depths of

between 2 to 4m; the total quay length is 500m.

1.4 A submarine pipeline crosses the harbor 0.3 mile S of the

breakwaters.

1.4 Songsanp’o lies on the SE side of the Seongsan Bando isthmus.

1.4 Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be obtained in the N

part of Songsanp’o, about 0.7 mile WSW of Seongsan Du, in

depths of 10 to 15m sand; the S part of the bay is rocky. This

anchorage, which is a fishing station, is protected from NW

winds in winter but is exposed to SE winds in summer.

Cheju Do—North Coast

1.5 The nearly straight N coast between Piyangdo Myoji

and Udo Sudo consist mostly of black lava rocks, piled up in

heaps, and projecting rocky ledges. Cheju (Jeju), about midway along this coast, is the principal town on the island. To the

E of Cheju the hills rise steeply inland and are broken by narrow valleys.

Piyang Do (Biyang Do) (33°25'N., 126°15'E.) affords

anchorage, in about 13 to 15m, sand, between the E side of the

island of Piyangdo and Cheju Do. Anchorage may also be had

SW of Piyangdo, in 13 to 31m, sand and shells. Local knowledge is necessary for both anchorages. Small local vessels can

anchor either 0.3 mile S of Piyangdo, in 10 to 11m, sand, or in

a bay on the SE side of the islan,d in depths of 2 to 3m; the

latter is a good anchorage except in S winds. The bottom is

rocky and uneven in the vicinity of these anchorages, and

vessels may experience difficulty in weighing anchor. A light is

exhibited on Piyangdo. A submarine pipeline has been laid SE

from Piyangdo.

1.5 Hanrim Hang (33°25'N., 126°16'E.), a fishing harbor, is

entered about 1.3 miles E of Piyangdo. The harbor is protected

to the N and W by a breakwater which, connecting with Chiku

Do on the N side, extends over 1,500m W and SW; another

breakwater projects 180m from the shore to form an inner

harbor basin. Breakwater extension works were in progress.

1.5 Aewol Got (Aeweol Got), the NW extremity of Cheju Do

(Jeju Do), lies 3.5 miles NE of Hanrim Hang. A prominent hill

172m high, with an old beacon on its summit, lies 1.5 miles

ESE of the point.

1.5 Aewol Hang (33°28'N., 126°20'E.), 1 mile E of Aewol Got,

is a small fishing harbor protected by a breakwater with the

entrance open NE.

1.5 Aewol Li (Aeweol Li) and another fishing village lie a short

distance E of the harbor.

1.6 Cheju (Jeju) (33°31'N., 126°32'E.), the administrative

center of the island, stands on the shore at the head of a small

basin protected by a breakwater on its NW side and a

breakwater on its E side. The inner harbor SE of the NW

breakwater provides shelter and berthing for small vessels with

drafts of less than 4.6m.

Cheju Hang (Jeju Hang) (33°31'N., 126°32'E.) (World Port

Index No. 60350) is protected on its W and NW sides by a

breakwater 0.5 mile long, on the inside of which a breakwater

spur forms the N side of the harbor entrance. The harbor is

open to the NE. A mole projects 183m NW from the shore to

form the S entrance point of the harbor. 

The inner harbor side of the E breakwater provides shelter

and berthing for large commercial cargo vessels with an

average draft of 7.3m. Dredging is done as needed to maintain

a depth of at least 8m. The harbor area can handle up to 13

vessels: one of 10,000 dwt, two of 5,000 dwt, six of 3,000 dwt,

and four of 1,000 dwt.

1.6 Winds—Weather.—Strong NW winds are frequent in the

winter months and often make it impossible to work cargo.

Gales are most frequent in January.

1.6 Aspect.—In the vicinity of Cheju are several conspicuous

peaks. To the W of the city is a prominent pine wood, and to

the S is a group of pine trees.

1.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is available. The

pilot boards in approximate position 33°31.8'N, 126°32.7'E.

1.6 Regulations.—There is a VTS in force within an area with a

radius of 5 miles centered on Sanji Light (33°31.3'N.,

126°32.7'E.). It is under the authority of Cheju Port Service.

1.6 Participation in the VTS is compulsory for:

1. Vessels loaded with dangerous cargo.

2. Vessels greater than 300 grt (except fishing).

3. Vessels engaged in towing.

Seongsan Bando
6 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

1.6 Vessels are required to report the following:

1. Preliminary arrival report.

2. Entry report.

3. Arrival report.

4. Shifting report.

5. Departure report.

1.6 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage lies about 1.5 miles

NW of the breakwaters in position 33°32'N, 126°31'E. 

1.7 U Do (33°30'N., 126°58'E.), close off the E end of

Cheju Do (Jeju Do), is separated from it by a passage with a

general width of about 1 mile, and depths of 13 to 28m in the

fairway. The tidal currents set through this passage in a NNW

and SSE direction, attaining a maximum velocity of 3 knots.

1.7 Anchorage may be obtained 0.5 mile SW of the SW extremity of U Do, in depths of 15 to 22m, sand and shells.

Cheju Haehyob (Jeju Haehyeob) (33°50'N., 126°40'E.),

lying between the N side of Cheju Do and Chuja Gundo and

the islands E, is deep and unobstructed, except in its SW part.

1.7 Haeam Yeo (33°40'N., 126°18'E.), about 12 miles off the

NW coast of Cheju Do, is steep-to and pointed. A depth of 4m

lies close E of Haeam Yeo. Hwa Do, about 4.5 miles NE of

Haeam Yeo, has a flat summit which can be easily identified.

1.7 Nakano Se, about 4.5 miles NNW of Hwa Do, is relatively

steep-to.

1.7 Changsu Do (Jangsu Do) (Sasudo) (33°55'N., 126°38'E.),

about 22 miles N of Cheju Do (Jeju Do), has a wooded flat

summit and steep cliffs. 

1.7 Yeoseo Do (33°59'N., 126°56'E.), about 14 miles ENE of

Changsu Do, is very conspicuous. When seen from W it

appears as a round hill with a long ridge extending NE, but

from E it appears flat and resembles the back of an ox. A light

is exhibited on the N side of the island.

1.7 Small local vessels obtain temporary anchorage, in a depth

of 9m, in a shallow bay on the N side of Yeoseo Do, but care

must be taken to avoid a rock awash lying on the E side of the

entrance.

1.8 Chuja Kundo (Chuja Gundo)(33°57'N., 126°20'E.) is

a group of islands, islets, and rocks lying about 25 to 30 miles

N of Cheju Do (Jeju Do). Vessels should avoid passing through

this group. Jeolmyeong Seo (33°52'N., 126°19'E.), considered

to be the southernmost of the group, is a conical shaped rock

lying 9 miles NNW of Hwa Do. Heavy tide rips are reported

within 1 mile of Jeolmyeong Seo. Sudeog Do, 2.75 miles NE

of Jeolmyeong Seo, is prominent as its N side is a precipitous

cliff 126m high.

1.8 Bang Seo (33°55'N., 126°24'E.), the SE islet of the group,

lies about 3 miles ENE of Sudeog Do.

1.8 Heonggan Do, the N of the group, lies about 8.5 miles NNE

of Jeolmyeong Seo, and has two peaks. A light is exhibited on

Heonggan Do.

1.8 Sangchuja Hang, on the NE side of Sangchuja Do, is a small

harbor with depths of 3.7m. Winds from the N and E cause a

swell in the harbor, but it is comparatively calm close offshore.

1.8 Hachuja Do (33°57'N., 126°20'E.), the largest and highest

island of Chuja Gundo, 163m high, is connected to Sangchuja

Do close NW, by a bridge with an overhead clearance of 9m.

Foul ground extends 0.75 mile S and SE of the S point of

Hachuja Do. A 10m wide breakwater extends 0.3 mile SSW

from a position on the shore SE of the summit of the island.

1.8 Anchorage may be obtained SE of the summit of Hachuja

Do, in depths of 18 to 20m, sand.

1.8 The islet of Jiggu Do lies about 2 miles NW of Sangchuja

Do. 

1.8 Abnormal magnetic variation was reported to exist about 10

miles NNW of Chuja Gundo.

1.9 Soan Kundo (Soan Gundo) (34°10'N., 126°27'E.),

NE of Chuja Gundo, is separated from the Korean mainland by

Hoenggan Sudo. The group consists of three large islands,

several smaller islands, and numerous rocks. 

1.9 Judun Cho (Chulon Cho), a rocky head awash, lies about

3.75 miles SW of Jagae Do. The sea breaks over this rock

during strong winds and tidal currents.

1.9 Dangsado, the southernmost of the group, rises to a sharp

peak at its S end. This wooded islet is an excellent landmark

for vessels passing S of the group. A light is shown from the

SE extremity of Dangsado (34°06'N., 126°36'E.). 

1.9 Soan Do, the E island of the group, consists of two highlands

joined by a low narrow isthmus. The E end of the N part of the

island is surmounted by a conspicuous conical peak. Soan

Hang is formed by a narrow passage between Soan Do and the

islands W of it. An overhead power cable, with a clearance of

31m, extends from the W extremity of Soan Do to the island W

of it. Nohwa Do, the N island, can be distinguished from the

other two large islands of the group because its hills vary little

in height, and it is almost bare.

1.9 Bogil Do (Pogil To) (34°09'N., 126°32'E.), separated from

Nohwa Do by a narrow channel, is densely wooded, with many

sharp peaks. A submarine cable has been laid from the NW

coast of Bogil Do and Na Do, 1.5 miles NW.

1.9 Hoenggan Do, the N island of the group, is separated from

Nohwa Do by Janggu Sudo (Changgu Sudo), which has depths

of 20 to 31m in the fairway. An overhead power cable spans the

channel with a clearance of 31m. From E the island appears as

a flat ridge terminating in a steep, rugged slope which ends in a

cliff. 

1.9 The maximum velocity of the tidal currents in the passage is

4.5 knots. A light is exhibited on the N coast of Hoenggan Do.

1.9 Yongjeon Cho, about 1.5 miles E of Hoenggan Do, marked

Cheju Hang
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 7

Pub. 157

by a light, is a drying pinnacle rock. There are heavy overfalls

over this rock when the tidal currents are strong, but at slack

water it is extremely dangerous as it is not seen.

1.9 A wreck lies sunk about 0.5 mile SSW of Yongjeon Cho.

1.10 Hoenggan Sudo (34°16'N., 126°35'E.), deep and free

from dangers in the fairway, lies between the N island of Soan

Gundo (Soan Kundo) and the islands E of Haenam Gag. Baegil

Hang lies E of Haenam Gag and N of the islands of Heugil Do

and Baegil Do.

1.10 Haenam Gag (34°18'N., 126°31'E.), the SW extremity of

the Korean peninsula, is surmounted by a pointed hill and

another hill close N, both of which are conspicuous. It is also

the SW extremity of Tarumasan Sammyaku, which extends to

Delma San 489m high, 6 miles NNE, and has a very irregular

outline.

Baegil Hang (Paegil Hang) (34°18'N., 126°34'E.) is entered

from W between Haenam Gag and the W end of Heugil Do

(Hugil To) about 1 mile SE. The S and E sides of the harbor are

formed by two islands, Heugil Do and Baegil Do, 0.5 mile NE.

1.10 Tides—Currents.—In Baegil Hang, currents attain a rate of

4 knots.

1.10 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained by small local

vessels in Baegil Hang, in a depth of 10m. A good berth is with

the NE tangent of Baegil Do in line with the S summit of Gye

Do (34°18.5'N., 126°36.8'E.), bearing 069°, and the SW extremity of Baegil Do, bearing 155° in a depth of 9m, where the

tidal currents are weak.

1.10 Caution.—An overhead power cable runs between Baegil

Do and Donghwa Do, and has a 37m vertical clearance. A dangerous wreck, at a depth of 26m, lies in the SW entrance to

Baegil Hang about 1 mile W of Heugil Do. 

1.11 Heugil Do (Hugil To) (34°17'N., 126°33'E.), 184m

high and wooded, is fringed by a bank, with depths of less than

5m extending 1 mile ENE from its NW point. Baegil Do, 109m

high, lies 0.5 mile NE of Heugil Do. An overhead cable, with a

vertical clearance of 49m, spans the channel between the E end

of Heugil Do and Baegil Do, 0.4 mile NE.

1.11 The E continuation of Hoenggan Sudo leads N of Somo Do

and the islands E of Soan Hang, and S of the islands on the W

side of the approach to Tungnyang Man (Deugryang Man).

Meeruan, a rock, lies on the N side of the passage about 2.8

miles NNW of Somo Do. A light is exhibited from a red round

concrete tower, with black bands, standing on the rock.

Somo Do (Soma Do) (34°14'N., 126°47'E.) is 121m high at

its E extremity. Somo Do has a conspicuous clump of trees on

the W side of its summit. A reef extends 0.5 mile SW from

Somo Do; two above-water rocks, the inner 17m high, stand on

the reef. A light is shown from the NW extremity of Somo Do.

Taema Do, about 0.8 mile S of Somo Do, has an irregular

serrated summit. A bank, with a depth of 9.6m at its W edge,

extends about 1 mile W from Taema Do. The high and flat

Pulgun Do (Bulgeun Do) (34°09'N., 126°45'E.), with two

small islets close S, lies about 1.5 miles S of Taema Do. A

rock, with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies close N of the N extremity of the island.

Ch’ongsan Do (Cheongsan Do) (34°11'N., 126°53'E.), is

343m high at the SE end of the island. The island is mostly

cultivated but the peaks are bare. There are several villages on

the coast. Close off the NW coast of Ch’ongsan Do are two

islets, Chang Do (Jang Do) and Chich’o Do (Jicho Do), 1 mile

S of it. A rock, 21m high, lies about 0.7 mile SW of Chich’o

Do (Jicho Do) and 0.55 mile offshore. An important fishing

village lies at the head of an inlet entered 0.5 mile SSE of

Chich’o Do. A light is exhibited from the head of two

breakwaters near the village.

1.11 A submarine power cable is laid between the N side of

Ch’ongsan Do and the S end of Sinji Do, 5.5 miles NNW. The

cable is marked along its length at intervals of about 1 mile by

several lighted buoys.

1.11 Tides—Currents.—In the middle of Hoenggan Sudo the

tidal currents set in an E and W direction. The E current attains

a velocity of 4.5 knots, and the W about 3.5 knots. In Baegil

Hang (Paegil Hang), the tidal currents reach a velocity of from

4 to 5 knots.

1.11 Between Ch’ongsan Do and Soan Hang the tidal currents set

in a N direction with the rising tide, and in a S direction with

the falling tide. The current attains a velocity of about 2 knots.

1.11 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with

local knowledge in fine weather, off the W side of Ch’ongsan

Do in position 34°10.7'N 126°50.9'E, in a depth of about 15m.

Anchorage may be also obtained during N winds in a bay on

the S side of Ch’ongsan Do at its W end. The bay has depths of

10 to 15m and the best anchorage during N winds is in a depth

of 11m. A sandy beach lies at the head of the bay.

1.11 On the E side of Ch’ongsan Do lies a shallow bay the S

entrance point of which is formed by Hang Do (34°11'N.,

126°56'E.), 89m high. In this bay small local vessels can obtain

shelter from SW winds, in depths of 7m, sand and mud.

Off-lying Islands

1.12 Geomun Do (Komun Do)(34°02'N., 127°19'E.), the

outermost group of islands along this part of the coast, lies

about 23 miles S of the Korean coast and about 37 miles NE of

Cheju Do (Jeju Do). The group consists of two large islands,

Seo Do (So Do) and Dong Do (Tong Do), and a smaller island

Go Do (Ko Do) lying between their SE ends. The islands of

this group are easily distinguished from the numerous other

islands and rocks in the vicinity, being larger, rugged, and

densely wooded. Except when seen from SE, Seo Do and Dong

Do have the appearance of one island. A breakwater extends

for 72m from the E side of the village on the NE side of Seo

Do, about 0.3 mile SW of the NE extremity of Seo Do. A light

is shown near the S extremity of Seo Do.

1.12 Daesambu Do, with some smaller islets lying close offshore,

lies about 3 miles E of Dong Do. Its summit rises to a conspicuous conical peak.

1.12 Sosambu Do, about midway between Daesambu Do and

Dong Do, is a small group of islets and rocks, the S islet of

which has a dome-shaped peak, conspicuous because of its

brownish color.

1.12 Man Am, nearly 0.75 mile N of Dong Do, is 3m high and

steep-to.

1.12 Donae Hae (34°03'N., 127°18'E.), lying between Dong Do

and Seo Do, is a sheltered spacious harbor with depths of 15 to

18m. The holding ground is good, but strong E winds cause a

swell. The main entrance, and the only one which can be used

by deep draft vessels, is through a channel about 0.18 mile
8 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

wide between the SW end of a rocky spit, extending 0.45 mile

SSW from the SW point of Dong Do and Go Do. A lighted

buoy marks the fairway SW of the rocky spit.

1.12 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in Donae Hae set N with

the rising tide and S with the falling tide, attaining a velocity of

1.25 to 1.75 knots in the N entrance.

1.12 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is on the E side of the

harbor between the N entrance point and the SW point of Dong

Do, in a depth of 15m, mud. The swell caused by the SE gales

is less felt here than on the W side.

1.13 Sangbaeg Do (Sangbaek To) (34°02'N., 127°37'E.),

the S of the off-lying islets, lies about 14 miles E of Geomun

Do. This group consists of three unmistakable islets which

resemble a castle from all directions. It was reported that Sangbaeg Do is an excellent radar target. 

1.13 Habaeg Do (Habaek To) (34°03'N., 127°35'E.), 1.5 miles

NW of Sang baeg Do, is a group consisting of three islets and

several pinnacle rocks; the S of the two W islets is 147m high

and pyramidal in shape. From its S end several above-water

rocks extend 0.5 mile S.

1.13 Both Sangbaeg Do and Habaeg Do are easy to identify

because of the precipitous summit of Habaeg Do. A light, with

a racon, is situated on the summit of Habaeg Do. The summits

of both groups are also thickly covered with shrubs.

1.13 Mun Do (34°07'N., 127°31'E.), about 4.75 miles NW of

Habaeg Do is 102m high, and, with the exception of its

summit, is thickly covered with shrubs. Its coasts, except on its

E side, consist of vertical cliffs which are prominent.

Mun Seo (Mun So) (34°08'N., 127°34'E.), 23m high, lies

about 2.75 miles ENE of Mun So, and consists of two pinnacle

rocks lying close together. An 8.5m rocky shoal lies about 0.8

mile S of Mun Seo.

Islands in the Approach to Deugryang Man

(Tungnyang Man)

1.14 Maemu To (Maemu Do) (34°13'N., 127°00'E.), on

the E side of the W approach to Deugryang Man, lies about 17

miles NW of Geomun Do and 4 miles NE of Ch’ongsan Do.

Maemul To (Maemul Do) is one of three islands of similar

appearance, all thickly wooded and darker than other islands in

the vicinity. The island Ku Do (Gu Do), 127m high, lies about

0.75 miles E of Maemul To. The third island lies about 0.35

mile S of Ku Do. A light is shown from the NW side of Oyudo

Island.

1.14 A local magnetic anomaly, with a deflection of 4°E and 5°E,

was reported in a position 2 miles SSW of Maemul Do

covering an area of about 1 mile.

1.14 Hwangje Do (34°11'N., 127°05'E.), about 4.3 miles ESE of

Maemul To, consists of a group of six islets which, when seen

from E or W, have the appearance of being three islets.

Togu Do (Deogu Do) (34°15'N., 127°01'E.), about 1 mile N

of Ku Do, presents two distinct peaks when seen from E or W.

Sodogu Do, about 1.5 miles N of Togu Do, is conical with

thickets of brushwood. A light is exhibited on the NW coast of

Sodogu Do. A bank, with a depth of 5.5m, extends 0.2 mile

NW from the islet.

1.14 Hyongje Do (Choko To), midway between Togu Do and

Sodogu Do, consists of three islets lying close together; from a

distance these islets have the appearance of one island.

Chodo Gundo (Chodo Kundo) (34°14'N., 127°15'E.), about

10 miles N of Geomun Do, consists of one fairly large island

and a number of islets and rocks. Cho Do, the largest island,

may be identified by a peculiar long ridge which appears as a

sharp peak when seen from N or S. Chang (Jang) Do, the westernmost island of the group, lies about 2.75 miles WSW of Cho

Do; it is high, cliffy, and flat-topped. The N islet of the group

lies about 2.75 miles N of Cho Do; a rock which dries 0.9m

lies close W of another rock about 1.3 miles SE of this islet.

1.15 Yongman Do (Yeogman Do) (34°10'N., 127°21'E.),

about 5 miles SE of Chodo Gundo and 7 miles NNE of Geomun Do, has a flat summit about 216m high and is thickly

covered with trees. The N part of the island is a bare conical

hill, 113m high, joined to the S part by a sandy isthmus and is

prominent from E or W. Yongman Do Light is shown from the

N part of the island.

1.15 Sonjug Yeoldo (34°17'N., 127°23'E.), consists of three

islands, Sonjug Do and Geomun Do with the smallest,

Sogeomun Do, between them. Sonjug Do, the W island, is

wedge-shaped with a conical hill at its NE end. Sogeomun Do,

92m high and somewhat flat, lies close off the NE extremity of

Sonjug Do. Geomun Do, 0.75 mile E of Sonjug Do, is the

easternmost island of the group and has a sharp double peak.

1.15 Mog Seo, 44m high, with an above-water rock 183m S of it,

lies a little over 0.75 miles W of Sonjug Do.

Dae Am (Tae Am)(34°17'N., 127°26'E.), a red rock 55m

high with a single pine tree on its summit, lies 1.75 miles E of

Geomun Do.

1.15 Wang Do (34°16'N., 127°32'E.), about 6.5 miles E of

Sonjug Yeoldo, is cliffy and cultivated. A rock, 27m high, lies

about 0.4 mile SE of Wang Do. Vessels should not approach

the N side of Wang Do within 0.2 mile. Daeduyeog Seo, two

black rocks, the S of which is 28m high, steep-to, and marked

by a light, lies 1 mile S of Wang Do.

1.15 Gansu Jedo, lying SW of Wang Do, is a group of five islands

and rocks lying 3 miles SE of Geomun Do. Pyeong Do, the

central and largest island is cliffy along its S coast and there is

a sharp peak at its SW end. The central part of the island is

low-lying, while its N part is flat and attains an elevation of

137m. Gu Do, 158m high, the S and highest island of the

group, is cliffy except at its SE point. Sopyeong Do, 65m high,

lies less than 0.5 mile N of Pyeong Do, with an islet midway

between.

1.15 Between Chodo Gundo and Sonjug Yeoldo and the entrance

of Deugryang Man to the N, there is a chain of islets extending

about 15 miles ENE from Paek So (34°15'N., 127°06'E.) to

Jima Do (34°20'N., 127°22'E.).

1.15 The latter islet is saddle-shaped and thickly covered with

shrubs.

Deugryang Man (Tungnyang Man)

1.16 Deugryang Man (34°35'N., 127°05'E.), which affords shelter, is about 8 miles wide and 20 miles long. This extensive inlet is approached by one of three channels which

leads between several islands and islets which encumber the

entrance. The NW side of the bay is fairly shoal, with depths of
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 9

Pub. 157

less than 5m extending up to 2 miles offshore in places. Depths

on the SE side, which is mostly steep-to, are greater. The

bottom everywhere is soft mud.

1.16 The NW side of the bay is backed by mountain ranges, with

many bare or rocky peaks, rising precipitously from the coast.

Ch’ongwan San, the highest peak, has a conspicuous cairn on

its summit. The E side of the bay is formed by Goheung

Bando (Kohung Bando) (34°33'N., 127°20'E.), which has

several barren peaks. P’aryeong Sa (Palyong Sa), the summit

of this large peninsula, is very conspicuous.

1.16 Changgodo Sudo, the main channel leading into Deugryang

Man, lies between Sinji Do and Choyak To, on the W, and

Saengil To and Pyongil To, on the E. The direct approach to

this channel from seaward is between Ch’ongsan Do and the

islets extending SSE from Saengil To. The channel N of Saengil To leads W of Taech’ilgi Do, Changgu Do and Chilma Do,

and then NNE into the bay.

1.16 Saengil To (34°19'N., 127°00'E.), one of the most conspicuous islands in the vicinity, has two distinct peaks, both of

which are conspicuous because of a blackish color and of their

being densely wooded. The N peak is slightly flat, and the S

peak has the appearance of two nipples. Pyongil To, separated

from Saengil To by a passage about 0.5 mile wide, rises to a

sharp peak near its middle part.

1.16 Sinji Do rises to its summit near its W end. This summit

shows as two conspicuous peaks when seen from E. Chang Do

and Mohwang Do lie S of Sinji Do. A light is exhibited on the

NE coast of Mohwang Do. Choyak To, separated from Sinji

Do by a passage with moderate depths in the fairway, is hilly.

The summit of Choyak To appears as a level ridge, the easternmost peak being sharp and conspicuous. A light is shown

from about 2.3 miles SE of the W extremity of Sinji Do. A

power cable with a vertical clearance of 29m spans the channel

between Sinji Do and Wan Do. Red and white metal towers,

marked by obstruction lights, stand at each end of the cable.

1.16 A bridge is under construction close N of the power cable.

Geumdang Sudo (Kumdang Sudo)(34°25'N., 127°07'E.),

the central channel leading into Deugryang Man, lies between

Ch’ung Do and Kumdang Do, on the W, and Geogeum Do, on

the E. The channel leads W of the densely wooded and conspicuous Hou Do (34°24'N., 127°07'E.) and Yonhong Do,

about 2.75 miles farther NNW. Chungang Do (Chuo To), the

black steep-to rock about 0.5 mile SW of the S end of Yonhong

Do, can be passed on either side, but the W side is recommended. Overhead cables exist between Yonhong Do and

Geogeum Do. They have a minimum clearance of 19m.

1.16 Kumdang Do, with several bare hills, lies at the N end of the

E side of Changgodo Sudo, in addition to the N end of the W

side of Geumdang Sudo.

Geogeum Sudo (Kogum Sodo) (34°26'N., 127°16'E.), the N

channel leading into Deugryang Man lies between Geogeum

Do and Sisan Do, on the SW, and Goheung Bando (Kohung

Bando), on the NE and N. The channel leads between Gye Do

(34°30'N., 127°14'E.), the largest and highest of a group of islets and rocks lying off the NE extremity of Geogeum Do, and

Kamdung So (Kanton Yo), a detached rock, 2m high, about 0.6

mile farther NNE. The main channel through the W end of

Geogeum Sudo is N of Sanghwa Do, and between Taegodu Do,

on the S, and Sorok To, on the N.

1.16 Numerous overhead power cables are located in Geogeum

Sudo, Mado Sudo and between Choyak To, Geogeum Do, Sinji

Do, and Wan Do. The charted vertical clearances of these

cables range from 12m for those S of Sorok To to 35m for

those in Mado Sudo.

1.17 Geogeum Do (34°27'N., 127°10'E.) is covered with

trees which stand out in contrast to the bare appearance of the

hills on Goheung Bando (Kohung Bando). The wooded mountains in the E part of the island are conspicuous when seen from

seaward. Sisan Do, on the SW side of the entrance of Geogeum

Sudo, lies about 1.75 miles ESE of Geogeum Do. The summit

of Sisan Do appears almost round from any direction. A light is

exhibited close SE of the S extremity of Sisan Do. Another

light is shown from the N end of the island. Bua Do (Pua Do),

89m high, lies about 2.5 miles W of Sisan Do is conical and

wooded.

1.17 Jijug Do (Jiho Do), on the NE side of the entrance of Geogeum Sudo, is the largest of numerous islets and rocks lying off

the S extremity of Kohung Bando (Goheung Bando). The

summit of this islet is a black hill which rises steeply over the S

extremity.

1.17 Tides—Currents.—In Kumdang Sudo the tidal currents set

in a NW and SE direction, attaining a velocity of 3 knots at

spring tides. Slack water occurs about 40 minutes after high

water at Ch’ang Chiang, with the ebb beginning to run almost

immediately.

1.17 In Kogum Sudo the tidal currents set in a NW and SE

direction, attaining a velocity of 2 knots. Slack water occurs

about 30 minutes after high water, with the ebb beginning to

run almost immediately.

1.17 Anchorage.—Vessels may obtain anchorage anywhere in

Deugryang Man according to draft. The holding ground is very

good, and the tidal currents are not felt much here.

Islands in the Approach to Yeoja Man (Suncheon

Man)

1.18 Tanggeon Yeo (34°22'N., 127°31'E.), a group of

conical rocks, lies about 10 miles SE of the S extremity of Goheung Bando, and is the outermost of the dangers on the W

side of the entrance of Yeoja Man. A light is shown from

Tanggeon Yeo; a racon is situated at the light.

1.18 Gogdu Seo, about 1.8 miles NNW of Tanggeon Yeo, consists

of two rocky islets, the SE one of which is wooded and of a

conspicuous reddish color. A dangerous wreck lies sunk

between Tanggeon Yeo and Gogdu Seo.

1.18 Naro Yeoldo (34°30'N., 127°30'E.) consists of two relatively

large islands and several islets lying on the W side of the

approach to Yeoja Man (Suncheon Man). Onaro Do, 392m

high, the S island, has a wooded range of hills extending from

its S end to its summit, on which stands a conspicuous tower.

1.18 Naenaro Do (34°30'N., 127°28'E.), 240m high, separated

from Oenaro Do by a narrow passage, is largely wooded and

hilly. Several islets and rocks lie within 3 miles of the E side of

these two islands. Samam Lighted Beacon stands at the W end

of Naenaro Do, 1.3 miles N of Sayang Do Light. A drying rock

was reported to lie about 0.5 mile W of this beacon. Sayang

Do, 201m high, lies at the W end of the Oe Sudo passage

separating Oenaro Do and Naenaro Do. Oe Sudo is a narrow

intricate channel with depths of 6 to 20m in the fairway. It it
10 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

suitable for small local craft. A bridge spans connecting the

two islands at the W end of the channel. Overhead power

cables, laid between pylons painted red and white in stripes

and each marked by a light, connect Naenaro Do with Oenaro

Do and with Sayang Do; the least vertical clearance is 39m. A

light is exhibited on the S side of Sayang Do. A light is

exhibited on the SE extremity of Naenaro Do. A breakwater

extends 45m WNW from the W side of Oenaro Do, a little over

1 mile SE of Sayang Do S extremity. There is an oil tank close

SSE of the root of the breakwater and there is a mooring buoy

off the head of the breakwater. A quay about 305m long with a

short concrete pier projecting from it, is situated close N of the

breakwater.

Kumo Yolto (Geumo Yeoldo) (34°30'N., 127°47'E.), consisting of three islands and several islets, lies on the E side of

the approach to Yeoja (Suncheon) Man, and the W side of the

approach to Yeosu Haeman. Sori Do (Sorido), the S island of

the group, has a conspicuous pyramidal peak, 230m high, at its

S end. Sori Do Light is shown from the S point of the island.

1.18 An Do (Ando) is separated from Sori Do by a channel.

Shingang Sudo (Singang Sudo) has a clump of trees on its

summit which is a good landmark. Geumo Do (Kumodo)

(34°32'N., 127°45'E.), the largest island of the group, is

densely wooded. The peak at the SE end of the island is a good

mark.

1.18 Caution.—An overhead power line with a vertical clearance

of 19m extends from An Do to the mainland. Shoals, with a

depth of 6.4m, lie about 2.3 miles SSW of the W end of Geumo

Do.

1.19 Geumo Sudo (Kumo Sudo) (34°33'N., 127°45'E.), N

of Geumo Do, is deep and free of dangers in the fairway.

Vessels should keep in mid-channel to avoid the tide rips off

the points of Geumo Do.

1.19 Regulations.—A Precautionary Area and a Restricted Area

exist within Kumo Sudo (34°33.3'N., 127°45.3'E.) and are

bounded, as follows:

a. 34°35'N., 127°41'E.

b. 34°35'N., 127°50'E.

c. 34°30'N., 127°50'E.

d. 34°30'N., 127°41'E.

1.19 Vessels over 100 grt are recommended not to navigate within

this area. Between Tarduri Do and Soduri Do to the N and

Geumo Do to the S, navigation is restricted during the period

from April 1 to July 31 each year due to reduced visibility.

1.19 Kumo San (34°35'N., 127°48'E.), a 320m high hill with a

saddled-shaped depression, forms a good landmark near the SE

end of Tulsan Do. Koma Gak Light is shown from a white,

round, 7m high, concrete tower that stands near the coast 0.75

mile E of Kumo San.

1.19 An islet, 39m high, lies 0.25 mile off the SE side of Tulsan

Do, fronting a small bay, 1 mile NNE of Tulsan Do. A patch

drying 2.7m lies close ESE of the islet.

1.19 Fish nets are set within the area extending up to 4 miles ESE

and 6 miles SE of the SE end of Tulsan Do. A fish haven

(concrete blocks) extends up to 0.75 mile SSE of the point.

1.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents about 1 mile S of

Tanggeon Yeo have a velocity of about 2 knots. Vessels are

recommended to give Tanggeon Yeo and Gogdu Seo a berth of

at least 1 mile because of the strong tidal currents in their

vicinity.

1.19 In Geumo Sudo, the tidal currents set in a W direction with

the rising tide at a velocity of 4.3 knots, and in an E direction

with the falling tide at a velocity of 3.25 knots.

1.19 Anchorage.—Small local vessels can obtain good

anchorage in the bay SW of the 39m high islet, in a depth of

8m, mud. A drying reef extends 137m SE from this islet.

1.19 Caution.—Pinnacle rocks are reported to exist and they are

extended up to 4 miles from the coast between So Yong Dan

(34°24'N., 127°48'E.), and Tulsan Do Light (34°42'N.,

127°48'E.).

Yeoja Man (Suncheon Man)

1.20 Yeoja Man (34°40'N., 127°30'E.) lies between the E

side of Goheung Bando and the W side of Yosu Pando (Yeosu

Bando). The entrance is encumbered by numerous islands

which extend SE to the N side of Geumo Sudo. The

recommended channel into the inlet is So Sudo, which lies

between Nang Do (34°36'N., 127°33'E.) and the E end of

Goheung Bando. This passage is about 0.6 mile wide, but is

reduced to a width of 0.3 mile at its N end by the reef extending from the W side of the channel. Nang Do has a cairn

on its summit which is conspicuous from seaward.

1.20 Caution.—Two overhead power cables, one with a vertical

clearance of 38m, the other with a vertical clearance of 35m,

cross the S end of So Sudo.

Gae Do (Kae Do)(34°34'N., 127°40'E.), about 5 miles SE of

Nang Do, is the largest of the several islands fronting the

entrance of Gamag Yang. The summit of Gae Do, 337m high,

along with a 330m high summit close NW of it, are both

pointed and form good landmarks. Anchorage may be obtained

in the E bay on the S coast of Gae Do, by small local vessels, in

depths of 7 to 13m.

Yosu Haeman (Yeosu Haeman)

1.21 Yosu Haeman (34°40'N., 127°51'E.) is an extensive

inlet between Tolsando (34°38'N., 127°48'E.) and Yosu Bando

on the W side, and Namhae Do on the E side. At its head are

two branches, the W leading into Kwangyang Man, and the E

leading into Noryang Sudo.

Kanyo Am (34°17'N., 127°51'E.) is the outermost of

dangers lying on the approach to Yosu Haeman. It is 23m high

and lies 16 miles E of Kwang Do and is marked by a lighted

beacon. Chag To (34°25'N., 127°54'E.) lying about 8 miles

NNE of Kanyo Am, is 100m high and flat-topped.

1.21 Sejon Do (34°30'N., 128°05'E.), about 10 miles ENE of

Chag To, shows two curiously-shaped rocky peaks when seen

from NW, and when seen from NE, these two peaks are in line.

A light has been established on Sejon Do. A village is located

on the W side of Sejon Do. A dangerous wreck lies 7 miles

WNW of Sejon Do.

1.21 Kal To, about 6 miles NE of Sejon Do, shows four peaks

when seen from SE. Near the S coast of the island there is a

64m high pointed rock, which is conspicuous when seen from

the SW. 
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 11

Pub. 157

Kudol So (Gudol Seo) (34°37'N., 128°07'E.) lies about 4.5

miles NW of Kalto. Kudol So Light stands on the islet.

1.22 Paekso (Baeg Seo) (34°38'N., 128°00'E.) lies 6 miles

W of Kudolso; it is a brown, flat, rocky islet. A light, from

which a racon transmits, is shown from the islet. Taedo (Dae

Do), about 3.5 miles NW of Paekso, is covered with brushwood. A light is exhibited on Paek So (Baeg Seo). A lighted

buoy is moored 3.5 miles WNW of Taedo (Dae Do) and marks

a 16.8m patch. Lighted buoys mark the approaches to Yosu oil

terminal.

1.22 Tides—Currents.—In Yosu Haeman, the tidal currents set

in a N direction with the rising tide, attaining a velocity of

about 1 knot. A velocity of 2 knots is reached in the vicinity of

the S end of the group of islets and reefs lying in the channel

off the NW side of Namhae Do.

1.22 In the vicinity of Sejon Do, the ENE current has a velocity of

1.3 knots, while the tidal currents between Sejon Do and Kal

To (Gal Do), which set WSW and E, attain a velocity of about

1 knot.

1.22 To the S of Paek So, the WSW current has a velocity of 1.3

knots, and the SSE current, 0.75 knot. Northward of the area

between Paek So and Kudol So the tidal currents set in a WNW

and a NE direction at 0.75 knot.

1.22 Aspect.—Tolsan Do (34°38'N., 127°48'E.) is an irregular

island with rugged hills rising inland. A good landmark is the

hill with a saddle-shaped depression in it at the SE extremity of

the island. Another conspicuous peak is about 4.3 miles farther

NW. Tai Tan (34°39'N., 127°49'E.), about 4 miles N of the SE

end of the island, is a conspicuous point, backed by several

conical hills.

1.23 Namhae Do (34°48'N., 128°00'E.), one of the largest

islands off the S coast of Korea, is mountainous. A bridge, with

a vertical clearance of about 25m, spans Noryang Sudo at the

N end of Namhae Do. Mangun San, the conspicuous summit of

the island, rises near the middle of the W part of the island. A

metal framework television tower, marked by an obstruction

light, stands on the mountain. In the SE part of the island is a

pointed peak about 1.3 miles WNW of its SE extremity; a

stone enclosure, which is very conspicuous, stands on this

summit. About 3.5 miles farther NW is the highest peak in this

part of the island. It is a black rocky mountain, conspicuous

from a distance. In the SW part of the island, Sori San is the

summit of a precipitous range, the S side of which slopes

steeply to the coast. A conspicuous tower stands on the summit

of Sori San. Ungbong San, about 1 mile W of Sori San, shows

a conspicuous pointed peak from E or W. Another peak, about

2 miles NW of Ungbong San, has a conspicuous pointed

summit when seen from N or S.

1.23 Aenggang Man, on the S side of Namhae Do, affords shelter

from all directions, except from S. Anchorage can be taken off

the village on the W side of the head of the bay, in 7 to 15m,

mud.

1.23 Mijo Kundo is the group of islands and islets separated from

the SE extremity of Namhae Do by Mij Sudo.

1.23 U Am (34°43'N., 127°48'E.), 1 mile NE of Tolsan Do, is a

white rock easily identified in the daytime. A light is shown

from U Am.

1.23 In the inner part of Yosu Haeman, on the E side of the

channel, is Samgi (Sam Gi) (34°48'N., 127°49'E.), a reef with

three drying heads, the highest being 3m. Fishing boats

assemble in this vicinity.

1.23 Yang Am (34°44'N., 127°47'E.), a reef, drying 2.8m, lies

0.45 mile E of Odongdo. A lighed beacon stands on the reef. A

4.5m patch, marked by a lighted buoy, lies in the harbor 0.7

mile NW of Odongdo. Yosu Haehyop is the channel separating

the N end of Tulsando from the SE end of Yosu Bando

(34°44'N., 127°45'E.), 0.1 to 0.2 mile wide, with depths of 6 to

16m in the fairway.

1.23 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in Yosu Haehyop set W

with the rise and E with the fall.

1.23 Changgun Do (34°43.8'N., 127°44.3'E.) is situated at the W

end of Yosu Haehyop on the S side of the channel. A bridge

with an overhead clearance of 20m spans the channel 183m S

of Changgun Do Light, shown from 10m high concrete tower.

Yosu (Yeosu) (34°44'N., 127°45'E.)

World Port Index No. 60370

1.24 Yosu (Yeosu), a major commercial port, fishing port,

and first port of call is also an important rail terminus and is

developed as a subsidiary port for Pusan. 

1.24 The recommended approach from seaward lies 3 miles SW

of Paek So (34°38'N., 128°00'E.) and leads into Yosu Haeman. 

1.24 The port consists of five major terminals:

1. Dry Cargo Harbor (paragraph 1.25).

2. Yosu-Honam Oil Refinery (paragraph 1.26).

3. Yosu-Nakpo Wharf (paragraph 1.27).

4. Yosu Energy Berth (paragraph 1.28).

5. Kwangyang Steel Mill (paragraph 1.29).

Pilotage

1.24 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross tons. The

pilot boards in the following positions: 

1. Pilot Boarding Station No. 1 (34°41'N., 127°56'E.) is

for vessels of less than 13m draft and less than 50,000 gross

tons.

2. Pilot Boarding Station No. 2 (34°42'N., 127°52'E.) is

for vessels of 13m or greater draft and 50,000 gross tons or

The Tolsan Bridge
12 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

more.

3. Pilot Boarding Station No. 3 (34°45'N., 127°50'E.). 

1.24 Yosu pilotage and contact information may be found at the

following web site:

Regulations

1.24 A maximum speed limit of 12 knots is enforced within the

Designated Area in Yosu Haeman swept channel; this area is

bounded by lines joining the following positions: 

a. 34°50.2'N, 127°47.0'E.

b. 34°50.7'N, 127°48.5'E.

c. 34°45.0'N, 127°48.8'E.

d. 34°45.0'N, 127°50.1'E.

Vessel Traffic Service

1.24 Yosu Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is operated by Yosu Port

Service within the approaches to Yosu. Participation in the

VTS is compulsory for the following vessels:

1. Vessels over 300 grt.

2. Vessels transporting dangerous cargo.

3. Deep sea vessels.

4. Vessels with a tow over 200m long.

5. Tugs and barges engaged in construction.

1.24 The VTS area is bounded by lines joining the following

positions:

a. 34°50.1'N, 127°46.5'E.

b. 34°50.8'N, 127°48.2'E.

c. 34°43.5'N, 127°51.5'E.

d. 34°41.3'N, 128°00.0'E.

e. 34°35.0'N, 128°00.0'E.

f. 34°35.0'N, 127°53.2'E.

g. 34°45.6'N, 127°45.4'E.

1.24 The VTS is divided into two sections as follows:

1. Sector No. 1 lies S of the NR reporting which is a line

joining position 34°49.3'N, 127°46.5'E and position

34°49.3'N, 127°48.9'E.

2. Sector No. 2 lies N of the NR reporting line. 

1.24 The established reporting lines are, as follows:

1. Within 10 miles of position 34°35'N, 128°00'E (Inbound only).

2. ER—A line joining position 34°41'N, 128°00'E and

position 34°35'N, 128°00'E. 

3. SR—A line joining position 34°35'N, 128°00'E and

position 34°35'N, 127°54'E.

4. NR—A line joining position 34°49.3'N, 127°46.5'E

and position 34°49.3'N, 127°48.9'E. 

(a) Vessels transiting N of this line must report to Yosu

Sector 2 VTS on VHF channel 67.

(b) Vessels transiting S of this line must report to Yosu

Sector 1 VTS on VHF channel 12. 

1.24 Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 67 or 12 while in the perspective VTS area. 

1.24 Navigation safety and meteorological information is

broadcast on VHF channel 12. 

1.24 Vessel ETA, arrival, departure, and/or deviation reports

should be made giving the vessel’s name, destination, and

estimated time to destination. The reporting points and

schedule are listed in the following table. 

Yeosu (Yosu) Pilots

http://www.yspilot.co.kr

Report Required

Pre-Arrival One hour prior to passing Baekseo 

Light or when passing Geomagak.

Passing When abeam Baekseo Light and 

Daedan Light during arrival or 

departure.

Arrival Upon arrival at the mooring area.

Anchoring or 

Unberthing 

When anchoring or unberthing in the 

mooring area.

Departure Upon departure from the mooring area.

 Outer Port 

Position Reports

Vessels inbound to the outer port 

should report to Yosu VTS as follows: 

(1) 10 miles prior to arrival at the

ER/SR reporting line.

(2) When passing the ER/SR

reporting line.

(3) When passing the NR reporting

line.

Vessels departing the outer port

should report as follows:

(1) When passing the NR reporting

line.

(2) When passing the ES/SR

reportingline.

 Samch’onp’o 

Position Reports

Vessels bound for Samch’onp’o should 

report to Yosu VTS as follows:

(1) When passing the NR reporting

line.

(2) When passing No. 5 lighted

buoy in the Hadong Fairway.

(3) When passing Namhae Bridge

(34°56.7'N., 127°52.3'E.)

Vessels departing Samch’onp’o

should report as follows:

(1) When passing Namhae Bridge.

(2) When passing No. 5 lighted

buoy in the Hadong Fairway.

Mokp’o 

Position Reports

Vessels arriving from the Mokp’o 

vicinity should report as follows:

(1) When passing Geomagak

(2) When passing Daedan Light.

(3) When passing the NR reporting

line.

Vessels departing the Mokp’o

vicinity should report as follows:

(1) When passing the NR reporting

line

(2) When passing Daedan Light.
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 13

Pub. 157

Anchorage

1.24 Yosu Haeman Outer Anchorages.—The following designated anchorages are available in the outer approaches to Yosu

Haeman: 

(1) Area D-1, a quarantine anchorage, about 2 miles NW

of Paek So, is a circle with a radius of 0.6 mile centered on

position 34°39.1'N, 127°57.9'E, with depths of 26 to 27m

(2) Area D-2, a general anchorage, is a circle with a 0.4

mile radius centered on position 34°40.2'N, 127°53.9'E, with

a depth of 21.5m.

1.24 Yosu Haeman Anchorage.—There are four designated

anchorage areas, the limits of which are best seen on the chart,

situated on the W side of the main channel, as follows: 

1. Area A—For vessels with a draft of less than 8m.

2. Area B—For vessels with a draft between 8 and 11m.

3. Area C—For vessels with a draft between 11 and

14.5m.

4. Area W (quarantine anchorage)—For vessels with a

draft of less than 14.5m. 

Caution

1.24 Fish havens have been established in close proximity to the

route in the vicinity of the VLCC pilot boarding station and

NW of the VLCC quarantine anchorage. 

Yosu Town

1.25 Dry Cargo Harbor (34°44.3'N., 127°45.3'E.) has

three piers in Yosu Town; Pier No. 1 is used only by small

vessels. Pier No. 2 can accommodate vessels having less than

6m draft, and Pier No. 3 is for vessels of less than 8m draft. 

1.25 The harbor is protected by the breakwater joining Odongdo

to the shore SW and by a breakwater extending 0.3 mile NNE

from the NW point of the island. Another breakwater extends E

from the shore of about 1 mile NW of Odong Do Light, then

bends SE.

1.25 Anchorage.—Anchorage with good holding ground, in

depths of 8 to 16m, mud and sand, may be obtained in Bug

Ham (North Harbor), 1.3 miles NNE of Odong Do Light; it

accommodates vessels up to 10.6m draft.

1.25 Nakp’ogak (34°51'N., 127°47'E.) is a cliffy point forming

the NE extremity of Yosu Pando. Nakp’ogak Light is shown

from a white, round, concrete tower, that stands near the point.

1.25 Noryang Yo, a rock with a depth of 1.5m, lies on the edge of

the coastal bank 0.5 mile SE of the E extremity of Myodo.

Another rocky shoal, with a depth of 1.1m, lies in the fairway

about 0.33 mile E.

Myodo (Myo Do) (34°53'N., 127°45'E.), located 2.25 miles

WNW of Nakp’ogak and the highest point on the island rises to

248m.

1.25 Noryang Yo, a rock with a depth of 1.4m, lies on the edge of

the coastal bank 0.5 mile SE of the E extremity of Myodo.

Another rocky shoal, with a depth of 1.1m, lies in the fairway

about 0.4 miles farther E. Another rock, with a depth of 0.1m,

lies 0.5 mile N of the same point. Buoys mark the fairway in

the vicinity of the dangers. Passage II connects, S of Lighted

Buoy No. 19; a buoyed channel, with a least depth charted

depth of 6.5m, leads through Myodo Sudo about 3.5 miles W

then SW direction for about 2 miles to a jetty situated 5 miles

WSW of Nakp’ogak.

1.25 Myodo Sudo is the channel S of Myodo. It is narrow and

encumbered by several islets and shoals towards its W end.

1.25 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained N of Myodo, in

depths of 8 to 13m. Anchorage in the S of Myodo is suitable

only for small local craft. Although the holding ground in the S

part is good, the tidal currents are strong and cannot be relied

as a safe anchorage.

Yosu-Honam Oil Refinery

1.26 Crude Oil Wharf (34°51.0'N., 127°46.9'E.) is situated at the head of Yosu Haeman, 0.75 mile SE of Nagp’ogak

Light. At No. 1 Wharf, crude carriers up to 285,000 dwt or

product carriers up to 80,000 dwt can be accommodated. At

No. 2 Wharf, crude carriers up to 80,000 dwt or product carriers up to 30,000 dwt can berth.

1.26 Depths—Limitations.—A passage through Sam Gi Channel,

3.75 miles SSE of the wharf, is made before a high water to

berth with the slack water. Berthing conditions require: 

1. Vessels are swung around to steer a course on or about

160°, N of the crude carrier berth, assisted by tugs. The

approach to the berth is then made at an angle of 10° under a

speed limit of 0.3 knot. 

2. Wind conditions not exceeding 25 knots for southerlies and 29 knots for northerlies.

3. To berth with the bow facing seaward, to ensure a

smooth departure.

4. The maximum draft limit is 21m. 

1.26 Refined Product Wharf (34°51.7'N., 127°44.2'E.) has

seven tanker berths with facilities to accommodate vessels day

or night, as follows: 

1. Berth No. 1 and Berth No. 4 allow vessels up to 5,000

dwt. 

2. Berth No. 2 takes vessels up to 2,000 dwt. 

3. Berth No. 3A takes vessels up to 35,000 dwt. 

4. Berth No. 5 can take a vessel of 50,000 dwt. 

5. Berth No. 6 takes vessels up to 5,000 dwt.

Berth No. 7 takes tankers of 12,000 dwt. 

1.26 In addition, there is one more berth for chemical and LPG

product carriers of less than 5,000 dwt. 

1.26 The approach channel to the Refined Product Wharf has a

least depth of 3.2m at LLW and berthing may require crossing

this channel at a high tide.

Yosu-Nakpo Wharf

1.27 Raw Material and Fertilizer Wharf (34°51.7'N.,

127°44.7'E.) has crane facilities. It has a straight running wharf

and can accommodate 50,000 dwt and 30,000 dwt bulk carriers

in addition to two 20,000 dwt vessels.

1.27 Advanced Material Pier (34°51.5'N., 127°44.1'E.) is located close to the Refine Oil Product Wharf. This pier accommodates one vessel of up to 4,400 dwt with a draft of 5.5m.

Yosu Energy Berth (34°51.6'N., 127°46.2'E.)

1.28 Yosu Energy provides berths for LPG tankers and

coastal tankers, as follows:
14 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

1. Pier 1.—The berth provides cargo connection to the

shore facilities for LPG tankers. The cargo operations conducted involve are Liquified and Vaporized Butane, as well

as Vaporized and Liquified Propane. This pier accommodates ocean-going LPG tankers from 30,000 to 75,000 cubic

meters.

Some mooring restrictions apply during daylight, wind,

and current conditions.

2. Pier 2.—This berth provides facilities for coastal

tankers of 1,000 to 3,000m3.

Kwangyang Steel Mill (34°54'N., 127°45'E.)

1.29 Kwangyang Steel Mill (34°54'N., 127°45'E.) is a

newer port built on reclaimed land 3 miles WNW of

Nakpo’ogap Light. A deep-water terminal has been

constructed on the N side of the channel, 1 mile NE of Myodo.

This terminal accommodates vessels of up to 250,000 dwt

handling bulk, coal, and ore cargo. 

1.29 At the head of Yosu Haeman, from N of the N limits of

Designated Area and where the Deep Water Route ends,

Passage I (Fairway I) begins. This passage leads NW between

Lighted Buoy No. 13 and Lighted Buoy No. 14, then divides

into four directional traffic flows at 1.5 miles NW of Lighted

Buoy No.13. The channel to the NE leads to Kwangyang Hang

Basin Zone-1 Anchorage, and further NE it leads to Noryang

Sudo. The traffic flow leading S of Lighted Buoy No. 19 is

Passage II. This passage leads W to LPG, Energy, Oil terminals, Zone-2 Anchorage, through Myodo Sudo and further.

Passage III leads WNW between Lighted Buoy No. 19 and

Lighted Buoy No. 20 to Zone-3 Anchorage NW of Myodo.

Passage IV leads NW between Lighted Buoy No. 41 and

Lighted Buoy No. 42 to the Steel Mill terminals.

1.29 Winds—Weather.—During the summer and autumn a

heavy swell may be raised by the strong E winds which predominate at these periods. In spring the prevailing winds are S

and in winter they are W. Gales are frequent during the spring

and autumn transition periods between the winter and summer

monsoons.

1.29 Tides—Currents.—In Yosu Haeman, the currents set N

with the rising tide and S with the falling tide attaining a rate of

1 knot. In Yosu Haeyop (Yosu Haehyop), the tidal currents set

W with the rising tide and E with the falling tide. The currents

are strong, attaining a rate of 3.75 knots with the falling tide;

the rate of the flood tide is less than that of the ebb. Eddies

occur on the N side of the strait during the ebb, and, with NE

winds there is a confused sea.

1.29 As a result of the reclamation work that has been carried out

on both sides of the strait, it is reported that the rate of the tidal

currents is increasing. The currents were reported by a

Japanese man-of-war to have attained a rate of over 6 knots for

about 1 hour at springs.

1.29 Aspect.—Odong Do, a flat islet 45m high and wooded, is

joined to Yosu Pando (Yosu Bando), 0.4 mile WSW by a

breakwater. A light is exhibited near the center of Odong Do.

Yang Am, a drying reef, lies about 0.45 mile E of Odong Do.

1.29 In Yosu (34°44'N., 127°45'E.), landmarks include two silos

on the shore near the W end of the breakwater which connects

Odong Do and the mainland, the radio tower about 0.3 mile

farther W, and the statue about 0.2 mile SW of the silos.

1.29 Kwangyang Hang (Gwangyang Hang) (34°51'N.,

127°48'E.) is a natural harbor and an open basin, which lies at

the head of Yosu Haeman. The port facilities are in

development primarily to support the steel industry established

at Kwangyang, but also for container vessel trade. The port is

scheduled for completion in 2011. 

1.29 Anchorage.—The basin provides anchorage areas in three

zones:

1. Zone 1 lies N of Lighted Buoy No. 16 and NE of

Passage I (Fairway). It provides seven anchor berths (Anchor

Berth No. 1 through Anchor Berth No. 7) for vessels of less

than 100,000 dwt.

2. Zone 2 lies in Myodo Sudo, close E of 

 islet, and provides Anchor Berth No. 8 through Anchor

Berth No. 10.

3. Zone 3 designated in two areas. One lies SW of

Myodo and provides Anchor Berth No. 11 and Anchor Berth

No. 12. Another section lies off the NW coast of Myodo and

provides Anchor Berth No. 13 through Anchor Berth No. 15.

1.29 Extensive work is in progress (2006). 

1.29 Regulations.—A VTS is in operation by Kwangyang Port

Services. For further information, see Vessel Traffic Service in

paragraph 1.24.

1.29 The Designated Area is bounded by lines joining the following positions:

a. 34°50'12"N., 127°47'00"E.

b. 34°43'04"N., 127°49'21"E.

c. 34°40'07"N., 127°54'48"E.

d. 34°35'30"N., 127°55'30"E.

e. 34°35'30"N., 128°00'00"E.

f. 34°40'30"N., 127°59'43"E.

g. 34°42'54"N., 127°53'30"E.

h. 34°43'05"N., 127°51'42"E.

i. 34°43'50"N., 127°50'42"E.

j. 34°44'46"N., 127°50'06"E.

k. 34°46'02"N., 127°50'03"E.

l. 34°50'42"N., 127°48'30"E.

m. 34°50'12"N., 127°47'00"E.

1.29 Caution.—A fish haven has been established 1.25 miles E

of the outer pilot (VLCC) boarding station, 1.25 miles S of Ho

Do. 

Off-lying Islands—Namhae Do to Geoje Do (Koje

Do)

1.30 Yogchi Do (Yogj Do)(34°38'N., 128°15'E.), about 10

miles SE of Namhae Do, is an irregular island covered with

grass. The SW end of the island is a cliffy peninsula joined to

the island by a low neck of land. The summit of the peninsula

is round, covered with grass, and prominent. A light is

exhibited near the summit of the SW peninsula.

1.30 On the W side of the island there are two bays, but they are

exposed and not recommended as anchorages.

Chwasari Do (Jwasari Do)(34°34'N., 128°21'E.), about 4.5

miles SE of Yokchi Do, is the southernmost and largest of a

group of islands and rocks. A light is exhibited on Chwasari

Do. A fish haven, consisting of concrete blocks and hulks, lies

one mile SE of the S island of Chwasari Do.

1.30 Kuk To (Gug Do), about 4.75 miles ESE of Chwasari Do, is
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 15

Pub. 157

a steep brown-colored island. A red pinnacle rock lies close S

of the island. From the SW direction Kuk To (Gug Do) is

sometimes mistaken for Hong Do, about 14 miles E. Go Am

(34°30'N., 128°29'E.), about 3 miles SE of Kuk To and marked

by a light, is a black rock, 20m high, with a flat top.

1.30 Hong Do (34°32'N., 128°44'E.), the outermost danger E of

the S extremity of Geoje Do (Koje Do), is rugged and steep. A

light, equipped with a racon, is exhibited from the summit of

Hong Do.

1.30 Yo Do (Yeo Do), about 8.5 miles NNE of Hong Do, consists

of two groups of rocks about 0.5 mile apart.

Maemul To (Maemul Do) (34°38'N., 128°34'E.), the largest

island S of Geoje Do, rises to a conspicuous pointed peak near

its middle part. Another pointed, but lower peak NE of the

summit, may be mistaken for the summit from N. Tungga Do,

Taeguulbi Do, and Soguulbi Do lie S of Maemul To, and Kaik

To and Soji Do lie W of Maemul To. Taeguulbi Do and

Soguulbi Do are both very conspicuous black rocks when seen

from a distance, and Kaik To, which has a reddish brown color

and consists of a group of pillar-shaped rocks, shows as five or

six pinnacles when seen from E or W; several of these latter

rocks have the appearance of junks.

1.31 Samcheonpo (Samch’onp’o) (34°55'N., 128°04'E.)

Kwangyang Hang—Container Terminals
16 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

stands on the Korean mainland, and is approached between

Namhae Do and Ch’angson Do, on the W, and Saryang Do a

little over 4.3 miles E. The town is fronted by Samch’onp’o

Hang (34°55'N., 128°05'E.) is a large harbor with its limits

extending N and E of Shinsu Do. During the fishing season

large numbers of fishing boats use the harbor, the oldest part of

which is a basin protected by a breakwater situated close NW

of No Mal.

1.31 A deep water wharf, capable of accommodating vessels of

up to 100,000 dwt, is located about 1.75 miles ESE of No Mal.

It has a berthing face about 540m long, with depths of 13.4 to

16m alongside reported. It is used mainly for importing coal

for the power station.

1.31 Reclamation was in progress on the shoreline NE of Hang

Do Light. The breakwater extending SW from Changdung Mal

is completed. Samch’onp’o town is situated N of the old

harbor.

1.31 Aspect.—Landmarks and their locations described are made in

reference from the N end of Shinsudo (34°54.6'N., 128°04.6'E.).

Sado, with 81m high pylon obstruction light, lies 0.3 mile N.

Siyado, 11m high, lies 1.3 miles NW. Mogaedo, 19m high, lies 2

miles WNW. A war memorial on No Mal lies 1 mile N. A

prominent war memorial stands on high ground at the S end of the

peninsula 0.2 mile E of the Samch’onp’o breakwater light. Two

radio towers and another tower, marked by obstruction lights,

stand close together 0.2 mile NNW of the same light.

1.31 Pamam Light is shown from a black, round concrete tower,

red band and stands 18m high on the NW end of a rocky shoal

0.4 mile WSW of Sa Do. 

1.31 Hangdo, 23m high, with a sparsely-wooded summit, lies 0.2

mile E of No Mal (34°55.2'N., 128°04.5'E.). Hangdo Light is

shown from a white round concrete tower on the S side of the

island.

1.31 Coal Pier Light (34°54.2'N., 128°06.6'E.), shown from a

red metal tower, stands 4m high at the SE end of Hangdo, off

the deepwater wharf. A lighted beacon marks a drying reef

situated 0.2 mile WNW of the breakwater head. The harbor is

entered via Samcheonpo Sudo.

1.31 Anchorage.—There are four designated anchorages, best

seen on the chart, in Samch’onp’o Hang. Anchorage No. 1 is

suitable for vessels of up to 3,000 grt. Anchorage No. 2 and

Anchorage No. 3 are suitable for vessels of up to 10,000 grt.

Vessels of up to 100,000 grt can anchor in Anchorage No. 4. 

1.32 Maan Do (34°45'N., 128°05'E.), lying close off the E

coast of Namhae Do, has a conspicuous conical summit. 

Ch’angson Do (Changseon Do) (34°51'N., 128°02'E.),

separated from Namhae Do by the channel Changseon

Haehyeob, rises to Taebangsan (Daebang San) (34°51'N.,

127°59'E.), its summit in the SW part. Ch’angson Haehyop has

a depth of 18m in the E entrance, but 1.5 miles within the

entrance the channel becomes shallow and is encumbered with

rocks and shoals. It is therefore not recommended even for

small vessels.

1.32 Saryang Do (34°49'N., 128°14'E.) consists of two large

islands about 3.75 miles E of Ch’angson Do (Changseon Do).

Ha Do (Hado), the SE island of Saryang Do, is 344m high.

Sang Do (Sangdo), the NW island, is 398m high.

1.32 The summits of both islands consist for the most part of

rocky boulders, and the ridges are black and serrated.

1.32 Saryang Haehyop, a narrow channel separates Ha Do

(34°49'N., 128°14'E.) and Sang Do.

1.32 Chukto (Jug Do), 48m high, lies about 0.5 mile WSW of the

SW extremity of Sang Do.

Suu Do (Suudo) (34°50'N., 128°08'E.), 188m high and

rugged, lies 2.5 miles W of the S point of Sang Do.

1.32 Nonggaedo (Nong-gae Do), a conical islet 45m high, lies

midway between Suu Do and Sang Do.

1.32 Samcheonpo Sudo, with a least depth of 7.2m, lies between

Sinsu Do (34°54'N., 128°05'E.) and the mainland NE. Sinsu

Do lies about midway between Ch’angson Do and the mainland. Sa Do, about 0.3 mile N of Sinsu Do, is conspicuous. On

the mainland a tower standing on a hill, about 0.5 mile NNW

of Yulpo Mal (34°53'N., 128°08'E.), is conspicuous when seen

from a distance. The channel is spanned by an overhead power

cable, with a vertical clearance of 25m.

1.32 Shinsu Hang (34°54'N., 128°04'E.), a bay on the W side of

Shinsudo is protected by two breakwaters. Lights are shown

from the heads of the breakwaters. 

1.32 Taebang Sudo (34°56'N., 128°02'E.) leads between the

mainland and the islands off the NE extremity of Ch’angsondo,

and connects Chinju Man with Samch’onp’o Sudo.

1.33 Chodo (34°56'N., 128°02'E.), 37m high with a wooded summit, is the N island of the group lying off the NE

extremity of Ch’angsondo. Chodo Lighted Beacon stands on

the S end of the island. 

1.33 The fairway from Chinju Man leads S of Chodo, and keeps

to the mainland side NE of Mado (35°56'N., 128°02'E.) before

it connects with Samch’onp’o Sudo. 

1.33 The direction of buoyage should be observed that leads SE

through Taebang Sudo from Chinju Man. A beacon stands in

the shoal water 0.7 mile SE of Chodo Lighted Beacon; it marks

the fairway. A lighted beacon stands on a drying rock 1.5 miles

SE of Chodo Lighted Beacon; N of this rock the fairway narrows to about 0.15 mile wide.

1.33 Tides—Currents.—In Samcheonpo Sudo the flood current

has a velocity of 2 knots and the ebb current 2.5 knots. In the

narrow W part of this channel, the flood current has a velocity

of 4.25 knots and the ebb 4.5 knots.

1.33 In So Sudo both currents attain a velocity of 5.5 knots in its

narrow W part.

1.33 In the SE approach and E entrance to Chinju Man, the tidal

currents generally set NE on the rising tide and SE on the

falling tide. By the shore, the tide turns at about the times of

high and low water, with a short interval of slack water. The

rate of the current is weak for about 30 minutes before and

after low or high water. However, the following maximum rates

have been observed:

Location Speed/Direction

So Sudo Flood—1.5 knots

Ebb—2.3 knots

Samchonpo Sudo Flood—2 knots

Ebb—2.3 knots

Samchonpo Sudo—Narrow part of channelFlood—4.3 knots

Ebb—4.5 knots
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 17

Pub. 157

1.33 Fog appears frequently from May to September with storms

occurring most often in August and September.

1.33 Anchorage.—Samcheonpo Myoji, between No Mal and

Changdung Mal, 0.75 mile ESE, affords good anchorage. The

bay is fringed by a bank, with depths of less than 5m,

extending 0.4 mile from its head; another bank, with depths of

less than 5m, extends about 183m S from No Mal. The best

position to anchor is with the S extremity of Hang Do in line

with the 26m high hill about 0.2 mile N of No Mal, bearing

318°, in a depth of 9m, sand and mud. 

1.33 Anchorage No. 1, Anchorage No. 2, and Anchorage No. 3

are located 0.15 mile SE, 0.6 mile S, and 0.35 mile SW respectively, from Hang Do Light.

1.33 During W or N winds, vessels can obtain temporary anchorage 0.2 mile SE of Ch’u Do (34°55'N., 128°05'E.) in a depth of

13m. However, local knowledge is necessary.

1.33 Depths—Limitations.—The deep water wharf has a berthing face 540m long with depths between 13.4 to 16m alongside. There are numerous berths and piers in the NW part of the

harbor, in the vicinity of Samch’onp’o harbor basin.

1.33 Signals.—Storm signals are displayed from white metal

masts, 12m high, at the N of Shinsu Do, at the N part of Nukto,

and on the E shore of Chinju Man, 1.25 miles NNE of Nukto.

T’ongyong Haeman

1.34 T’ongyong Haeman (Tongyeong Heaman)(34°47'N.,

128°27'E.) lies between Miruk (Mireug) Do and the mainland

on the W, and Hansan Do and Geoje Do (Koje Do), on the E.

The bay is approached between Ogok To (Ogog Do)

(34°44'N., 128°26'E.) and Pijin Do (Bijin Do) (34°43'N.,

128°28'E.), and extends about 10 miles N to a shallow channel

of 2.8m leading into Jinhae Man (Chinhae Man). Chungmu

Hang is between the N end of Miruk Do and the mainland. The

Hansan Do Bridge has a vertical clearance of 15m and a horizontal clearance of 30m on either side of its center stanchion

(34°46.0'N., 128°30.6'E.). 

1.34 Off-lying islands.—Oebuji Do (34°42'N., 128°24'E.), on

the W side of the approach to T’ongyong Haeman, has a flat

summit and cliffy sides. Naebuji Do, about 0.7 mile N of

Oebuji Do, has a sharp summit.

1.34 Pijin (Bijin) Do on the E side of the approach, consists of

two parts joined by a sandy isthmus. Yongcho Do, about 0.6

mile NE of Pijin Do, also consists of two parts connected by a

low isthmus, the E part of which is the higher.

1.34 Ogok To (Ogog Do), about 1.3 miles W of Pijin Do, lies on

the W side of the approach to the bay. Hangnim Do (Hagnim

Do)(34°45'N., 128°25'E.), 140m high, is divided in two by a

narrow, shallow channel. Yondae Do (34°44'N., 128°24'E.),

with a wooded summit 219m high lies 0.75 mile W of Ogok To

(Ogog Do). A light is exhibited approximately 0.5 mile NW of

Yondae Do.

1.34 Caution.—Two islets, fringed by foul ground, lies on the E

side of the channel close off the W coast of Hansan Do.

Another small islet, on which a light is exhibited, and wrecks

lie about 1.75 miles S and 0.75 mile SSW respectively, of these

two islets. About 2 miles farther N of the two islets, two other

islets joined by a reef lie close off the NW end of Hansan Do.

A light is exhibited on a small islet on the N side of the

entrance to Hansan Hang, an inlet on the W side of Hansan Do.

1.35 Hwa Do (34°49'N., 128°28'E.), 0.25 mile N of

Hansan Do, is an island 115m high and is fringed by drying

and below-water rocks extending about 0.15 mile SW from the

SW end. A below-water rock lies 0.2 mile SW of the N

extremity of Hwa Do and 183m offshore. A bank, with depths

of less than 10m, extends about 0.3 mile W from the island.

1.35 Hwa Do is separated from the N end of Hansan Do by

Ch’ukp’a Sudo (Chugpa Sudo), and it is free from dangers.

Panghwa Do (Banghwa Do), fringed by a reef, lies in the

fairway about 0.3 mile NW of Hwa Do. A light is shown from

the W extremity of Panghwa Do.

Chungmu (Ch’ungmu) (34°50'N., 128°26'E.) stands on the

mainland on the N side of Chungmu Hang. It is the principal

fishing harbor in this part of Korea. The harbor affords protection against winds from all directions.

1.35 Changso Do, in the middle of the N coast of the bay, is

joined to the mainland N by reclaimed land.

1.35 Changso Light (34°50.1'N., 128°26.3'E.) is shown from a

black, round, concrete tower with a yellow top, stands on the SE

end of the peninsula extending 0.5 mile SE from Changso Do.

1.35 Ch’ungmu Hang (34°50'N., 128°25'E.), an important commercial and fishing port, is entered N of Jongsong Mal, the NE

point of Mirugto (Mireug Do) 31m high and nearly steep-to E.

The entrance to the bay is about 1 mile wide indents the coast 2

miles as far as the E entrance of Ch’ungmu Unha.

1.35 The port is sheltered from all winds, but the anchorage area

is limited to a few vessels. 

1.35 Pilotage.—Requests for pilot are made through an agent or

directed to the harbor administration office. Pilotage is free and

there is only one pilot, who boards near Pigin Do (34°43'N.,

128°28'E.).

1.35 Anchorage.—Vessels can obtain anchorage in the E part of

the harbor, in 9m, mud and shells. The quarantine anchorage is

on the W side of the channel about 1.75 miles SSW of Panghwa Do.

1.35 Nam Po (34°49.5'N., 128°29.0'E.) is protected by breakwaters and affords good anchorage for fishing vessels. Lights

are shown from the breakwater heads.

1.36 Geoje Do (Koje Do) (34°50'N., 128°40'E.), large and

mountainous, forms the W side of Kadok Sudo (Gadeog Sudo)

and its approach, and the S sides of Jinhae Man (Chinhae

Man). The SW coast of the island is indented by several bays

and inlets and is fringed by several islands and islets. Saegam

Mal, the E end of the S extremity of Geoje Do (Koje Do), is

surmounted by a conical hill. Kao Do, Sobyongdae Do, and

Taebyongdae Do lie within 1.3 miles of the S end of the island.

1.36 The SE side of Geoje Do, between Saegam Mal and Soi Mal

(Seoi Mal) (34°47'N., 128°44'E.), about 6.5 miles NE, is high

and bold. The tide rips off this stretch of coast causing the mud

in the open bays to be stirred up creating discolored patches of

Channel W of Nukto

(34°55'N., 128°02'E.) 5.5 knots

Taebang Sudo Flood—5.8 knots

Ebb—6.5 knots

Location Speed/Direction
18 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

water. Tadae (Dadae) Man, entered N of Saegam Mal, has deep

water with good holding ground of mud but is open SE. When

there is a swell from NE it sets into the bay.

Tojang P’o (Dojang Po) (34°46'N., 128°41'E.), NE of Tadae

(Dadae) Man, has depths of 20 to 27m, mud and sand in its

center. Tojang P’o is entered between Kalgot Tu (Galgod Do)

and Soi Mal (Seoi Mal), 4 miles NE. A light is shown from Soi

Mal. The island Changhuk To (Jungheug Do), rugged with

dark steep cliffs, and Naohuk To (Naeheug Do), with two summits, lie on the N side of the entrance of Tojang P’o.

1.36 An oil terminal (34°49'N., 128°44'E.), comprising a single

buoy mooring from which a light is exhibited, stands 0.5 mile

offshore 2 miles N of Soi Mal (Seoi Mal) Light. It is connected

to the shore SW by a submarine pipeline. The buoy is capable of

handling vessels up to 330m in length, with a draft of 28m.

Berthing of tankers takes place in daylight hours only. The maximum size vessel berthed was 250,000 dwt, with a 21m draft. 

1.36 There is no deballasting facility. The quarantine and holding

anchorage lie about 2 miles NNE of the terminal. The pilot

boards about 3 miles E of Jisim Do.

1.36 A quay, 0.75 mile long constructed on reclaimed land, fronts

the shore S of the oil terminal.

1.36 The coast from W of the oil terminal to Yangji Am (Yangjiam), 5 miles NNE, is high, bold, and indented.

1.36 Chisim Do (Jisim Do) lies about 2 miles NNE of Soi Mal.

Two radio towers stand on the summit of the island near its S

end.

Chise P’o (Jise Po) (34°50'N., 128°43'E.), entered 3.3miles

N of Soi Mal (Seoi Mal), is 0.2 mile wide at its entrance. This

fishing port affords a safe haven, deep and free from dangers.

Two silver-colored oil tanks stand on the SW shore of the bay,

about 0.8 mile WSW of its S entrance point.

1.36 The village Daedong Ri stands at the head of the bay. A pier,

150m long where small vessels can berth alongside, is situated

near the village.

1.36 Ongnyo Bong (Ognyeo Bong), 554m high, stands 1.5 miles

NW of the harbor entrance.

1.36 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in Chise P’o (Jise

Po) on the N or S sides of the bay, in 9 to 15m, mud.

1.37 Jangseungpo Hang (34°52'N., 128°44'E.) is a small

port used by a large number of fishing vessels. A short breakwater extends from each side of the harbor entrance.

1.37 A radio tower, 30m high, stands close NE of the entrance to

the port.

1.37 On the E side of the head of the harbor there is an embankment,

on the SE side of which is a pier, 16m long, where vessels of 100

tons can berth. 

Okp’o Do (Ogpo Man) (34°53'N., 128°43'E.) is entered

between Yangji Am (Yangji-am) and a point 1.75 miles NW.

Yangji Am is a narrow point 47m high with a pinnacle rock 3m

high off its extremity. A light is shown from the E side of

Yangji Am (Yangji-am). Two breakwaters protect the harbor

from the NE.

1.37 A shipyard, including large dry docks and shipbuilding and

repair facilities, occupies the SW shore of Okp’o Man; there is

extensive quayage and also two floating docks.

1.37 The pilot boards in the quarantine anchorage located 0.5

mile NNE of the N breakwater light. 

1.37 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in the NW corner

of the harbor, in depths of 5 to 14m.

1.37 There is a small harbor at Oepo Ri (34°56'N., 128°43'E.). A

light is exhibited from the seaward end of the S of two piers

close S of Oepo Ri.

1.37 Isu Do (34°58'N., 128°44'E.), 77m high, is located about

1.75 miles N of Oepo Ri. It is flat, bare, and red in color.

Rocks, which dry 0.6m, extend 91m S from the SW extremity

of Isu Do. A 4m rocky shoal lies 0.18 mile N of the E extremity

of the island.

1.37 Kyok To (Gyeog Do), 15m high, lies 1 mile NW of Isu Do and

0.6 mile offshore. A spit, with a depth of 0.9m over the outer

end, extends 0.2 mile S and SW from the islet. A detached rock,

with a depth of 4m, lies about 0.5 mile S and another rock, with a

depth of 6.7m, lies 1 mile NE of Kyok To (Gyeog Do).

Kalsan Do (Galsan Do) (34°58'N., 128°46'E.), 1 mile E of

Isu Do, consists of 4 rocks from 11 to 19m high. The two S

rocks are the highest and are pointed. Paekso Do (Baeg Seo)

rock is 15m high and whitish. Rocky ground extends about

183m NW from this rock.

1.38 Gadeog Sudo (Kadok Sudo) (35°00'N., 128°48'E.),

the principal approach to Jinhae (Chinhae) Man and Masan,

lies between the islets E of the NE extremity of Geoje Do (Koj

Do) (34°50'N., 128°40'E.) and Gadeog Do (Kadok To)

(35°00'N., 128°50'E.). This passage leads NW into Budo Sudo

(Pudo Sudo), and then into Jinhae Hang and Masan Hang. The

channel is marked by lighted buoys and beacons. A light,

equipped with racon, is shown from Gadeog Do. 

1.38 Tides—Currents.—In Gadeog Sudo, the set is NW on the

rising tide at a maximum rate of about 2 knots and SE on the

falling tide at a maximum rate of about 2.3 knots.

Tongdumal (Dongdumal) (34°59'N., 128°50'E.), the S point

of Gadeog Do, is almost steep-to. Tongdumal Light is shown

from a brick tower on a dwelling, 9m high, stands on the point;

a fog signal is sounded from the light.

1.38 A surveillance radar is mounted on a white building near the

light.

1.38 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 1 mile SE of the

light.

1.39 Cheonseong Man (35°01'N., 128°49'E.) is the only

bay on the W coast of Gadeog Do to afford any protection from

S. A fishing village is located at the head of the bay. Cheonsutae Mal is the S point of the entrance to the bay, where a

breakwater projects ENE from the N side of it.

1.39 Regulations.—A traffic separation scheme (TSS) leads

through Gadeog Sudo, then NW through Budo Sudo, W

through Chinhae Man, SW into Gohyeonseong Man and NNE

into Haengam Man. Vessels transiting within the indicated

sections of the TSS, must observe a maximum speed limit of

15 knots. The sections where the speed restriction is in force,

lie within an arc of 1.2 miles NE of Byeongsan Yeoldo

(35°01'N., 128°46'E.); in the vicinity of the junction close N of

Jam Do; in the section between Gwangji Mal and Deogwan

Mal; and close NE of Baeg Am. 

1.39 A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is in operation in

Cheonseong Man. Inbound and outbound vessels should

contact the Gadeog Sudo traffic center from the following

reporting points:
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 19

Pub. 157

1. 35°04'15"N., 128°44'44"E.

2. 35°01'15"N., 128°45'32"E.

3. 34°56'20"N., 128°45'15"E. 

1.39 Pilotage.—The pilot boards about 1.5 miles S of the E

entrance of the TSS.

1.39 Anchorage.—Anchorage Area S2 lies about 3.5 miles ENE

of Tongdumal Light in depths of approximately 20m. 

1.39 Small local vessels with a draft not exceeding 5m anchor in

Cheonseong Man. The best anchorage is with Cheonsutae Mal

in line with the SE extremity of Daejug Do, bearing 242°, in a

depth of 5.9m, mud bottom. Anchorage is prohibited in Gadeog Sudo S of Cheonsutae Mal.

1.39 Caution.—A restricted area prohibiting fishing and anchoring extends across the main channel over a width of 4 miles

from Geoje Do (Koje-Do) to Gadeog Do (Kadok-To).

1.39 Work is in progress (2006) on the construction of a bridge

between Koje-Do and and Kadok-To, in the area N of Pyongsan-Yolto. The bridge will cross Kadok Sudo and is scheduled

for completion in 2010. 

1.39 Submarine tunnel construction is in progress between

Chungjuk-To and Taejuk-To, approximately 0.5 mile NW of

Daejug Do Light.

1.39 A fish haven has been established about 1 mile E of the

quarantine anchorage.

1.40 Namhyongje Do (Namhyeongje Do) (34°53'N.,

128°57'E.), about 8.5 miles SE of Gadeog Do (Kadok To), is

the S of three groups of islets and rocks lying in the approaches

of both Gadeog Sudo (Kadok Sudo) and Pusan. Namhyongje

Do, marked by a light on its E side, is very rugged, with steep

sides and a wooded summit. A reef extends a short distance N

from Namhyongje Do and a 10.8m patch lies 0.4 mile NNE of

the island, with a 16m patch about 0.7 mile farther NNE. An

ammunition dumping ground lies centered 1 mile NW of Namhyeongje Do.

1.40 Bughyeongje Do (Pukhyongje Do), about 3 miles NNE of

Namhyongje Do, consists of five above water rocks which

appear as two islets from a distance. A rock, 3.5m high, lies detached from the main group a short distance SW. Bunghyeongje

Do, an island 60m high, with several above water rocks on the

reef extending NE and E of the island. A detached rocky patch,

5.4m high, lies 0.3 miles NW of the island.

Mok To (Mog Do) (34°59'N., 129°00'E.), 3 miles NNE of

Pukhyongje Do (Bughyeongje Do), is an island 60m high with

several above water rocks on the reef extending NE and E of it.

A detached 5.4m rocky patch lies about 0.35 mile NW of the

island. A light is shown from Mok To; a racon is located at the

light.

1.40 Dangerous wrecks lie about 9.5 miles and 10.3 miles NW of

Namhyongje Do.

1.40 Gadeog Do (Kadok To), rugged and irregular, rises to

Yeondae San, 459m high, 2.3 miles N of its S point. On the S

side of the summit of Yeondae San there is a large prominent

boulder. The N coast of the island is high, precipitous, and barren. 

1.40 Byeongsan Yeoldo (Pyongsan Yolto), forming the W side of

the recommended channel through Gadeog Sudo (Kadok Sudo),

consists of three conical islets about 183m apart and fringed by

foul ground. A rock, 15.9m high, and a drying reef lie about 0.3

mile SE of K’undae So, the easternmost islet of the group.

1.40 Jeo Do (35°01'N., 128°45'E.) is a wooded islet with cliffy

sides. Near its SE end stands a conical summit 88m high. The

NW side of the island is cultivated and terminates in a shingle

beach on which is a village. A jetty projects 45m from the N

side of Jeo Do near its NW end.

1.40 A rock, with a depth of 5.4m, lies about 0.3 mile ESE of the

SE extremity of Jeo Do.

1.40 Sakunso Seo (Saegeun Seo) (35°02'N., 128°44'E.), 0.5 mile

NNW of Jeo Do, is a group of rocks, above and below-water.

The highest rock, 4m high, stands in the middle of the group. A

light is exhibited on Saegeun Seo.

1.40 Mangwa Do (35°02'N., 128°43'E.), 58m high, lies about 0.8

miles WNW of Sakunso Seo. It has a conical appearance when

seen from SE or NW.

1.41 Chinhae Man (Jinhae Man)(35°00'N., 128°34'E.) is a

large landlocked bay formed by the NW side of Geoje Do

(Koje Do) and the mainland. The bay, which has moderate

depths, is entered from E through the deep passages on either

side of Jam Do (35°03'N., 128°40'E.), which lies 1 mile N of

the N extremity of Geoje Do.

1.41 The route through Jinhae Man, SW of Jam Do, is marked by

lighted buoys.

1.41 Baeg Am (Paek-am) (35°02'N., 128°38'E.), a rock 2m high,

lies 2 miles SW of Jam Do.

1.41 Heug Am (Huk-am), drying 1.5m, lies about 1 mile W of

Baeg Am. It is marked by a light.

1.41 Chilcheon Do, on the E side of the bay, is separated from the

NW side of Geoje Do by the narrow Chilcheon Sudo. This

fairway has a least depth of 8.5m and is spanned by a new

bridge (2001), with a vertical clearance of 15m and a maximum width of 11m. The overhead power lines have been incorporated into the Chilcheon Bridge.

1.41 Hwangdeog Do (Hwangdok To) is an islet lying close off the

NW side of Chilcheon Do. A light is shown from Hwangdeog

Do (Hwangdok To).

1.41 A wreck, with a depth of 13.1m, lies in the N traffic lane a

little over 0.75 mile SW of Hwangdeog Do.

Gajo Do (Kajo Do) (34°58'N., 128°32'E.), the largest island

in the S part of Jinhae Man, consists of two hilly sections

joined by a narrow neck of land. Ognyeo Bong (Ongnyobong), the summit of the N section, has a conical appearance

when seen from the E entrance of the bay.

1.41 Chwi Do, 9m high, lies about 0.6 mile NE of the NE side of

Gajo Do. A black round concrete beacon on the summit of

Chwi Do forms a good landmark.

1.42 Budo Sudo (Pudo Sudo) (35°05'N., 128°39'E.), the N

continuation of Gadeog Sudo (Kadok Sudo) is entered between

Jam Do and Ung Do (35°04'N., 128°43'E.) about 1.75 miles

ENE. Jinhae Hang lies at its N end, and the port of Masan at its

NW end, about 9 miles NNW of Jam Do. There are general

depths of 9 to 18m S of Masan, with most of this area having

been swept to depths of 8.5 to 10m. Both sides of the strait are

mountainous, with barren ridges, and are indented by several

small bays.

1.42 Jam Do (35°03'N., 128°40'E.), about 1 mile N of the N end

of Geoje Do, lies on the W side of the entrance of Budo Sudo.

It also lies at the entrance of Jinhae Man. Tide rips are off the S
20 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

side of the island. A storm signal station is on the E extremity

of the island.

1.42 Chori Do, on the E side of the entrance of Budo Sudo, has

steep sides and a rounded summit depressed in the middle.

1.42 Channel Cho, 0.75 mile W of Chori Do, lies on the N side of

Budo Sudo; at low water the sea breaks over two rocky heads

which dry. Channel Cho Lighted Beacon, 12m high, stands on

Channel Cho.

Kureisser Cho (K’uresa Ch’o) (35°05'N., 128°38'E.), on the

SW side of the fairway, lies about 1.75 miles W of Channel

Cho. It has a least depth of 4.7m, and is marked on its NW side

by a lighted buoy.

1.42 Bu Do (35°06'N., 128°39'E.), the largest island in Budo

Sudo, lies about 2.3 miles N of Jam Do. The island appears

darker in color than the neighboring hills and islets and has a

few clumps of trees. On the W tip of the island is a degaussing

station. Hwa Do, 35m high and bare with a flat summit, lies 0.5

mile ENE of the S end of Bu Do. Dotumari Am, about 0.3 mile

E of Hwa Do, is a reef on which there are two rocks 9m high.

Totumariam Lighted Beacon stands on the E end of the reef.

1.42 Nam Do and Song Do lie on the NE side of the fairway about

2 miles NW of Bu Do.

1.42 Anchorage.—Vessels may obtain anchorage, sheltered from

seaward, in 9.1m, mud, N of the W end of Chori Do. A quarantine anchorage is located S of Chori Do. It is centered in position 35°04'N 128°42'E.

1.43 Jinhae Hang (35°08'N., 128°39'E.) is entered between Daeyul Do and Somo Do, 2.5 miles NW. This is a prohibited area as indicated on the chart. A channel leading to

Jinhae Hang, passing W of Bu Do, has been swept to a depth of

9.4m.

1.43 Chinhae (Jinhae) (35°09'N., 128°40'E.), standing at the head

of the promontory separating Haengam Man and Jinhae Hang,

is the site of the Republic of Korea’s principal naval base. The

port is restricted to entry by naval vessels only. Vessels with

drafts of up to 7.9m can be accommodated. 

1.43 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory but recommended.

Korean naval officers act as pilots on request.

1.43 Anchorage.—Designated numbered anchorage berths are

assigned in an area N and W of Bu Do, in 10 to 16m. The N

anchor berth is for vessels in quarantine. Mooring buoys in the

harbor are normally used only by Korean naval vessels.

1.44 Haengam Man (35°08'N., 128°41'E.), NE of Bu Do,

is a commercial harbor entered between Daeyul Do, the NW

en-trance point, and the promontory about 1.3 miles ESE.

Madang Seo, which dries, lies near the middle of the entrance

of the bay. A light is exhibited on Madang Seo. Daeyul Do and

Soyul Do, on the W side of the entrance of the bay, are joined

by a reef with the mainland.

1.44 Daejug Do (Taejuk To) (35°08'N., 128°41'E.), with a drying

rock N, lies off the W side of the bay, and Sojug Do lies a little

over 0.5 mile farther NE.

1.44 A buoyed channel leads from E of Madang Seo to the

facilities about 1.5 miles NE. The berth, about 201m long, can

accommodate vessels with a draft of 10.4m.

1.44 A pier, with a dolphin close off its head, extends about 0.15

mile SW from Daeil Mal, the SE entrance point. 

1.44 There is a depth of 11m alongside the NW side of the pier

where vessels of 20,000 tons can berth. A storm signal station

is on the SE side of the bay, about 1.3 miles NE of Madang

Seo.

Jinhae

Masan Hang
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 21

Pub. 157

Masan (35°11'N., 128°34'E.)

World Port Index No. 60380

1.45 Masan, on the W side of Masan Hang, an extension of

Budo Sudo, is entered between the SW extremity of Somo Do

and a point 0.5 mile SW. The channel is deep and free from

dangers in the fairway. Somo Do, 127m high, is connected to

the mainland by a causeway; a number of oil tanks stand in the

middle of the island. Makkae Do, a black rock, lies on the W

side of the fairway about 0.35 mile W of Somo Do. A light is

exhibited on Makkae Do.

1.45 Cho Do (Jeo Do), the barren islet close within the S limit of

the harbor, can be passed on either side.

1.45 A small harbor, fronting the old town, is protected by a

detached breakwater with lights on each end.

1.45 Winds—Weather.—The weather in Masan Hang is not

extreme and is not affected by the NW seasonal winds in winter. In summer, typhoon precautions may be necessary. Rain

occurs most frequently in the months of June, July, and August

with an annual rainfall of 245cm, but in winter there is only

30cm. Fog is fairly frequent in March and April but rare in

August and September.

1.45 Tides—Currents.—Currents in the harbor run SE at up to

0.5 knot on the ebb and run NE at up to 1 knot on the flood.

Velocities in the lower harbor may reach 2 knots on the ebb.

1.45 Depths—Limitations.—Masan Hang is an excellent natural

harbor which is almost completely sheltered. The bay is narrow and long with widths ranging from less than 1 to 2 miles.

The harbor is open to the S and three sides surrounded by

mountains. 

1.45 The channel to the main deep water berth has a least charted

depth of 9.8m; however, vessels with drafts of more than 6.5m

should approach No. Pier 1 with caution. 

1.45 Development and reclamation works were in progress in the

bay SSW of Isim Mal; in the SW corner of Masan Hang, 1.5

miles S of Cho Do; and in the harbor fronting the old town.

1.45 No. 1 Pier and No. 2 Pier serve the Free Port Zone. There are

oil product pipelines at No. 2 Pier. A conveyor belt at No. 3

Pier has a 500 tons/hour working capacity.

1.45 A submarine pipeline crosses the channel between the W end

of Cho Do and the mainland. An overhead cable, with a

clearance of 58m, crosses the channel in the same area between

pylons displaying red obstruction lights.

1.45 Aspect.—Reclamation works are in progress in the harbor

area fronting the old town 1.3 miles N of Cho Do and in the

bay 1.5 miles S of Cho Do. Landmarks include a silvery radio

tower, marked by an obstruction light standing on Isim Mal. A

group of three chimneys stands 0.3 mile W and a group of 3 oil

tanks 0.75 mile WNW of Isim Mal.

1.45 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. There are eight pilotage

boarding positions that are best seen on the chart. 

1.45 Requests for pilotage should be made to Masan Regional

Harbor Administration Office giving 24 hours notice.

1.45 Regulations.—Vessels transiting Masan Passage must not

exceed a speed of 15 knots.

1.45 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is

in operation in the approaches to Masan Hang. A reporting line

extends N from a position in the proximity of Yangjiam-ch’wi,

the E point of Koje-Do, which is marked by a light, to the

vicinity of U-do (35°05'N., 128°43'E.). Inbound vessels must

report to Masan VTS on VHF channel 14 when passing the reporting line. 

1.45 Anchorage.—Nine numbered anchorage berths, with depths

of 6.4 to 13.9m, are situated in Masan Hang. Three numbered

anchorage berths lie NE of the entrance channel.

1.45 The coast between Morun Mal and Danggang Mal is indented by Tadaep’o and Kamnaep’o, both opening to the S.

1.45 Vessels up to 7.3m draft can take an anchor berth. Quarantine anchorage is established 0.5 mile S of Joe Doi, in a depth

of 11m, mud bottom with good holding ground. It also serves

as a working anchorage.

1.46 Sodo (Seo Do) (35°01'N., 128°59'E.), 93m high, 0.4

mile SE of Morun Mal is steep at the S end; several rocks, the

largest being 20m high, lie within 0.2 mile of its NE and W

sides. Seodo Light, from which a racon transmits, stands on a

9m high concrete tower. A fishing reef is situated between 0.2

mile S and 0.3 mile WSW of the S point of Sodo.

1.46 Kyongdo, a rocky islet 30m high, lies 0.5 mile NE of Sodo.

A spit, with depths of less than 5m and drying rocks on it,

extends 0.2 mile from N end of the islet. A light is shown from

a 10m high concrete tower on Kyongdo.

1.46 Tadaep’o, on the NE side of Morun Mal, affords good sheltered anchorage to small local vessels, in depths of 2m to 11m,

but it is exposed to S winds and waves.

1.46 The anchorage is used by fishermen as a place of refuge. A

breakwater, 150m long, fronts the head of the bay. Extensive

reclamation works have been in progress. 

1.46 Tadae Ri stands close WSW of this breakwater. 

1.46 Songdo, 61m high, is a peninsula which lies on the W side of

the entrance to Tadaep’o with a timber pond between it and the

W side of the bay. The saw mill, protected by the breakwater,

lies close S of the timber pond.

1.47 Nagdong Po (Naktong P’o) (35°03'N., 128°54'E.), E

of Gadeog Do, is shoal. A spoil ground, marked by lighted

buoys, lies centered off the mouth of Naktong P’o (Nagdong

Po), 2 miles WSW of Morun Mal (35°02'N., 128°58'E.).

1.47 Nagdong Gang is about 170 miles long and discharges into

Nagdong Po through several channels, in which there are some

low islets. Some islets are covered with clusters of reeds and

others, wooded and cultivated. A least depth of 0.9m exist on

the bar, and within the bar for a distance of 11 miles there are

Pier Depth Length Vessel size 

(tons)

No. of 

berths

No. 1 8m 445m 8,000 4

No. 2 5m 385m 500 2

No. 3 11m 420m 20,000 1

No. 4 11m 1,050m 20,000 5

Dolphins 7m 88m 5,000 1

Center Pier 3m 400m — —

KHIK 11m 240m 20,000 1

Yukong 7m 100m 20,000 1
22 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

even lesser depths.

1.47 Anchorage.—Nagdong Po is open to S and SE winds but

vessels can obtain anchorage, in a depth of 12m, on the E side

of Gadeog Do. Vessels should not proceed into a depth of less

than 9m as the sandbanks obstruct the head of Nagdong Po.

1.47 Caution.—Depths in Nagdong Po are continually changing

and charted soundings should not be relied on. 

1.47 Nagdong Gang appears to be navigable by small craft for

about 100 miles. Motor boats of 4 to 5 tons are able to proceed

15 miles up the river.

1.47 Two silos stand on reclaimed land in the area. Reclamation

work and quay constructions are in progress.

1.48 Kamnaep’o (Kamch’on) (Gamcheon) (35°03'N.,

129°00'E.), E of Tadaep’o, is separated from it by Tusongsan

peninsula 95m high, the S end of which is Jadam Mal. The

entrance to Kamnaep’o is protected by breakwaters. A light is

shown from the head of each breakwater. Kamnaep’o is a small

bay which forms a narrow and long indentation between Jadam

Mal and Tanggang Mal. The harbor is open to the S. It is

surrounded by high mountains on the mainland, which makes it

a good anchorage for avoiding winds and waves except from

the S. 

1.48 Kamnaep’o has been subject to extensive land reclamation

and development work which extends from the breakwaters to

the head of the inlet and lines the harbor, with quays having

depths of 1.8 to 14.3m alongside. A Traffic Separation Scheme

leads into the harbor.

1.48 A lighted range marks the inbound lane of the Traffic Separation Scheme.

1.48 Tanggang Mal (Danggang Mal) (35°03'N., 129°01'E.), the

E entrance point of Kamnaep’o, is also the W entrance to

Pusan (Busan) South Outer Harbor. A breakwater extends

about 0.2 mile WSW from the W side of Taaggang Mal

(Dannggang Mal).

1.48 Du Do (35°03'N., 129°01'E.), an islet 57m high, lies about

0.15 mile S of Danggang Mal. A light, 8m high, is situated S of

the summit of the islet. Fairway No. 3 leads W of Du Do from

Pusan South Outer Harbor to the entrance of Kamnaep’o.

1.48 Depths—Limitations.—A jetty 61m long lies in a cove,

dredged to 6.1 to 7.9m, at the NE end of Kamnaep’o. It is protected by a breakwater S of it which projects NW from the S

side of the cove. A pier, 520m long, 0.3 mile WNW of the jetty

fronts a power station. Land has been reclaimed in both the

NW and NE corners of Kamnaep’o. 

1.48 Two T-head piers, 70m long, are situated on the E side of

Kamnaep’o 0.35 mile S of the dredged cove; vessels of 10,000

tons can berth alongside.

1.48 The bottom is muddy and the depths are 7 to 17m.

Pusan (Busan) (35°06'N., 129°02'E.)

World Port Index No. 60390

1.49 Pusan, one of the principal ports in Korea, extends

along the W and N shores of the harbor. The port has undergone considerable development and has a capacity of more

than 10 million teu. Further expansion is underway and provides additional berthing and cargo-handling facilities at Pusan

New Port.

Tadaep’o

Gamcheon
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 23

Pub. 157

Winds—Weather

1.49 Pusan is protected from the cold NW winds of winter by

high mountain ranges and gets the full advantage of the warm

winds coming from the sea, S and E winds during the summer.

1.49 From October to May, NW winds prevail and from June to

July SE winds prevail. During August and September, NE

winds are predominant. 

1.49 With winds from E and S, heavy seas may run in the outer

harbors, but the inner harbor is afforded some protection by the

breakwaters at the entrances.

1.49 Although within the typhoon belt, the port is affected no

more than approximately twice a year by winds on the fringe of

typhoon storms.

1.49 Fog may occur from mid-May to mid-June but is rarely thick

or of long duration. Fog with visibility of 500m or less occurs

about three times a year and each may last about 3 hours.

Radar assistance is available in conditions of limited or reduced visibility through harbor control.

Tides—Currents

1.49 In the area of the Korea Strait about 10 miles off Pusan, the

surface current flows in a general NE direction at a velocity

which is constantly changing but usually somewhat exceeds 1

knot. The combined flow of the current and tidal currents

reaches its maximum velocity about 3 hours after the time of

high water at Pusan, and its weakest about 3 hours after low

water. A SW set may be experienced when the ocean current is

weak.

1.49 In the vicinity of Saeng Do, about 0.75 mile S of the S end of

Yongdo, the tidal currents are very strong. The flood current

attains its maximum velocity E of Sangi Mal (35°03'N.,

129°06'E.), and the ebb current between Saeng Do and Yongdo; the tidal currents have a velocity of 2.5 knots in this vicinity, and there are often overfalls during the ebb current.

1.49 At the approach to the entrance of Pusan Hang the tidal

currents usually set SW with the rising tide, and NE with the

falling tide. Within the harbor the maximum velocity of the

tidal currents is about 2 knots, and it sets in the same directions

as in the approach.

1.49 In the approach to the S entrance of Pusan Hang the tidal

currents set in a N direction with the rising tide, passing around

the NW end of Yongdo. Here the current unites with the flood

currently flowing in a SW direction from the N entrance.

Together they flow in a W and S direction along the mainland

and out to the open sea. A part of the N current strikes the SW

coast of Yongdo and is deflected E and S. Then it joins the

main current setting S along the mainland to the open sea.

1.49 In North Inner Harbor, the tidal currents set SW through

Pusan Hang, with the rising tide, and NE with the falling tide.

The maximum rate is 2.3 knots. Strong currents at their maximum rate are reported to set through the entrance between the

breakwaters.

Depths—Limitations

1.49 The depths in the approach to Pusan decrease as the inner

harbor is approached, from a depth of 13.5m between the

breakwaters. Depths in the navigable part of North Inner Harbor range from 5 to 10.4m. 

1.49 The deepwater piers lie on the NW side of North Inner

Harbor, with alongside depths of 7 to 13m. Illuminated signs,

showing numbers 1-5, lie on each of the five pierheads.

1.49 Pier No. 1 is for general cargo and steel, with depths of 8 to

9m alongside. 

1.49 Pier No. 2 handles the same cargo plus raw sugar, with

depths alongside of 9 to 11m. Continuing NNE, Central Wharf

extends about 646m up to Pier No. 3,and handles heavy cargo. 

1.49 Pier No. 3 is for general cargo, container, steel, and lumber,

with depths of 8 to 9.4m alongside. 

1.49 Pier No. 4 handles the same cargo plus bulk cement, with

depths alongside of 9 to 11m. 

1.49 Pier No. 5 extends into Pier No. 6, with a collective length of

1,220m and alongside depths of 12.1 to 13.3m. Pier No. 5

handles grain and containers, while Pier No. 6 handles containers.

1.49 Pier No. 7 is situated on the NE side of the harbor, and used

exclusively for the handling and storage of coal, scrap, ores,

and minerals. Depths alongside range from 9.9 to 12.5m. An

underwater obstruction with a depth of 10.2m lies close NE of

the pier. Pier No. 8 close SE of Pier No. 7 is 1,000m in length,

with depths alongside of 6 to 10m. It is used for handling of

special cargo.

1.49 Gamman Container Terminal, in the NW part of the North

Outer Harbor has four container berths, each with an alongside

depth of 12.9 to 15.6m. Vessels of up to 50,000 dwt can be

accommodated. 

1.49 Shinsundae Container Terminal, is situated on the E

shoreline of the harbor, close S of Gamman terminal.

Shinsundae terminal has a total berthing length of 1,200m; four

berths can accommodate vessels of up to 50,000 dwt. 

1.49 Tankers berth at a T-head oil pier on the SE side of the North

Harbor. The depth alongside is 9.7m.

1.49 The Nam Hang Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 30m,

crosses Passsage II Fairway about 0.3 mile S of the E breakwater to South Harbor. 

1.49 A wreck, dangerous to navigation, lies on the E side of the

fairway leading into South Harbor, 183m S of the head of the E

breakwater.

Pusan New Port has been established around Gadeog Do.

The port contains a North Quay, a South Quay, and a West

Quay.

 There are three container berths in operation (2009) with

alongside depths of 18m. The new port has a total of 18 berths

in operation (2010) and is to be completed by 2011. 

1.49 Caution.—Charted depths alongside Central Wharf,

Singamman, Gamman, and Jaseongdae container terminals

indicate depths found 3 to 5m distant from the wharf. 

1.49 Caution is necessary when berthing. 

Aspect

1.49 The country in the vicinity of Pusan is almost devoid of

trees, except for Yongdo and the city itself. The hills, which in

general parallel the coast, are covered to their summits by a

rank growth of grass. In autumn and winter this grass takes on

a brownish, barren appearance with outcroppings of rock.

1.49 Cultivated areas lie in the valleys, between the spurs running

down to the shore.

1.49 The principal peaks near the coast are Kudok San
24 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

(35°07'N., 129°00'E.), about 2.8 miles NW of Yongdo; Kumyor (Gumyeon San) with two summits, the higher reaching an

elevation of 428m about 5 miles NE of Kudok San; and Chang

San (Jang San), lying about 4 miles farther NE of Kumyor

(Gumyeon San), 634m high.

1.49 Yongdo, which separates the N harbor from the S harbor,

rises to Bongrae San (Pongrae San), its summit in its N part at

395m. The hills slope down to its N and NE shores; the SW

coast consists of steep cliffs. The reclaimed land on the NE

side of Yongdo is fronted by the coastal bank, which at the N

end is encumbered with rocks. Several radio masts and towers

stand on the island.

1.49 Pusan Tower, a large white tower with a pagoda-like top,

standing close W of the Yunan Ferry Terminal, stands out very

well; at night it is lit until about 2330.

1.49 The North Outer Harbor of Pusan is entered between Sangi

Mal and Seungdu (Sungdu) Mal, about 2.75 miles NNE. The

former, the E extremity of Yongdo, is a bold precipitous

headland; the latter can be identified by Oryug Do (Oryuk To),

a group of four islets lying within 0.5 mile S of the point. A

light is exhibited on the SE end of Yongdo, about 0.5 mile

SSW of Sangi Mal, the E extremity of the island. A DGPS

station and ramark are situated on the S islet of Oryuk To. Cho

Pusan Hang
Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 25

Pub. 157

Pusan—North Harbor Terminals
26 Sector 1. Korea—South Coast 

Pub. 157

Do, on the SW side of North Outer Harbor, is faced with cliffs

on its E and N sides.

1.49 The South Inner Harbor lies between the mainland and the

NW end of Yongdo. It has depths of 4 to 9m in the bay and is

not suitable for large vessels. The Inner harbor is protected

from the S by two breakwaters. The W breakwater extends

400m E from the W shore, and the E breakwater extends 140m

SW from Yongdo. 

1.49 A detached breakwater extends 270m NNE-SSW in the NW

corner of the harbor. The S limit of South Inner Harbor is a line

drawn E from a point 0.3 mile NNE of Songdo. The N limit is

the drawbridge 1.3 miles NNE of Songdo.

1.49 South Outer Harbor is entered between Dangang Mal

(35°03'N., 129°01'E.) and Seangdo, 4 miles ESE. Depths in the

main approach to South Outer Harbor decrease gradually from

30m to about 10m N of Songdo (35°04'N., 129°01'E.).

Pilotage

1.49 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross tons. Pilots

board vessels in the following positions:

1. No. 1—Position 35°04.0'N, 129°08.9'E.

2. No. 2—Position 35°01.5'N, 129°02.5'E.

3. No. 3—Position 35°00.0'N, 128°48.2'E. (New Port)

1.49 Vessels over 7m draft are to anchor 1 mile NE of Chodo

(35°04'N., 129°06'E.) while waiting for the pilot. There are

three pilot vessels and 15 pilots providing day and night service. It has been reported that the pilot will only bring ships

into/out of harbor at night time in emergencies.

1.49 Requests for pilots and vessel’s ETA are sent 72 hours and

24 hours in advance, and VHF contact with Pusan Port Control

must be established 3 hours prior to arrival on VHF channel 12.

1.49 Pusan pilotage and contact information may be found at the

following website.

Regulations

1.49 Speed in the fairway of the North Outer Harbor and in North

Inner Harbor is restricted to 10 knots in depths over 18m and to

5 knots in shallower depths.

1.49 Entry to North Inner Harbor may also be made from South

Inner Harbor but this is regulated by the height for the Pusan

Bridge and the opening of the drawbridge close W of it. The

bridge has conclusive times of the day when it is open, and

when under certain weather conditions it is closed.

1.49 A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established in the

approaches to Pusan Harbor. The scheme is not IMO-adopted;

it is, however, implemented by the local authorities where Rule

10 of 72 COLREGS applies. 

Vessel Traffic Service

1.49 Pusan Vessel Traffic Service, located on Chodo and run by

Pusan Port Services, is available 24 hours. Reporting lines and

associated VHF communication channels are established as

follows. 

1.49 Vessels passing a line (W of Saeng Do Light (35°02.2'N.,

129°05.6'E.)) connecting the following positions should report

to Busan VTS Area 1 on VHF channel 9:

a. 35°01.9'N, 128°57.9'E.

b. 34°58.8'N, 128°59.4'E.

c. 34°59.6'N, 129°05.8'E

d. 35°03.1'N, 129°05.5'E.

1.49 Vessels passing a line (E of Saeng Do Light) connecting the

following positions should report to Busan VTS Area 2 on

VHF channel 12:

a. 35°03.1'N, 129°05.5'E.

b. 34°59.6'N, 129°05.8'E.

c. 35°00.2'N, 129°09.9'E

d. 35°05.2'N, 129°14.9'E.

e. 35°09.1'N, 129°09.2'E.

1.49 Participation in the VTS is compulsory for all vessels of 300

grt and over, vessels transporting dangerous cargo, towing vessels having a tow of 200m in length or greater, and all foreign

vessels. Vessels between 5 grt and 300 grt should report only

when entering or departing.

1.49 Vessels must report the estimated arrival report approximately 2 hours prior to arrival at the VTS. Other reports are

made, as follows:

1. Initial report— When passing the reporting line.

2. Arrival report—Upon berthing or anchoring.

3. Shifting report—When shifting within harbor limits.

4. Departure report—Upon departing the port of Pusan.

1.49 While within the VTS, vessels must maintain a continuous

listening watch on VHF channel 12. The priority of vessels

within 6 miles of the harbor limit is reported by the VTS on

VHF channel 12. Vessels passing the reporting line and vessels

bound for Pusan New Port, when arriving, shifting, or departing, must use this channel to report to Pusan VTS. 

Anchorage

1.49 The quarantine anchorage is centered in position

35°05'00”N, 129°07'15"E, in North Outer Harbor. A dangerous

wreck lies close SE of this anchorage; unexploded ordnance

lies within 0.5 mile, E of this anchorage. ; 

1.49 There are several anchorage areas in addition to the quarantine anchorage in Pusan Hang. The designated anchorages are

E, O, M, and A. Anchor Berths E-1 and E-2 are located in the

SW portion of Section I and are for general cargo vessels of

500 to 20,000 grt. 

1.49 Anchorage O-2, located SE of Nahang South Breakwater, is

a temporary anchorage for vessels less than 3,000 grt. Anchor

Berths M-7 to M-11, for timber vessels of over 10,000 grt, lie S

of the fairway leading to the inner harbor. 

1.49 Anchor Berths A-4 to A-6, for vessels up to 50,000 grt, are

located NW of Oryukto Breakwater. Vessels of up to 50,000 grt

may anchor in the area established 3.5 miles ENE of Tongdumal Light. 

Caution

1.49 A Designated Area is established in the approaches to Pusan,

Pusan (Busan) Pilots

http://www.pilotbusan.co.kr
seaward of the SE harbor limit, within the area of 6 miles

radius, centered on a position 0.2 mile SE of the SW end of

Oryukto Breakwater.

1.49 Several spoil grounds lie in the harbor approaches. The limits of these areas may best be seen on the chart. 

1.49 Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within the approaches to

North Outer Harbor extending E to meridian 129°12'E, as seen

on the chart.

1.49 Fishing nets are laid on either side of the fairway through

North Outer Harbor from September to March. They are also

laid over most of the head of the N part of North Inner Harbor.

The limits of these nets may be extended and caution is necessary, especially at night.

Reclamation and harbor engineering projects may be encountered when approaching the harbors that comprise the port.

Pusan Hang, well protected and available for large vessels, is

divided by Yongdo into a N and S harbor. Both harbors are

divided into outer harbors and inner harbors, with the latter

being protected by breakwaters. The North Harbor is for ocean

vessels, while South Harbor is used primarily by coastal vessels.
29

Pub. 157

2. 

Korea—East Coast

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
31

Pub. 157

SECTOR 2 

KOREA—EAST COAST

2.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of Korea from

Busan Hang, at the NE entrance of Korea Strait, to the Tumen

River, at the border between Korea and Siberia. The descriptive sequence of this coast, which forms the W limit of the Sea

of Japan, is from S to N.

General Remarks

2.1 Winds—Weather.—Between Yongch’u Gap and

Suwon Gap local inhabitants report on this coast W winds

prevail in December and January, changing to a NW direction

in February and March, with rough weather. During June the

direction is variable with intermittent S, SE and NE winds.

Gales may sometimes accompany SE or NE winds in late

August. Fisherman report that the heaviest seas on the E coast

of Korea are raised along this stretch, particularly with N winds

from October to March.

2.1 Tides—Currents.—Between Busan and Ulsan the current

which flows through the Western Channel of the Korea Strait,

flows NE parallel to the coast. In winter this current is weak,

but in April or May its strength gradually increases. The S

current ordinarily does not extend to this area, but it may be experienced on rare occasions.

2.1 The flood tidal currents between Busan and Kwaogge Mal

sets SW and the ebb current is NE. The SW current is extremely weak, but the NE ebb attains a velocity of about 1.5 to

2 knots. The NE current usually flows for about 9 hours, and

the SW current for about 3 hours. Both currents may be

influenced greatly by winds and seasonal conditions.

2.1 Between Orang Dan and the Tuman River, there are no

regular currents, but irregular currents may set in any direction

for 1 or 2 days at a velocity of 1 knot or less, depending on the

winds prevailing for the few preceding days.

2.1 The current between Musu Dan and Orang Dan at a distance

between 2 to 10 miles offshore sets in a S direction with a

velocity of about 1 knot. Near the two headlands it increases

somewhat in strength, especially during strong N winds when a

velocity of about 2 knots may be attained.

2.1 The current between Yujin Dan and Musu Dan S of Al Som

probably sets in a S direction. To the N of Al Som it may set in

an E or W direction. The direction and velocity of these currents cannot be depended on. Its irregularity is because it is

being deflected by Al Som and Yang Do.

2.1 Pilotage.—The Korea Maritime Pilots Association (KMPA)

provides an operational website.

2.1 Caution.—Offshore fishing industries and their operations

are frequently met in the areas covered by this sector. For

further information, see paragraph 1.1. 

2.1 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.3 mile N of Cho Do.

Although the E coast of Korea has generally a uniform appearance, its character changes suddenly from being mountainous and rocky it becomes low and sandy, and then resuming its former appearance after a short interval. This coast is

generally steep-to at a short distance offshore; in some places

sunken dangers lie close to the coast. At night or in thick

weather, vessels should not proceed into depths of less than

200m.

2.1 Extensive mine laying operation took place in Korean waters

during the 1950-1953 war. For further details, refer to Pub.

120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and

Southeast Asia.

Off-lying Islands

2.2 Liancourt Rocks (Dok To) (Take Shima) (37°15'N.,

131°52'E.), about 118 miles off the Korean coast, consists of

two barren, rocky islets, about 183m apart and surrounded by

numerous rocks. A depth of 19m was reported, 2 miles NW of

Liancourt Rocks. The W islet has a sharp peak, 157m high,

with the E islet being lower and flatter. A light is shown from

the E islet. 

Ullung Do (Ulleung Do)(37°30'N., 130°50'E.), about 70

miles off the Korean coast, is a mountainous island with sharp

conical peaks, most of which are wooded. Several islets and

rocks lie close off the coast, particularly its N and E sides. Jug

Do (Chuk To), with a flat summit and covered with trees, lies

off the NE extremity of Ullung Do. 

2.2 Landing can be effected in fine weather on the occasional

small shingly beaches, but the greater part of the island is inaccessible. 

2.2 Kanyong Mal, the southernmost extremity of Ullung Do, has

a light on a white tower 5m in height. A light is shown on a

rock close off the N point of the island. A light is situated on

the W extremity of the island. Hyongnangap Light stands about

2.8 miles NE of Kanyong Mal. There are two breakwaters and

a cargo handling wharf situated about 0.5 mile NNW of the

light structure.

2.2 A shoal, with depths of 22 to 58m, lies about 55 miles NNW

of Ullung Do. 

2.2 An Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS) buoy is

established in position 37°32'N, 130°00'E. 

Busan Hang to Ulsan Man

2.3 Between the NE entrance of Busan Hang and Ulsan

Man, about 25 miles NNE, mountain ranges run parallel with

the coast. Other ranges slope to the coast. Trees are extremely

rare on this part of the coast and mountains are mostly covered

with verdure. There is a green appearance in summer, but in

autumn and winter the mountains show no signs of vegetation.

Suyeong Man (Suyong Man) (35°08'N., 129°09'E.), NE of

Busan Hang, is entered between Tongsaeng Mal (Dongsaeng

Mal) at the N end of a promontory and Kodu Mal (Godu Mal),

Korea Maritime Pilots Association

http://www.kmpilot.or.kr
32 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

about 3.3 miles ENE. The bay is open SE and has depths of 5

to 14.5m, but it is encumbered with rocky shoals varying in

depth from less than 2 to 9m. The bottom is irregular and consequently this bay is not suitable as an anchorage.

2.3 Suyeong Gang discharges into the head of Suyeong Man.

Land has been reclaimed on both sides of the river mouth.

Vessels calling at Suyeong Man should proceed first to Busan

to obtain pratique, then proceed to Suyeong Man. There is

quayage in the SW corner of Suyeong Man which fronts a

Steel Manufacturing Company Works. There are reported

depths of between 2.9m and 6.3m alongside.

2.3 Jang San (Chang San), 634m high lying N of the bay, is a

good landmark standing 3 miles NW of Kodu Mal. Busan

Aerodrome Light is shown from about 3 miles WNW of Kodu

Mal. Another light for the use of aircraft is shown from

Kumyor (Kumnyon San), a 415m high summit about 2 miles

NW of Tongsaeng Mal.

2.3 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available during daylight hours only.

2.3 Signals.—Storm signals are displayed during the daylight

hours from a white metal mast, 12m high, on a breakwater 1.6

miles NW of Tongsaeng Mal. 

Off-lying Dangers

2.4 A rock, which dries 0.5m, lies 0.5 mile SW of Kodu

Mal and there are others closer inshore SW and E of the point.

A detached reef, consisting of above and below water rocks

and on which there is a wreck, lies 1 mile ENE of Kodu Mal.

2.4 Songjungri Light marks a reef with above and below water

rocks lying 2 miles NE of Kodu Mal. A detached rocky 8.5m

patch lies 0.5 mile offshore, 0.75 mile NE of Sungjungri Light.

2.4 The coastal bank along the stretch S of Daebyeon Hang

(35°13'N., 129°14'E.) is narrow; there are several islets and

below water rocks, but they all lie close inshore.

Daebyeon Hang

2.5 Daebyeon (Taebyon) (35°13'N., 129°14'E.), where

there is a small harbor, is situated at the head of Daebyeon

Hang. A breakwater, 180m, extends W from the E side of the

harbor. It affords shelter to small vessels up to 100 tons except

during S and SW winds. 

2.5 The harbor is used by many fishing boats during the months

of August and November. A light is shown from the head of the

breakwater.

2.5 Signals.—Storm signals are shown from about 0.3 mile NE

of the breakwater head.

2.5 A rock, drying 0.3m, lies on the E side of the approach 0.3

mile SE of the breakwater head. An islet lies on the W side of

the approach, 0.2 mile S of the head of the breakwater at the

end of a spit extending from the W shore. A rock, 2m high, lies

0.45 mile SSE of the breakwater head at the end of another spit

extending from the W shore.

Gwanggye Mal (Kwanggye Mal) (35°14'N., 129°15'E.) is a

promontory, dark brown and fringed by scattered boulders. A

pointed hill, 228m high and very prominent, stands on

Gwanggye Mal.

Godong Mal (Kodong Mal) (35°19'N., 129°18'E.), is a low

sandy point; a short distance inland is a sharp hill covered with

vegetation.

2.5 A reef of below-water rocks lies 0.2 mile SSE of Gwanggye

Mal.

2.5 A black rock, 10m high, lies close offshore 0.5 mile E of

Godong Mal.

2.5 A small bay lies on the W side of Godong Mal and has

depths of 5 to 12m, sand and mud. There is a wharf at the head

of this bay with a depth of 5.2m alongside.

2.5 The N and E sides of Godong Mal are being reclaimed to

become the site of S Korea’s first nuclear power station. In

front of the site there is a breakwater, 80m in length, on the

inner side of which is a coast wall, 110m long and with depths

of 5.3m alongside, where vessels of 1,000 tons can berth.

2.5 Anchorage.—Small local vessels obtain temporary anchorage in the small bay W of Godong Mal except with winds between E and S, in depths of 11m, mud.

Kanjol Gap (Ganjeol Gap) (35°21'N., 129°22'E.) is a flat

point of sand and gravel, fringed with rocks which extend 1

mile offshore. A light is shown from Kanjol Gap. A mountain,

the best landmark between Busan and Ulsan, stands about 7.8

miles WNW of Kanjol Gap. The summit of this mountain has

several sharp peaks. Two other mountains, with conspicuous

sharp summits, stand about 12 miles NW of Kanjol Gap.

Hoeya Gang

2.6 Hoeya Gang discharges 2 miles NNW of Kanjol Gap.

Small vessels with local knowledge and a draft of not more

than 1m can proceed about 2 miles up this river. An islet, 16m

high and covered with pine trees, lies about 0.3 mile SE of the

mouth of the river.

Yonja Do (Yeonja Do) (35°25'N., 129°22'E.), 11m high and

foul all round, lies in the middle of the bay. Vessels should not

proceed W of a line drawn N and S through Yonja Do as the

bay W of this islet is foul. There is a jetty on both the N and S

sides of Yonja (Yeonja) Do.

2.6 Beomweo Gabl (Pomwol Gab) is the N entrance point of

Yonja Do. A rocky shoal, with 14.3m and marked SE by a

lighted buoy, lies 0.7 mile NE of Beomweal Gab.

2.6 A restricted area, 0.4 mile wide, is centered on a large

mooring buoy (35°25'N., 129°23'E.), which is connected by

submarine pipeline to the shore, 0.5 mile NW of Yonja Do

(Yeonja Do).

Choam Do (Joam Do) (35°26'N., 129°22'E.), 7m high, lies

close offshore 0.5 mile NNW of Beomweol (Pomwol) Gab.

Onsan

2.7 On San (Onsan) (35°27'N., 129°22'E.) lies at the

mouth of Sangnam Cheon (Oehwang Gang), which flows from

the W and empties into Ulsan Man. The port is entered 0.6 mile

NNE of Choam Do, between the head of a breakwater which

extends 0.5 mile NNE of Choam Do, and the head of another

breakwater which extends 0.75 mile SE from a position 1.25

miles N of Choam (Joam) Do. The entrance is 0.2 mile wide.

2.7 Onsan SBM is situated 0.9 mile SE of Pomwol Gap. Tankers

of 30,000 dwt berth at the terminal. A light is shown and a fog

signal is sounded from the SBM, and a submarine pipeline

leads W to the shore 0.5 mile NW of Yonja Do (35°25'N.,

129°22”E.).
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 33

Pub. 157

2.7 Depths—Limitations.—Six jetties, with berthing depths of

11.1 to 13.9m alongside their NW and SE sides, are available

for unloading tankers, and situated close NE of Chun Do

(35°26.3'N., 129°21.3'E.). 

2.7 Ships normally berth with bows NE; berthing and unberthing

is carried out in daylight hours only. Ships should be well

secured as the pier is open to E swells which are common in

the summer months.

2.7 Dongbuk Wharf, with an alongside depth of 12m, lies close

E of Damneungsan summit (35°26.5'N., 129°21.1'E.). Wharf

No. 1 through Wharf No. 6, situated S of Dongbuk Wharf, have

alongside depths of 10.3 to 12.1m. Administration Wharf, at

the head of the basin, has alongside depths of 8.3 to 11.1m.

Jeongil Wharf No. 1 has an alongside depth of 14.6m. Jeongil

Wharf No. 2, which lies NE of Jeongil Wharf No. 1, has depths

of 12.0 to 13.6m.

2.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage is mandatory for entering into the port

of On San.

2.7 Anchorage.—Anchorage in On San is not recommended,

although it is sheltered from the W and protected by breakwaters from E, because of the rock and shoals which encumber

it.

Ulsan Man (35°27'N., 129°24'E.)

World Port Index No. 60400

2.8 Ulsan, a port of entry, is situated about 3.5 miles

upstream from the mouth of the Taehwa Gang which flows into

the head of Ulsan Man. Ulsan Man is one of the main ports of

South Korea. The harbor limits are marked on the chart.

2.8 Ulsan Hang (35°30'N., 129°23'E.) is the inner port of Ulsan

Man. It lies between two rugged, mountainous peninsulas and

is entered at the N end of Ulsan Man. The peninsulas form the

E and W shores of the harbor and protect ships from the

prevailing winds. Extensive ship repair facilities exist on the W

coast of the peninsula that forms the E shore of Ulsan Hang.

2.8 Winds—Weather.—In summer the winds are frequently E,

but in other seasons N winds prevail. Southerly winds may

send a heavy sea into the inlet. Heavy fogs occur from April to

late August, most frequently in June and July.

2.8 Tides—Currents.—In the area from 1 to 2 miles outside the

entrance of Ulsan Man, the ebb current sets to the NE with a

velocity of about 2 knots, and the flood current to the SW with

a velocity of about 1.3 knots.

2.8 Depths—Limitations.—In the approach to Ulsan Man the

depths are deep and clear of dangers. In the entrance and in the

central part of the harbor the depths range from 10 to 20m. A

shoal, with a depth of 3m, lies about 0.4 mile SSE of Hwaam

Chu. This shoal, which is reported to break in rough weather,

can be identified at high water. In the N part of the harbor a

buoyed channel, with depths of 11.8 to 13.6m, leads to the

quays.

2.8 Fairway I leads N from Ulsan Man to a system of quays

situated within a large open basin at the NW end Ulsan Hang.

The basin is protected by a breakwater from the flow of

Taehwa Gang on the N side. At the head of Ulsan Hang there

are several numbered wharves, with depths of 7.0 to 13.5m

alongside. 

2.8 Five SBM offshore oil berths, connected W to the shore by

submarine pipeline, are located on the W side of the approach

to Ulsan Man close SSW of Hwaam Chu and have the following berthing charachtaristics: 

1. Yukong A and Yukong B have a depth of 23m and can

accommodate vessels up to 300,000 dwt, with a maximum

draft of 19.7m.

2. Yukong C has a depth of 26.6m and can accommodate

vessels up to 325,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of 22.6m.

3. Ssangyoung Oil D lies 2.5 miles SSW of Hwaam

Chu, has a depth of 27m, and can accommodate vessels up to

350,000 gross tons.

4. Korea Oil E lies 3 miles SSW of Hwaam Chu, has a

depth of 27m, and can accommodate vessels up to 300,000

gross tons. 

5. Vessels may berth in daylight hours only, although

departure from the buoys is allowed at any time. As the

berths are exposed to S and SE winds, vessels must always

be ready to move. Vessels may tend to ride up against the

mooring buoy as the tidal currents change.

6. Navigation is restricted within 400m of the buoys and

anchorage is not permitted less than 1 mile from them.

2.8 Yugong Sea Berth extends 280m SE from Kwanch’ong Mal

Ulsan Hang
34 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

(Gwan-cheong Mal) (35°29'N., 129°23'E.) has a T-head berth

at its seaward end, with dolphins N and S of it, for tankers of

up to 40,000 dwt. From a point near its T-head, the pier extends

fur-ther 380m to the S. This extension also has T-head with

dolphins N and S of it. The depths alongside the T-head are

13.8 to 15.2m.

2.8 T5 Oil Pier consists of a concrete jetty with a T-head, extending NE from the shore 0.35 mile NNW of Kwanch’ong

Mal. The coastal area NNW of the oil pier has been reclaimed.

There is a dolphin berth at the head of this jetty with a depth of

10m alongside; it is available for tankers up to 25,000 tons.

2.8 It was reported that vessels having 215m in length, 11m

draft, and 45,000 dwt could use the wharves at the head of Ulsan Hang. The port is under development as a major petrochemical and industrial complex involving the handling of

much larger vessels.

2.8 Jangsaengpo Hang (Changsaengp’o Hang) is entered from

the NW corner of Ulsan Man, 2.25 miles NW of Hwaam Chu.

Fairway II leads NW into the harbor. Lighted buoys mark the

fairway in places.

2.8 The entrance to Jangsaengpo Hang is narrow and the sides of

the channel are marked by buoys. An overhead cable, with a

vertical clearance of 40m, spans the entrance. Within Jangsaengpo Hang, land has been reclaimed on the S shore, 0.25

mile within the entrance.

2.8 A refinery stands at the head of Jangsaengpo Hang.

2.8 A wharf, 250m long with a depth of 7m alongside, lies on

the S side of the inlet, 0.6 mile within the entrance. The wharf

is used by tankers of up to 7,000 tons.

2.8 Care should be taken when entering Jangsaengpo Hang to

avoid the shallow water on the N side of the entrance which is

only 91m wide. When navigating in Jangsaengpo Hang large

vessels should exercise great caution due to shoals, lack of

maneuvering room, and fishing nets.

2.8 Aspect.—Three prominent chimneys, 149m high, stand near

Sin Po (35°28'N., 129°23'E.), the W entrance point of Ulsan

Hang.

2.8 Bongdae San (Pongdae San), 132m high, stands about 0.4

mile NW of Sin Po. Bongdae San summit, on which is a ruined

cairn, appears dome shaped from a distance and forms a good

mark.

2.8 Several silver oil tanks stand near the shore S of Bongdae

San. The peninsula forming the E side of Ulsan Hang presents

an ochre appearance. Hwaam Chu, the S extremity of this

peninsula, consists of reclaimed land.

2.8 In the approach, good radar returns will be received from the

tanks ashore at about 20 miles, the Imodco buoys at about 8

miles, and the small buoys marking the floating hose at about

1.5 miles. 

2.8 Pilotage.—Pilots board in position 35°24'N, 129°25'E, except for VLCC’s which board a pilot 1 mile to the SE of this

position. If a vessel is at anchor the pilot will board at the

anchorage. Pilotage is undertaken by day only. The ETA of a

vessel should be forwarded 24 hours in advance. 

2.8 Ulsan pilotage and contact information may be found at the

following website:

2.8 Regulations.—Ulsan Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is in

operation at all times. Vessels over 200m long, deep draft

vessels, tug boats, and vessels carrying dangerous cargo are

requested to inform the VTS, at least 12 hours prior to arrival,

of the vessel’s name, gross tonnage, and ETA Vessels should

contact the VTS Center 2 hours prior to arrival to acquire

berthing or anchorage instructions. Vessels must also report to

the VTS before and after shifting and prior to departure. A

continuous listening watch on VHF channel 14 must be

maintained while in the harbor limits. 

2.8 Inbound vessels should report to the VTS Center when

crossing the reporting line joining the following positions: 

a. Ulgi Light 

b. 35°28.5'N, 129°30.5'E

c. 35°23.5'N, 129°30.5'E

d. 35°20.0'N, 129°26.0'E

e. Ganjeolgot Light

2.8 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in Ulsan Man, in

depths of about 12m, but S winds raise a heavy swell. 

2.8 Quarantine Anchorage E1 and Quarantine Anchorage E2 lie

1 mile SSE and 2 miles S of Hwaam Chu, respectively. Area

E1 is for vessels of 10,000 grt or less, while E2 is for vessels of

10,000 to 30,000 grt. Anchorage E3 lies 3 miles SE of Hwaam

Chu and is for vessels not exceeding 150,000 grt. All anchorages are exposed from N through E to S. Radio pratique is not

granted. Anchorage is prohibited within 500m of the obstruction in position 35°26'N, 129°26'E. 

2.8 Vessels are advised to contact local authorities for further

details on anchorage berths, anchorage areas, and anchorage

regulations.

2.8 Vessels must keep clear of the charted prohibited anchorage

areas.

2.8 Caution.—Fishing stakes, partly obstructing navigation,

may be found from September to March in any part of Ulsan

Man. Near the entrance, and along the coast outside the bay,

they may be found at anytime.

2.8 Construction is in progress (2006) in the area S of the breakwaters and W of the submarine pipline berths moored S of

Passage III. 

Bangeojin Hang

2.9 Bangeojin Hang (Pangojin Hang), entered between a

position about 0.8 mile ENE of Hwaam Chu, the E entrance

point of Ulsan Man, and Seul Do 0.4 mile SE, is a major

fishing harbor open S, with depths of 3 to 10m, sand and mud.

2.9 A breakwater extends E from the W entrance point to within

about 0.2 mile of the E shore. A light is shown from the head of

the breakwater.

2.9 Seul Do (35°29'N., 129°26'E.), an islet 9m high with a flat

top, has isolated depths of less than 5.5m extending about 0.3

mile S and SE.

2.9 Anchorage.—The best anchorage outside the breakwater is

about 0.35 mile SSW of the E end of the breakwater, in a depth

of 16m, sand and mud.

Ul Gi (Ulgi) (35°29'N., 129°27'E.), a peninsula about 1 mile

NW of Seul Do, is covered with pine trees and, from a distance

S, appears as an island. A light is shown from Ul Gi.

2.9 Daeyang Am, an island 21m high, lies close off the SE point

of Ul Gi.

Ulsan Pilots

http://www.uspilot.co.kr
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 35

Pub. 157

2.9 There is a small bay close N of Ul Gi with depths of 7m in

the middle and a drying reef 183m SE of the N entrance point.

The major part of this bay is used for seaweed cultivation.

Mi Po

2.10 Mi Po (Mipo) (35°31'N., 129°27'E.) port consists of

two bays 1.75 miles and 2.75 miles N of Seul Do. The designated harbor limit is found by a semicircle which has a 2,000m

radius and is centered about a midpoint located on the E shores

of the port.

2.10 The port is engaged in major shipbuilding of tankers up to

1,000,000 tons, and the repair of tankers up to 700,000 tons.

There are three drydocks and two repair docks. The N harbor

gives access to two drydocks. Both bays are protected by

breakwaters.

2.10 North Harbor has irregular depths within the harbor; the

quays, concrete and rubber faced, are 1,140m long with depths

alongside of 7.9 to 10.4m. Temporary lights can be shown from

the heads of the breakwaters; the quays are well lit at night.

2.10 Pilotage is compulsory; pilots are available from Ulsan Man.

Mi Po (Mipo) to Gampo Hang (Kampo Hang)

2.11 The coast is fringed by numerous rocks and vessels

should keep well offshore.

2.11 Reoeo Mal (35°35'N., 129°28'E.) is a low point from which

below-water rocks extend 0.3 mile E. A flat rock, 1.5m, lies 0.3

mile SW of this point.

Uga Mal (Ugi Mal) (35°36'N., 129°28'E.) is a rocky point

with a flat summit, 153m high. This point is densely wooded,

blackish in color, and prominent from a distance.

2.11 Sunyeom Mal (35°40'N., 129°28'E.), 3.5 miles N of Uga

Mal, is a flat cultivated point 3m high.

2.11 Daebon Mal (35°45'N., 129°30'E.), 5 miles NNE of Sunyeom Mal, is a black rocky point, fringed with rocks.

2.11 Songdae Mal, 3.5 miles N of Daebon Mal, is a low rocky

point, densely wooded, and prominent. A light is shown from

Songdae Mal (35°48'N., 129°31'E.).

2.11 Fish havens, composed of sunken hills and concrete blocks,

lie within about 0.5 mile E and SE of Songdae Mal.

2.11 A rock, 4m high, lies 0.2 mile SE of Songdae Mal.

Gampo Hang (Kampo Hang) (35°48'N., 129°31'E.) is a

small fishing harbor close SW of Songdae Mal, and affords

shelter from N and W winds. There are some wooden piers at

which small boats can go alongside.

2.11 Winds—Weather.—In spring and summer, S through SE

winds are the most frequent; in winter, the W through NW

winds are strong. The air is generally dry and, with the influence of the currents, most of the time the humidity level is

healthy. From June until August, there is sometimes dense fog.

2.11 Anchorage.—The best anchorage outside the breakwater is

0.3 mile SE of the head of the S breakwater, in a depth of 18m,

sand, but this anchorage is not suitable with a heavy swell

between E and S. Small local vessels up to 300 tons anchor

inside the breakwater, in depths of 4 to 8m, coarse sand.

2.11 Directions.—When approaching Gampo Hang, Daebon Mal

and the low-lying land at the mouth of Daejong Cheon, 0.75

mile SW of that point, can usually be identified, even when

visibility is restricted. When a vessel is closer to the dense

growth of pine trees on Songdae Mal, the village standing on

the W shore of Gampo Hang can be seen.

Yangpo Hang to Changgi Gap (Janggi Gab)

2.12 Yangpo Hang (Yang Po Hang) (35°52'N., 129°32'E.)

lies a little over 4 miles N of Gampo Hang. A breakwater

extends S from the northern entrance point of the bay. Rocky

reefs extend 0.5 mile NE of the root of the breakwater. 

2.12 A light with remark and a DGPS station is situated on

Jeongjog Mal, the S entrance point of Yangpo Hang

2.12 There are depths of 18m in Yangpo Hang on a line joining

the two entrance points of the bay, and the depths shoal gradually towards the shore.

2.12 Anchorage.—Small local vessels anchor, in a depth of 5m,

in Yangpo Hang, sheltered from S and W winds.

Guryongpo Hang (Kuryongp’o Hang) (35°59'N.,

129°34'E.) is a small fishing harbor, lying about 7 miles N of

Yangpo Hang. It is sheltered by hills and one of the principal

fishing harbors on the E coast of Korea. A breakwater, 0.25

mile long, extends SW from the N side of the harbor. Inside the

breakwater there is a concrete pier, 15m long, and also a

number of quays. A pier, 120m long, extends SE from the NW

side of the harbor.

2.12 Good landmarks at a distance of about 5 miles offshore include the town on the NE side of the harbor and the tanks near

the root of the breakwater. Storm signals are shown. A light is

shown from Saramal (Sara Mal), close NE of Guryongpo

Hang.

2.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels,

in depths of 7 to 10m, sand, but there are rocky patches and the

holding ground is poor.

Changgi Gap (Janggi Gab) (36°05'N., 129°34'E.) is the NE

point of a promontory and is described in paragraph 2.13.

2.12 A light is situated on Kyosokch’o (Gyoseog Cho), 1 mile

NW of Changgi Gap. 

Yongil Man (Yeongil Man) (36°04'N., 129°28'E.), the bay,

is surrounded by the mainland on the W and S and Changgi

Gap on the E. It is entered between Changgi Gap and Talman

Gap (Dalman Gap) (36°06'N., 129°26'E.), a low point 6 miles

WNW.

Pohang Hang (36°03'N., 129°23'E.)

World Port Index No. 60410

2.13 Pohang stands at the entrance of a shallow river at the

W end of Yongil Man. Pohang Hang, which includes the entire

SW part of Yongil Man, consists of an important fishing harbor

at the old mouth of Hyseonsan Gang lying within the

breakwaters of the river, and the deep-water facilities of an iron

and steel company about 2 miles SE. There are two breakwaters, the S breakwater is 183m and extends NNE from the S

entrance; the N breakwater is 80m in length. A light is shown

from the head of each breakwater.

2.13 Winds—Weather.—From November to April, NE winds

cause a heavy swell making it difficult for small vessels to

enter the harbor; during the summer when S winds prevail the

inner part of Yongil Man is calm. This bay is reported to have

the least fog on the E coast of Korea. Yongil Man is never ice

bound.
36 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

2.13 Depths—Limitations.—Yongil Man, open to the NE, has

depths of 15 to 29m in the entrance decreasing to less than 10m

about 0.8 mile from the head. The bottom is mostly mud and

sand, affording good holding ground.

2.13 Two general cargo berths are under construction (2009). The

berths will accommodate vessels of up to 20,000 dwt when

they are completed in 2012. 

2.13 The submerged oil pipeline berth, marked at its seaward end

by buoys, has a depth of about 12m. 

2.13 Aspect.—Changgi Gap (36°04'N., 129°34'E.), the SE entrance of Yongil Man, is the NE extremity of the peninsula

which forms the E side of the bay. In clear weather the cape

can be identified at about 18 miles. Talman Gap, the NW

entrance of the bay, about 6 miles WNW, is a low promontory.

A light is shown from the point.

2.13 A recommended route, established for vessels inbound to

and outbound from Pohang Hang, is in effect for vessels

exceeding 1,000 tons. This route lies apporximately 1.5 miles

N of Changgi Gap and is best seen on the chart. 

2.13 The SE side of the bay is high with black rocky hills rising

somewhat abruptly. The NW shore is backed by hills, about 95

to 115m high, with cultivated valleys. The head of the bay

consists of white sandy beaches with two or three streams

emptying into it.

2.13 Regulations.—A Port Traffic Management Service (PTMS)

operates within the Pohang harbor limits; the area of responsibility extends to a 6 mile radius from Changgi Gap Light.

The PTMS provides navigational information to vessels navigating within Pohang Harbor.

2.13 Participation in the PTMS is compulsory for all vessels

except fishing vessels. Contact shall be made to Pohang Port

Service when vessels are approaching 10 miles from Changgi

Gap Light. Vessels should give an ETA and report any damage

or defects to the vessel or its equipment which might affect

navigation. A continuous watch should be maintained on VHF

channel 16 and 12. Reports should also be made once berthed

or anchored, before shifting, before departure, and when leaving berth or anchorage.

2.13 Caution.—In summer it is reported that numerous fishing

nets may extend as much as 3 miles offshore.

2.13 A rock, dangerous to surface navigation, lies in a depth of

0.4m in position 36°18'56''N., 129°22'56''E.

2.13 A sunken wreck, dangerous to surface navigation in position

Pohang New Harbor
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 37

Pub. 157

36°01'10"N., 129°27'10"E., is marked by P’ohang Shin Hang

Lighted Buoy.

Pohang New Harbor

2.14 Pohang New Harbor (36°01'N., 129°25'E.) consists

of an outer basin with an inner harbor. It serves a large steel

and iron plant complex with many chimneys standing on its

NW side. The harbor facilities are constantly being expanded.

2.14 The main breakwater, 1 mile in length, protects the outer

basin and the inner harbor. Another breakwater on the E side,

0.3 mile in length, extends N from an area reclaimed for harbor

development. A large reclamation project is underway in the

harbor. Two detached breakwaters have been constructed near

the middle of the harbor to protect the inner basin.

2.14 Winds—Weather.—Vessels berthed at Pohang New Harbor

may experience difficulty from September to April, when

heavy NE winds may occur, or during the passage of a tropical

cyclone in summer.

2.14 Vessels at berths may experience difficulty in a storm in

summer; in these conditions a heavy and confused swell can

develop in the harbor.

2.14 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor’s entrance channel has

a 160m width, decreased to about 90m about 0.5 mile E of the

head of the main breakwater, with a dredged depth of 18.5m.

Proceeding W to Pier 1, the depth is 18m.

2.14 Pohang New Harbor has eight piers. Piers 1 and 2 are located

along the W shore of the harbor. Pier 3 to Pier 6 are located on

the SW shore of the harbor. Piers 7 and 8 are located on the E

side of the harbor. Pier facilities are described in the accompanying table. 

2.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available by day

only. Pilots board about 4 miles ENE of Yonam Gap. 

2.14 Anchorage.—Eighteen designated anchorages lie in Pohang Hang. The anchorages are within the port limits and separated into five sections, which are best seen on the chart. The

restrictions for vessels anchoring in each section are, as follows:

1. Section I—For vessels of 10,000 tons or less.

2. Section II—For vessels of 100,000 tons or less.

3. Section III—For vessels of 100,000 tons or less.

4. Section IV—For vessels of 30,000 tons or less.

5. Section V—For vessels of 100,000 tons or less.

2.14 Anchorage is prohibited in the harbor approach, about 0.3 to

2.3 miles ENE of the head of the main (outer) breakwater.

2.14 Directions.—When entering Pohang New Harbor a set of

range lights, bearing 241.5°, leads through the approach channel. The forward beacon is situated on the E breakwater.

Changgi Gap to Yongchu Gab

2.15 Between Changgi Gap and Yongchu Gab, about 60

miles N, the coast is backed by a range of mountains attaining

heights of over 975m and running parallel to the coast about 10

miles inland. The first 25 miles of this stretch of coast is

backed by a range of mountains lying about 7 miles inland.

This range, over 600m high and with several conspicuous

sharp peaks, is mostly treeless, grass and weeds being the

general vegetation. In winter this range has an ochre color. In

summer it appears green. Lower ranges extend from this range

to the coast. 

2.15 Bihag San (36°09'N., 129°16'E.), the highest peak in this

part of the coastal range, is conical and very conspicuous.

About 9 miles farther NNE is a summit with three sharp peaks

which can be easily identified from a considerable distance.

2.15 Weolpo Man, approximately 6 miles NNW of Talman Gap,

is about 1.8 miles wide at its entrance. A light is shown from

Weolpo Man.

2.15 Ganggu Hang (Kanggu Hang) (36°21'N., 129°24'E.), a

fishing harbor used only by local small craft, lies at the mouth

of Osib Chon which discharges 9 miles N of Weolpo Man. A

sand bank often forms at the river mouth.

2.15 Changpo Mal (36°25'N., 129°26'E.), 4 miles NNE of

Ganggu Hang, is a sandy point; from S it appears to project a

good distance from the coast.

2.15 Daetan Mal (Taet’an Mal), 1 mile NNE of Changpo Mal, is a

black point of rock and cliffs; it is the most projecting point

between Yeongil Man and Chugsan Hang. The point is marked

by a light.

2.16 Chugsan Hang (Ch’uksan Hang) (36°31'N.,

129°27'E.) is a small inlet with a depth of 3.7m; the head of the

inlet is sandy. 

2.16 Chukto, 78m high and conical, is a peninsula connected to

the mainland by a narrow isthmus forming the S sides of ChugPohang New Harbor—Port Facilities

Pier Length Depths Vessel size Remarks

1 1,680m 16.0-19.5m 250,000 dwt Ore imports

2 1,010m 5.5-12.0m 50,000 dwt Ore imports

3 545m 7.5 10,000 dwt Steel exports

4 420m 11m 30,000 dwt Steel exports

5 855m 6.8-10.8m 20,000 dwt Steel exports

6 734m 6.8m 5,000 dwt Steel exports

7 1,338m 7.5-12.0m 30,000 dwt General cargo

8 1,488m 9.5-12m 30,000 dwt General cargo
38 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

san Hang. The harbor lies between two isolated hills. The S hill

appears as an island at a distance. Ponghwa San, 286m high,

about 1.3 miles NW of the S hill, is the highest hill in the

vicinity. 

2.16 Anchorage.—Small local vessels find temporary anchorage,

in a depth of 11m, sand, about 0.15 mile offshore in a small

bay on the S side of Chukto off a river mouth.

2.16 Hup’o Hang (36°40.5'N., 129°27.0'E.) is a small bay on the

W side of Bingjang Mal (Pingjang Mal) (36°41'N., 129°28'E.)

with depths of 2.7 to 4.6m, sand. It is protected by three

breakwaters; the W breakwater extends from the coast in a SSE

direction for a little over 0.3 mile. Another breakwater extends

about 0.5mile SW from the E side of the harbor. A light is

situated at the head of the E and W breakwater.

2.16 A fish haven is established 1.5 miles S of Pingjang Mal.

2.16 Signals.—Storm signals are displayed from a storm signal

station at Hup’o Ri, a village standing at the head of Hupo

Hang. A light is shown about 1 mile E of Hup’o Ri.

2.16 Caution.—A bank, with a number of dangerous shoals of

which the shallowest is a 5.4m patch, lies between 14 miles E

and 13 miles ENE of Bingjang Mal. North of these dangers is a

coral patch, with a depth of 6.5m, lying 13.5 miles ENE of

Hup’o Light.

2.17 To the W of Hupo Hang there are several conspicuous

peaks in the coastal range, which is from 3 to 9 miles inland on

this part of the coast. Geumjeong San (Kumjong San), about

10.5 miles WNW of Bingjang Mal, is a sharp summit covered

with dark trees and is very conspicuous. The height of the

mountain range decreases N of Geumjeong San until it rises

again N of latitude 37°N. A fish haven is established about 4

mile NNE of Hup’o Hang.

2.17 Hwamo Mal, 5.5 miles N of Bingjang Mal, is a hilly sandy

point 69m high. A light is shown from the point.

2.17 Hasa Mal (36°50'N., 129°27'E.), about 4 miles NNW of

Hwamo Mal, is a black rocky point, 115m high. A prominent

conical hill, 198m high, lies about 1 mile SW of this point. A

fish haven is situated about 2 miles SSE of Hasa Mac.

2.17 Hyeonjong San, 2.75 miles NW of Hasa Mal and 0.75 mile

from the coast, is a very prominent mountain with three peaks;

the middle peak, 415m high, is the highest.

2.17 Gyujem Cho (Kyujem Cho), a rock with a depth of less than

2m, lies about 3.3 miles NNW of Hasa Mal and 0.75 mile offshore. It is steep-to and the sea breaks over it in rough weather.

An 8.6m patch, which is also steep-to, lies 0.75 mile S of Gyujem Cho.

2.17 Jinmi Mal (36°54'N., 129°25'E.), a salient point 4.25 miles

NNW of Hasa Mal, rises to over 100m high a short distance W

of the point. A light is shown from the point.

2.17 Sujeon Mal (37°00'N., 129°25'E.) is a steep headland, 37m

high, with several rocks close offshore in its vicinity.

Jugbyeon Man (Chukpyon Man)(37°03'N., 129°25'E.), on

the SW side of Yongchu Gap, is a shallow harbor protected by

breakwaters. The bay affords protection from NW winds, but it

is not a good anchorage because of the heavy swells. A light is

shown from Jugbyeon Man.

Yongchu Gap to Mukho Hang

2.18 Yongchu Gap (37°03'N., 129°26'E.) is a promontory,

covered with bamboo, which forms the E side of Chukpyon

Man. Ungbong San, 999m high and covered with dark trees,

lies about 10 miles W of Yongchu Gap. Kum San, another

mountain, sharp-peaked, stands about 8 miles SE of Ungbong

San.

2.18 The coast N continues mountainous with few breaks. Most

of the peaks are densely wooded, with an occasional conspicuous rocky peak. The hills close to the coast are for the most

part barren, but the valleys are cultivated.

2.18 Imun Mal (37°14'N., 129°21'E.), about 11 miles NNW of

Yongchu Gap, is a light brown rocky point rising close inland

to a hill on which are the conspicuous remains of a cairn. A

light is shown on Imun Mal.

2.18 Imun Hang is a small harbor protected by breakwaters and

entered about 0.8 mile SW of Imun Mal. Vessels with local

knowledge can anchor SW of Imun Mal, in 12.8 to 20.1m, sand

and rock. This small bay is completely open to winds from E

and SE.

Galsan Man (Kalsan Man) (37°17'N., 129°19'E.), about 3

miles NNW of Imun Mal, is a high, steep, and conspicuous

point. A group of rocks lie between Galsan Mal and Jangho

(Changho), a bare sandy point 0.75 mile NW. A light is shown

from Jangho.

Sail Dan (Sail Tan) (37°18'N., 129°18'E.), 1.75 miles NW of

Jangho, is a black cliffy point. 

2.19 Samcheog Hang (Samch’ok Hang) (37°26'N.,

129°12'E.) is an important fishing center located a little over 14

miles NNW of Imun Hang. The harbor entrance has depths of

5.8 to 8.5m.

2.19 Depths—Limitations.—Pier No. 1 is 220m long, with a

depth of 5.5m alongside. Pier No. 2 is 305m long, with a depth

of 6.5m alongside. Pier No. 3 is 270m long, with a depth of 4m

alongside. The cargo landing pier is 300m long, with a depth of

4m alongside.

2.19 A conveyor loading system for cement clinker is situated W

of the port entrance. The maximum draft allowed alongside the

conveyor berth is reported to be 6.8m.

2.19 The harbor is protected by breakwaters. A prominent chimney, 53m high, is a good landmark lying 0.25 mile SW of the

harbor entrance with numerous other chimneys. Pi Mal (Bi

Mal), about 4.5 miles SE of Samcheog Hang, is black and

cliffy and is a good landmark; an islet close off this point is

conspicuous when seen from N or S. A light is shown on Pi

Ma. A directional light is shown from Wharf No. 1.

2.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory; there are three pilots for

the area of Muk’o Hang and Samcheog Hang.

2.19 Regulations.—See Bugpyeong Hang regulations in paragraph 2.20.

2.19 Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be obtained, in depths

of 12 to 22m, sand and mud, E of the harbor entrance.

2.19 Tut’a San, 1,353m high about 9 miles W of Samcheog Hang

(Samchok Hang), is somewhat dome-shaped and when seen

from a distance is prominent.

2.20 Tonghae Hang (Pukp’yong Hang) (Bugpyeong

Hang) (37°29'N., 129°09'E.) (World Port Index No. 60431), 3

miles N of Gwangjin Dan (Kwangjindan), is a port designed to

provide increased handling capacity to that of Mukho Hang.

Depths inside the harbor are 9 to 14m. The port is protected by
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 39

Pub. 157

two breakwaters; the N breakwater extending 1,400m SE and

ESE from the shore and the short S breakwater extending NNE

towards the knuckle of the N breakwater leaving an entrance

240m wide. 

2.20 The S pier, which is 735m long and has alongside depths of

12 to 13.5m, can accommodate vessels up to 30,000 dwt. The

central pier, which is 270m long and has alongside depths of

8.1 to 14.3m, can accommodate vessels up to 50,000 dwt. The

N pier, which is 570m long and has alongside depths of 7.8 to

12.9m, can accommodate vessels up to 30,000 dwt. The coal

pier, which is 270m long and has alongside depths of 13 to

14m, can accommodate vessels up to 50,000 dwt. A floating

pier is situated in the SW part of the harbor.

2.20 Vessels up to 65,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of 12.5m,

can use the harbor. Charted depths inside the harbor are 10 to

17m.

2.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available during

daylight hours only. Pilots board in the following positions:

1. No. 1—Position 37°32.7'N., 129°09.0'E.

2. No. 2—Position 37°29.3'N., 129°11.4'E.

3. No. 3—Position 37°25.5'N., 129°13.0'E.

4. No. 4—Position 37°37.2'N., 129°06.5'E.3

5. No. 5—Position 38°11.3'N., 128°37.5'E. (Sokch’o)

2.20 Regulations.—A VTS is in operation by Tonghae Port Service within the approaches to Tonghae, Mukho, and Samcheog. Participation in the VTS is compulsory for all vessels

except coastal fishing vessels. Vessels must make a pre-entry

report, an ETA, an entry report, a final report, and a departure

report. 

2.20 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage, 500m in radius, lies

approximately 0.8 mile ENE of the of the N breakwater. Anchorages A1 through A5 and B1 through B3, best seen on

chart, lie N and E of the N breakwater.

2.20 Caution.—The harbor is exposed to an E swell, which can

prevent berthing.

2.20 A wreck, dangerous to navigation, lies in the approach to

Bugpyeong Hang in position 37°31.2'N, 129°09.2'E.

Mukho Hang (37°33'N., 129°07'E.)

World Port Index No. 60430

2.21 Mukho Hang (Mugho Hang) (Muk’o Hang) is a small

artificial harbor protected by breakwaters. Mukhojinni (Mughojin Ri) stands at the head of the harbor.

2.21 Ch’oroksan, the best landmark in the vicinity, is a conspicuous mountain with two peaks standing about 3 miles SW

of the harbor. This mountain is almost barren except for a small

dense growth of pine trees near its summit. It appears ochre

and contrasts with the dark green color of the neighboring

mountains.

2.21 Depths—Limitations.—In the approach to the harbor the

depths are deep and free of dangers. The maximum size vessel

permitted to enter the harbor is 180m in length, with a draft of

8.5m.

2.21 Mukho Hang has five piers; Pier No. 1 is exclusively used

for the loading of coal or graphite in bulk. A maximum draft at

LW of 7.5m is allowed alongside Berth A, and a maximum LW

draft of 8m is allowed alongside Berth B. Pier No. 2 is the

naval pier, with a 4m depth alongside. Pier No. 3, for the loading and discharging of bulk and bagged cement along with

general cargo, accepts a maximum LW draft of 8.5m. Pier No.

4, which is utilized for the same purpose as Pier No. 3, has a

Tonghae Hang (Bugpyeong Hang)
40 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

permissible LW draft of 7.5m. Central Pier, which is exclusively used for general cargo, has a permissible LW depth of

6.5m.

2.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, and pilots are available

from 0500 to 2200. The pilots usually board approximately 1

mile to the ESE of the E breakwater head.

2.21 Regulations.—See Bugpyeong Hang regulations in paragraph 2.20.

2.21 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage lies approximately

0.6 mile ESE of the E breakwater. Anchorages A1 through A3,

B1, and B2, best seen on chart, lie NE of the E breakwater.

2.21 It is reported that with E winds the harbor becomes rough,

and cargo cannot be worked. It is common practice to keep

engines ready with E winds of over force 4.

Kanshin Tan to Sokch’o Hang

2.22 Between Kanshin Tan (37°34'N., 129°07'E.) and

Chongdongjin Dan (Jeongdongjin Dan), about 6.5 miles NNW,

is an open sandy bay. Lights are shown on both Kanshin Tan

and Chongdongjin Dan. Chongdongjin Dan is a rocky and

cliffy point, which appears to project some way from the coast

and to be an unusual dark blue color when seen at a considerable distance either N or S. Detached patches, ochre in color,

can be seen on this point within a distance of about 7 miles. 

2.22 Okgye Hang (37°37'N., 129°03'E.), at the mouth of the

Jusucheon river, is a commercial port open to international

shipping. The port, protected by breakwaters, handles raw

materials and cement. There are three wharves in Okgye Hang

having alongside depths of 11 to 15.6m. An oil terminal that

can accommodate vessels of up to 5,000 dwt lies on the inside

of the S breakwater. The pilot and quarantine anchorage lies

approximately 1.2 miles E of the light at the head of the N

breakwater. 

2.22 Chumunjin Hang (37°53'N., 128°50'E.), lying between

Chumunjin Dan and the river Yongok Ch’on, about 2 miles

SSE, is a roadstead well protected from N winds, but exposed

to swells from E. The holding ground, which is mostly sand,

gradually becomes rocky as Chumunjin Dan is approached.

Breakwaters enclose the fishing harbor and commercial port. A

light and a DGPS are located 0.3 mile N of the S extremity of

Chumunjin Dan (37°54'N., 128°50'E.). An Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS) buoy lies in approximate position

37°33'N, 129°58'E. 

2.22 Aspect.—About 10 miles inland a high range of mountains

runs parallel to the coast. Within it are several conspicuous

mountains and peaks. The range extends from a position about

14 miles SSW of Chumunjin Dan at an elevation of 1,123m, in

a NNW direction for about 30 miles. The S end of the range is

cone-shaped and has a dark blue color.

2.22 This very conspicuous mountain is the best landmark in the

vicinity, unless there are low thick clouds. Sorak San (Seorag

San), at the N end of this range, is of an indigo color and also a

good landmark when there are no low-lying clouds. At a

distance its pointed summit towers up over the other mountains. 

2.22 A light has been established on Namae Ri (Namae Hang),

approximately 4 miles NNW of Chumunjin Hang. Kisamun

Dan is a low-lying inconspicuous cliffy point, 8.5 miles NW of

Chumunjin Dan. A light is shown on the point.

2.22 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained about 0.15 mile S

of the E breakwater head, in a depth of 9m, sand.

2.23 Susan Dan (38°05'N., 128°41'E.), about 13.5 miles

NW of Chumunjin Dan, is a rocky precipitous point with a

cairn on its summit. A light is shown from Susan Dan. About

0.5 mile farther NW is a small point, dark-colored and conspicuous, which has the appearance of an islet when seen at a

distance.

2.23 Sokch’o Hang (38°12'N., 128°36'E.) (World Port Index No.

60435), about 8.5 miles NNW of Susan Dan, is an international

commercial port. The bay, open between E and S, has depths of

5 to 14.6m. 

2.23 Pisonjang (Biseonjang) is a small, protruding, cliffy cape

36m high, its summit covered with pine trees. A silvery radio

tower stands 0.5 mile SW of the cape. Sokch’o Hang Light is

situated on Pisonjang. A dangerous shoal, over which the sea

breaks in rough weather, lies in the entrance of the harbor.

2.23 Chodo (Cho Do), about 1 mile SE of Pisonjang, is 21m high,

ochre-colored, and conspicuous.

2.23 Ongjin Dan (Ongjindan), about 1 mile S of Chodo, is a

slightly-projecting point, the cliffs of which are composed of

ochre-colored rocks and are conspicuous. Taep’o Hang (Daebo

Hang), open between E and S, is on the SW side of Ongjin

Dan. It is a small fishing harbor with wharves where fishing

vessels can berth. A breakwater, 240m long, extends from the

N shore.

2.23 Regulations.—A restricted area, best seen on chart, exists in

the E approaches to Sokch’o Hang. All vessels over 100 grt,

except military and fishing vessels, are prohibited to enter.

Reports are made to Sokch’o Port Service.

2.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained off the N breakwater. A quarantine anchorage lies approximately 1.5 miles SE

of Cho Do.

2.23 Ayajin Ni (38°16'N., 128°33'E.) stands at the head of a small

bay about 5 miles NNW of Chodo.

Deogpo Dan to Suwon Dan

2.24 Deogpo Dan (Tokp’o Dan) (38°22'N., 128°31'E.),

lying a little over 6 miles NNW Ayajin Ni, is a slightly-projecting point 47m high. Half of the face of this point is wooded

and the other half is barren, which has the effect of rendering it

very prominent.

2.24 Geojin Hang (38°27'N., 128°28'E.), SW of Geojin Dan, is a

small artificial harbor protected by breakwaters. The shore of

the roadstead consists of a sandy beach.

Geojin Dan (Kojin Dan) (38°27'N., 128°28'E.) is a projecting point with a deep blue color. A light is shown on Geojin

Dan. The E side of Geojin Dan is foul up to 183m offshore.

2.24 The E breakwater extends about 0.4 mile SW of Geojin Dan.

The W breakwater, 0.15 mile in length, extends E from a

position a little over 0.5 mile SW of Geojin Dan Light. Koro

Ho, about 10 miles SW of Geojin Dan, is a good mark in the

approach to the roadstead. This rugged peak, 1,293m high, is

indigo-colored and resembles a hat.

2.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in 7.8 to 9.1m,

fine sand, close off the harbor. It is sheltered from N winds, but

a swell runs into the roadstead with strong N winds.
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 41

Pub. 157

Taejin Ni (Daejin Ri) (38°30'N., 128°26'E.), a small bay, is

entered close S of a small promontory marked by a light 3.75

miles NNW of Geojin Dan, with depths of less than 2m. A

sandy beach lies at the head of the bay.

2.24 The coast between Geojin Dan and Suwon Dan, about 15

miles NNW, is precipitous in places with rocky cliffs and a few

off-lying rocks. It is backed by a range which runs parallel with

the coast and has only a few conspicuous peaks.

Tongjoson Man

2.25 Tongjoson Man (39°30'N., 128°00'E.), the major

indentation on the E coast of Korea, is usually defined as lying

between Suwon Dan and Mayang (Mayan) Do, about 80 miles

N. The gulf recedes about 40 miles and has no obstructions in

its approach and central part.

2.25 Nan Do (39°00'N., 128°06'E.), a good mark for vessels

approaching from SE, lies about 8 miles offshore. This islet has

a pointed summit and steep cliffs on its E side.

2.25 Ranges of high mountains fringe the N and S shores of the

gulf; lower hills and coastal plains are at the head of the gulf.

2.25 Winds—Weather.—From October to May, prevailing W

winds blow offshore, being especially strong in winter. In

summer E winds are fairly prevalent and frequent gales send

heavy swells into the gulf. Typhoons are of rare occurrence.

Fog prevails during the rainy season, which is usually in July

and August.

2.25 Tides—Currents.—In Tongjoson Man, the tidal currents

are weak and irregular, but the warm and cold ocean currents

off the E coast of Korea meet in this area, flowing in directions

which are counterclockwise. Generally, in summer the cold

current sets in a S direction along the shores of the gulf and the

warm current is N in the offing. In the area N of latitude 39°N,

between these two currents, a circular counterclockwise set is

formed. The velocity of this current seldom exceeds 1 knot. 

2.25 According to observations made from June to August, the

currents near Mayang Do usually set in an E direction. One

branch flowing from S of Mayang Do and another N of that

island. The velocity is about 1 knot. These branches combine

off Songdo Gap, about 5 miles E of the island, and the resultant

current appears to turn gradually to the SW through S.

2.25 Caution.—A danger area bounded by a circle, radius of 1

mile, lies in position 39°16’N., 128°02’E.

2.25 Anchoring is prohibited in an area extending SW from Nan

Do to the mainland.

Tongjoson Man—Southwest Shore

2.26 Suwon Dan (38°41'N., 128°22'E.), the S entrance of

Tongjoson Man, is a low promontory which gradually rises

inland. The cape is fringed by rocks. A light is shown on

Suwon Dan. Between Suwon Dan and Irari Gak (39°09'N.,

127°36'E.), about 45 miles NW, the mountains slope gradually

to the coast. Piro Bong (Kumgang San), about 12 miles WSW

of Suwon Dan, is a good mark for vessels approaching this

cape. This mountain, which has several peaks, is dark-colored

and conspicuous, but is sometimes obscured by clouds.

2.26 Changjon Man (38°44'N., 128°12'E.), about 7 miles NW of

Suwon Dan, is a fishing harbor entered between Changadae

Kkut and GyeganMal (Kyegan Mal), about 3 miles WSW. A

light is shown from the N part of the entrance. The shores of

the bay are low and sandy, but inland are several conspicuous

peaks. Changadae Kkut, which consists of black rocks piled

one on another, is a good mark in the approach from S. Also,

conspicuous from the offing is the isolated mountain, 333m

high, about 4 miles S of Changadae Kkut.

2.26 The inlet has depths of about 7 to 11m and afford shelter.

Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage, in 6.4m, sand, sheltered from all directions, about 0.2 mile

W of the point about 0.8 mile SW of Gyegan Mal. Close SE of

this anchorage the depths are about 9m, sand, but the holding

ground is not good.

2.26 Large vessels can anchor outside the inlet, in 13 to 15m,

about 1 mile SSW of the N end of Changadae Kkut during E

winds, but the holding ground is not very good. Strong N

winds cause a swell in the inlet.

2.26 Sol Som (Song Do), about 3.5 miles NNW of Gyegan Mal,

is wooded with a flat summit. The islet is very conspicuous and

presents a black color when seen from a distance.

2.26 A hill, 145m high at the head of Changjon Man, bearing

222° leads through the middle of the fairway of the entrance to

the harbor.

2.26 Caution.—Winds, which are dangerous to shipping, periodically blow down from Piro Bong. Warnings of these winds are

shown by dark clouds covering the highest peak of Piro Bong,

and rain clouds moving fast in a NE direction; distant thunder

in this direction is a further warning.

2.27 Kojo P’o (38°58'N., 127°53'E.), about 20 miles NW

of Changjon Man, is a small fishing harbor sheltered from all

directions except E. Ch’ongsok Tan, the SE entrance of the

harbor, is a long, somewhat conspicuous rocky point. A light is

shown from Ch’ongsok Tan. Kusin Dan, about 3.3 miles SE, is

a steep cliffy point, easily identified by wood on its summit.

From a point on the E side of the harbor, about 0.9 mile W of

the E extremity of Ch’ongsok Tan, a breakwater extends W.

Amyong Kkut (Amnyong Kkut) (39°08'N., 127°45'E.) 11

miles NW of Kojo P’o, is a black, cliffy, rocky point about 30m

high. From it a low sandy isthmus, on which there is a green

dome-shaped hill 31m high, extends 2 miles SE where it joins

the mainland. The islet Kuk To, about 1 mile WNW of

Amyong Kkut, is precipitous. 

2.27 Caution.—An area which is dangerous to navigation lies 16

miles NE of Amyong Kkut.

2.27 Irari Gak (39°10'N., 127°36'E.), the S entrance point of

Yonghung Man, is 44m high; there is a large village on the

neck of land within the point. Umi Do, lying about 0.2 mile

NNW of Irari Gak, is 29m high and wooded. A spit, with a

depth of 3.7m, extends about 0.2 mile N from this islet.

2.27 Anchoring is prohibited in an area close W of Irari Gak; this

area extends NNE to Yo Do.

Yonghung Man

2.28 Yonghung Man (39°15'N., 127°30'E.), in the SW

part of Tongjoson Man, is entered between Irari Gak and
42 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

Taegang Got, about 8.5 miles N. There is fairly good holding

ground throughout the bay, and considerable protection is

afforded by the islets and reefs in the entrance. The port of

Wonsan is on the S side of the bay, and the sheltered anchorage

of Songjon Man is on the N side of the bay.

2.28 Yo Do, the largest of the islets at the seaward end of

Yonghung Man, lies close outside the middle of the entrance

about 4 miles NNE of Irari Gak. This high islet is densely

wooded and fringed by shoals extending SW from it. The main

fairways leading into the bay pass on either side of Yo Do.

2.28 Taegang Got, the N entrance of the bay, is the small tongue

of land at the S end of Hodo Pando (Ho Do) (39°20'N.,

127°33'E.). Duyu Bong (Samsang Bong), about 1.5 miles

NNW of Taegang Got, has two sharp pointed peaks close

together. These peaks, together with the islets in the entrance,

make identification of the entrance of Yonghung Man easy for

vessels approaching from E. Some low wooded hills on the

sandy isthmus N of Hodo Pando appear to be islets from a distance.

2.28 Regulations.—A TSS has been established for Yonghung

Man as seen on chart.

2.28 Caution.—Vessels are required to follow the traffic separation scheme as shown on the chart. If approaching from the S

steer to pass between Irari Gak and Taeo Do (39°13'N.,

127°38'E.). Care should be taken not to pass within a distance

of 1 mile of Irari Gak, or into depths of less than 11m. Proceed

E of Sin Do to join the traffic scheme which leads into the harbor. 

Wonsan

2.29 Wonsan (39°10'N., 127°27'E.) (World Port Index No.

60440), an important industrial and transportation center,

stands on the SW side of Wonsan Hang. This natural harbor is

sheltered on its E side by Kalma Bando (39°11'N., 127°29'E.)

which is low except at its N end. Kalma Gak, the N extremity

of Kalma Bando, is cliffy and precipitous, and from a distance

appears as an island. The harbor area is protected by breakwaters.

2.29 Winds—Weather.—At Wonsan, W winds prevail, and a

strong blow from that direction will often last intermittently for

several days in winter. These winds are very cold in January

and February. Thick fogs, often low lying, have been recorded

at Wonsan on an average of about 10 days annually, and are

said to be still more frequent at the entrance of the bay where

they come in from the E and gradually dissipate.

2.29 Ice.—Wonsan Hang is never icebound, but during W winds

in winter, drift ice accumulates on the W side of Kalma Bando,

and when the comparatively warm E wind sets in, the drift ice

moves in a SW direction into the harbor.

2.29 Depths—Limitations.—In the approach to the harbor there

are general depths of 11 to 18.5m, decreasing to depths of 6.7

to 8.2m in the entrance and middle part of the inner harbor. A

chain of rocky shoals, with a least depth of 3.7m, extends SE

from Ghangdok To. The positions of the buoys marking these

shoals can not be relied on during the winter because of drift

ice. Other dangers lie in the approach to the harbor and in the

vicinity of Kalma Gak.

2.29 There are numerous wharves and quays within Wonsan

Hang, but the biggest are in front of and to the NW of the

Customs House. Depths alongside range from 3 to 7.2m.

2.29 Pilotage.—It was reported that the pilot boarding station

was situated in a position about 3 miles NE of Yo Do.

2.29 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained N of the E and W

breakwaters, in depths of 7 to 13m. A good position, sheltered

from W winds, is 0.5 mile NNW of Changdok To (39°10.5'N.,

127°26.4'E.), in a depth of 12m. There is also anchorage inside

the breakwaters in a depth of about 7m, sand, or mud and silt.

2.29 Caution.—Areas where anchoring and fishing are prohibited are located in the S part of Yonghung Man in the approaches to Wonsan and are best seen on the chart.

Songjon Man

2.30 Songjon Man (39°20'N., 127°30'E.), the N part of

Yonghung Man, is entered between Mangdok Kot, the SW

extremity of Hodo Pando (Ho Do), and Wonch’u Gak, about 3

miles W. The bay affords sheltered anchorage to large vessels,

with good holding ground, but has no commercial importance. 

2.30 Ice.—The bay for about two months during the winter may

be covered with thin ice, but it is broken up with strong winds;

N winds drift it into Wonsan Hang.

2.30 Anchorage.—There is good anchorage in the outer part of

Songjon Man in position 39°20.5'N, 127°29.5'E, in depths of

10 to 16m, mud. Vessels can anchor with Mangdok Kot bearing 154° and Wonch’u Gak bearing 227°. Wonch’u Gak is very

conspicuous. 

Hungnam (39°50'N., 127°37'E.)

World Port Index No. 60450

2.31 Hungnam stands along the N shore of Sohojin Hang

at the N end of Hamhung Man. This bay is entered between

Yongo Dan and Oeyangdo Dan, about 11.5 miles NNE, and

has a low sandy beach on which the sea breaks during E winds.

The city of Hamhung is about 6 miles above the entrance of the

Songch’on Gang in the N part of the bay. The harbor consists

of a small basin protected by a breakwater and has limited

berthing space.

2.31 Winds—Weather.—In winter and spring, when W winds

prevail, gales from the NW usually raise a considerable sea.

Winds from the S sometimes send in a heavy sea in summer,

but this is not common. The harbor is fog bound only about

twice a year. Thin ice, causing no hindrance to navigation, may

be experienced.

2.31 Depths—Limitations.—In the approach to Hamhung Man,

the depths are deep and clear of dangers. The 18.5m curve lies

roughly across the entrance of the bay. In the middle of the bay

are general depths of 11 to 14.7m, with a gradual shoaling

toward the shore. Hyongje Do, two conspicuous white rocks,

15.8m and 14.9m high, lie near the S and N ends of the steep-to

rocky shoal about 4.3 miles NNE of Yongo Dan. 

2.31 At Hungnam, vessels up to 7.6m draft can berth alongside;

vessels in excess of this draft discharge cargo into barges at the

anchorage, about 1 mile S of the breakwater.

2.31 Aspect.—A good mark in the approach to the bay is Tansok

San. This peak, conical in shape, stands at the S end of a ridge

of mountains about 21 miles WNW of Yongo Dan. Also, conspicuous from a distance, is the clump of scrub surmounting
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 43

Pub. 157

the knoll on the summit of Hwa Do. The sea breaks on the spit

which connects this island to the mainland NW.

2.31 Oeyangdo Dan, where a light is shown, the N entrance of

Hamhung Man, is faced with reddish cliffs which can be

identified from a distance. This point along with two hills close

N appear to be detached when seen from offshore.

2.31 A dangerous wreck lies 3 miles SE of Oeyangdo Dan Light. 

2.31 A waiting area is located 4 miles SSE of the same light. 

2.31 Unju Bong, about 7.5 miles N of Oeyangdo Dan, is conspicuous.

2.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board off Oeyangdo Dan from a launch.

2.31 Regulations.—A TSS has been established in the approach

to Sohojin Hang (Hungnam Harbor). This scheme is not IMOadopted. Mariners are advised to assume that Rule 10 of the 72

COLREGS applies, since it is not known what regulations are

in force.

2.31 Anchorage.—An anchorage area is located 1.25 miles S of

Taejin Do breakwater light, in depths of from 10.9 to 12.8m.

The area off the breakwater, where vessels often have to anchor

because of the limited facilities, is exposed to winds from SE to

SW through S.

Tongjoson Man—Northwest Shore

2.32 T’oejo Man (39°53'N., 127°47'E.), about 7.5 miles

NE of Oeyangdo Dan, affords the best anchorage on this

stretch of coast. The shores of the inlet are high, steep, and

indented with small bays with sandy beaches at their heads.

The coast on either side of the entrance of T’oejo Man consists

of high precipitous cliffs. Chindong Do and Tae Som lie E of

the entrance of the bay.

2.32 Anchorage may be obtained in T’oejo Man, in depths of 10

to 16m, mud, where it is sheltered from all winds except those

from SE which do not cause much swell. The bay is never ice

bound, but during exceptionally cold periods there is thin ice

close inshore.

2.32 Ansong Gap (39°53'N., 127°53'E.) together with Ongnyo

Bong, about 1.8 miles WNW, make good landmark for identifying the coast in this vicinity. This cape, connected to the

mainland by a sandy isthmus, has high precipitous cliffs on its

S and E sides. When seen from a distance, the peninsula appears as a dark island. During SW winds, shelter can be obtained, in 14.6 to 18.3m, off the NE side of the peninsula.

2.32 Between Ansong Gap and Songnyong Man, about 10 miles

NE, the coast consists mainly of low sandy beaches. Chonsuk

To lies off the entrance of a bay about 3.3 miles N of Ansong

Gap; Som Pawi lies about 1.3 miles farther ENE. Chuk To, two

islets lying close together, is about 3 miles NE of Chonsuk To.

2.32 Songnyong Man (40°02'N., 128°00'E.), about 4 miles wide

at its entrance, affords shelter from N winds to vessels with

local knowledge. Mukpang San, about 8 miles NNE of the W

entrance of the bay, has a conical shape and is a good mark

when seen from seaward. Kiwa Pau (Wa Am) (40°01'N.,

128°02'E.), a black prominent rock 5m high, lies close off the

middle of the entrance to the bay.

2.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage for small vessels, sheltered from

the N, may be obtained in the bay, in a depth of about 12m.

2.33 Pongsu Pando (40°00'N., 128°09'E.), a conspicuous

headland, rises to a conical peak which has the appearance of

an island at a distance. A fairly conspicuous white landslip is at

the SW end of this headland.

Mayang Do (Mayan Do)(40°00'N., 128°11'E.), the N entrance of Tongjoson Man, is an irregularly shaped island lying

close offshore. The pointed summit of the island surmounts a

chain of hills which rise steeply along the S side of the island.

The lower part of the two highest peaks has a striking reddish

appearance.

2.33 Caution.—During the fishing season, from June to September, nets may be encountered in the area at the E end of Mayang Do.

2.34 Sinp’o (40°02'N., 128°12'E.) stands at the head of

Sinp’o Hang, the largest of the coves N of Mayang Do. The

harbor, sheltered from all except S winds, is approached via the

strait lying between Mayang Do and the mainland. The E

entrance is free from dangers in the fairways; the W entrance is

comparatively shal-low and should not be used by large

vessels.

2.34 Winds—Weather.—In December and January, thin ice

forms in the inlets on the coast of Mayang Do, but the strait is

never icebound. Some fog, usually accompanied by E winds,

occurs from April through June. The prevailing winds are from

E to SE in spring and summer, S to SW from late summer to

early autumn, and W to NW in winter.

2.34 Depths—Limitations.—The E and recommended entrance

of the strait is unobstructed over a width of about 0.8 mile

between the reef extending about 183m off the NE point of

Mayang Do and Taegu Do, close off the N side of the strait.

The S side of this islet is cliffy and somewhat conspicuous.

Sinp’o Hang has depths of 5.5 to 9.1m.

2.34 Aspect.—The E part of the mainland N of Mayang Do

consists of spurs of hills which terminate in three small and

rocky points. The W part, low and sandy, extends to Pongsu

Pando which serves as a good mark for the W entrance of the

strait.

2.34 Landmarks for Sinp’o Hang include a black rock, 11.9m

high, close off Saam Dan, the W entrance of the harbor and

two chimneys, three radio masts, and a flag staff, all on the W

side of the harbor. The above black rock can be identified from

both the E and W entrances of the strait.

2.34 Anchorage.—Anchorage, protected except from the S, may

be obtained, in a depth of about 7m, mud and sand.

Songdo Gap to Hwangdan Tan

2.35 Songdo Gap (40°02'N., 128°20'E.), the E entrance of

Yanghwa Man, is the extremity of a blackish promontory,

which is joined to the mainland by a low, flat, white sandy

beach. The cape has two conspicuous summits which have the

appearance of being detached islets when seen from a distance. 

2.35 Yanghwa Man, free from dangers, affords shelter to large

vessels, in depths of 14.6 to 21.9m.

2.35 Sinch’ang Hang (40°07'N., 128°29'E.), about 8.5 miles NE

of Songdo Gap, is entered between Yonggo Dan and Ungam

Dan, about 4 miles NE. The bay is exposed to swells with all

but N winds. A basin fronts the village in the NE part of the

bay. Some brown cliffs stand on the N side of the mouth of the

shallow river at the head of the bay and help to identify it.
44 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

2.35 Yonggo Dan is cliffy on its SE side and is conspicuous when

seen from a distance. Ungam Dan is precipitous and can be

identified by a brownish rock, about 35m high, on its SW side.

Taedok San, about 12 miles NNW of Ungam Dan, is conspicuous. Mountain ranges extend in a S and SE direction from

Taedok San toward the coast.

Ch’aho (40°12'N., 128°39'E.)

World Port Index No. 60470

2.36 Ch’aho, the principal fishing harbor in the area, stands

at the head of Ch’aho Hang, a deep narrow inlet entered W of

Chinsuk To (Chonch’o Do). The harbor, which is sheltered by

the surrounding hills, is about 0.4 mile wide.

2.36 Winds—Weather.—Dense fog occurs on an annual average

of nine days from March through August, and is a slight hindrance to navigation. Light snowfall begins in November. Ice

may form in the inlet, but it does not freeze over solidly.

2.36 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the entrance range

from 14.6 to 21.9m. The navigable channel has a depth of 9m

or more. An iron pier, with a depth of 9.1m alongside its Thead, lies at the S end of town, about 1 mile N of the W

entrance point. There are also three small wharves in the

harbor, one of which has a depth of 5.8m alongside.

2.36 Aspect.—Hwangdan Tan, about 1 mile SW of the entrance

of Ch’aho Hang, is a precipitous cape, particularly conspicuous

because of its reddish color. It is backed by the conspicuous

Kwan San with its sharp peak. Sam Bong, with three sharp

peaks, is about 4 miles farther WNW. Nip Am, 24m high and

conspicuous, lies close S of the W entrance of Ch’ho Hang.

2.36 Chinsuk To (Chonch’o Do), forming the E entrance of

Ch’aho Hang, is high and densely wooded. The island appears

black when seen from a distance. A treeless islet lies between

Chinsuk To and the mainland N.

2.36 Anchorage.—Ch’aho Hang affords anchorage to moderate

sized vessels, in a depth of about 16m, mud, in the middle of

the harbor.

Iwon Hang to Kimch’aek

2.37 Iwon Hang (40°17'N., 128°39'E.), about 4 miles wide

at its entrance, affords shelter during S winds, but E winds

cause a heavy swell. The S entrance point is treeless, rising to a

wooded hill about 0.5 mile inland. Close ESE of the S entrance

point is a prominent grayish rock 11m high. Ch’ongnyong Mal,

the N entrance of the bay, is a headland with brownish cliffs

which can be made out fairly easily from seaward. Ch’udok

San, about 7 miles NNW of Ch’ongnyong Mal, is domeshaped, and can, together with two other peaks farther W, be

easily identified. Chokoku San, about 5 miles farther NNW, is,

together with two other peaks about 2 miles NW, conspicuous

from a distance.

2.37 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Iwon Hang, in

12.8 to 14.6m. The shore of the bay consists of a white sandy

beach which is densely wooded.

2.38 Nan Do (40°19'N., 128°46'E.), about 4.3 miles E of

Ch’ongnyong Mal and 1.5 miles offshore, is a gray cliffy islet,

densely wooded and conspicuous from a distance. Chak To

(Jag Do) islet, about 2.3 miles WNW of Nan Do, is wooded

with a flat summit.

2.38 The W part of the coast between Iwon Hang and Yongdae

Gap, about 21 miles NE, is characterized by steep cliffs

interspersed with sandy beaches, while the E part is mostly low

and sandy. Sabujin, about 8.3 miles NE of Nan Do, is an artificial harbor sheltered by two breakwaters.

2.38 Kwae Do (40°27'N., 129°00'E.), about 5 miles NE of

Sabujin and 0.75 mile offshore, is a brownish rock conspicuous

from a distance. Unju San, about 5.3 miles WNW of Kwae Do,

has three gray peaks and is conspicuous. The mountain range

extends about 8 miles N from Unju San, then about 6 miles

NW; it contains peaks that can be identified. Another good

landmark is the black mountain with two peaks about 4 miles

NW of Unju San.

2.38 Yongdae Gap (40°28'N., 129°04'E.) is the S extremity of a

peninsula which forms the E side of Yongdae Myoji. Wonsandok San, about 4 miles N of Yongdae Gap, has a pointed

summit and is conspicuous at a distance. Yongyon San, about

17 miles farther NNW, is the highest mountain of a range

which extends about 25 miles N from the cape.

2.38 Yongdae Myoji affords anchorage, in 9.1 to 13m, fine sand,

about 0.5 mile off the shallow cove in its NE part. It is not a

safe anchorage, except with NE winds.

2.38 The coast for a distance of about 13 miles NNE is high and

fringed by numerous rocks, most of which are steep to.

Kimch’aek (40°40'N., 129°12'E.)

World Port Index No. 60480

2.39 Kimch’aek stands on the coast at the SW entrance of

Immyong Hae. Songjin Hang, one of the important harbors of

NE Korea, occupies two small bights separated by Songjin

Pando. Songjin Pando is a cliffy tongue of land, surmounted by

conspicuous pine trees, and joined to the mainland by a low

neck of land. The principal harbor is N of Songjin Pando; the S

harbor, S of Songjin Pando, is the fishing center. Both harbors

are somewhat protected by breakwaters.

2.39 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds from September

to March are NW; in the remaining months, the direction is

predominantly S or SE. During April and May, from about

1100 to 1500, strong S or SSE winds are liable to blow toward

Kimch’aek. Sea fogs from NE usually occur in the morning.

2.39 Winds from the E coastal mountains, known as Fohn winds,

are generally experienced in fair weather. 

2.39 The rivers always freeze in the winter, but the harbor is never

obstructed by ice. It is reported that weather rarely interferes

with the working of cargo. Light snow, frequently accompanied by N or NW winds, falls on an average of about forty

days. Drift ice does not penetrate to the shores of Immyong

Hae. Thin ice, not sufficient to obstruct navigation, is sometimes seen floating in the middle of the bay.

2.39 Depths—Limitations.—In the greater part of Immyong

Hae, there are depths of 18.3 to 36.6m. The shores of the bay

are fringed in places by rocks, but there are no dangers beyond

a distance of about 0.2 mile offshore.

2.39 Dangerous wrecks lie about 0.5 mile SSW of Yujin Dan, the

N entrance point of Immyong Hae.

2.39 Within the N harbor there are depths of 9.1 to 18.3m. Along-
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 45

Pub. 157

side the 400m long quay on the N side of Songjin Pando there

is a depth of 9.8m. The small basins at the head of the N and S

harbor are shoal.

2.39 Aspect.—The land on either side of the entrance of Immyong Hae is high, but the head of the bay is low and sandy.

Yujin Dan, the E entrance of the bay, is conspicuous from E

and S. 

2.39 Also conspicuous are the white cliffs at the foot of the

mountain, about 1 mile N of Yujin Dan; these cliffs are the best

mark in approaching from S. Other prominent peaks are farther

N.

2.39 Anchorage.—The outer harbor affords adequate protection

from W winds, but with S or SE winds shelter is limited to the

constricted section close N of Songjin Pando. Depths are from

12.8 to 14.6m.

Yujin Dan to Musu Dan

2.40 The coast NE of Yujin Dan is high for a distance of

about 4 miles, then it becomes low and sandy to Tadong Dan,

about 8 miles farther NE. Then between Tadong Dan and Musu

Dan, about 9.5 miles ENE, the coast is indented by several

small coves. Kwanam Bong, about 4.5 miles NW of Tadong

Dan, is very conspicuous because of its distinctive cockscomb

appearance.

2.40 Hwangamdong Myoji (40°49'N., 129°34'E.), about 2 miles

NE of Tadong Dan, affords anchorage, in about 11m, about 0.4

mile offshore. Hyongje Do is a group of rocks lying about 0.4

mile SE off the SW entrance of the bay. The two E rocks of this

group are rugged, bare, and reddish-brown in color; the S of

these two rocks, somewhat higher than the other, is domeshaped. Yom Am, light brown in color, lies in the entrance of

the bay.

2.40 Kalma P’o, about 1 mile NW of Musu Dan, affords shelter to

small vessels. The inlet is surrounded by high steep hills.

2.40 Al Som (Nan Do) (40°39'N., 129°33'E.), about 11.3 miles E

of Yujin Dan, is a conspicuous white, barren, rocky islet. The

two rocks close E of the islet are very pointed. Al Som, a good

mark for vessels running the coast, is reported to be altered in

appearance due to a mirage occurring from about the middle of

May to the end of July.

2.40 Yang Do, about 2 miles S of Tadong Dan, consists of the two

NW islets in a group of three. Kanghui Do is the SE islet and

the highest of the group. 

2.40 Anchorage.—Large vessels can obtain shelter from S

winds, in 18.3 to 21.9m, about 0.2 mile N of Yang Do.

Musu Dan to Orang Dan

2.41 Musu Dan (40°50'N., 129°43'E.) consists of high,

reddish cliffs at the extremity of a bold promontory projecting

S. These cliffs slope gradually to their S end. 

2.41 A light is shown on the S extremity of Musu Dan. A rock,

reported to be 16.8m high, lies close S of the cape. Another

rock lies close offshore approximately 1.8 miles N of Musu

Dan. This rock, which is conspicuous, resembles two crouching dogs facing each other when seen from N or S.

2.41 Abnormal magnetic variation has been reported over the

years in the vicinity of Musu Dan. 

2.41 Between Musu Dan and Orang Dan, about 33 miles N, the

coast is entirely composed of steep rocky cliffs, with ranges of

hills and low mountains rising inland. Rocky peaks, often

oddly shaped, are common. The color of the cliffs on either

side of Poksuk Tan, about midway along this stretch of coast,

creates a distinct contrast. Those S of Poksuk Tan are reddishbrown, while those N of the point are whitish-brown. In

addition, the elevations S of Poksuk Tan are higher than those

N. 

2.41 The coast N of Musu Dan consists of high, precipitous, ashcolored cliffs for a distance of about 5 miles to Mokchin Dan, a

conspicuous black, rocky point. Unmandae Dan, about 2 miles

farther N, is also conspicuous. Prominent peaks backing this

part of the coast include Ch’imabawi San, about 3 miles N of

Musu Dan; Kaegi Bong, about 4.5 miles W of Unmandae Dan,

and Kkach’i Bong (Kakch’i Bong), about 5 miles NW of Kaegi

Bong.

P’ohang Man (40°59'N., 129°44'E.), about 3.3 miles NNW

of Unmandae Dan, affords shelter to small vessels in a 10.5m

depth about 0.2 mile off the SW part of the bay. The bay is

encumbered by islets and foul ground. Chondok Tan, the N

entrance of the bay, is the extremity of a densely wooded peninsula with conspicuous cliffs on its S side.

2.42 Hwangjin Man (41°06'N., 129°44'E.), with steep

cliffy shores, is entered N of Poksuk Tan. The bay affords

shelter to small vessels in a depth of 13m, fine sand, about 0.8

mile W of Poksuk Tan. This conspicuous point consists of

reddish-black cliffs.

2.42 Taeryanghwa Man (41°13'N., 129°44'E.), about 6.5 miles

N of Poksuk Tan, is entered between Song Dan and a point

about 0.4 mile N. Song Dan, 51m high and densely wooded, is

the NE end of a peninsula which appears as a detached island

from seaward; its SE end is composed of light brown cliffs. It

is always a good mark because in winter the trees on the point

are almost black and in summer the cliffs on the SE side of the

peninsula are white.

2.42 Anchorage.—Taeryanghwa Man is open to the E. It affords

anchorage to large vessels, except during E winds when there

is a heavy swell, 0.4 mile NW of Song Dan, in depths of 11 to

15m, sand. Smaller craft can anchor closer to the N or S shore

of the bay according to the direction of the wind.

2.42 Tajin Man (Dajin Man)(41°16'N., 129°45'E.) lies about 3.5

miles NNE of Taeryanghwa Man. It consists of two almost

identical bays. Between them is Haeju Do, 55m high, a good

landmark. Both bays are open to the SE and their waters sufficiently deep. For small vessels. they are good anchorages. The

central part of the S bay provides shelter from SE to SW winds;

vessels of less than 1,000 tons can better avoid the strong E

wind here which occasionally blows in the area in the summer

and winter than in Taeryanghwa Man.

2.43 Kyongsong Man (41°35'N., 129°50'E.), crescentshaped, lies between Orang Dan and Komalsan Dan, about 23

miles N. The head of this bay, which is open E, is mostly sandy

and presents a white color, except for two or three rocky points.

The several hills sloping down to the shore of the bay divide

the land within the head into a number of valleys and wide

plains. Conspicuous among these hills are Chinjudok San

(41°30'N., 129°37'E.), about 11 miles NW of Orang Dan, and

one located about 7 miles N of Chinjudok San.
46 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

2.43 Orang Dan (41°23'N., 129°48'E.), the S entrance of Kyongsong Man, is a treeless, rocky, precipitous point with a pointed

summit. A pointed rock, 15m high and conspicuous from

seaward, is close off Orang Dan. A light is situated on Orang

Dan.

2.43 The harbors within Kyongsong Man include Odaejin Hang

and the important Ch’ongjin Hang.

2.43 Odaejin (41°23'N., 129°47'E.) stands at the head of the

small boat basin about 1 mile WNW of Orang Dan. Odaejin

Hang, off the boat basin, is shallow, but affords some shelter.

Bagaso Gan, a pointed rock 9m high, lies about 0.15 mile N of

the E entrance of the bay. Another rock, 12m high, lies about

137m S of Bagaso Gan, and between the two lies a rock with a

depth of less than 2m. 

2.43 Fishing nets usually extend some distance seaward from the

E entrance point to Odaejin Hang.

2.43 Anchorage.—Large vessels can obtain anchorage, in a

depth of 15m, 0.3 mile W of the 12m rock. Small vessels can

obtain safe anchorage in the boat basin, in depths of 1 to 5m. 

2.43 Caution.—Anchorage is reported to be poor during N and E

winds.

Ch’ongjin (41°46'N., 129°49'E.)

World Port Index No. 60500

2.44 Ch’ongjin, the principal commercial center of NE

Korea, stands along the N shores of Ch’ongjin Hang at the

extreme N end of Kyongsong Man. The harbor is entered on

the W side of the promontory terminating in Komalsan Dan.

The city is backed by an alluvial plain, through which the

Susong Ch’on flows into the sea. Encircling mountains rise

farther inland. It is an important developing port area consisting of Main Harbor, Fishing Harbor, and Wwest Harbor.

Main Harbor is the built up area to the NE of Ch’ongjin.

Breakwaters protect the harbors.

2.44 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are NW in winter

and from E directions in summer. Thick fog, sometimes

continuing for several days and hindering navigation, is frequently blown in by E winds from the Japan Sea in the foggy

season from April until early August. The snowfall, usually

light, lasts from early November to April.

2.44 Ice is not a hindrance to navigation, though ice about 0.2m

thick has been encountered in the E basin, and floes from N

occasionally drift to the vicinity of the harbor.

2.44 Tides—Currents.—Observations made indicated that a S

current flows about 5 miles from the coast of Ch’ongjin Hang

at a velocity of 0.3 to 0.75 knot. It was also reported that

vessels have been set toward the mouth of Susong Ch’on,

particularly during E or S winds, and during the seasons when

thick fogs occur and snow falls.

2.44 It has also been reported (1994) that vessels entering the

harbor are set to the W.

2.44 Depths—Limitations.—In the approach to Ch’ongjin Hang

the depths are deep and clear of dangers, except for the shoal

reported to lie about 2.3 miles SSW of Komalsan Dan. Depths

of over 18.3m are within 0.3 mile of the basins. 

2.44 The E basin, protected by a breakwater on its S side, is

entered from W in depths of 10 to 17m, a wharf, with 7.6 to

8.8m alongside, can accommodate a vessel up to 9,000 tons.

2.44 The W basin, protected by breakwaters, is entered from S.

Depths of 6.1 to 9.1m are reported in this basin; vessels of up

to 10,000 tons can be accommodated.

2.44 Aspect.—Komalsan Dan is the SE extremity of the promontory which forms the E side of the harbor. A light is shown

on Komalsan Dan. Komal San, near the center of the promontory, is a rounded treeless hill, 183m high; it is conspicuous

from E. Ch’oltan Bong, farther N, is also conspicuous.

2.44 Chonma San rises near the W end of the E basin and is an

excellent mark. Radio masts are on the slope of this hill.

Several stacks are in the area about 1 mile WSW of Chonma

San.

2.44 The walls surrounding the town of Kyongsong, about 10

miles SW of Komalsan Dan, can be sighted from several miles

seaward.

2.44 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 2.8

miles SSE of Komalsan Dan; closer approach without a pilot is

forbidden. The vessel’s ETA at this position must be passed

through the ship’s agent as no VHF contact is possible. The

pilot does not board before 0800 and entry is not normally

allowed after 1600. Vessels leaving must do so at least 1 hour

30 minutes before sunset.

2.44 Regulations.—A TSS has been established in the approach

to Ch’ongjin Hang. This scheme is not IMO-adopted. Mariners

are advised to assume that Rule 10 of the 72 COLREGS

applies, since it is not known what regulations are in force.

2.44 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor off the NE side of

Ch’ongjin Hang, in depths of about 10.1 to 34.7m, mud and

sand, with good holding ground. 

2.44 This anchorage is reported to be exposed and SW winds

create a heavy sea. 

Kidong Man to Najin Man

2.45 Kidong Man (41°54'N., 129°56'E.), entered W of Kal

Tan, is suitable for temporary anchorage except during strong

winds between E and SW. The shore of the bay, consisting of

rocky places alternating with sandy beaches, is backed by hills.

Fishing nets are laid in the entrance of the bay from the

beginning of March until the end of August.

2.45 Kal Tan is a conspicuous, barren, cliffy point, fringed by

rocks which are steep-to, and the highest being 7m.

2.45 Ssangp’o Man (41°57'N., 129°59'E.), about 4 miles N of

Kal Tan, is the first of three small bays indenting the coast N of

Kal Tan. Yongje Man and Sajin Man are the two other bays.

Chungbong Dan, the S entrance point of Ssangp’o Man, is foul

for a distance of 183m offshore. A bank, with depths of less

than 5m, extends 0.2 mile from the SW side of the bay. Yongje

Man, the center of the three bays, is open E and strong E winds

raise a heavy swell. Sajin Dan, the E entrance of Sajin Man, is

the extremity of a narrow peninsula. It is a rocky precipitous

point which rises to a grassy rounded summit. The S rock off

Sajin Dan is conspicuous.

2.45 Anchorage.—Ssangp’o Man affords anchorage, except during strong E winds, in 6.9 to 20.1m, fine sand. The other two

bays, Yongje Man and Sajin Man, are better anchorages, except during August and September when S winds are frequent.

Moderate-sized vessels can anchor in Yongje Man, in 14.6 to

20.1m, mud, good holding ground. A bare rock, lying about 0.3
Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 47

Pub. 157

mile offshore from the SW side of the bay, somewhat restricts

the anchorage. 

2.46 Ijin Man (42°04'N., 130°07'E.), about 5 miles NNE

of Sajin Dan, affords temporary shelter to vessels with local

knowledge. The bay is entered between Piso Dan and Hwa

Dan. The latter point is cliffy and conspicuous. Anchorage is

available in the bay, in 10.5 to 29.3m, sand or mud. Care is

necessary in the approach because of the dangers SW of Hwa

Dan and in the center of the bay. At the head of the bay are two

projecting points with green woods on their summits. At a

distance these points appear as islets with trees on them and are

prominent.

2.46 Naksan Man (42°05'N., 130°11'E.), the inlet N of Hwa Dan,

is divided into two parts by the two islets at its head. Nose Dan,

the NE entrance of the bay, has a bluish aspect from seaward

and is conspicuous. The NW side of Nose Dan is cone-shaped.

Large vessels can obtain good sheltered anchorage in the NE

part of the bay, in depths of up to 20.1m, sand. Care is necessary to avoid the dangers off Nose Dan.

Najin (42°14'N., 130°18'E.)

World Port Index No. 60510

2.47 Najin, an important commercial outlet, stands at the

head of Najin Hang at the N end of Najin Man. The port was

the first in North Korea to be declared a free port and improvements to the berths are expected.

2.47 This deep natural bay, surrounded by hills, indents the coast

about 5 miles in a NNE direction and is reported to be the best

natural harbor on the NE coast of Korea. The main entrance

lies W of Taech’o Do and Soch’o Do.

2.47 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are SE from May

to September, and NW during the balance of the year. During

strong SE winds, a heavy swell runs in past the islands on its

exposed side. The rainy season lasts from June through

August, and snow falls from October to February. Dense fogs

occur from April to August, being especially frequent from

June until the end of July.

2.47 Ice does not seriously hinder navigation in the main part of

the harbor.

2.47 Depths—Limitations.—In the comparatively unobstructed

W part of the entrance of Najin Man the depths are from 27.4

to 36.6m, decreasing gradually toward the head of the bay.

Depths of less than 11m lie within about 0.2 mile of the NW

shore, and up to a maximum of 1 mile from the NE shore of the

harbor.

2.47 There are three quays in the NW part of the harbor, all of

which have dredged depths of 9.5m. The cargo handling wharf

to the N of these quays has a dredged depth of 4m. Oryong

Am, about 0.7 mile W of the SW side of Taech’o Do, breaks in

bad weather. Vessels should pass W of this danger. It is marked

on its W side by a lighted buoy.

2.47 Numerous shoals lie between Taech’o Do and the coast NE,

and Soch’o Do and the coast E. Both navigation and anchorage

is prohibited within this area, and fishing nets extend from

Kolsom (42°10'N., 130°19'E.).

2.47 Aspect.—Kwangjang Bong, on the W side of the entrance of

Najin Man about 2.5 miles NNW of Nose Dan, has a somewhat

sharp peak, covered with vegetation and conspicuous. Another

conspicuous sharp conical peak is about 0.8 mile farther NNE.

The E side of the entrance of Najin Man rises to Yondu Bong

about 1 mile NE of Songjong Dan. The two peaks of Such’o

Bong, about 2 miles farther NNE, are good marks.

2.47 Kamt’o Bong, on the NW side of the bay about 4.3 miles

WNW of Songjong Dan, is a conspicuous densely wooded

mountain with a green appearance and a sharp summit. Poroji

Bong, about 5 miles farther N, has a sharp and very conspicuous summit. It is the highest peak in the mountain range

NNW of the bay.

2.47 Taech’o Do, in the middle of the entrance of Najin Man, has

a somewhat sharp summit which is wooded. The E side of this

conspicuous island is mostly cliffy, but the W side slopes

gradually to the coast.

2.47 Soch’o Do, about 0.8 mile NE of Taech’o Do, is a roundtopped islet that appears saddle-shaped when seen from SE. A

conical knob at the N extremity of the islet is conspicuous.

2.47 Song Do, densely wooded and conspicuous, lies on the N

side of the bay about 1.8 miles WNW of Taech’o Do at the NE

entrance of Yujin Man.

Between Songjong Dan (42°11'N., 130°19'E.) and Ch’wijin

Dan (Chujin Dan), 4 miles NE, there are several bays exposed

to S and E winds. There are no off-lying dangers. Small boats

can land at the head of the bay on the W side of Ch’wijin Dan,

except when the wind is blowing from S.

2.47 Pilotage.—Pilotage is desirable, though not compulsory.

The resident pilot will board near the lighted buoy 0.6 mile

SSW of Oryong Am.

2.47 Regulations.—A TSS has been established in the approach

to Najin Man. This scheme is not IMO-adopted. Mariners are

advised to assume that Rule 10 of the 72 COLREGS applies,

since it is not known what regulations are in force.

2.47 Foreign vessels waiting to enter Najin Hang are to use the

designated area 1 mile SE of P’i Do best seen on the chart. 

2.47 Anchorage.—Good anchorage for large vessels may be obtained anywhere in Najin Hang according to draft, in depths of

about 10 to 22m.

2.47 The foreign vessel anchorage is located 0.5 mile NE of

Soch’o Do.

2.47 Caution.—Vessels approaching Najin Man in thick weather

should exercise great caution. A possible SW or W set, in

which vessels may close the land in the vicinity of Hwa Dan,

has been reported. As the coast is steep-to, very little warning

can be had from soundings.

Chosan Man

2.48 Chosan Man (42°17'N., 130°30'E.), entered between

Ch’wijin (Chujin Dan) and Op’o Dan, about 10 miles E, contains several inlets and coves, all of which, with the exception

of Sosura Hang, are exposed to heavy seas from the E. In

winter the inlets and coves afford shelter from the prevailing

NW winds; they are occasionally covered by a thin coating of

ice. Unggi Hang is in the NW corner of the bay.

2.48 The W side of Chosan Man is backed by a range of hills,

about 305m high, which slope down from the inland ranges.

Songjin San, about 7 miles NW of Unggi, has a sharp peak and

is an excellent landmark. Its summit, the highest in the vicinity,

may be made out frequently during fog and rain. The NE shore
48 Sector 2. Korea—East Coast 

Pub. 157

of the bay is low; a few isolated hills inland resemble scattered

islands at a distance.

2.48 Al-Som (Nan Do), with a conspicuous irregular rocky summit, lies in the entrance of Chosan Man about 3 miles SW of

Op’o Dan. A light is shown on the SW end of Al-Som (Nan

Do). Two small islets lie on the reef which extends about 0.5

mile NE from Al-Som. About 1.5 miles NW of Al-Som (Nan

Do), Sogunsok and Tonggunsok are islands lying at either end

of a rocky reef.

2.48 Kwak Tan, the N entrance of the bay of Kaidae Man

(42°15'N., 130°23'E.), is formed by a high cliff with a grasscovered summit. 

2.48 A conspicuous sharp peak is about 1 mile NNW of Kwak

Tan. Kaidae Man is open SE and has depths of 9 to 27m. Anchorage for small vessels during E winds may be obtained E of

Song Do (42°15.0'N., 130°22.5'E.), which lies close off the W

side of Kaidae Man.

2.48 Ch’angjin Man, about 2 miles N of Kwak Tan, affords temporary anchorage, except during SE winds.

2.48 Taejin Man, on the N side of Chosan Man, is an open bay

exposed to the S and SE winds in the summer. In other seasons

it affords good shelter. It is entered between Tae Dan

(42°18.2'N., 130°27.1'E.) and a point 3.3 miles ENE. A rock,

2m high, lies 0.55 mile NW of the E entrance point of Taejin

Man. 

2.48 Og Am (42°18'N., 130°30'E.), 2.5 miles E of Tae Dan has a

depth of about 3.2m and is steep-to. 

2.48 Sosura Hang lies at the E end of Chosan Man, and is entered

between Hung Dan (42°18'N., 130°35'E.) and P’ansok Tan,

1.75 miles S. It affords shelter from N through E to SE winds,

but not S or SW winds.

2.48 In the N part of the bay, E of Hung Dan, stands a range of

hills with four prominent peaks. The two W peaks have rocky

summits.

2.48 Sosuraji (42°16'N., 130°36'E.) stands on the S side of Sosura Hang and is an important fishing station. The port is used

by vessels according to season and wind direction. The shallow

basin off the town is protected by breakwaters.

2.48 Aspect.—The red chimney of a sardine factory lies about

137m E of P’ansok Tan.

Senbong (42°20'N., 130°24'E.)

World Port Index No. 60520

2.49 Senbong, at the northernmost point of North Korea,

is the terminal for a crude oil refinery established on the NE

side of the head of Unggi Hang. The crude oil facilities consist

primarily of a SPM buoy berth surrounded by a prohibited area

located in the entrance to Unggi Hang. 

2.49 Winds—Weather.—During the winter, N winds prevail in

Unggi Hang, blowing down from Unggi San. In summer, when

S winds are predominant, occasional SE gales may send in

heavy seas which interrupt cargo operations.

2.49 Fogs occur from April to August, most frequently in June

and July. They are usually of short duration, but may last for

days, especially when accompanied by fine rain.

2.49 The harbor is never ice-bound. Fast ice may fringe the shores

of the outer harbor, interfering with the operation of lighters,

and on occasion the small craft basin freezes solidly.

2.49 Depths—Limitations.—In the outer part of Unggi Hang,

the depths vary from 11 to 23.8m. There is a crude oil berth at

Yongsu-dong, 455m long with an alongside depth of 30m;

vessels of up to 200,000 dwt can be accommodated. 

2.49 Closer in the depths decrease to about 3m at the head of the

harbor. There was 6.4m reported between the breakwaters.

Within the basin, there are reported depths of from about 1.8 to

4.9m. 

2.49 Five vessels of 5,000 tons can berth at a quay protected by

breakwaters and there is a quay with a reported depth of 7.3m

alongside.

2.49 Aspect.—Pip’a Do (Pip’a-som) and Tae Dan are both conspicuous. The former has a conspicuous rock on a flat summit

covered with grass. A beacon stands on the E extremity of the

islet. 

2.49 Other conspicuous landmarks reported are Unggi San, about

2 miles NNW of Tae Dan, and the red brick meteorological

station on the NE side of the head of the harbor.

2.49 It was reported that at night Pip’a Do is difficult to make out

against the hills behind it. In thick weather Songjin San, about

6.5 miles NW of Unggi, may sometimes be a useful mark.

2.49 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots

board about 2 miles SSE of the SPM buoy. 

2.49 Anchorage.—Large vessels are afforded suitable anchorage,

and though SE winds may send in long swells, there is good

holding ground with little danger of dragging. Vessels may

anchor anywhere in the harbor, in 5.4 to 21.9m, mud or sand,

good holding ground.

2.50 The Tumen River (42°17'N., 130°41'E.), the

boundary between Korea and Siberia, is reported to be generally navigable by junks for a distance of about 40 miles from

its mouth. The entrance, partly blocked by a shifting bar, has a

maximum depth of about 1.8m in a very narrow channel.

2.50 The coast in the vicinity of the river is low, with Chogaramsan (Ogaram San), about 2 miles W of the river entrance, rising

to jagged summits resembling somewhat a conspicuous castle.

The sea surface which is from 5 to 6 miles offshore in this vicinity has a very muddy color.

2.50 Tides—Currents.—The direction of the current off the

mouth of the Tumen River appears, from earlier observations,

to be very irregular. It attains a velocity of about 0.3 knot.
49

Pub. 157

3. 

Korea—West Coast

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
51

Pub. 157

SECTOR 3 

KOREA—WEST COAST

3.0 Plan.—This sector describes the W coast of Korea, which

forms the E side of the Yellow Sea, between Haenam Gak, its

SW extremity, and the Yalu River, about 250 miles N. The

general descriptive sequence is from S to N.

General Remarks

3.1 Tides—Currents.—In the approach to Inchon in the

area W of a line through Gyeongryeolbi Yeoldo, Tokchok

Kundo, and Youp’yong Yolto and E of a line S from Sunwi Do,

the tidal currents are rotary, turning clockwise in 12 hours.

That is at the time of LW at Inchon the direction is between S

and SE, 3 hours after LW between N and NE, at HW between

N and NW, and 3 hours after HW between W and SW. The

lowest velocity occurs about the time of HW and LW, and

about the maximum velocity about 3 hours after HW and LW.

3.1 In Ch’onsu Man the tidal currents run N and S. The N

current runs from about 6 hours before HW to the time of HW

and Inchon, and the S current from the time of HW until 6

hours later. Slack water lasts for only about 10 minutes. The

maximum velocity of the tidal currents near Tasurigii Amu is

from 1.5 to 2 knots, and in the channel between the islets in the

entrance the maximum velocity is from 4.5 to 6.25 knots.

3.1 Heavy overfalls occur off the SE end of Wonsan Do and on

the E side of the fairway. The tidal current near the N end of

Hyoja Do are very irregular and may cause the vessel to yaw.

3.1 In the passage between Anma Do and Songman Do the tidal

currents are weak, but outside the latter and along the SE coast

of the former they are strong. Near the W ends of Hoeng Do

and Chuck To the tidal currents are somewhat stronger, with a

velocity of 2 to 2.75 knots having been experienced.

3.1 Pilotage.—The Korea Maritime Pilots Association (KMPA)

provides an operational web site: 

3.1 Caution.—Fishing nets and aquaculture farms are set within

2 miles offshore in numerous places off the coast of Korea. In

some places they extend as far as 5 miles offshore. For further

information see paragraph 1.1. 

3.1 Extensive mine laying operation took place in Korean waters

during the 1950-1953 war. For further details, refer to Pub.

120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and

Southeast Asia.

Heugsan Jedo

3.2 Heugsan Jedo, consisting of five groups of islands,

lies about 50 miles off the SW part of the Korean peninsula and

is separated from it by Maemul Sudo. 

3.2 These groups extend along the coast for a distance of nearly

50 miles. The coasts of the various islands are more or less

indented by bays which afford anchorage for small vessels. 

Jitsuko Sho (Himuki Sho) (33°57'N., 124°36'E.), with a

depth of 6.7m, lies about 27 miles WSW of Sohuksan Do, the

SW group of Heugsan Jedo. 

3.2 Sohuksan Do (Gageodo) (34°04'N., 125°07'E.) consists of

precipitous coasts, with its higher parts densely wooded,

especially on its N side; the summit of the island is a rounded

peak. The SE extremity of the island consists of high cliffs

rising to a sharp, conspicuous peak, while the N extremity is

low and covered with grass. Several islets and rocks lie close

off the island. A light is situated on the S extremity of

Sohuksan Do. A light is shown from an elevation of 88m on

the N end of Sohuksan Do. 

3.2 A sunken rock, the position of which is approximate, was

reported to lie about 10 miles N of the island.

3.2 Sojunggwan Kundo (34°12'N., 125°30'E.), the SE group of

Heugsan Jedo, lies about 20 miles NE of Sohuksan Do at the

SW entrance of Maemul Sudo. This group consists of one large

island and a number of islets and rocks. A light is situated on

the N extremity of the large island.

3.2 Samt’ae Do (Hataedo) (34°25'N., 125°17'E.), the middle

group of Heugsan Jedo, lies about 20 miles NNE of Sohuksan

Do. The group consists of three islands and several islets and

rocks. The S and largest island of the group shows a light on

the extremity of land extending from the N side. Sangt’ae Do,

the central island of the group, is reported to be a good radar

target at 14 miles. Pyon So, about 5 miles NNE of Sangt’ae

Do, has a summit which appears pointed when seen from E or

W, but rounded from N or S. 

3.2 The tidal currents near Pyon So run N with the rising tide,

with a maximum velocity of about 1 knot, and ESE with the

falling tide, with a maximum velocity of 2 knots.

3.2 Hong Do (34°42'N., 125°12'E.), the NW group of Heugsan

Jedo, lies about 35 miles N of Sohuksan Do. It is the outermost

island among the islands lying SE of Korea. It is rugged and

isolated; the surrounding waters are deep.

3.2 When seen from a distance NW, the island appears as two

separate islands. A light is shown from an elevation of 88m on

the N end of Hong Do.

3.3 Daeheugsan Gundo (Taehuksan Gundo) (34°42'N.,

125°26'E.), the NE group of Heugsan Jedo, lies about 35 miles

NNE of Sohuksan Do at the NW entrance of Maemul Sudo.

The group consists of Taehuksan Do, the main island, which

exhibits a light, and several smaller islands, islets, and rocks.

3.3 Yongsan Do, off the SE coast of Taehuksan Do, is difficult to

identify from E as it does not show up plainly against

Taehuksan Do. A light with racon is situated on the NW end of

Ka Do (34°42'N., 125°27.8'E.). A light is situated on Hajuk

To. 

3.3 Yori Am, about 4 miles NE of Daeheug Gundo, is the most

dangerous rock in Heugsan Jedo. This rock barely covers and

reefs extend about 0.2 mile from it. Caution is necessary in this

Korea Maritime Pilots Association

http://www.kmpilot.or.kr
52 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

vicinity because the tidal currents are strong, and it is not

always marked by ripples.

3.3 Chinni Hang, on the N side of Taehuksan Do, affords the

only good anchorage in Heugsan Jedo. The small harbor,

which is protected by a breakwater, is sheltered from all except

NE winds. A radio tower, painted in red and white bands,

stands on a hill on the E side of the harbor, and about 0.2 mile

NE of the village. Temporary anchorage, in 26 to 35m, can be

taken off the N coast of Taehuksan Do and W of Chinni Hang.

The tidal currents which run along the E and W sides of Taehuksan Do meet here and are weaker. Care should be taken to

avoid the axis of the current running through Kado Sudo, the

passage between Taehuksan Do and Ka Do. The flood and ebb

tidal currents in this passage flow NW and SE with velocities

which may attain 3 or 4 knots or more. 

3.3 Caution.—In general, the tidal currents in the vicinity of

Heugsan Jedo set between N and NNW with the rising tide,

and in the opposite direction with the falling tide. The maximum velocity in Maemul Sudo has been estimated at 2 knots,

but this velocity increases in the narrow channels between the

various islands of each group and off the promontories.

Caution is therefore necessary when approaching these islands

in foggy weather. 

Maemul Sudo

3.4 Maemul Sudo (Single Channel), lying between Heugsan Jedo and the islands and islets off the SW end of Korea, is

wide and deep with good passage to Inchon Kunsan, or to

Mokpo through Jungdeung Hae on the W. 

3.4 Regulations.—Traffic Separation Schemes have been

established in Mae-mul Sudo. The schemes are not IMOadopted, but adherence to Rule 10 of the International

Regulations for Preventing Colli-sions at Sea (1972) is

recommended by the Korean authorities. Vessel speeds of less

than 15 knots are advised in the TSS.

3.4 Vessel Traffic Service.—Chin Do (Jindo) Vessel Traffic

Service (VTS) (34°27'N., 126°15'E.) is in operation in Maemul

Sudo and the waters E, including the channels between the

islands S and E of Chin Do. Participation in the VTS is

mandatory, except for certain ves-sels of 300 grt or less. Chin

Do VTS may be contacted on VHF channels 12 and 14.

3.4 The general depths in the passage are over 36m throughout,

except for the small bank with a depth of 19.2m, lying about 7

miles NW of Chuk To (Jug Do) (34°13'N., 125°51'E.), and a

depth of 21.9m lying about 17 miles NNW of the same island.

Two wrecks lie about 7 miles W of Chuk To. A light, equipped

with a racon and siren, is situated on the summit of Chuk To. 

Kyomaek To (Maemul To) (34°31'N., 125°41'E.), in the

fairway of Maemul Sudo, rises vertically on its N side.

3.4 Maenggol Kundo (34°13'N., 125°51'E.) lies on the E side of

the S entrance of Maemul Sudo, about 18 miles E of Sojunggwan Kundo. This group consists of three main islands which

appear as one when seen from SE. A light, equipped with a

racon, is shown from Maenggoldo (34°13'28"N.,

125°50'51"E.). 

3.4 Pyongp’ung Do, about 5 miles SE of Maenggol Kundo, is

very conspicuous.

3.4 Ui Do, the largest island of Ui Gundo, lies on the E side of

the passage about 8 miles NE of Kyomaek To. The summit of

the island, a sharp peak, is a good landmark.

3.4 A regular passenger ship is running between Ui Do (Jinri)

and Mokpo.

3.4 Ch’ilbal To (34°47'N., 125°47'E.) lies on the E side of the N

entrance of Maemul Sudo, about 10 miles N of Ui Do. A light

is situated on Ch’ilbal To.

3.4 Tides—Currents.—On the E side of Kyomaek To, the N

tidal current runs from about 1 hour before to 5 hours after the

time of HW at Ch’ang Chiang; the S current runs for the

remainder of the time. The maximum velocity is 3 knots.

3.4 About 1 mile E of Ch’ilbal To, the N current runs from about

30 minute before to 5 hours after the time of HW at Ch’ang

Chiang; the S current runs for the remainder of the time. The

maximum velocity of either current is about 4 knots.

Maenggol Sudo

3.5 Maenggol Sudo (34°14'N., 125°53'E.), lying between

Maenggol Kundo and Koch’a Kundo, is a deep passage about 2

miles wide. Mongdok To on the SW side of the channel, is a

conspicuous islet as is Yanggan So, about 2 miles N of the N

island of Koch’a Kundo.

3.5 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Maenggol Sudo

run NW from 2 hours after LW until about 2 hours after HW at

Hajo Do, and SE from 2 hours after HW until about 2 hours

after LW at the same island. 

Approaches to Mokp’o Hang

3.6 Mokp’o Hang (34°47'N., 126°23'E.), on the SW side

of the Korean peninsula can be approached by any one of

several channels which lead through the numerous off-lying

islands. While there are several passages suitable only for

small craft and coasters with local knowledge, there are a few

available for shipping. These latter passages, all of which meet

at Mogp’o Gu (34°46'N., 126°18'E.), the principal entrance of

Mokp’o Hang, will be the only ones described. From S these

are Maro Hae and Changjuk Sudo, both of which lead into

Chongdung Hae and Si Hae, from W directly into Chongdung

Hae via Maemul Sudo, and from N through Myondo Sudo. 

Although Chin Do VTS, previously described in paragraph

3.4, regulates the approaches to Mokp’o, the port and closer

vicinities are regulated by Mokp’o Port Traffic Management

Service. Each of the two reporting systems is mandatory. 

Maro Hae (34°23'N., 126°25'E.) lies between the coast N of

Haenam Gak and the E side of Chin Do. At its N end this

passage leads into Chongdung Hae via the narrow Myongyangdo. A least depth of 9.1m can be carried throughout, but it

should not be entered without local knowledge because of the

numerous dangers and the strong tidal currents. The S approach to Maro Hae is encumbered by several island groups,

islets, and dangers. Chang Kundo, lying WSW of Haenam

Gak, consists of five small islands and a few islets. A light is

situated on the summit of Oryong Do. A fog signal is sounded

from the light. Oryong Do is the largest island of the Chang

Kundo group. Oemo Gundo, SW of Chang Gundo, consists of

three small islands and several rocks. Am Do, the middle

island of this group, is a good mark when seen from SE, having

the appearance of a dog lying down with its head raised.

3.6 Other islands in the S approach include Milmae Do, Man So,
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 53

Pub. 157

Kalmyong Do, Kuja Do, and Soguja Do. A light is situated on

Kuja Do.

3.6 Tides—Currents.—In Maro Hae the tidal currents run N

and S near Samma Do with a maximum velocity of from 2 to

2.5 knots. In the SE entrance of Myongyangdo, HW and LW

occur about 40 minutes later than at Samma Do, and in the NW

entrance about 1 hour 30 minutes later.

3.6 In Myongyangdo, the tidal currents set NW with the flood

and SE with the ebb. Off the light structure in the narrows the

tidal currents attain a velocity of 7 knots at neap tides and 9

knots at spring tides, but close within the strait these velocities

increase to 9 and 11 knots.

3.6 Aspect.—A useful mark for vessels proceeding N through

the gulf is the conical hill on the W side of the second island N

of Samma Do. A light is situated on the W side of this island.

The rocky hill on the coast ENE is a good mark when entering

Maro Hae from N. In the vicinity of Myongyangdo several

hills are useful marks. Kumgol San (34°32'N., 126°18'E.),

near the N end of Chin Do, is a sharp rocky peak and conspicuous from all sides. Manggum San, about 1 mile farther NNE,

plainly indicates the position of the narrowest part of the strait.

3.6 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 30m, spans

Myongyangdo at its narrowest part. A bridge (34°34.1'N.,

126°18.4'E.), with a vertical clearance of 30m, also spans the

channel. 

3.6 Caution.—A wreck with a depth of 9.7m (34°36.9'N.,

126°14.0'E.) lies in the center of the channel through

Myonyangdo and on the E edge of the SW fairway through

Chongdung Hae. 

Changjuk Sudo

3.7 Changjuk Sudo (34°19'N., 126°07'E.), the best

approach to Mokp’o Hang from the S, lies between the SW

side of Chin Do and the NE side of Tokko Kundo, Hajo Do,

and Sangjo Do. The passage leads SW of a group of islands

lying off the SW end of Chin Do, and then E of Songnam Do,

at the NW entrance of the channel.

3.7 Tides—Currents.—In Changjuk Sudo, the tidal currents

run NW from about 1 hour 20 minutes after LW at Hajo Do

until about 1 hour 20 minutes after HW, and SE for the remainder of the time. The maximum velocity is 7 knots.

3.7 Chin Do, the largest island off the SW extremity of the

Korean peninsula, is generally hilly. Sangoru San, the summit

of the island, is difficult to identify except from N, but Yogwi

San in the S part of the island is conspicuous from all sides.

Somangni, at the SW extremity of the island, is a conical

wooded hill useful as a landmark for vessels using the passage.

A rocky peak, the S side of which is steep, stands near the coast

about 1 mile E and appears as a horn when seen from E or W.

3.7 Bogsa Ch’o (34°06'N., 126°10'E.), about 10 miles S of the S

entrance of Changjuk Sudo, has two rocky heads on which the

sea breaks heavily.

3.7 On the SW side of Changjuk Sudo, Tokko Do, the largest

and E island of the Tokko Kundo group, has a conspicuous and

somewhat pointed summit. Pyon Do is also conspicuous.

3.7 Hajo Do has a fairly conspicuous sharp summit with a ridge

running W and terminating in a conspicuous sharp, rocky crag.

The rocky peak in the middle of the N side of the island is very

conspicuous from N. A light is situated from the NE extremity

and the NW side of Hajo Do. The summit of Sangjo Do is a

sharp peak which is conspicuous from W.

3.7 Caution.—A wreck dangerous to navigation exists about 0.5

mile W of Chin Do.

Chongdung Hae

3.8 Chongdung Hae (34°27'N., 126°04'E.), the S and

deepest approach to Mokp’o Hang, is the passage lying between the NW coast of Chin Do and the SE islands of Naju

Kundo. Si Hae is the N continuation of this channel. Chongdung Hae is entered from S through Changjuk Sudo, and from

W through Maemul Sudo.

3.8 Kasa Do, in the middle of the SW entrance of Chongdung

Hae, lies about 3 miles NW of the W end of Chin Do. The

summit of the island, in the N part, is a double peak and, along

with the peak at the S end of the island, are conspicuous from

W. From S only the N one is visible. Kunsodong Som (Taesodong Do), close off the S end of Kasa Do, is conspicuous. A

light is situated on the S point of Kasa Do.

3.8 The pilot station off Kasa Do is approached from SE through

Changjuk Sudo, and then E of Pul To, which lies about 1 mile

SE of the S end of Kasa Do. A group of trees stands on the

summit of Pul To. If approaching from W, vessels pass S of

Puksong Do and Mosa Do, and then between Kasa Do and Pul

To. Both of the former islets, lying about 3 miles SW of Kasa

Do, are covered with low trees, and Puksong Do has a pointed

summit.

3.8 Chongdung Hae is about 10 miles in length and extends to a

position off the N extremity of Chin Do where it joins Sia Hae.

The recommended track is buoyed and passes on either side of

Yangdok To and Panggu Do, and then on either side of Chakto

Do. A light is situated on the NW point of Cho Do. Cho Do is

located approximately 2 miles E of Panggu Do in position

34°30.5'N., 126°09.9'E. The track then leads about midway

between Ku Do and Song Do. A light is situated on Ku Do.

Yangdeog Do (34°30'N., 126°07'E.), with a peculiar-shaped

rock on its summit, is thickly covered with pine trees and is a

good landmark. Chuji Do, about 0.75 mile W of Yangdeog Do,

has a large, conspicuous boulder on its summit and is the best

mark in the vicinity. Chakto Do, in the middle of the main

fairway, is cliffy with a flat summit.

3.8 Song Do, at the NE end of Chongdung Hae, is round-topped

with a single pine tree on it.

3.8 Tides—Currents.—At the SW entrance of Chongdung Hae,

SE of Kasa Do, the tidal currents run NE during the flood and

SE during the ebb. The maximum velocity is about 4 knots.

The flood runs from about 2 hours before to 4 hours after the

time of HW at Ch’ang Chiang. At the NE end of Chongdung

Hae, between Song Do and Ku Do, the tidal currents run NE

with the flood, and SW with the ebb; it turns to SW about 4

hours after time of HW at Ch’ang Chiang and has a maximum

velocity of about 3 knots, and to the NE about 1 hour before

the time of HW and has a maximum velocity of about 4 knots.

3.9 Sia Hae (34°40'N., 126°14'E.), the N continuation of

Chongdung Hae, lies between Hwaweon Pando and the SE

islands of Naju Kundo. The bottom is very irregular throughout this passage, and there are several rocky islets on either

side of the fairway.
54 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

3.9 Siha Do, on the E side of the fairway about 8 miles NNE of

Ku Do, has a flat summit; a conspicuous clump of trees is E of

the light. Vessels should steer a mid-channel course between

Siha Do and the sunken rock about 1 mile WSW. Vessels

should continue N, passing E of Pulmugi Do, and continuing

far enough N so as to approach Mogp’o Gu on an ESE course.

Pulmugi Do, a useful mark in clear weather, is a flat islet

covered with grass.

3.9 Tides—Currents.—Near the middle of the channel through

Sia Hae the tidal currents run N with the rising tide and S with

the falling tide. The maximum velocity is 4 knots. The tidal

currents turn to S about 4 hours the time of HW at Ch’ang

Chiang, and to N about 1 hour before HW at Ch’ang Chiang.

About 1 mile E of Pulmugi Do the direction of the tidal currents is the same as above, but the maximum velocity of the N

current is 2 knots. 

Myondo Sudo

3.10 Myondo Sudo (34°58'N., 126°06'E.), the N approach

to Mokp’o Hang, lies between the N islands of Naju Kundo,

and Hujung Do and Chonjung Do to the NE. This passage,

which narrows to a navigable width of about mile, has a least

depth of 7.3m. Vessels approaching from N generally use

Chaewonso Sudo, which is about 1 mile wide and free from

known dangers.

3.10 Bichi Do (35°13'N., 125°55'E.), the N group on the W side

of the N approach to Myondo Sudo, are two cliffy islets

covered with grass. Heosa Gundo, two grass covered islets, lie

about 4 miles S of Bichi Do. Bunam Dundo lies about 3 miles

farther SSE; a conspicuous group of trees stand on the S and

higher of the two peaks on Gal Do, the SE islet of this group.

3.10 Jaeweonseo Sudo (Chaewonso Sudo) (35°06'N., 126°00'E.)

lies between Taenorok To and Chaewon Do. The channel is

deep and clear, but there are some dangers to the N of Taenorok

To. A light is situated on the SE side on Taenorok To. Depths in

the fairway over the bank extending NNE from Taenorok To

are from 7.3 to 9.1m. 

3.10 The summit of Jaeweon Do is conspicuous, and the summit

of Imja Do, separated from Jaeweon Do by Jaewondong Sudo,

is also a good landmark.

3.10 Myondo Sudo is about 2 miles wide at its entrance, NNE of

Chaun Do, but it is narrowed by a large shoal. The summit of

Chaun Do is a conspicuous rocky peak, as is the summit of

Amt’ae Do, close SE. On the latter island, a rocky ridge runs

SE from the conspicuous hill on the central promontory on the

E side of the island to a prominent cliff.

3.10 Jaeweon Do, shaped like a helmet and covered with grass,

lies in the middle of the channel about 1 mile N of Amt’ae Do.

A light is situated on the NE point of Amt’ae Do. The fairway

is W of this islet. After passing the NE extremity of Amt’ae

Do, conspicuous landmarks include the conical summit of

Amhae Do (34°51'N., 126°16'E.) and the sharp summit of Yok

To, lying off its SW extremity.

3.10 Tides—Currents.—In Chaewonso Sudo and Chaewondong

Sudo, the tidal currents run N with the rising tide and S with

the falling tide, with a maximum velocity of 3 knots. The

currents turn to S about 5 hours after, and to N about 1 hour

before the time of HW at Ch’ang Chiang. Mokp’o
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 55

Pub. 157

3.10 In Myondo Sudo, the tidal currents run N with the rising tide

and S with the falling tide. The N current has been reported to

attain a velocity of over 3 knots off the W end of Hujung Do.

3.10 Caution.—Depths of 0.9m and 3.7m were reported to lie approximately 1 and 2 miles SSW, respectively, of the S extremity of Jaeweon Do, and charted depths in the area up to 2 miles

SW of Imja Do were reported to be unreliable.

Mokp’o (34°47'N., 126°23'E.)

World Port Index No. 60340

3.11 Mokp’o, principally a lighterage port, stands on the N

side of the entrance of Yongsan Gang. Mokp’o Hang, S of the

town, is a landlocked ice-free harbor entirely protected from

wind and sea. It is bounded on the N by Muan Pando and on

the S by Koha Do and Yongam Pando. The port is approached

via Mokp’o Gu, lying between the N extremity of Hwawon

Pando and the S extremity of Talli Do.

3.11 Winds—Weather.—At Mokp’o Hang the prevailing winds

are N or NNW in winter, and S or SSW in summer. Gales are

usually from directions between N and NW.

3.11 Fog will increase in frequency from April to June, and are

most prevalent during the rainy season in July. In August the

number decreases sharply.

3.11 Tides—Currents.—In Mokp’o Gu the tidal currents are

very rapid and subject to considerable diurnal inequality.

According to observations made in the autumn during spring

tides, it appears that the current in this passage turns as soon as

it is HW in Mokp’o Hang and flows W with the falling tide.

During the next hour the velocity increases rapidly to 6 knots,

and two hours later it has reached its maximum velocity of 10

knots. One hour before LW the velocity is 6 knots and during

the next half hour it falls to 2 or 3 knots. About the time of LW

in the harbor the tidal currents in Mokp’o Gu turns, without

any period of slack water.

3.11 The velocity of the E current is less than that of the W

current. It attains its maximum velocity of about 4 knots about

two hours after LW. The velocity then decreases slightly, but it

is still as much as 3 knots 1 hour before HW after which it

decreases rapidly to 1 knot. At night, the E current appears to

have the same characteristics as the W current during the day

and attains a velocity of 10 knots. In summer when the

Yongsan Gang is in flood, the W current is reported to attain a

velocity of 13 knots. Many vessels proceed through Mokp’o

Gu with the E current, and all avoid meeting the full strength of

the W current.

3.11 After flowing through Mokp’o Gu, a branch of the E current

forms an eddy around the S of the shoals between Talli Do and

Hosa Do; the major part of the current flows SE. About 3 hours

after LW at Mokp’o, this eddy spreads out and the tidal

currents along the E side of Talli Do and the W side of Hosa

Do attain a velocity of about 1 knot. This current runs N past

Koha Do and, after rounding Yong Do with a velocity of 2 to 3

knots, flows E into Mokp’o Hang. Another branch of the E

current sets N through the narrow channel E of Koha Do, with

a maximum velocity of 2 to 3 knots, and enters the S side of

Mokp’o Hang.

3.11 The W current flows down the Yongsan Gang, and part of it

sets S through the channel E of Koha Do. The main branch

strikes Koha Do and is deflected NW along this coast with a

maximum velocity of 3 to 4 knots. The greater part sets W and

then S along the E side of Changja Do at a maximum velocity

of 3 knots. This branch then forms an eddy around the shoals

W of Koha Do, gradually spreading out to the S, with the main

current flowing SW to the S end of Talli Do and then through

Mokp’o Gu. As a result of the above currents, there is an

almost constant current running SW along the E side of Talli

Do, and a N current up the W side of Koha Do.

3.11 In the middle of Mokp’o Hang, it appears, from observations

made in the autumn at spring tides, that the tidal currents turn

about 50 minutes after HW and LW. The time of the turn,

however, is influenced by the state of the Yongsan Gang, and at

times it has occurred before high and LW.

3.11 To the SW of Samhak To, the tidal currents are irregular

because of the water emptying out of the passage W of the island.

3.11 Depths—Limitations.—Mokp’o Gu, about 0.3 mile wide,

has depths of about 29m and is free from dangers. Talli Pakchi,

the deep passage E of Talli Do, has a minimum width of about

0.2 mile. Another deep channel, with about the same minimum

width, is between Hosa Do and Koha Do on the E and extensive shoals on the W. A dangerous rock, with a depth of

1.3m and marked by a buoy, lies in the vicinity of Shihado

Light.

3.11 Vessels of 8,000 tons can enter the harbor, but because of the

tortuous and narrow access channel, combined with the strong

tidal currents, it is difficult. Samhak To Pier, to the E of the

harbor, is 168m long with a depth alongside of about 9m. Navy

Pier can be used by vessels of 600 grt and 1,000 grt

simultaneously.

3.11 Aspect.—Talli Do (34°46'N., 126°19'E.), on the N side of

Mokp’o Gu, is hilly and covered with pine trees; Sach’i San

and Kumsong San are the highest points on the island. Oedal

To, close W of Talli Do, is also hilly and covered with pine

trees. Ch’onch’uk Pi, the NE extremity of Talli Do, is a conspicuous hillock, densely wooded and dark in appearance. Pak

Pi is about mile SSW of Ch’onch’uk Pi. Changja Do, about

mile NE of Ch’onch’uk Pi, has a densely wooded summit.

3.11 Yong Du, the N extremity of Koha Do, is a conspicuous

headland.

3.11 Yudal San (34°47'N., 126°22'E.), close W of Mokp’o, is a

good mark for determining the position of the city from a distance. It consists of two peaks to the N and S. The S peak is

somewhat higher. They are rugged cliffs of peculiar shape and

easily seen. A shrine stands on a hill about 0.2 mile ESE; a

tower is about 183m farther E. The chimney, about 0.15 mile

NE of Nam Gak, is conspicuous, as are the two tall white

chimneys of the power station about 0.5 mile E of the same

point. There are four radio signal masts, the most prominent is

58m in height with red lights at the top, middle, and bottom.

3.11 Taea San, on the S side of the harbor about 2 miles SE of

Yudal San, is a conspicuous bare peak. Some conspicuous oil

tanks stand on the shore about 1 mile W of Taea San. Several

oil tanks also stand near the S end of the reclaimed land at the

W end of Samhak To.

3.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot station is off

Kasa Do (34°27'N., 126°04'E.). Vessels should radio a request

for pilots at least 24 hours in advance. In rough weather, pilots
56 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

sometimes have considerable difficulty in boarding; vessels

have had to wait as much as 2 days before one could be

embarked. Pilots are also available at Pulmugido (34°44'N.,

126°14'E.).

3.11 The pilots recommend that vessels depart on the flood as it is

easier to avoid fishing craft.

3.11 Radiotelephone service is available on VHF channels 12 and

16. A signal station is about 183m N of Nam Gak. Storm

signals are displayed at Mokp’o.

3.11 Regulations.—Mokp’o Vessel Traffic Service Center is in

operation for the approaches and channel transit to Mokp’o.

Vessels must continuosly monitor VHF channels 1 and 16.

Participation in the VTS is compulsory for vessels greater than

300 grt, all foreign vessels, passenger vessels, and vessels with

tows of 200m in length or greater. Vessels less than 300 grt, if

equiped with VHF, should only report when entering or departing the VTS. 

3.11 Vessels must send an entry report to Mokp’o VTS when

passing the following points:

1. Siha Do Light (34°42.0'N, 126°14.5'E.).

2. Pulmugido Light (34°45.6'N, 126°13.4'E.).

3. Hanaptok To Light (34°48.5'N, 126°12.8'E.).

3.11 Vessels must also report upon arrival at the pier or anchorage, before and after shifting, if transiting the TSS, and upon

departure. Both Chin Do VTS and the Mokp’o Port Traffic

Management Service may be contacted on VHF channels 12

and 14.

3.11 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in the various sections of

the harbor, which are best seen on the chart, as follows:

1. Section I—Vessels less than 30,000 gross tons, clear

of the passage.

2. Section II—Vessels less than 30,000 gross tons.

3. Section III—Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

4. Section IV—Vessels less than 30,000 gross tons, clear

of the passage.

5. Section V—Vessels less than 200,000 gross tons.

3.11 The quarantine anchorage is situated at position 34°45'N,

126°20'E, in the outer harbor outside the harbor limits. 

3.11 Vessels are advised not to anchor in mid-channel, where the

tidal currents combine with the full strength of the river current. Vessels are also advised not to anchor in the area NNE of

Munha Som because the tidal currents there are strong and

irregular, although anchorage farther E is good.

3.11 Directions.—Mokp’o Gu should be approached on an ESE

course in order to avoid the shoals lying W of the N end of

Hwawon Pando. After passing through Mokp’o Gu, vessels

should turn sharply N. 

3.11 Keep the extremities of Pak Pi and Ch’onch’uk Pi in line

bearng 016°, until clear N of the shoals E of the SE end of Talli

Do. Then a course should be steered along the E coast of

changja Do until Nam Gak bears about 115° and is open NE of

Yong Du. Course can then be altered E, passing N of the shoals

W of Yong Du. After rounding Yong Du a mid-channel course

may then be steered for the anchorage.

3.11 Caution.—A number of obstructions are reported (2007) to

exist in the anchorages. 

3.11 During strong S and E winds there is an eddy in the opposite

direction through Mokp’o Gu and off Yong Du, making it

difficult to handle a vessel. It is also dangerous to approach the

N end of Hwawon Pando before altering course to pass through

Mokp’o Gu during spring tides at the middle of the ebb tide

because the velocity of the tidal currents about 1 mile W of the

entrance is about 9 knots. It is therefore better to steer for the

middle of the entrance when about 1 mile off. 

3.11 After passing through Mokp’o Gu about the middle of the

flood current, vessels should not, when rounding the SE end of

Talli Do, alter course too suddenly. For if the turn is made too

sharply the vessel, because of the check in her speed and the

eddy, may not answer her helm when put the other way, and

her head may be gradually driven dangerously near the SE

extremity of Talli Do. The vessel may also be carried toward

this point by the reverse current setting SW along the E coast of

the island. 

3.11 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 59m, span

Mokp’o Gu in a NE and SW direction 0.5 mile SE of Hwawon

Bando Light to Talli Do.

3.11 Overhead cables, with a vertical clearance of 12m, span the

NE entrance between U Do and Changjwa Do and the S entrance between Talli Do and Oedal To with a vertical of 53m.

3.11 A dangerous wreck lies approximately 0.6 mile SSW of

Oedal To. 

3.11 During the flood tide inbound vessels will encounter the tidal

current from NW when off the S end of Changia Do. Although

the head may swing to starboard, it is advisable not to give her

any helm to counteract this, as the current is only felt over a

width of about 45m, and the vessel will naturally swing to port

as the bow emerges from it. 

3.11 During the ebb tide, no such precaution is necessary, but care

is necessary in the vicinity of Yong Du. The harbor can be

entered at night with attention to the tidal currents, but care is

necessary to avoid the numerous unlighted junks usually found

in or near the channel.

Myeondo Sudo to Kunsan Hang

3.12 The coast between Kaum Do (35°13'N., 126°19'E.),

close offshore E of the N entrance of Myondo Sudo and

Ch’ulp’o Hang, about 22 miles NNE, is mostly high. Its

fringing bank is studded with rocks and islets, and depths of

less than 11m are found as far as 7 to 9 miles offshore. The

coast for a distance of about 25 miles farther NNE to Kunsan

Hang is fronted by mud flats and shoals and should not be

approached.

3.12 Anma Kundo (35°21'N., 126°00'E.), the SW group of the

islands lying off this part of the coast, consists of seven islets,

the coasts of most of which are cliffy. A conspicuous clump of

pine trees stands on the N side of the summit of Anma Do, the

largest of these islets. Above-water dangers lie within 5 miles

E and 4 miles NE of Anma Do. A light is situated on the W end

of Hoeng Do (35°20.1'N., 125°59.5'E.). 

3.12 Wi Do (35°35'N., 126°17'E.), about 17 miles NE of Anma

Kundo, is hilly and wooded. The summit of the island, in the

NE part, is a conspicuous blunt peak. Sik To, consisting of two

hills joined together by a low neck, lies close NW of the N end

of Wi Do. Drying rocks lie within about 1 mile of the W side of

Wi Do. An area fouled by the remains of a salvaged wreck lies

about 5 miles W of the S end of Wi Do. A light is situated on

the summit of Ch’aryun Do, close SW of Wi Do. A light is

shown between Wi Do and Sik To.
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 57

Pub. 157

3.12 Caution.—A military practice area, with a radius of 5 miles,

is centered on Miyo-do, about 7 miles ESE of Wi Do.

3.13 Sangwangdung Do (35°39'N., 126°07'E.), with

several smaller islets close E, lies about 8 miles NW of Wi Do.

Hawangdung Do, close S, has two peaks, the W one of which

is higher. An area fouled by the remains of a salvaged wreck

lies about 5 miles NE of Sangwangdung Do. A light is situated

from the summit of Sangwangdung Do.

3.13 Kogunsan Kundo (35°50'N., 126°25'E.), about 12 miles

NNE of Wi Do, consists of several islands lying in two chains,

and separated by a channel about 1 mile wide. All the islands

have mostly bare and precipitous hills. Kwallido, the W island

of the S chain, has a conspicuous wooded peak at its N end.

Mal To is the W island of the N chain. A light is situated on the

W extremity of Mal To. Hoenggyong Do, 0.2 mile E of

Pangch’uk Do (35°51.0'N., 126°22.6'E.), has a light at the W

end of the islet.

3.13 Huk To, about 7 miles W of Mal To, is bare with a pointed

summit. Chik To, about 4 miles farther WNW, is a precipitous

rocky islet with a sharp summit.

3.13 Caution.—A military practice area, with a radius of 11

miles, is centered on Chik To.

3.13 Fishing nets are laid for a distance of about a mile SE from a

position the same distance SSE of the W end of Mal To. To the

S of Huk To and Chik To, buoys with red flags are found.

3.13 Sibidongp’a Do (35°59'N., 126°13'E.), about 9 miles NW of

Mal To, is a group of about a dozen islets lying on a horseshoeshaped reef. A light is situated on the largest island in

Sibidongp’a Do. A dangerous wreck lies sunk about 7 miles E

of this group, and an area fouled by the remains of a salvaged

wreck lies about 1 mile W of the dangerous wreck. Another

dangerous wreck lies sunk about 3 miles N of the group.

Kunsan (Gunsan) (35°59'N., 126°42'E.)

World Port Index No. 60330

3.14 Kunsan (Gunsan), of considerable importance as an

outlet, stands on the S side of the entrance of Kum Gang;

Kunsan Hang is the anchorage off the city of Kunsan. Janghang, on the N side of the river opposite Kunsan, is considered

as a berth in the port of Kunsan. The harbor is approached via a

narrow channel between low-lying dangers which give a poor

radar presentation.

3.14 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are between NE

and NW in winter, and between SE and SW in summer. The

winds are generally light and gales are rare.

3.14 The handling of cargo is sometimes hindered or interrupted

by NW winds, which are most frequent from September to

February. There are about 30 days in a year when it is impossible to work cargo in the river mouth, and about 10 days when

handling is prevented in the harbor.

3.14 Fog is most prevalent during June and July. It sometimes

lasts for several days, but usually occurs around sunrise and is

dissipated during the morning.

3.14 Tides—Currents.—In Kunsan Hang, the flood current

slackens about 20 minutes after Osik To (Osig Do) (35°58'N.,

126°34'E.), and ebbs about 30 minutes later. The flood current

attains its maximum velocity of 3 knots midway between

Chonmang San and Kunsan Hang, about 4 hours before the

time of HW at Inchon. The ebb current is strongest off the S

side of Yubu Do, where it attains a velocity of 4 knots about 2

hours after the time of HW at Inchon.

3.14 At the anchorage off the piers at Kunsan, the flood current

runs for about 5 hours, with a maximum velocity of 2 knots;

the ebb current runs for 6 hours, with a maximum velocity of 3

knots. The slack lasts for about 15 minutes. For several days

after a freshet the ebb current may run at twice its usual

velocity, and it runs for a longer period while the flood current

runs for a correspondingly shorter period.

3.14 Off Osik To, slack water at the end of the rising tide occurs

about 1 hour before the time of HW at Inchon, and at the end of

the falling tide about 5 hours after HW.

3.14 Depths—Limitations.—The principal berths at Kunsan are

several pontoons, each about 122m long with depths alongside

of 7.6m. There is a T-head wharf, with a head 140m long,

approximately 0.1 mile to the SW of Minya Am.

3.14 Vessels with a draft of 5.5 to 8.2m can enter the harbor

depending on the height of the tide, the limiting factor being

the bar at the river entrance. An underkeel clearance of 0.6m is

required. The fairway over the bar is very narrow, and due

regard for tide and wind set are of utmost importance. Vessels

exceeding a draft of 4.6m should not attempt to enter if there is

a heavy swell.

3.14 The maximum draft for vessels anchoring is about 9.1m. The

maximum alongside depth is about 7.6m.

3.14 Aspect.—Piung Do (Bieung Do) (35°57'N., 126°32'E.),

brown-colored and conspicuous, lies on the E side of the

entrance of the approach channel. A light is situated on the W

end of Piung Do. Osik To, about 1 mile NE of Piung Do, has a

conspicuous clump of trees on the hill at the E end of the

island; two groups of pine trees stand on the W side of the

summit of the island. An overhead power cable, with a vertical

clearance of 17m, is in position between Naecho Do and Piung

Do. Towers with obstruction lights are at the ends and at the

connecting point of the cable.

3.14 Ponghwa-Ryong, a sharp peak close SW of Kunsan, is the

highest hill in the vicinity and is easily identified. Chonmang

San stands on the N entrance of Kum Gang. A conspicuous

stack, reported visible at a distance of 20 miles in clear

weather, is on the summit of Chonmang San. 

3.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board vessels

in position 35°56'N., 126°26'E. Vessels should arrive at the bar

at or about HW slack. Request for pilots should be made at

least 24 hours in advance.

3.14 It is advisable to notify the pilot before entering and departing the harbor due to the variable change in tidal levels and the

strong current with the outflow.

3.14 Regulations.—Vessels should make an estimated arrival

report, an arrival report, a departure report, and a deviation

report.

3.14 Vessels should not navigate at speeds exceeding 10 knots in

Sections 1 and 2, the limits of which are best seen on the chart,

nor at speeds in excess of 5 knots in Section 3. 

3.14 Vessel Traffic Service.—Vessels should report to Kunsan

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) (35°58'N., 126°33'E.) before

arrival and departure of the VTS limits and/or an anchorage.

The VTS is compulsory for deep sea vessels, vessels over 300
58 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

grt, vessels carrying dan-gerous cargo, passenger vessels, and

vessels with tows more than 200m in length. 

3.14 The area of the VTS is within the harbor limits and is

bounded by lines joining the following positions:

a. 36°00.1'N, 126°25.9'E.

b. 36°01.0'N, 126°21.0'E.

c. 35°51.8'N, 126°21.0'E.

d. 35°53.0'N, 126°25.9'E. 

3.14 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage lies in position

35°57'N, 126°27'E and has depths of 9 to 10m. 

3.14 Anchorage A1 lies in position 35°59'N, 126°27'E and has

depths of 10 to 11m.

3.14 Anchorage A2 (35°57'N., 126°27'E.) lies just E of the pilot

boarding area and has depths of 8 to 10m. An obstruction, with

a depth of 8.4m lies in the S part of the anchorage area.

3.14 Anchorage A3 lies in position 35°55'N, 126°27'E and has

depths of 8 to 10m.

3.14 Anchorage A4 lies in position 35°59'N, 126°33'E and has

depths of 5 to 8m. A rock, with a depth of 3.4m lies close N of

the E part of the anchorage. 

3.14 Caution.—A considerable amount of silting occurs in the

main channel. As a result, depths in the bar, the entrance

channel, and in the harbor are continually changing and

constant dredg-ing is required.

3.15 Och’ong Do (Eocheongdo) (36°07'N., 125°59'E.),

about 28 miles WNW of the entrance of Kunsan Hang, is a

high wooded island with either cliffy or rocky coasts. A sharp

rock rises conspicuously about 0.3 mile off the SE extremity of

the island. A dangerous wreck lies sunk about 8 miles WSW of

the island. A light is situated on the NW end of Och’ong Do.

3.15 Och’ongdo Myoji, the inlet on the S side of Och’ong Do, affords sheltered anchorage, in 11 to 15m, sand and mud, good

holding ground in its middle part.

3.15 Oeyon Yolto, lying to the N and NNE of Och’ong Do, consists of six islands and several rocky islets and dangers. Hwang

Do (36°14'N., 125°58'E.), the W island of the group, is barren

and rocky. Pyon Do, about 1 mile NE, is a conspicuous pointed

rock of light brown color and covered with grass; a shoal lies

about 183m off its NE side. A barren, round topped islet lies

about 1 mile ESE of Hwang Do.

3.15 Oeyondo Myoji (36°13'N., 126°03'E.), enclosed by HoengKunsan
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 59

Pub. 157

gyon Do, O Do, Oeyon Do, and Taech’ong Do can be entered

from NW, the preferred approach, or SE. The N part of this

area has moderate depths and a sandy bottom, while the S part

is deeper and the bottom is rocky. 

3.15 Anchorage can be taken, in about 16.5m, with Hwang So,

which lies about 1 mile N of O Do, bearing 152°. The approach

should be made with the conspicuous hill on the SW end of

Oeyon Do bearing 114°.

3.16 Ch’onsu Man (36°25'N., 126°28'E.) is a narrow bay

lying between the mainland and Anmyon Do. The depths within the bay are convenient for anchoring, but the numerous islets

and reefs in the entrance make the fairway tortuous. The

approach from S is also encumbered with numerous islets and

shoals. Songju San, E of the entrance of the bay, is a sharp and

conspicuous peak.

3.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and the boarding station

is situated about 2.5 miles W of the entrance channel fairway

buoys No. 1 and 2. The pilot boards during daylight hours only.

3.16 Directions.—The main approach to Ch’onsu Man is along a

dredged channel, with a least depth of 14.1m, entered 8 miles

NW of Yon Do.

3.16 The channel, marked by lighted buoys, leads ENE for 2

miles then gradually turns NNE to pass W of Soyo Am

(36°19'N., 126°29'E.). Between the entrance and Lighted Buoy

No. 10 (36°13.7'N., 126°25.2'E.) the channel is 0.2 mile wide,

then widens to 1 mile abreast Soyo Am.

3.16 A depth of 14.5m in the center of the channel is marked by a

(isolated danger) lighted buoy, 0.75 mile WNW of Soyo Am. A

fish haven extends 3 miles S of Soyo Am.

Gojeong Hang (Kojong Hang) (36°24'N., 126°29'E.) at the

mouth of Ch’onsu Man, is a private coal terminal feeding a

power station. A T-headed pier lies in a N-S direction, where

vessels up to 125,000 dwt with a maximum draft of 16.5m can

berth at slack water. 

3.17 Yon Do (36°05'N., 126°26'E.), the S island in the

approach to Ch’onsu Man, is a useful landmark. A light is situated on the summit of the island. Its SE extremity is a cultivated plateau, and a small village stands at the inner end of a

wooded promontory on the E side of the island. Anchorage can

be taken, in 9 to 11m, mud, NE of the island.

3.17 The recommended approach to Ch’onsu Man leads NNE

from a position about 2 miles W of Yon Do, and between this

island and the dangerous wreck about 3 miles NW.

3.17 Yong Do, on the W side of the approach about 11 miles

NNW of Yon Do, has some low trees on its summit. Several

shoals lie within 2 miles SE of Yong Do, and between the islet

and the SE extremity of Wonsan Do, about 6 miles NNE.

3.17 Tabo Do (Tasurigii Amu), on the E side of the fairway, about

4.5 miles ENE of Yong Do, is a small rock with two peaks of a

reddish-gray color.

3.17 Soyo Am (Soniyo Amu), about 2.5 miles N of Tasurigii

Amu, consists of three rocks which dry, and which are marked

by ripples except during the period of slack water. The

recommended track leads about 0.5 mile W of these rocks. A

light is situated on Soyo Am.

3.17 Wonsan Do lies on the W side of the entrance of Ch’onsu

Man close S of the S end of Anmyon Do. A pine forest on a hill

on the E extremity of the island is a useful mark when

approaching the bay. Anchorage can be take, in 12.8m, sand

and shells, about 1 mile E of Wonsan Do, with a group of conspicuous trees on Ponha San, about 1.8 miles E of Soru Somu,

bearing 057°, and the summits of Mongdok To and Ch’u Do in

line bearing 318°. This anchorage is sheltered from all except S

winds, and the tidal currents are not strong.

3.17 The principal channel through the entrance of Ch’onsu Man

leads NW between Hyoja Do and Mongdok To, and then N

past the W sides of Samhyongje Do and Yuk To.

3.17 A quarantine anchorage is located mid-channel. It is centered in position 36°18'18"N, 126°27'25"E.

Gyeongryeolbi Yeoldo (Kyongnyolbi Yolto), (36°37'N.,

125°34'E.), the outermost of a chain of islets extending nearly

30 miles W from the mainland consists of three islets about 1

mile apart. A light is situated on Pukkyongnyolbi Do, the

middle island.

3.17 Sodung Do (Sodein) (36°38'N., 125°43'E.), E of Gyeongryeolbi Yeoldo, presents a conical appearance when seen

from E or W, but shows two rounded hummocks of unequal

height when seen from N. Sok To, about 0.5 mile NW of

Sodung Do, has a rock close off its N end which resembles a

junk when seen from E or W. Huk To, about 12 miles NE of

Sodung Do, is easily identified because of its double summit.

Kaui Do is the innermost of this chain of islets. A light is

situated on Ong Do (36°38.8'N., 126°00.5'E.). 

3.17 Caution.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), best seen on

the chart, is located between Ong Do and Gungsi (Kungsi) Do,

extending N to Heug Do and then NE to Gadae Am. A dangerous

wreck lies in the separation zone close SW of Gadae Am.

Approach to Inchon

3.18 The approach to Inchon from S leads W and N of

Gyeongryeolbi Yeoldo, and then NE to a position about 1 mile

NW of An Do (36°57'N., 126°10'E.). From N or NW vessels

should pass S of Moktokto (36°56'N., 125°47'E.), and then

ENE passing N of An Do. Tong Sudo and Seo Sudo, the two

channels of approach, unite about 10 miles SW of Inchon.

3.18 An Do, with a double summit, lies near the SW end of

Changan T’oe. A light is situated on An Do. This bank, on

which there are several islets and drying sand patches, forms

the SE side of the approach to Tong Sudo. The mainland to the

SE is very irregular and indented by several large inlets.

3.18 Moktokto, small and conical, lies about 21 miles NE of

Gyeongryeolbi Yeoldo and about 18 miles W of An Do. A light

is situated on Moktokto. A sunken wreck exists in position

36°50'50"N, 125°54'45"E, SE of Mogjeog To. 

3.18 This islet, together with Kadok To and Toeryong Do to the

N, form the SW end of Tokchok Kundo.

3.18 Ul Do (Wi Do) and Son’gap To lie on the NW side of the

approach to Seo Sudo, about 11 miles and 16 miles NE of

Moktokto. So-som, a drying rock, lies about 1 mile S of

Son’gap To. A light is situated on the S summit of Ul Do.

Tong Sudo (Dong Sudo) (37°06'N., 126°20'E.) is the passage used by deep-draft vessels because, even though the dangers are more numerous, the tidal currents are not as strong as

in So Sudo, never exceeding 4 knots. It can be navigated at

night. However, caution is still necessary in the approach.

3.18 The entrance of Tong Sudo, from a position about 1 mile

NW of An Do, should be approached on a NE course until on
60 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

the 038° range, and then passing between Jangan Seo (Changan So) and the 8.5m shoal about 1 mile NW. In the vicinity of

Jangan Seo, which dries 2.1m, vessels have reported strong

sets and sudden fogs. A light, equipped with a racon, is situated

on Jangan Seo. 

3.19 Taesan Hang (Daesan Hang) (37°01'N., 126°25'E.)

(World Port Index No. 60323) consists of a steel jetty and

concrete dolphins, with a least charted alongside depth of 13m,

capable of handling vessels up to 200m in length and 35,000

dwt. The jetty is aligned 110°-290° and has three berths.

Taesan is a newly-developed industrial area. 

3.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal current runs at a rate of 4

knots; the tidal range at springs is 8m.

3.19 Depths—Limitations.—Sindo Fairway, the SW approach to

Taesan, has a least depth of 22m. The NW fairway to Taesan

Hang has a least depth of 19.1m. 

3.19 A T-head pier, marked by a light on each end of its head, is

situated 6 miles S of the S extremity of Pung Do. The pier

extends NNW into Tong Sudo, with alongside depths of 13 to

16m. A second T-head pier, close NE of the oil berth, has

charted depths of 11.9 to 15m alongside.

3.19 Pilotage.—Pilots board in position 36°51.8'N, 126°07.1'E.

Daesan pilotage and contact information may be found at the

following website:

3.19 Regulations.—Two tugs assist with the berthing operations

and meet vessels in the vicinity of No. 13 Lighted Buoy.

Berthing and unberthing is done only during daylight hours. 

3.19 Anchorage.—The quarantine and A9 anchorage lies 3 miles

SE of An Do Light, in depths of 23 to 30m. 

3.19 Anchorage A1, for vessels of 100,000 dwt or more, lies 1.25

miles NNW of Kain So Light, in depths of 27 to 38m. 

3.19 Anchorage A2, in depths of 15 to 33m, lies 1.5 miles NW of

Hugo Do Light (37°02'N., 126°23'E.). 

3.19 Anchorage A3 lies 1.5 miles NNW of Hugo Do Light in

depths of 13 to 27m. 

3.19 Anchorage A4, for vessels of up to 20,000 dwt, lies 1.5 miles

NNE of Hugo Do Light in depths of 10 to 23m. 

3.19 Anchorage A5, for vessels of less than 10,000 tons, lies 1.25

miles NE of Hugo Do, in depths of 7 to 25m.

3.19 Anchorage A6 lies about 1 mile NE of Taesan Hang Light in

depths of more than 20m.

3.19 Vessels of less than 6,000 tons can take anchorage in

Anchorages A7, A8, A10, A12, and A19, best seen on the

appropriate chart, 

3.19 Vessels of less than 20,000 tons can take anchorage in

Anchroage A11. .

3.19 Vessels of less than 65,000 tons can take anchorage in

Anchorages A15 and A16. 

3.19 Caution.—Currents of up to 4 knots may be experienced at the

Taesan Hang anchorages. 

3.19 Pung Do (P’ung Do) (37°06'N., 126°23'E.), with two peaks,

lies about 4 miles ENE of Jangan Seo at the entrance of the

approach to Asan Man.

3.20 Asan Man (36°59'N., 126°49'E.) lies at the head of

the narrow gulf which extends about 20 miles SE from P’ung

Do, on the E side of Dong Sudo in the approach to Inchon. The

islets and shoals extending E and SE from P’ung Do divide the

gulf into two channels, the N one of which is the one generally

used. The S passage, although greater in depth, requires local

knowledge.

Imye Som (Ipp’a Do) (37°06'N., 126°32'E.), about 7 miles E

of P’ung Do, is a good mark for the channel. Haksan So lies

about 1 mile NW of Imye Som. A shoal lies in mid-channel,

with a depth of 7.6m, 1 mile NNE of Haksan So. Yuk To, the

largest of the islets between P’ung Do and Imye Som, has a

small group of trees on its summit; the tidal currents among

these islets are very strong. A light is situated on Yuk To.

3.20 Songmun San, on the peninsula about 2 miles S of Imye

Taesan Hang

Daesan Pilots

http://www.dspilot.co.kr
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 61

Pub. 157

Som, is a pointed peak. The summit of the peninsula, about 0.8

mile WNW, is wooded with pine trees.

3.20 Tangjin Hwaryok (37°03'N., 126°30'E.) is a berth 2.5 miles

SW of Imye Som. The berth consists of a 400m long jetty with

a 350m T-head, which has an alongside depth of 18.5m.

3.20 There is a 5 mile long channel, with a least charted depth of

17.7m, leading SE to the berth. Approaches to this channel

begin about 1 mile NW of Mallyuk To. An anchorage has been

established 0.6 mile NW of the berth and has a radius of 450m.

3.20 Tori Do (37°07'N., 126°37'E.), on the NE side of the

channel, lies at the W end of a drying shoal about 3 miles E of

Imye Som; the W side of this islet is precipitous. A light is

situated on Tori Do.

3.20 Pang Do, about 8.3 miles SE of Tori Do, consists of a group

of rocks, above water, surrounded by shoals. The narrowest

part of the channel lies between the shoal around Pang Do and

the SE extremity of Chungang Ch’ont’oe. A depth of not more

than about 7.3m can be carried through this very narrow passage.

3.20 Asan Myoji, to the SE of Pang Do, lies between Nae Do and

the narrow peninsula terminating in Nomi Gak, about 2 miles

ENE. Depths in the greater part vary between 12.8m and

18.3m, rock or sand bottom. The tidal currents are strong and

sometimes attain a velocity of 3.5 knots. A shoal, with a depth

of 4.5m, lies 0.75 mile SE of the highest rock of Pang Do.

3.20 Nae Do is marked by two orange range beacons and a red

and white triangle about 183m WSW of the front range beacon. A conspicuous ancient fire beacon stands on the peak

about 3 miles SW. 

3.21 P’yongt’aek Hang (Dangjin) (37°00'N., 126°44'E.)

(World Port Index No. 60325), a developing port with several

land reclamation projects in progress, is situated approximately

30 miles SSE of Inchon.

3.21 Asan Man, with depths of 7.3 to 23m, extends about 8 miles

WNW from Nomi Gak (37°00'N., 126°47'E.). Yong Am is a

conspicuous pointed rock on the SW side of the channel in the

vicinity of the naval base.

3.21 Tides—Currents.—About 2 miles N of a line between

P’ung Do and Imye Som the tidal currents run E and W, turning at about the times of high and LW at Inchon. The maximum velocity is 4 knots. The tidal currents from 1 to 4 miles E

of Imye Som run SE and NW.

3.21 At Asan Myoji, the tidal currents run ESE and WNW,

turning at about the times of high and LW at Inchon. The maximum velocity is 3 knots. Within the harbor limits, the average

tidal range is 6.4m at neaps to 8.6m at springs. 

3.21 Depths—Limitations.—There is a deep-water oil berth,

300m long, and marked by six yellow lights that extends WSW

from a position 0.5 mile NW of Nomi Gak. It can handle

vessels up to 100,000 dwt. An LNG pier, with a depth

alongside of 14m, lies close NW of the oil berth. Dongguk

steel wharf is recently completed (2009). Several jetties with

dolphins extend from Nomi Gak with average depths of 14m.

The berths are marked by yellow lights and fog signals are

sounded from several of the berths. 

3.21 The Republic of Korea has a naval base, which consists of an

E and W harbor, at the E end of the channel. The W harbor is

for small patrol craft, while the E harbor can accomodate larger

naval vessels with a maximum length of about 140m and drafts

up to 8m. The naval harbor is protected by a breakwater with a

light on the seaward end. The E harbor consists of a turning

basin and six floating piers which accomodate the large tidal

range; depths range from 12 to 14m inside the breakwater.

3.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory from Lighted Buoy No. 1

to the port and is available 24 hours. For large and very large

vessels carrying dangerous cargo, pilotage is recommended

from Chang-anso (37°04'N, 126°18'E.).

3.21 The pilot boards in the following positions:

1. Ipp’ado—37°08.2N, 126°29.9'E.

2. Ipp’ado—37°06.2N, 126°36.0'E. (inclement weather

or heavy sea)

3. Chang-anso—37°03.4'N, 126°17.3'E.

4. Chang-anso—37°07.7'N, 126°22.5'E (inclement

weather or heavy sea). 

3.21 P’yongt’aek Hang pilotage and contact information may be

found at the following web site:

3.21 Regulations.—There is a compulsory VTS for all foreign

vessels. The VTS limits are from 2 miles SW of Chang-anso to

P’yongt’aek Harbor. Vessels use VHF channel 10 or 16 to

contact the VTS. Vessels must submit a preliminary notice of

arrival 24 hours in advance. Reports must be made at the following times:

1. Initial Report—When passing 2 miles SW of Changanso.

2. Arrival Report—Upon arrival at the berth or anchorage.

3. Shifting Report—When shifting within the VTS.

4. Departure Report—When departing the port or anchorage.

3.21 Anchorage.—An anchorage for vessels of less than 110,000

grt is situated 1.5 miles W of the oil berth. Additional

anchorages are as follows: 

1. Bangdo anchorage lies in position 37°00'N, 126°45'E

in depths of 11 to 14m, mud and sand. 

P’yongt’aek Hang

P’yongt’aek Pilots

http://www.ptpilot.co.kr
62 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

2. Ipp’ado anchorage and quarantine area lies in position

37°09'N, 126°29'E.

3. Dorido Waiting anchorage lies centered

approximately in position 37°05'N, 126°38'E in depths of 13

to 17m. 

3.21 Directions.—Vessels proceeding to Asan Man by the N

channel should pass about 1 mile N of P’ung Do, and steer an

E course to a position about 1 mile N of Haksan So. Then alter

course to 118° to a position about 1 mile S of Tori Do, when

course is altered again to 135° for the 0.9m rock at the SW end

of Pang Do. Pass midway between the NW end of Pang Do and

the SE end of Chungang Ch’ont’oe and fairly close SW of the

above 0.9m rock on a course of 144°. A sector light can be

observed along this leg of the channel. Course can then be

shaped for the pipeline berth, taking care to avoid the shoals

0.5 mile SSE and 1 mile SE of Pang Do.

3.21 The summit of Sungbong Do, with some large pine trees, is a

good landmark when passing W of Bu Do (Pu Do); vessels

should pass about midway between Bu Do and the small islet

lying off the SE end of Sungbong Do. There is a rock, which

has less than 9m, E of the small islet. The bottom between Bu

Do and Baeg Am (Paek Am), about 5 miles NNE, is foul,

making it dangerous for anchorage in fog.

3.21 When approaching Baeg Am from S, its light structure does

not show up well by day because of the dark background. Care

is also necessary when passing E of Baeg Am, because of the

7.3m shoal about 0.5 mile E. 

3.21 When abreast the N end of Yong-hung Do (Yeongheung Do),

course should be altered to the NE when the light structure on

Pukchangja So (37°20'N., 126°29'E.) is in line with the light

on Palmi Do (P’almido). 

3.21 Between Yeongheung Do and Pukchangja So, vessels are

liable to be set E by the tidal current during the rising tide, and

W during the falling tide; the effects of the falling tide is the

stronger of the two.

3.21 Caution.—Numerous fishing havens lie near the entrance to

the channel leading to P’yongt’aek Hang.

So Sudo (Seo Sudo)

3.22 So Sudo channel is designated as a channel for departing vessels of more than 500 tons from Inchon Hang

(Incheon Hang). From about 0.5 mile S of Palmi Do

(P’almido) at the junction of So Sudo and Tong Sudo, follow

the outbound route of the traffic separation scheme in a general

WSW, SW, and SSW direction to Soya Do (37°12'N.,

126°11'E.) and to the end of the channel.

3.22 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Tong Sudo and So

Sudo run, in general, NE and SW, turning at about the times of

high and LW at Inchon. 

3.22 From observations made at spring tides, the currents in Tong

Sudo attain a velocity of about 2 knots from 5 to 6 miles SW of

Sanggongyong Do, 4 knots between Seungbong Do and Pung

Do, and 3 knots off the W coast of Yeongheung Do. 

3.22 Between Yeongheung Do and Daemueui Do (Taemuui Do),

the tidal currents run E and W, turning at about the times of

high and LW at Inchon, and attaining a velocity of 3 knots. In

So Sudo, with observations at the same time, the currents attain

a velocity of nearly 4 knots between Soya Do and Dongbaeg

Do (Tongbaek To), and 2 knots about 2 miles NW of Jaweol

Do (Chawol Do). In the narrow part of So Sudo, the currents

may attain a velocity of 6 knots at times, but velocities of up to

8 knots have been reported.

3.22 Caution.—A dangerous submerged wreck, marked by a

buoy, has been reported (2006) to lie off the NW side of

Yeongheung Do, in approximate position 37°18'N, 126°25'E. 

Inchon (Incheon) (37°28'N., 126°37'E.)

World Port Index No. 60320

3.23 Inchon (Incheon), on the E side of the entrance of

Yom Ha, is the harbor for the capital city of Seoul, about 15

miles inland. The port, which consists of an outer and inner

harbor, is well sheltered and ice-free. 

Winds—Weather

3.23 The prevailing winds are, as follows:

1. January until March—NNW.

2. April and May—WSW, prevailing gradually to the S.

3. June until August—Frequent S to SW seasonal winds.

4. September and October—East winds prevailing to the

N alternate with W winds prevailing to the N.

5. November and December—NW.

3.23 Fog occurs with greatest frequency from April through

August. The foggiest season is in June and July. Fog is mostly

accompanied by rain. Around dawn outside Inchon, fog is

particularly frequent, making the afternoon the best time for

entering.

Tides—Currents

3.23 The tidal range is considerable and reported to reach 10.7m. 

3.23 In the outer harbor, the flood current sets N toward the W

end of Wolmi Do from about 30 minutes after LW to about 30

minutes after HW. The S current runs the rest of the time. Both

currents have a maximum velocity of about 3 knots. For about

15 minutes at each turn the velocity is less than 0.25 knot.

3.23 In the inner harbor, the tidal currents are weak, not exceeding 1 knot.

Inchon
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 63

Pub. 157

Depths—Limitations

3.23 The inner harbor has been built upon reclaimed land between

the mainland coast and the former islands of Wolmi Do

(37°28'N., 126°36'E.), on the N side of the lock gates, and

Sowolmi Do, on the S side. Entrance to the inner harbor is by

way of two parallel locks. The large lock has a total length of

381m and is 36m wide. It can take vessels up to a maximum

50,000 tons. The secondary lock, which is for vessels 10,000

tons or less, is about 288m long and 22.5m wide. There are

eight piers, with a total of 48 berths; alongside depths are best

seen on the chart.

3.23 Outer Harbor Oil and Gas Terminals.—Vessels normally

berth starboard side-to. Due to the range of tide, attention to

berth moorings is essential. Honam terminal consists of a

barge, to which a ship secures in a depth of 15.5m, moored 0.3

mile NNE of Seodu Am; a submarine pipeline is laid from the

barge SSE to the shore. 

3.23 A causeway and pier extends 0.5 mile W from the corner of

Yul To. At the head of the pier there is a dolphin berth, with a

depth of 13.1m, known as the Kyungin terminal. Another pier

and dolphin berth extend 0.2 mile W from the W end of Yul To.

3.23 A second harbor lies approximately 0.5 mile due S of the S

jetty head, of Inchon’s outer harbor. It is enclosed by two

breakwaters forming a tidal basin (the South Tidal Basin) with

a width of approximately 160m between the two. The depths in

the entrance are 4.4m, and fairly consistently remain at that

depth throughout the harbor. There are a number of piers in the

harbor, and two radio masts stand at the head of the bay.

3.23 There is a coal terminal on the N side of the entrance to this

harbor. It is 350m long and vessels up to 100,000 dwt can berth

there.

3.23 A cement terminal lies about 0.4 mile S of the S tidal basin.

Two dolphin berths lie close quayside to the terminal. The

channel to the S basin and the cement terminal is marked by

lighted buoys. 

3.23 A large tidal basin lies at the N end of the port. The basin is

prohibited to navigation and lies N of Ho-nam Oil Terminal

(37°29'N., 126°31'E.). A light, equipped with a racon, is shown

from the oil terminal. 

3.23 Inchon Container Terminal (ICT) has two berths in

operation (2010); each berth is 300m long with a depth

alongside of 14m. Another container berth, of the same length

and depth alongside, will be completed in 2011. 

Aspect

3.23 Yeongjong Do lies on the W side of the entrance of Yom Ha

and, together with the extensive mud flats that are extending

from it, forms the W side of the outer harbor. The Yeongjong

span of the Inchon bridge has a vertical clearance of 35m. 

3.23 Baegun San (37°29'N., 126°31'E.), the summit of the island,

is surmounted by a conspicuous clump of trees. Sinbul Do,

about 0.4 mile SW of Yeongjong Do, has two summits of about

equal height and a pale yellow color.

3.23 The Lock Control Tower is conspicuous. A white tower,

7.6m high, stands about 280m NW of the lock control tower. A

similar tower is located about 210m WSW of the same lock

control tower.

3.23 There are numerous conspicuous black and red banded

chimneys, located about 3 miles SE of the lock control tower.

3.23 Jagyag Do (Chagyak To), E of Yeongjong Do, lies on the S

part of a drying mud bank, and is easily identified because it is

more densely wooded than others. A light is situated on Jagyag

Do (Chagyak To).

3.23 The Inchon Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 66m, crosses

the main channel in the vicinity of position 37°23'N, 126°34'E. 

3.23 The outer harbor consists of anchorages, some oil and gas

terminals in the river, and two tidal basins, of which the S basin

is still being developed. The W side of the outer harbor is

bounded by islands and mud flats which spread SW. They

connect with a shallow bank extending NE from Tokchok To

(Deogjeog Do) (37°14'N., 126°07'E.), thus forming the W

boundary of the port approach.

3.23 From the SW, inbound and outbound routes, about 20 to 22

miles in length, lead through the island studded approach to the

S limit of the harbor at Palmi Do (P’almido) (37°21'N.,

126°31'E.).

3.23 This harbor is endowed with many natural advantages, but

has the single drawback of a very large tidal range, which may

reach 10m at maximum. At LW it is impossible for large

vessels to berth, and they have to be anchored in the outer

harbor for cargo handling. In order to reduce this inconvenience, the inner harbor with lock facilities enables berthing of

ocean vessels up to 50,000 tons. 

3.23 The inner harbor is a nontidal basin which is entered through

twin parallel locks. The two locks are situated between Wolmi

do and Sowolmi do. The lock control tower, painted red and

white in bands, stands between the locks.

3.23 At the NE end of the inner harbor there is a basin.

Pilotage

3.23 Pilotage is compulsory from Palmi Do to Inchon and is

recommended from Changan So to Palmi Do. 

3.23 Pilots board in the following positions:

1. 37°20.4'N., 126°28.3'E. (Palmi Do) 

2. 37°22.5'N., 126°32.5'E. (Palmi Do—bad weather)

3. 37°08.0'N., 126°30.0'E. (Ippa Do)

4. 37°06.2'N., 126°36.0'E. (Ippa Do—bad weather)

5. 37°13.7'N., 126°13.2'E. (Tongbaek To)

6. 37°04.5'N., 126°16.2'E. (Changan So—Inchon)

7. 37°06.5'N., 126°19.2'E. (Changan So—bad weather)

8. 37°03.2'N., 126°17.4'E. (Changan So—P’yongt’aek)

9. 37°07.7'N., 126°22.5'E. (Changan So—bad weather)

10. 37°07.5'N., 126°26.8'E. (Mallyuk To) 

3.23 Vessels approaching Inchon must radio to the port commander their position and estimated time of arrival 4 days and

again 24 hours before arrival. If the estimated time of arrival

changes more than 1 hour from the second report, it must be

reported again 24 hours before arrival. Berths are assigned by

radio. 

3.23 Radiotelephone service is available on VHF channel 12; the

calling channel is VHF channel 16. Inchon pilotage and

contact information may be found at the following website. 

Inchon Pilots

http://www.incheonpilot.co.kr
64 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

3.23 During fog or port congestion vessels are instructed to

anchor off the outer pilot boarding position SW of Changan So

Light. Vessels wait at the anchorage for the port to reopen or

await the pilot to take the vessel to a designated anchorage for

clearance.

Regulations.—Vessel Trafic Service

3.23 Inchon Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is in operation within

the Inchon harbor limits, Tong Sudo, and So Sudo. Participation in the VTS is compulsory for vessels over 300 grt, vessels

transporting dangerous cargo, and vessels with a tow. Vessels

must submit a preliminary notice of arrival before entering the

harbor.

3.23 Vessels must also make the following reports:

1. Initial Report—When passing 2 miles SW of Changanso.

2. Arrival Report.

3. Departure Report.

4. Shifting Report. 

3.23 A traffic separation scheme has been established by Korean

authorities for approaching and departing Inchon. This scheme

is clearly shown on the chart. 

3.23 Speed Restrictions—Vessels approaching the Inchon

Bridge should reduce their speed as follows when the vessel is

1 mile S of the bridge: 

1. Vessels of more than 100,000 tons should reduce their

speed to less than 7 knots 

2. Vessels of less than 50,000 tons should reduce their

speed to less than 10 knots. 

3. All vessels not listed above should reduce their speed

to less than 12 kntos.

3.23 All vessels approaching the Yeongmuseon wharf and dock

areas should reduce their speed to less than 8 knots. 

Signals

3.23 There are four signal stations in the vicinity of the locks. The

light signals used are listed in the accompanying table.

3.23 Weather signals are displayed from a yellow framework

tower on the N side of the entrance of the tidal basin.

Anchorage

3.23 There is a quarantine anchorage about 5 miles SW of

Sowolmi Do.

3.23 There are three inbound reserve anchorages: 

1. Inbound No. 1 Anchorage (37°19'N., 126°24'E.) has

depths of 27m.

2. Inbound No. 2 Anchorage (37°04'N., 126°11'E.) has

depths of 7 to 35m. Changan So (37°03'N., 126°10'E.) lies

in the SW part of Inbound No. 2 and has depths of 15 to

25m. 

3. Inbound No. 3 Anchorage (37°11'N., 126°25'E.) lies

NE of Changan So in depths of 7 to 20m, and is for use by

vessels of less than 5,000 tons. 

4. The quarantine anchorage (37°22'N., 126°33'E.) lies

in depths of 6 to 12m and is for use by vessels of up to

50,000 gross tons. 

3.23 Caution.—A dangerous wreck, marked by buoys, lies near

the SE limit of Inbound No. 1 Anchorage. 

3.23 A dangerous wreck prohibits anchorage in designated areas

W-12, W-13, and W-14 (2009). 

3.23 The anchorage is sheltered except from a strong S wind

which raises a sea and makes cargo operations difficult. The

holding ground S of Wolmi Do is good, but N of it the bottom

is rocky and provides poor holding ground. Incoming vessels

are anchored in one of the berths by the pilot as follows: 

Inchon—Signals

Signal Meaning

At the control tower

White letter I Inbound vessels 

White letter O Outbound vessels 

White letter X Stop

At the signal stations

GG Enter 

RR Stop 

GR Wait 

GG

W Enter left lock 

GG

W Enter right lock 

Both sides of the lock

Lights at 10m intervals. The

alignment of the locks is

approximately 103°.

Berthing position

Anchorage 

Designation Depth Vessel Gross 

Tonnage

W-1 14m 50,000

W-2 11.6m 50,000

W-3 10.2m 50,000

W-4 10.3m 30,000

W-5 7.9m 30,000

W-9 11.5m Emergency Reserved

W-10 11.5m 30,000

W-11 11.5m 20,000

W-12 12m 15,000

W-13 12m 15,000

Inchon—Signals

Signal Meaning
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 65

Pub. 157

3.24 Yonp’yong Yolto (Yeonpyeong) (37°40'N.,

125°42'E.), about 44 miles WNW of Inchon, lies on the SE

side of the approach to Haeju Man. This area is under the

control of the United Nations. The group consists of two

islands and several islets and rocks. Soyonp’yong Do, the S

island, has a very conspicuous summit. A light is situated on

the SE point of the island. Taeyonp’yong Do, the larger of the

two islands, has a level summit. 

3.24 Yong’yong-ni, on the SE side of Taeyonp’yong Do, stands at

the head of Yonp’yong-ni Hang, a shallow fishing harbor. Two

radio towers, painted in red and white bands, stand near the

shore at the village.

3.24 Tides—Currents.—About 3 miles S of Soyonp’yong Do,

the tidal currents turn counter clockwise in 12 hours and attain

their maximum velocity from 2.5 to 3.5 hours after HW at Inchon. Observations made during spring tides show that the

current runs S at LW at Inchon with a velocity of nearly 1.5

knots, E at 3 hours 30 minutes after LW with a velocity of 2

knots, NNW at HW with a velocity of nearly 1 knot, and W at

2 hours 30 minutes after HW with a velocity of nearly 2 knots.

3.24 Caution.—A restricted area, reserved for military operations

lies approximately 10 miles SW of Yonp’yong Yolto and is

delimited by the following positions;

a. 37°25'N, 125°39'E.

b. 37°34'N, 125°30'E

c. 37°33'N, 125°30'E

d. 37°25'N, 125°39'E

Haeju Man

3.25 Haeju Man (37°45'N., 125°40'E.) is an extensive bay,

encumbered by shoals, extending about 20 miles N from its

entrance NW of Yonp’yong Yolto. Haeju Hang, at the head of

the bay, is the port for Haeju about 3 miles farther N. The bay

is entered by three channels which unite N of Sosuap To

(37°50'N., 125°45'E.).

3.25 So Gu, the W passage, is entered between Hari Sho and Yuk

To, about 0.75 mile NW. A light is situated on Hari Sho. The

channel, from 0.5 to nearly 1 mile wide, leads NE between the

partly drying banks extending from the W shore and the narrow shoal about 2.5 miles NE of Hari Sho. There are depths of

about 14.6m in So Gu, except at its N end, about 1 mile N of

Wa Am, where there are depths of from 5.8 to 7.6m. A light is

situated off the NE end of Wa Am.

3.25 Chungang Sudo, the middle passage, leads NE between the

above narrow shoal NE of Hari Sho and the shoal between

Changjae Do and Sosuap To, and then between Sosuap To and

Wa Am, about mile WNW. This channel has depths of more

than 9.1m in the fairway at its N end, where the tidal currents

may exceed a velocity of 3 knots at spring tides.

3.25 Tong Gu, the E passage, is entered between Kal To

(37°43'N., 125°39'E.) and Sok To, about 1 mile ESE; the former islet has two peaks, the higher one of which is sharp and

conspicuous. This channel, which leads E of Taesuap To, is

suitable for small vessels only. The summit of Taesuap To appears as a whales back when seen from S, and has a small

group of trees on it.

3.25 Tides—Currents.—In Haeju Man the flood tidal current sets

toward the head of the bay, and the ebb sets in the opposite

direction. The turn occurs at about high and LW. In the W entrance

the maximum velocities are about 2 knots on the flood and 4 knots

on the ebb. In the E entrance the velocity is about 2 knots. Within

the bay, a velocity of about 2 knots is to be expected between

Taesuap To and Hyongje Do, about 7 miles N.

3.26 Yongdangp’o (38°00'N., 125°42'E.) (World Port

Index No. 60310), the port for Haeju, stands on the N side of

Haeju Hang at the N end of Haeju Man. The harbor, reported to

be entirely frozen over from January to March, is only about

0.25 mile wide.

3.26 A quay, 610m long with a depth of about 4m alongside,

exists in the harbor. 

3.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilotage anchorage

position is 37°41.0'N, 125°33.5'E. The vessel should anchor

and wait; otherwise, the authority will not board the vessel.

3.26 The tidal currents in the harbor are reported to attain a maximum velocity of about 4 knots. The winds are variable making

great caution necessary at night. Storm signals are displayed.

3.26 Fairly good anchorage can be obtained, in 7 to 9m, rocky

bottom, S of Chong Do, at single anchor with plenty of chain

out. Vessels must anchor in mid-channel, where the tidal currents are very strong, because the space is so restricted.

3.26 Regulations.—The Korean Navy has advised vessels to

keep the following routes because of special circumstances that

exist between North Korea and South Korea. 

3.26 Vessels enroute between a South Korean port and a Chinese

port should navigate near the trackline:

a. 37°03'N, 125°40'E.

b. 37°29'N, 124°43'E.

c. 38°00'N, 124°18'E.

3.26 Vessels enroute between Haeju and a Chinese port should

navigate near the trackline:

a. 37°42'N, 125°34'E.

b. 37°29'N, 125°23'E.

c. 37°29'N, 124°43'E.

d. 38°00'N, 124°18'E.

W-14 12m 15,000

W-15 10m 2,000

E-1 14m 100,000

E-2 8m 10,000

E-3 6.1m 10,000

E-4 11m 5,000

E-5 11m 50,000

E-6 11m Emergency Reserved

A-3 4.3m 2,000

A-4 4.3m 2,000

A-5 4m 2,000

A-6 6m 4,000

A-9 2.5 to 4.5m As assigned

Y-1 20.3 76,000

Anchorage 

Designation Depth Vessel Gross Tonnage
66 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

3.26 Vessels enroute between Haeju and a South Korean port

should navigate near the trackline:

a. 37°42'N, 125°34'E.

b. 37°33'N, 125°32'E.

c. 37°03'N, 125°40'E.

3.26 Vessels seeking shelter from heavy weather should keep to

the S of Soch’ong Do, and avoid the areas around Paengnyong

Do and Taech’ong Do.

3.26 Caution.—Navigation in Haeju Man is seasonal. Aids to

navigation may be withdrawn or extinguished in winter.

3.27 Sunwido Myoji (37°45'N., 125°20'E.) lies between

the E side of Sunwi Do and the W side of the peninsula which

terminates S in Tungsan Got. The channel formed is the S part

of Kangnyong Gang which continues another 13 miles NE.

Ong Do, and the drying shoal about 1 mile S, lying about 5

miles SW of Tungsan Got, are the outermost dangers in the

vicinity.

3.27 Kari Got, the SW extremity of Sunwi Do, is a precipitous

headland with a conspicuous peak on it.

3.27 In the entrance of Sunwido Myoji scattered reefs and shoals,

many of which dry, reduce the approach to two narrow channels, the W one is preferred. Depths in the passage E of the NE

side of Sunwi Do vary from 12.8 to 27.4m. To the N of Sunwi

Do the depths are from 12.8 to 18.3m over a width not less than

mile. Good anchorage is available off Yonghodo-ri, at the SE

end of Yongwi Do (37°47'N., 125°20'E.), in 11 to 14.6m, sand

and mud.

3.27 Vessels entering Sunwido Myoji should exercise extreme

caution due to the strong, irregular tidal currents and the banks

which constantly shift their positions. The E approach can be

made between Un So and Ong Am, but Apchon, lying in mid

channel must be avoided. The W channel, the one generally

used, lies between Sunwi Do and Yohyong Ch’lloe. From E, a

vessel should pass S of Ong Do and the shoal S of it, or NE of

Ong Do, steering for the SW extremity of Sunwi Do. When the

hillock on P’ogi Got bears 062°, course should be altered to

that heading. This course leads about 0.15 mile SE of Suya So.

When Tungsan Got bears 132°, course should be altered to

034°, proceeding to the anchorage in mid-channel.

Taech’ong Kundo

3.28 Taech’ong Kundo, lying 8 to 13 miles off the Korean

coast, consists of three islands and several islets, rocks and

shoals. The group is frequented each year by fishing vessels.

Soch’ong Do (37°46'N., 124°45'E.), the S island of the group,

is reported to afford the only shelter in the vicinity during the N

gales of winter. The SE extremity of the islands consists of

white cliffs.

3.28 A day signal station, the mast of which is conspicuous, is

close WNW of the light structure on Soch’ong Do.

3.28 Soch’ong Ju, about 2 miles ESE of Soch’ong Do, is the

outermost danger surrounding the island.

3.28 Taech’ong Do, about 2 miles NW of Soch’ong Do, appears

conical when seen from W. The coasts are mostly cliffy, with

the middle part of the S coast precipitous and the NE coast

made up of a white sandy beach. 

3.28 Anchorage can be obtained in the small bay with a shingle

beach on the E side of the island, in 10.4 to 16.5m, sand, with

the E extremity of Paengnyong Do in line with the NE end of

Taech’ong Do. 

3.28 Kapchug Am, about 1 mile W of the S end of Taech’ong Do,

is high and precipitous. 

3.28 Paengnyong Do (37°57'N., 124°40'E.), the largest of the

Taech’ong Kundo, lies about 4 miles N of Taech’ong Do. The

nearly flat summit of the island can be easily distinguished

from SE. Yonggiwon San, the E extremity of the island, rises

precipitously to an isolated hill. A light is situated on the E end

of Paengnyong Do. Yon Bong consists of two conspicuous

rocks lying close together between Paengnyong Do and

Taech’ong Do; this vicinity is encumbered with shoals extending from each island.

3.28 The passage, between Taech’ong Kundo and the mainland E,

leads between Soch’ong Ju and Paengnyong Ju on the W, and

Kirin Ju and Chung Ju on the E. When a sea makes up, Chung

Ju is marked by breakers and can be easily located, but under

ordinary conditions it is not easily located because the water is

uniformly discolored.

3.28 Tides—Currents.—In the vicinity of Taech’ong Kundo the

tidal currents generally set N and S, with a maximum velocity

of 3 to 4 knots. The turn of the currents occurs about 3 hours

after high and LW at Inchon. It should be remembered that the

tidal currents may be influenced by the direction and force of

recent winds.

Approaches to Taedong Gang

3.29 Changsan Got (38°08'N., 124°39'E.), 32 miles SSW

of the entrance of Taedong Gang, is the most prominent

headland on the W coast of Korea. The peninsula rises to

T’aesan Bong, about 5 miles E. A large rock lies close off

Changsan Got. In the vicinity of this headland, the tidal currents set N with the rising tide and S with the falling tide; a

velocity of 5 to 7 knots may be attained.

3.29 The coast NE, for a distance of about 16 miles to Oryuji Gi,

consists of a bight with sandy beaches and backed by hilly

ranges a few miles inland. Within Oryuji Gi, the land rises

steeply to Kwangsok San, and then continues hilly for another

4 miles NE. Continuing to Naengjong Dong, about 9 miles

farther N, the land is low.

3.29 Chang Ju, with depths of less than 3.7m, extends about 18

miles N from a position about 4 miles NNE of Changsan Got,

and forms the W side of the approach to Ch’odo Sudo.

3.29 Ch’o Do (38°32'N., 124°50'E.), the large island lying on the

SW side of the main entrance of Taedong Gang, serves as a

good landmark for the river mouth. A prohibited entry area,

with a 2 mile radius, covers an underwater obstruction that lies

13 miles W of Ch’o Do.

3.29 An area dangerous to navigation, with a radius of 13 miles

centered on position 38°37.5'N, 124°04.9'E, lies about 32 miles

W of Ch’o Do.

3.29 So Do (38°32.9'N., 124°45.9'E.) lying W of Ch’o Do, is an

islet 89m high with a light is shown from its summit. Tok To,

another islet, lies close W to the NW point of Ch’o Do. 

3.29 Songmun Am (38°30.5'N., 124°54.5'E.), an islet close E of

Ch’o Do from which a light is shown, marks the 4 mile stretch

of Nae Ju shoal, with a least depth of 0.4m. Ch’odo Sudo lies

between Ch’o Do and the mainland E. 
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 67

Pub. 157

3.29 Pansong Ch’o, a rock with a depth of 1.8m, lies 2 miles NE

of Songmun Am Light.

3.29 Sok To (Soku To) (38°39'N., 125°00'E.), about 9 miles NE

of Ch’o Do, lies off the S side of the entrance of Taedong

Gang, and, together with Chamae Do (Shimai To) lying close

NW, lie on the S side of the main entrance channel of the river.

3.29 The People’s Republic of Korean Regulations require

foreign vessels to send their estimated arrival times at the pilot

station 5 days, 24 hours, 12 hours, and 4 hours in advance; the

arrival draft must be included in the ETA message. It was

reported that foreign vessels are required to keep 15 miles off

the Korean coast until near approach to the port-of-call in the

People’s Republic of Korea; vessels are also to report the position and speed prior to and on crossing the latitude of 37°N.

3.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available and compulsory. Pilots

board at No. 1 Pilot Station and Waiting Area No. 1 for foreign

vessels, centered at position 38°41.0'N, 125°02.5'E during daylight hours only. Health and Custom officials board together

with the pilot. 

3.29 When the estuary is covered in pack ice, during January and

February, the pilots board inward at Waiting Area No. 2 for

foreign vessels, centered at position 38°41.0'N, 125°02.5'E.

3.29 Regulations.—A TSS has been established in the approaches to Taedong Gang. This scheme is not IMO-adopted

and it is not known what regulations are in force; mariners are

advised to assume that Rule 10 of the 72 COLREGS applies.

Taedong Gang

3.30 Taedong Gang (Daido Ko) flows in a general W direction into the Yellow Sea through a large estuary encumbered by

islands, banks, and shoals. The river is more discolored than

any other in Korea, and with the ebb current the dirty water is

carried far out to sea. 

3.30 The entrance channel leads N of Chamae Do (Shimai To)

(38°41'N., 124°59'E.) and Sok (Soku) To, SW of Chiri To

(38°42'N., 125°08'E.), and then through P’ido Sudo (Pito

Suido). A light is reported to be shown on Chamae Do.

3.30 Caution.—Vessels must pass through a lock in the Western

Sea Barrage located S of Pido (38°41'N., 125°11'E.) to reach

Namp’o. Vessels with a maximum length of 210m, a maximum

beam of 30m, and a maximum draft of 10.5m can transit the

lock. Transits take place during daylight hours only.

3.30 Namp’o stands on the N side of the river about 20 miles

within the entrance, and can be reached by large vessels.

Kyomip’o, on the E side of the river about 17 miles above

Namp’o, can be reached by vessels of 5,000 tons; Posan on the

W side of the river about 9 miles farther upriver, can be

reached by vessels of 3,000 tons. P’yongyang (Pingyang) is

about 37 miles above Nampo’o.

Namp’o (38°43'N., 125°24'E.)

World Port Index No. 60280

3.31 Namp’o (Chinnanpo), on the N bank of Taedong

Gang, is the outlet for the industrial and mining region of

P’yongyang. Namp’o Hang (Chinnanpo Hang), S of the city, is

nearly 1 mile wide and has sufficient space to accommodate

several large vessels at the same time.

3.31 Winds—Weather.—From December to May NW winds

prevail, while during the remainder of the year W winds are

common. Heavy fog is prevalent from June to August.

3.31 Ice.—From late December to the middle of March the

Taedong Gang usually freezes over and is impassable above

Namp’o. For about three weeks during this period Namp’o is

liable to be cut off from the sea because of drift ice. At times

the river mouth, particularly the channel in the vicinity of

Chamae Do, may be blocked temporarily by dense packs of

drift ice. These drift ice conditions between Chamae Do and

P’i Do (Pi To), about 10 miles E, determine whether or not

entry into the river is possible.

3.31 The color of the ice is important to notice. Green or white ice

is easily broken and is not dangerous, but brown or gray ice,

formed on the drying banks, is full of mud and sand, not easily

broken, and dangerous.

3.31 Navigational warnings concerning drift ice and other conditions of the fairway are issued by the radio station on Chamae

Do; the continually changing effects of the tidal currents and

the wind must also be taken into account.

3.31 Tides—Currents.—In the entrance of Taedong Gang near

Ch’o Do and Sok To, the tidal current runs N or NE with the

rising tide from about 2 hours before to 4 hours after the time

of HW at Inchon. With the falling tide, the tidal current runs S

or SW from about 4 hours after to 2 hours before the next HW

at Inchon.

3.31 Off Ch’o Do, the maximum velocities are 2 knots with the N

current, and 3 knots with the S currents. Off Sok To, they are 2

and 3 knots, respectively.

3.31 In the river the tidal currents are, in general, regular in some

features, but do vary considerably with the season, wind, and

rainfall. Both the flood and ebb currents follow the course of

the river in mid-channel; the flood current runs for a shorter

period than the ebb current, and there is only a short period of

slack water. The currents are also stronger in the lower reaches

than in the upper reaches. It has been reported that the main incoming current runs down the middle of the channel, while the

main outgoing current is on the S side of the channel.

3.31 In P’ido Sudo the E current has a maximum velocity of 3.5

knots and the W current 4.5 knots. The flood current turns

about 4 hours after the time of HW at Inchon, and the ebb

current turns about 2 hours before the time of HW, and runs for

about 7 hours.

3.31 In mid channel, SW of the basin at Namp’o, the ebb current

runs for 7 to 7 hours 30 minutes, the turn occurring shortly

before HW and a 1.5 to 2 hours after LW. The flood current

attains a maximum velocity of about 3.25 knots and the ebb

about 4 knots. Off both banks of the river the ebb current

begins to run 1 to 2 hours earlier than in the middle of the river.

Near the basin the tidal currents are very complex because of

the irregular contour of the banks W of the basin.

3.31 Depths—Limitations.—In the W approach to Taedong

Gang the depths are deep and clear of dangers; in the passage

between Tok Som (Toku Somu) and Chamae Do the depths

decrease to about 13m. This latter track leads close N of the

NE end of a shoal extending about 5 miles NE from Tok Som.

3.31 P’ido Sudo, the narrowest part of the passage, is about 0.3

mile wide between the shoals on either side, but is deep in the

fairway.

3.31 East of P’ido Sudo, the relatively wide channel leading to
68 Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 

Pub. 157

Namp’o is free from dangers in its middle part. Depths of 9.8m

and over are found in the fairway of this channel.

3.31 Ch’odo Sudo, with depths of 11 to 29m in its approach from

S, has a least width of about 1 mile in the fairway between

Pansong Ch’o (Banjo Sho), about 2.8 miles NE of Huibong

Gap, the SE extremity of Ch’o Do, and the shoal W. The track

passes close W of the 9.4m patch about 3 miles N of Pansong

Ch’o.

3.31 The Port of Namp’o basin has facilities to handle vessels of

3,000 tons, with a dredged depth of 6m. The E side of the basin

has a depth of 3m and the head of the basin has a depth of

1.5m, and used only by small craft. 

3.31 During the ebb current, there is a strong eddy along the E

wall of the basin and vessels are liable to be swung round by it.

It is difficult to go alongside or leave this wall between 1 and 2

hours after HW and LW.

3.31 Vessels with too deep a draft for an alongside berth in the

basin can lighten ship, or complete loading, by the use of lighters at the anchorage. There are seven berths, located ENE of

the basin, as follows:

1. Berth No. 3 has a length of 220m and a depth of about

11m.

2. Berth No. 4 and Berth 5, inside a basin N of Berth No.

3, are used by barges and small craft.

3. Berth No. 6, equipped for handling bulk cargo, is

about 150m long, with a depth of about 11.5m.

4. Berth No. 7 and Berth No. 8 are each about 340m

long. Berth No. 7, the W part, has a minimum depth of 6m.

Berth No. 8, the E part, has a minimum depth of 11m and has

special facilities for loading cement.

5. Berth No. 9, with a length of about 180m and a depth

of about 12m, is used for loading coal.

3.31 Mariners are advised that due to salinity variations the drafts

shown alongside are subject to changes.

3.31 Aspect.—Excellent marks in the approach to the river

include Ch’o Do, Sok To (Soku To), and Tok To (38°45'N.,

124°58'E.). Manryokiki (38°43'N., 125°23'E.), close within

the W limit of the harbor, has a flagstaff on it. A conspicuous

white building stands on the shore about 0.5 mile E of Manryokiki, and about 0.5 mile farther NE are two conspicuous

radio masts. Three chimneys, one very high, stand near the

shore about 1 mile NE of the basin, and are particularly

conspicuous. Mangdalli Gi (Botatsuri Saki) (38°43.0'N.,

125°26.4'E.), the most prominent headland on the S shore, has

a flattish summit and is easily identified. 

3.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in a position

about 3 miles NNW of So Do (Sei To) (38°33'N., 124°46'E.),

but in rough weather, or at night, they board in the vicinity of

Chamae Do, 13 miles NE. It has been reported (1994) that

vessels enter or leave during daylight hours only.

3.31 Korean regulations require foreign vessels to send their

estimated arrival times 5 days, 24 hours, 12 hours, and 4 hours

in advance.

3.31 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 12.8 to 27.4m, mud or

sand, outside the basin, at a distance of not less than 0.2 mile

offshore. The holding ground, mud or sand over hard rock

bottom, is not good, and caution should be exercised at the turn

of the strong tidal currents. It is better to anchor in mid-river in

about 18.3m, where the holding ground is better and the tidal

currents are not so strong.

Taedong Gang (Continued)

3.32 The upper reaches of the Taedong Gang has not been

reported on for quite some time, and information on this part of

the river should therefore be used with caution.

3.32 Between Chinnanpo and Aeam Gap (38°39'N., 125°36'E.),

the SW extremity of the peninsula formed by Taedong Gang

where it changes its course to N, depths of 9.8m and over were

reported. The tidal currents are very strong through this narrow

part of the river.

3.32 Anchorage can be taken, although not recommended, in 15

to 17m, close off the SW bank of the river and W of Ch’ol To

(38°39'N., 125°39'E.). The holding ground is good, but the

tidal currents are strong and rotary.

3.32 Kyomip’o (38°44'N., 125°37'E.) (World Port Index No.

60290), on the E bank of the river, is the site of a large iron and

steel works. The anchorage off the town can accommodate

vessels of moderate size, in about 9.4m and greater. To the SW

of the town, the rocky bottom affords poor holding ground, but

farther downstream better holding of deep silt over rock was

reported.

3.32 Posan (38°53'N., 125°34'E.), about 9 miles above

Kyomip’o, is an anchorage off some coaling piers. Depths are

from 8 to 9m, with good holding ground. Above this anchorage

the river is reported to be unnavigable. 

Taedong Gang to the Yalu River

3.33 Between the entrance of the Taedong Gang and

Ch’olsan Pando, about 60 miles NNW, the coast forms a very

extensive bay, which is encumbered with numerous shoals and

drying banks. These narrow shoals lie more or less parallel to

the E shore of the bay. 

3.33 Nap-Som, with Chagunnap Som (Sorap To) close E and

Mugi Do (Mungi Do) about 1 mile NNE, lie near the outer

edge of these shoals. At night or in foggy weather the cries of

the numerous sea birds that frequent these islets may indicate

their positions.

3.33 Caution.—Unexploded ordnance lies in position 39°23'N,

123°45'E. 

3.33 Ch’olsan Pando (39°40'N., 124°40'E.), on the E side of the

approach to the entrance of the Yalu River, is rugged and hilly.

The coastal area between the S extremity of Ch’olsan Pando

and the Yalu River is fronted by broad tidal flats, beyond which

are sand bars lying several miles offshore. Pae San (Chu San),

about 2 miles N of the S end of the peninsula, has three peaks.

Orang San, about 6 miles farther N, is also conspicuous, as is

Yondae San, a sharp, isolated peak which rises steeply about 4

miles farther NW.

3.33 Taehwa Do, about 8 miles S of Ch’olsan Pando, is the southernmost of the group of islands extending S from the peninsula.

The Yalu River

3.34 The Yalu River (39°40'N., 124°15'E.), narrow and

shallow, is the boundary between North Korea and China. This

river and estuary are encumbered with drying sand and mud

banks intersected by constantly changing channels. Only small

vessels of limited draft and with local knowledge can reach the
Sector 3. Korea—West Coast 69

Pub. 157

cities of Antung and Sinuiju, about 15 miles upriver. Tong

Sudo, the E passage, and So Sudo, the W passage, are the only

practicable approaches to the river mouth. The former leads

into Tasado Hang, the outer of the two ports at the entrance of

the river, and the latter into Yongamp’o Hang.

3.34 Ice.—The river is practically closed to navigation from the

end of October until the end of April or beginning of May.

3.34 Tides—Currents.—In Tong Sudo, the tidal currents run in

the direction of the channel. The N current runs for about 5

hours, from 1 to 2 hours after LW until the time of HW. The S

current runs for about 7 hours 30 minutes, from the time of

HW until 1 or 2 hours after LW. 

3.34 At Suun Do, the N and S current attain velocities of 2.25 and

2.75 knots, respectively; at Taedasa Do the currents attain

velocities of 3.25 and 4.25 knots.

3.34 In So Sudo, the tidal currents set NE on the rising tide and

SW on the falling tide. The times of change in direction are

about the same as those in Tong Sudo, attaining maximum

velocities of nearly 4 knots. Within the mouth of the river, the

tidal currents are strong. They attain velocities of about 3

knots, but when the river is in flood the ebb current may attain

a velocity of 5 knots.

3.34 Pilotage.—Vessels should notify the Pilots’ Association at

Sinuiju at least 24 hours prior to arrival off the estuary. Pilots

board vessels off the entrance of So Sudo; pilots for Tong Sudo

are usually picked up off the entrance of So Sudo. The limiting

drafts of vessels are determined by the pilots.

3.34 Caution.—Vessels approaching the estuary should take

soundings continuously, and should not attempt to enter the

channels without a pilot. Extreme caution is also advised because the buoys and beacons that mark the shifting channels

are moved without notice. During the ice season, the buoys are

removed and the lights are extinguished.

Tong Sudo

3.35 Tong Sudo, which leads into Tasado Hang, was reported to have a depth of 6.1m in the fairway to the terminal at

Kwakkot Ch’oe. Suun Do (39°41'N., 124°25'E.), on the E side

of Tong Sudo, is the westernmost of the Pansong Yolto. It has a

rounded top, and is connected to the next islet E by drying

rocks. A light is situated on the summit of Suun Do. Won Do,

the easternmost and largest of the group, has a somewhat

pointed summit. The entire group lies on the extensive bank

forming the E side of Tong Sudo.

3.35 Un Do, on the W side of Tong Sudo, about 2.5 miles N of

Suun Do, is a useful mark for the channel. A light is situated on

Un Do. Pyok Do, about 1.25 miles NW of Un Do, is a reddish,

rocky islet. Se Do, about 3.5 miles farther NNW, appears pyramidal when seen from S.

3.35 Kach’a Do, on the E side of the fairway, about 3.5 miles

NNE of Un Do, is nearly flat on top and bare. A beacon stands

on the islet.

3.35 Tae-dasa Do (Tasa Do), about 1.8 miles NW of Kach’a Do,

has two peaks, the N being slightly higher. Beacons mark the

outer edge of the fringing reef.

3.35 Kwakkot Ch’oe (39°49'N., 124°25'E.) is a rocky headland,

the E side of which is precipitous, and a village is on the W

side. A seawall extends SW to Sodasa Do, while harbor works

extend about 1 mile farther S. This artificial port lies between

Sodasa Do and Tasa Do, and provides about 745m of berthing

space with depths of 7.9 to 9.1m alongside. Another 610m of

berthing space has depths of 3.7 to 4.9m alongside. The terminal is connected to the cities upriver by railroad.

3.35 Vessels, with a draft of about 4.8m, can anchor, in 5.8 to

10.1m, about 0.5 mile W of the N end of Tasa Do. Other vessels can anchor about 3 miles S of Tasa Do.

So Sudo

3.36 So Sudo, which leads into Yongamp’o Hang, is generally used by small vessels proceeding upriver. The passage is

subject to great change, making local knowledge essential. The

channel entrance is about 5 miles S of Ku-lung Shan

(39°49'N., 124°01'E.), an isolated hillock on the low coast and

which appears as an islet from the offing. 

3.36 Two conspicuous red brick buildings stand at the SW end of

the town about 6 miles NE of Ku-lung Shan. The channel runs

between the coastline and the shoals and banks W and N of

Sindo Yolto.

3.36 Maan Do (39°48'N., 124°11'E.) is the largest of the islets on

the W side of Sindo Yolto. A light is situated on the SW peak

of Maan Do. The light is not lit when the river is closed by ice.

Sin Do, the largest islet of the group, rises to sharp peaks at its

N and S ends. A large area of the bank N of Maan Do and Sin

Do is covered with grass and only covers at HW spring tides.

3.36 Yongamp’o (39°56'N., 124°22'E.) stands on the E bank of

the Yalu River just within its entrance. Small vessels with a

draft not exceeding 4.1m can obtain indifferent anchorage off

the town. Currents in the river are strong here.

3.36 Antung and Sinuiju, about 11 miles farther upriver, are

connected by a railroad bridge, with a clearance of 10.1m.
Pub. 157

4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in CATP2, Catalog of Nautical Charts.

SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
73

Pub. 157

SECTOR 4 

CHINA—THE YALU RIVER TO SHANDONG BANDAO

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the N coast of China between

the W entrance point of the Yalu River and Chengshan Jiao, a

point about 165 miles SSW. The description is W to Laotieshan

Xijiao from the Yalu River. Liaoding Wan is described counterclockwise from Laotieshan Xijao to Bo Hai Strait. Bo Hai is

also described counterclockwise. 

General Remarks

4.1 Winds—Weather.—Winds are seasonal and largely

conform to the Northeast Monsoon/Southwest Monsoon pattern typically for the waters adjacent to mainland China. The

Northeast Monsoon sets in abruptly and, persisting between

September and March, has winds predominantly from the N

and NW and to a lesser extent, from the NE. Storms are frequent, particularly from November to March. Storms in

Liaodong Wan are often from the E and NE. The Southwest

Monsoon occurs between April and August and has largely

light airs which, originating from the SW, tend to veer to the

NW and N.

4.1 Typhoons are rare and tend to appear at infrequent intervals

only during the peak expectancy months of July and August.

4.1 Fog is infrequent in Bo Hai Haixia and rare in Bo Hai and

Liaodong Wan.

4.1 Ice.—Ice forms in November and continues to April. It

reaches its greatest concentration in January and February.

Drifting sea ice in light concentration occurs during the winter

months. Landfast ice occurs only during the coldest months

and generally only in the Yalu River and in the rivers entering

the NE side of Liaodong Wan. Ice conditions tend to vary considerably from year to year.

4.1 Tides—Currents.—Ocean currents in general set E out of

Liaodong Wan and Bo Hai and then through Bo Hai Haixia.

Winter winds from then accentuate the set. Summer winds

from the S tend to produce a variable set or, in the area S of the

Yalu River, a counterclockwise set. Tidal currents tend to

parallel the coast.

4.1 In the N approach to Bo Hai Haixia add SW of the Yalu

River, the flood sets W to SW and the ebb NE at a maximum

velocity of 3 knots, with the W current the stronger. Between

Chengshan T'ou and Dalian Wan, the flood sets SW and the

ebb NE at velocities of 1.5 to 2.5 knots. Between Dalian Wan

and Lushun, the W current runs from 2 hours 30 minutes to 3

hours 30 minutes after LW until 3 hours 30 minutes to 4 hours

30 minutes after HW. The E current runs during the remainder

of the tidal period.

4.1 In the S approach to Bo Hai Haixia, tidal currents are variable and subject to the influence of the wind. In general, the

flood sets W and the ebb E with offshore and inshore currents

frequently setting in opposite directions. 

4.1 The W current begins about one hour after HW and the E

current about 5 hours.

4.1 In Bo Hai and Liaodong Wan, tidal currents as well as tidal

rise and fall are considerably affected by run off water carried

seaward by the many rivers in the area. The flood sets W

through Bo Hai Haixia into Bo Hai then NE along each side of

Liaodong Wan, the ebb sets in the opposite direction. Maximum velocity for both flood and ebb ranges from 1 to 3 knots,

depending on local conditions.

4.1 The several bodies of water confined by the coastline

between the Yalu River and Chengshan Jiao consist of an

approach waterway, Bo Hai Haixia, and an extensive inland sea

to the W which, sometimes termed Pei Hai, is divided N into

Liaodong Wan and S into Bo Hai. The many islets and islands

of Miaodao Qundao lie in Bo Hai Haixia and encumber free

access to Pei Hai.

4.1 Depths throughout the area are shoal and rarely exceed 54m.

4.1 The coast presents a general appearance of being low to hilly

and only exceptionally of being mountainous. The N

approaches to Bo Hai Haixia consist of low-lying coast rising

inland to high hills and barren interior mountains and fronted

seaward by scattered islands and drying mud flats. The S

approaches are similarly low-lying and rise to interior peaks

having the appearance of islands from a distance. 

4.1 The islands of Miaodao Qundao are low-lying and hilly. The

coast of Bo Hai is low throughout and consists largely of

muddy coastal plains merging with swamps, marshlands and

wide margins of drying mud flats. The coast of Liaodong Wan

is, in general, hilly to the SE, flat and marshy to the NE, and

low-lying to hilly to the NW.

4.1 The major deep water seaports of the area are Luda, in the N

approach to Bo Hai Haixia, and Tianjin Xin Gang, on the NW

side of Bo Hai. Several minor ports accommodate deep-draft

vessels.

4.1 Caution.—Numerous wells or well heads, which may rise

up to 2m above the sea bed, may be encountered in the waters

described in this sector. Safety zones, usually having a radius

of 500m, surround operational wells. 

Bo Hai Haixia

4.2 The N approaches to Bo Hai Haixia comprise the S

littoral of the extensive peninsula Liaodong Bandao between

the Yalu River and Laotieshanxi Jiao, a point about 159 miles

WSW. The coastline throughout is irregular and much

indented. 

4.2 Inland, coastal lowlands rise gently to high hills and the

largely barren mountains forming the interior of Liaodong

Bandao. Seaward, the nearshore area consists of wide margins

of drying mudflats which front the coastline continuously for

two-thirds of the distance from the Yalu River. The offshore

area is reported to be generally shoal and contains numerous

off-lying islands and islets. The major seaport of Luda (Dalian)

and the minor port of Lushun are located near the SW extremity of Liaodong Bandao.
74 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

The Yalu River to Nanshan Zui

4.3 The W entrance point of the Yalu River (Yalu

Chiang) (39°55'N., 124°20'E.) is low, flat and swampy. The

coastline between the river entrance and Nanshan Zui, about

131 miles WSW, is irregular and indented by numerous inlets,

bays and coves which lie separated one from another by low,

hilly peninsulas, bluff promontories, and reef-fringed, rocky

headlands. A well-cultivated level to rolling coastal plain,

crossed by many shallow streams, immediately backs the

coastline. This continues inland to the high hills and barren

mountains of the interior which lie some 15 to 25 miles inland

near the Yalu River, but which reach the sea at Chengshan Tou

(Terminal Head) (39°09'N., 122°09'E.), a rocky headland about

105 miles to the WSW. The nearshore area is encumbered by a

coastal margin of drying mud and sand flats extending 1 to 3

miles offshore before disappearing with the rocky headlands

SW of Chengshan Tou. 

4.3 The offshore area is encumbered throughout by groups of

large hilly islands and a scattering of lesser islands and isolated

rocks.

Dalu Dao (Ta-lu Tao) (39°45'N., 123°44'E.), about 22 miles

WSW of the entrance to the Yalu River, is a small, hilly island

which, rising to a conspicuous double summit, lies near the

seaward edge of the drying mud flats choking the entrance to

the river Ta-yang Ho. A light is shown from the S side of the

island. 

4.3 Ta-Ku Shan, a 335m high hill, rises steeply on the N side of a

town 10 miles NW of Dalu Dao, and is very prominent. There

are two large shrines, and a dense growth of trees in a ravine,

on the seaward side of the hill.

4.3 Anchorage can be obtained 3 miles SSE of the E part of Dalu

Dao, in a depth of 8.6m. Smaller vessels can anchor 1.3 miles S

of the same point, sheltered from NW winds, in depths of 5.5

to 6.7m, mud. Vessels handle cargo from lighters able to enter

Ta-yang Ho at HW and proceed to berthing facilities for TaKu-shan, a community lying within the W entrance point of the

river.

4.4 Haiyang Dao (39°03'N., 123°12'E.), about 69 miles

SW of the entrance to the Yalu River, is a large, mountainous,

and steep-sided island which, rising steep-to from surrounding

depths greater than 36m, constitutes the farthest seaward

danger in the N approaches to Bo Hai Haixia.

4.4 Small vessels, seeking shelter from all but W winds and their

accompanying swell, anchor, in 6.4 to 7.3m within a landlocked inlet indenting the W side of Haiyang Dao.

4.4 Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in the vicinity

of Haiyang Dao.

4.4 Caution.—An area closed to foreign shipping, within a

radius of 8 miles of Badouyinzi Light (39°04'N., 123°09'E.), is

established at Haiyang Dao. 

4.4 Zhuanghe (39°37'N., 122°57'E.) is a developing port (2007)

located 15 miles N of Haiyang Dao. The port is protected by a

breakwater which is marked by a light. There are two berths for

vessels of up to 10,000 dwt. The buoyed approach channel to

the harbor crosses an area prohibited to anchoring and fishing

lying N of Shicheng Dao. The channel and turning basin have

depths of 9m. 

4.4 Wai-ch'ang-shan Shuidao (Blonde Group) (39°03'N.,

122°47'E.), about 15 miles W of Haiyang Dao, is a group of

hilly steep-sided islets of which Zhangzi Dao is the largest and

westernmost. 

4.4 Damoding, with the appearance of a small vessel under sail,

is an isolated, steep-to rock 11m high standing about 4.5 miles

S of the S extremity of Zhangzidao.

4.4 Vessels, seeking shelter from S through SW winds, anchor in

12.8 to 20.1m, sand and mud, at the entrance to a small bay on

the NE side of Zhangzidao. 

4.4 There is also anchorage in the bay on the W side of the

island sheltered from E winds, in similar depths.

4.4 Changshan Qundao (Elliot Group) (39°15'N., 122°35'E.) is

an extensive, hilly island group which, separated from the

mainland at Chengshan Tou by a largely clear channel about 7

miles wide, consists of several larger islands, a number of lesser islands, and a scattered multitude of navigational dangers.

Jiaoliu Dao (39°16.5'N., 122°42.8'E.) is marked by a light

equipped with a racon. Dachangshan Dao is the largest and

northernmost island. 

4.4 Vessels anchor in 9.1 to 21.9m, mud, sand and shell, in a

position between a peninsula extending S from Dachangshan

Dao and Sai-li Tao (Suili Tao), a hilly islet about 2 miles

farther to the S. The anchorage is best approached from the S

through Ha-hsien Tao (Hasien Strait), the clear deepwater

channel W of Sai-li Tao.

4.5 Dalian Wan (38°57'N., 121°45'E.) (World Port Index

No. 60250) is a commodious deep-water bay having an

irregular shoreline everywhere backed by high rolling hills

except for populated, well-culti-vated lowlands at the head of

several arms and narrow inlets on the NW side of the bay. The

entrance is encumbered by two hilly steep-sided islets.

Dasanshan Dao (Ta-shan Tao), the larg-er islet, lies with its S

extremity about 5.5 miles S of Shanxi Tou (Shan-hsi T'ou)

(38°59'N., 121°49'E.), the precipitous reef-fringed E entrance

point of the bay. A light, with a radio-beacon, is situated on the

S end of Dashanshan Dao. 

4.5 The main navigable entrance channel, Dasanshan Shuidao,

lies between Dasanshan Dao and Huangbai Zui, the steep-to

precipitous W entrance point of the bay which is marked by a

light. Berthing facilities for Luda lie along the shore WNW of

Huangbai Zui.

4.5 Dalian (38°55'N., 121°40'E.), a new port, is situated in

Dalian Gang. Dayao Wan (39°01'N., 121°52'E.) and Dalian

Xingang (38°59'N., 121°54'E.) are incorporated into the port. 

4.5 Depths—Limitations.— Dalian Wan is navigable to vessels

with drafts of up to 12m.

4.5 Dayao Wan fairway has general depths of 14.4 and a least

depth of 10.9m in the central section of the basin.

4.5 The port of Dayao Wan at Dalian has two container berths

that can accommodate vessels of up to 35,000 dwt and two

berths that can accommodate vessels of up to 25,000 dwt. The

terminal can accommodate vessels of up to 70,000 tons at the

combined quayage of Berths No. 17 and No. 18, which has a

total length of 793m and an alongside depth of 16m. The

turning area fronting these berths has a diameter of 600m and a

depth of 15m. Vessels entering or leaving Berth No. 17 or

Berth No. 18 should keep a radio watch on VHF channel 8. 

4.5 A crude oil terminal, able to accommodate vessels of up to
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 75

Pub. 157

300,000 tons, is under construction in Dalian Wan. The

terminal is planned to become operational. 

4.5 Regulations.—Harbor entry reports should be made 24

hours prior to arrival. Vessels departing or shifting berth must

contact the VTS at least 4 hours prior to movement. Final

reports should be made upon departure from the VTS area. 

4.5 Commercial vessels are prohibited from transiting Sanshan

Shuidao (38°54'N., 121°50'E.). 

4.5 Foreign vessels are prohibited from transiting Xiaosanshan

Shuidao (38°56'N., 121°50'E.), which lies between Xiaosanshan Dao and the mainland to the NNE. 

4.5 Vessels should not exceed a speed of 8 knots within the

harbor limits of Dalian. 

4.5 Vessel Traffic Service.—Vessels entering Dalian Wan or

Dayao Wan must report to Dalian Wan Vessel Traffic Service

Center (VTS) and Dayao Wan Vessel Traffic Service Center

(VTS), respectively. The position reporting line for both traffic

reporting systems is a continuous line drawn in an arc with a

12-mile radius from Dasanshan Dao Light. 

4.5 Dalian Wan VTS controls the area W of Dasanshan Dao

Light. Dayao Wan Traffic Control directs vessels transiting the

area E of Dasanshan Dao Light.

4.5 Anchorage.—Vessels of all classes can find shelter in

Dalian Wan. Small vessels enter Dagushan Wan, a sheltered

cove close N of Shanxi Tou, and, steering for a tomb at the

head of the cove on a heading of 080°, come to anchor, in

10.1m, when Shanxi Tou bears 180°.

Yuan Dao (Yuan Tao) (38°40'N., 122°10'E.), about 19.5

miles SE of Dasanshan Dao, is a small steep-to isle which,

reported radar conspicuous at a distance of 17 miles, constitutes the farthest seaward danger in the approaches to Dalian

Wan. 

4.5 The island, which is marked by a light and radiobeacon, has

a rounded 60m high summit and is a yellow earthen color.

4.6 Luda (Ta-lien Chiang) (Dalian Gang) is a major

sub-port contiguous with Dalian Wan. The principal alongside

berthing facilities lie on the SW side of the bay and comprise

several districts in which dredged basins, reclaimed land and

breakwaters improve on natural features. Fou-t'ou Ch'u, the

principal commercial district, lies sheltered behind breakwaters off the main part of Luda. Vessels up to 30,000 tons can

be accommodated.

4.6 Winds—Weather.—Winds are from the N and NW during

the year; in summer and spring, S and SE winds often occur.

4.6 Fog begins in the spring, usually occurring in the morning,

and continues until September. July is the month of the most

frequent occurrence of fog.

4.6 Ice.—The ice season normally lasts from the early part of

January to the beginning of March. In very cold weather, ice

floes may consolidate into a continuous sheet of ice over the

whole of the outer harbor, but icebreakers have no difficulty in

keeping the berthing area open.

4.6 Tides—Currents.—The tides in the harbor are usually

semi-diurnal with an average range of 2.3m at neaps and 2.9m

at springs.

4.6 Tidal currents in Dasanshan Shuidao set SW on the flood

tide and NE on the ebb tide, with rates up to 2.5 knots.

4.6 Depths—Limitations.—Siergou Qu (38°55'N., 121°41'E.)

is the work area between 1.25 and 2.75 miles WNW of

Huangbai Zui. Pier No. 2 lies near the E limit of the area. Pier

No. 1, lying 0.35 mile W, is reserved for vessels loading and

unloading dangerous goods and bean oil. The piers in this work

area have reported depths alongside of 7.6 to 7.9m and can

accommodate four 10,000 ton vessels.

4.6 Dagang Qu (38°56.5'N., 121°39.0'E.) is the work area immediately W of Siergou Qu and is the main berthing area. It is

protected by breakwaters giving vessels access from the E. The

N and W entrances, closed by ice booms from early December

to the middle of March, are used by small craft.

4.6 Dagang Piers extend from the S shore of the area in succession from E to W and are separated from one another at their

root by Pier A, Pier B, and Pier C. There are depths reported

alongside the piers of 7.6 to 10.7m, which can accommodate

eighteen 10,000 ton vessels. A container terminal for vessels

up to 16,000 dwt and a draft of 9.1m is located at Pier C; the

terminal has 270m of berthing space.

4.6 Xianglujiao Qu is the work area immediately W of Dagang

Qu. A channel, in which there is a depth of 7m leads through

Xianglujiao Qu to two large piers on its W side. The N pier is

used mainly for timber products. The S pier is used for general

cargo operations. 

4.6 To the N of the piers lies a small shipbuilding yard with layby berths. Xianglujiao has two piers with eight berths having

depths between 7 to 8m alongside, for ships up to 10,000 dwt.

4.6 Ganjingzi Qu (38°57.4'N., 121°38.0'E.) is the work area

NW of Dagang Qu. Ganjingzi Oil Pier is situated on the W side

of the breakwater head, and it extends from the N side of the

work area. The oil pier has two berths, one for vessels up to

100,000 dwt and the other up to 50,000 dwt tankers. The Coal

Pier lies parallel to the oil pier 0.15 mile W of it, and there are

two small piers within 0.5 mile of the main piers. Reclamation

work was in progress in the vicinity. There are also two special

purpose coal piers for vessels up to 10,000 dwt. 

4.6 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established in the entrance to Dalian Wan; this scheme has not been

adopted by the IMO. A separation zone 0.3 mile wide extends

3.5 miles N from a position 38°50.0'N, 121°46.2'E, to a

semicircular pre-cautionary area. Lighted Buoy HO is moored

at the N end of the separation zone. A narrow zone separating

traffic lanes, 0.15 mile wide, extends N from the precautionary

area for 2 miles. Lighted Buoy H1 is moored in the separation

zone 0.8 mile N of the precautionary area. Lighted Buoy H2 is

moored about 0.3 mile N of the N end of this separation zone. 

4.6 Vessels of less than 20m length should use the inshore traffic

zone. Vessels should report to Dalian Harbor Administration,

port superintendent on entering Dasanshan Shuidao. 

4.6 Vessels entering harbor and proceeding to Ganjingzi or

Xaianglujiao areas should navigate in the appropriate traffic

lane and turn W at Lighted Buoy H2; vessels leaving these

areas should reverse the process.

4.6 Vessels proceeding directly to Siergou or Dagang area or to

No. 1 Quarantine Anchorage, should show the day signal,

which is First Substitute above flag W. The night signal to be

shown is three all round lights, white, red, red, vertically disposed. 

4.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels entering and leaving the port. Pilots embark at the quarantine anchorages, as follows:

1. Tankers—3 to 5 miles ESE of the Oil Pier light.
76 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

2. Other vessels—1 to 4 miles E of Luda East Harbor

entrance.

4.6 Pilotage is undertaken 24 hours, daily. The vessel’s ETA

should be sent 24 hours in advance, or on departure, from the

last port of call. Subsequently any changes or delays in the

ETA should be reported. The port has eight tugs. Some are

dispatched as pilot boats to bring information and a boarding

party to vessels at the cargo vessel anchorage.

4.6 Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 6.

4.6 Outbound vessels should report when passing Lighted Buoy

HO.

4.6 Regulations.—Vessels are only permitted to enter Dalian

Wan through Dasanshan Shuidao, the channel between Dasanshan Dao and Huangbai Zui. 

4.6 Dalian Wan Vessel Traffic Service regulations apply to the

port. Vessels should report their positon when passing Lighted

Buoy HO. 

4.6 Signals.—A signal station stands at the NW corner of Pier

No. 2. It was reported that the following night quarantine signals were in use: 

4.6 The following traffic signals are displayed: 

4.6 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 7.4 to 11m, mud,

throughout Ta-lien Chiang. No. 1 Quarantine Anchorage (Cargo Vessels) is the area, indicated on the chart, lying between 3

miles NE and 3 miles NW of Huangbai Zui. It has depths of 8

to 12m, soft mud. The holding ground is not good, vessels

must be aware of winds between SSE and ENE, which cause a

long swell. Ships with a draft of more than 8m should not

anchor W of the 10m depth line.

4.6 Small vessels anchor, in 7.4m close off the N breakwater

sheltering Fou-t'ou Ch'u. Vessels are advised to use caution

when using this anchorage; unmarked and unlit floats associated with seaweed cultivation may be encountered.

4.6 No. 2 Quarantine Anchorage, indicated on the chart, is centered in a position about 4.5 miles NNE of Huangbai Zui. It has

depths of 9 to 12m and is sheltered from N to NE winds.

4.6 The Quarantine Anchorage (Oil Tankers) lies immediately

W of No. 2 Quarantine Anchorage. It has depths of 8 to 9m and

is also sheltered from N to NE winds.

4.6 Ships requesting anchorage should contact Dalian Xingang

Signal Station 1 hour prior to entering the port and anchor as

directed.

4.6 Daliangang Xingang Oil Terminal (38°59'N., 121°54'E.)

consists of a concrete platform connected to concrete dolphins

flanking it on each side. The whole structure is 420m long.

4.6 No. 1 Berth, on the outside, is 360m long with an alongside

depth of 17m and can accommodate one vessel up to 100,000

tons with a draft of 15m. Vessels berth port side to, letting go

the starboard anchor about 30m off.

4.6 No. 2 Berth, on the inside, is 230m long with an alongside

depth of 14m. It can accommodate one vessel up to 50,000 tons

with a maximum draft of 12m.

4.6 Vessels intending to anchor here should notify Dalian Xingang Signal Station via VHF 1 hour in advance. Anchor berths

have been established, as follows:

Nanshan Zui to Laotieshandong Jiao

4.7 Nanshan Zui (Nan-shan Tsui) (38°52'N., 121°41'E.)

is a low steep-to point lying at the SE extremity of the hilly

peninsula sheltering the W side of Dalian Wan. Foul ground,

on which there is an islet 14m high and a rock 10m high,

extends 0.25 mile SW of the point. The coastline between

Nanshan Zui and Laotieshandong Jiao, about 28 miles WSW,

forms the S littoral of Kuan-tung Pan-tao (Kwantung Peninsula), the hilly SW extension of Liodong Bandao. The coast is

steep-to and largely clear throughout, except for several steepsided islets and off-lying rocks lying scattered to the E. Kuantung Pan-tao is reported radar conspicuous at a distance of 25

miles.

4.7 Yu Yan (Gu Gan) (38°35'N., 121°36'E.), marked by a light

and racon, is a low steep-to islet which, appearing as a group of

low rocks from the S, lies about 17 miles SSW of Nanshan Zui

and constitutes the farthest seaward danger in the approaches

to Kuan-tung Pan-tao. A rocky shoal, with a depth of 5m,

extends 1 mile NE of Yu Yan. The islet has been reported to lie

about 0.5 mile SW of its charted position.

Lushun (Lu-shun) (38°47'N., 121°15'E.) (World Port Index

No. 60240) is a minor port having an inner harbor consisting of

a small landlocked bay well-sheltered throughout by low-lying

hills and an outer harbor consisting of an open roadstead. 

4.7 The inner harbor, entered through a narrow deepwater

Signal Meaning

Red light over white 

light. Normal request for pratique.

Three vertical red lights. Quarantine inspection 

requested. 

Red, red, white, red lights 

vertically disposed. Infected vessel.

Signal Meaning

Ball over numeral pennant(s).Vessel arriving for indicated 

berth.

Cone, point down, over 

numeral pennant(s).

Vessel leaving indicated 

berth.

International Code Flag 

N, with numeral pennant(s) above and below.

Vessel moving from above 

indicated berth to below indicated berth.

Berth Position

1 38°57.8'N, 121°56.5'E.

2 38°57.7'N, 121°57.2'E.

3 38°57.2'N, 121°56.7'E.

4 38°57.0'N, 121°55.9'E.

5 38°56.6'N, 121°55.4'E.

6 38°56.5'N, 121°56.2'E.

7 38°56.0'N, 121°55.2'E.
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 77

Pub. 157

channel, is divided into two sections. Hsi Kang (Nishi Ko), the

W section, is largely choked by drying mud flats. Tung Chiang,

the E section, is an artificial basin which, quayed on all sides,

is normally used by naval vessels. 

4.7 Winds—Weather.—The basin has general depths of 7.3 to

8.8m which can be reduced by as much as 1.5m during

continuous strong N winds.

4.7 Ice.—Ice occurs from January to March.

4.7 Depths—Limitations.— Nine vessels can be moored along

the walls of the basin, with depths of 6.4 to 8.8m. 

4.7 Aspect—Lu-shun (Ryojun) (Port Arthur) is a populous

community lying on both sides of a small river entering the N

side of Hsi Chiang.

4.7 Signals.—Vessels, intending to transit the entrance channel,

are cautioned that natural features often screen vessel

movement within the inner and outer harbors and, in

consequence, are advised that traffic signals controlling vessel

movement are displayed from the signal station atop Lao-huwei Shan, a barren rounded hillock backing the W entrance

point of the channel.

4.7 Anchorage.—Vessels can obtain anchorage 0.5 to 0.75 mile

S of the W en-trance point to Lushan Gang, in a depth of 10m;

however it is exposed and onshore winds can create a heavy

sea. Pilotage is compulsory. 

Liaodong Wan—Laotieshanxi Jiao to Ta-ch’ing

Ho

4.8 Liaodong Wan (Liao-tung Wan) (40°30'N.,

121°30'E.), the smaller constituent part of the extensive inland

sea opening out to the W and N of Bo Hai Haixia, is a large

body of water lying, by definition, to the N of a line between

Laotieshanxi Jiao and the entrance to Ta-ch'ing Ho. Depths

throughout are largely shoal and rarely exceed 29.2m.

4.8 Liaodong Bandao Bay is entered between Xizhong Dao and

Xiaolongshan Dao Light (38°58'N., 120°59'E.) and is continued to the E by the inlet Pulantien Chiang.

4.8 Tides—Currents.—The current sets fair through the channel. Off Ch’ang Tao, the flood begins about 1 hour after LW

and continues about 7 hours. The ebb begins about 2 hours

after HW. Flood and ebb currents each reach maximum velocities of l.25 to 2.75 knots, occurring 3 hours 30 minutes and 4

hours after HW and LW water, respectively.

4.8 Anchorage.—Vessels, seeking shelter from all but W wind,

anchor as convenient throughout the bay. Smaller vessels

anchor in the lee of the various islands. Vessels enter Liaodong

Bandao and anchor, in 6.4 to 9.2m, close NW of Cb'ang Tao

and, in 5.5 to 11.m, close W of Po-chi Tao. Vessels enter Liaodong Bandao channel with a draft of 5.5m at HW and 3.7m at

LW. Gale force winds can cause a water level fluctuation of as

much as 0.6m.

4.8 In Fuzhou Wan, vessels anchor, in 8.2m, mud bottom. Small

vessels anchor farther to the E. Vessels seeking shelter from all

but W winds, anchor as convenient in less than 14.6m, good

holding ground of sand and clay S of Changxing Dao in Hulushan Wan.

Laotieshanxi Jiao (Lao-t'ieh-shan-hsi Chiao) (38°44'N.,

121°08'E.) is a steep-to rounded point lying at the SW

extremity of Kuan-tung Pan-tao, the hilly SW extension of the

larger peninsula Liodong Bandao. A light is situated on the SW

slope of Laotieshanzi Jiao. The coastline between the point and

the entrance to the river Ta-ch'ing Ho, about 110 miles WNW,

recedes in general to the NE and delimits a coast diverse in

character. The SE coast is largely low-lying and consists of a

coastal plain which, interrupted by numerous bold headlands,

rises to the rounded foothills on the foreslopes of the mountain

range within the interior of Liaodong Bandao. There are

numerous shoals in the offshore area. The NE coast is the low,

swampy seaward limit of a vast level to undulating plain

which, traversed by several large silt-laden streams, extends

better than one hundred miles inland. The offshore area is shoal

well seaward and has drying coastal mud flats extending as far

as 12 miles offshore. The NW coast is predominantly low and

consists of a well-cultivated coastal plain rising to hills some 5

to 11 miles inland. The offshore area is shoal and has, in its NE

part, wide margins of drying coastal mud flats.

4.9 Yingkou (40°41'N., 122°14'E.) (World Port Index No.

60220), about 128 miles NNE of of Laotieshanxi Jiao, is a port

lying close inside the entrance to Liao Ho (Ryo Ga), a sluggish

river which, originating with the confluence of two rivers some

295 miles to the NNE, traverses the lowlands at the head of

Liaodong Wan before reaching the sea through wide margins

of drying mud flats. A bar of hard sand obstructs the river

entrance about 13 miles downstream from the berthing facilities at Yingkou. Ice closes the river from about mid-November

to mid-April.

4.9 River water levels fluctuate seasonally, being highest in the

rainy season (July and August) and the period of melting snow

(March and April) and then lowest in autumn. Water levels

over the bar similarly fluctuate and, during the greater part of

the navigation season (i.e. June to November), average 5.5m at

HWS and 4.9m at HWN. 

4.9 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S raise the water level

and from the N decrease it. Depths within the river and over the

bar are affected by silting. In general, vessels able to cross the

bar can proceed to Yingkou, provided it does not exceed a

length of 143m during the months of June to September or

exceed a length of 130m during April, May, and October. 

4.9 Ice.—Floating ice and drift ice may affect vessels in the

fairway and at anchor during the ice period. The port of

Yingkou, which may be closed in extreme conditions, has

icebreakers or ice-breaking resources, as well as rescue and

assistance authorities. 

4.9 Tides—Currents.—Seaward of Liao Ho bar, the flood sets

first NNW, then N and NNE. At the bar, the flood sets N and

the ebb S with a velocity of 2 to 4 knots. The flood begins

when the water level over the bar increases 0.3 to 0.6m and sets

upstream 4 to 5 hours. The ebb begins when the water level

decreases a similar amount and sets seaward 7 to 8 hours.

4.9 Depths—Limitations.—There are nine berths in Yingkou

harbor. Four wharves with five general cargo berths are

available. Three berths are capable of accommodating 3,000-

ton class vessels and two berths for small vessels of the 500-

ton class. Three new berths have recently been completed, two

for 3,000-ton class vessels and one for 1,000-ton class vessels.

Larger vessels can be handled at the outer anchorages. 

4.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board vessels in

the quarantine anchorage, in the vicinity of Yingkou Light

Vessel (40°31'N., 121°59'E.).
78 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

4.9 Vessel Traffic Service.—Yingkou Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) has been established in Yingkou. The VTS operates in

the area extending a radius of 20 miles from Tazi Shan Light

(40°18'N., 122°06'E.). The VTS is comprised of Tazi Shan

Radar Station and Yingkou VTS Center. The VTS Center may

be contacted on VHF channel 69. Participation in the VTS is

mandatory. 

4.9 Vessels should report to the Yingkou VTS on VHF channel

69, as follows: 

1. Position Report—On entering the VTS area and on

arrival at No. 1 Lighted Buoy (40°32'N., 122°01'E.), stating

the following information: 

a. Vessel name.

b. Nationality.

c. Call sign.

d. Draft.

e. Vessel characteristics.

f. Last port of call.

g. Cargo.

h. Pilotage required.

i. Cargo operations plan.

j. Navigational intentions.

2. Anchoring Report—Vessels should report their position and time of anchoring within the VTS area. This information should also be reported to Yingkou Maritime Department via VHF channel 9.

3. Plan Report—Vessels should report any intended action or movement within the area at least 30 minutes prior to

commencement.

4. Variation Report—Vessels should report any change

to navigation or anchoring plans.

5. Accident Report—Emergency situations, vessel traffic incidents, or conditions of pollution must be reported.

6. End Report—Vessels must report completion of action or departure from the VTS area.

4.9 Vessels in port must maintain a continuous listening watch

on VHF channel 69.

4.9 Yingkou VTS will provide information regarding vessel

movement, condition of aids to navigation, hydrology and

meteorology, and navigation warnings upon request or when

deemed necessary by the VTS Center.

4.9 Navigational or emergency assistance may also be rendered

upon request by the VTS. 

4.9 Anchorage.—The anchorage off Yingkou can accommodate

vessels up to about 4,500 tons. Vessels moor in two lines

parallel to the bank. The bottom is soft mud and the holding

ground is not very good. The preferred holding ground is

below the Customs House.

4.9 A general anchorage area lies in that part of the river

between positions 1 mile below and 1 mile above the Customs

House (40°40.7'N., 122°15.5'E.). The explosives and

quarantine anchorage is situated 1 mile below this general

anchorage. 

4.9 Vessels carrying mineral oil anchor as directed by the

harbormaster.

4.9 Directions.—The proximity of shoal water on each side of

the approach, and the absence of landmarks, make it advisable

to obtain a good landfall to the SSW before making the approach.

4.9 Angang Bayuquan (40°20'N., 122°08'E.) is an area

undergoing development (2009) and lies close N of the

Bayuquan harbor limits. A channel, marked by lighted buoys,

with a least depth of 9.4m, leads 7 miles SE from Yingkou

harbor to the new development.

4.10 Bayuquan (40°18'N., 122°05'E.) (World Port Index

No. 60230), lies close SE of Yingkou on the E side of Liaodong Bay. The harbor handles cargoes of timber, various ores,

and steel.

Depths—Limitations.—There is a least depth of 14.5m in

the fairway and on the alignment of the leading lights in the

approaches to Bayuquan. 

There are 20 berths in Bayuquan harbor with alongside

depths of 9.5 to 12.5m. Seventeen berths can handle vessels of

10,000 to 50,000 tons, two berths can accommodate vessels of

up to 5,000 tons, and one berth is limited to vessels of up to

2,000 tons. 

4.10 Pilotage.—Vessels may take a pilot at the quarantine

anchorage, which lies about 5.5 miles NW of the head of the N

breakwater, and has depths of 6 to11m, mud. Pilots also board

in the following positions:

1. (40°18'25"N., 121°54'03"E.)

2. (40°17'49"N., 121°58'03"E.) 

3. (40°15'18"N., 121°48'33"E.) 

4.10 Anchorage.—Anchorage, in depths of 13 to 15m, mud and

sand, may be taken in the anchorage area, marked by a buoy at

its center, in position 40°21.7'N, 121°52.9'E. Lesser depths are

found about 4 miles NE of the anchorage, due in part to the

dumping area established in position 40°22.6'N, 121°59.3'E. 

Xiamen Dao (40°13'N., 121°57'E.), an island of reclaimed

land, lies 8 miles SW of Bayuquan. An oil pier, protected by a

breakwater to its S, is marked by lights at its N and S ends. It is

reported (2009) that the pier can accommodate tankers of up to

30,000 dwt. 

4.11 Huludao Gang (Hu-lu-tao Chiang) (40°42'N.,

120°59'E.) (World Port Index No. 60210), about 120 miles N

of Laotieshanxi Jiao, is a small man-made seaport, enclosed by

a breakwater, lying on the S side of a hilly finger of land

extending several miles seaward and terminating in Huludaogao Jiao (Hu-lu-tao-kao Chiao), a precipitous rock-fringed

promontory. 

4.11 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S and SW are common

during spring and summer, E winds less so. Fresh winds from

the E send a heavy swell into the harbor and frequently render

alongside berths untenable. 

4.11 Ice.—The harbor freezes over from December to March.

4.11 Depths—Limitations.—Berths are available alongside the

quay wall at the W end of the harbor, or at the two piers

extending E from the wall. A total berthing length of 1,707m is

available, with alongside depths of 5.7 to 9.1m. A tanker berth,

101m long, with an alongside depth of 8.8m, lies on the N side

of the breakwater. 

4.11 Aspect.—A light is situated on Huludaogao Jiao. Range

lights, aligned 324°, lead into the harbor. 

4.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory.

4.12 Jinzhou (40°45'N., 121°06'E.) (World Port Index No.

60215) is a new port with three 10,000 dwt class berths for
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 79

Pub. 157

general cargo ships and two 5,000 dwt class berths for tankers.

As many as 30 new berths are now being built.

4.12 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is reported to

have a least depth of 11m, is 85m wide, and approximately 4

miles long. The channel is marked by range lights and buoys.

4.12 Pilotage.—Pilots board at the quarantine anchorage in the

vicinity of 40°42.4'N, 121°06.5'E. Arrivals and departures are

during daylight hours at HW.

4.12 Anchorage.—The No. 2 Anchorage is centered on position

40°33.0'E, 121°26.5'E, and has a 1 mile radius. Number 3

Anchorage, also 1 mile in radius, is centered in position

40°15'N, 121°22'E.

4.13 Qinhuangdao (Ch'in-huang-tao) (39°56'N., 119°

37'E.) (World Port Index No. 60200) is a principal coal-exporting port which lies on a generally featureless coastal plain

about 100 miles NW of Laotieshanxi Jiao.

4.13 Ice.—Ice conditions occur from January to mid-February.

During this time, NE winds may bring a large amount of drift

ice from the head of Liaodong Wan.

4.13 Tides—Currents.—The range of tides is 1.1 to 1.5m at

springs and 0.7 to 1.1m at neaps. South of the harbor, the flood

tide sets W and the ebb tide E, at a maximum velocity of 1

knot.

4.13 Depths—Limitations.—Big Pier, the outer breakwater,

curves SW from a position 0.25 mile SW of Nanshan Tou

(39°55'N., 119°37'E.), a bluff on the E side of the harbor. The

inner side provides berthing facilities. Small Pier lies 0.15 mile

NW of Big Pier. 

4.13 The Original Fairway, which leads to these piers, starts 1.75

miles seaward of Big Pier, is 100m wide, 9.4 to 10.4m deep,

and is marked by range lights, in line bearing 352.5°.

4.13 New Pier, an L-shaped wharf, lies 0.3 mile NW of the head

of Big Pier. Range lights, bearing 310°, lead to the New Pier by

way of the West Fairway. There are 13 berths for container and

cargo vessels of 35,000 dwt.

4.13 Alongside depths in the main harbor area are reported to be

from 4.9 to 9.7m. The bottom is very soft mud.

4.13 The East Fairway, 2 miles long and dredged to 10.7m, is

marked by range lights bearing 011°. This channel leads in a

NNE direction to the Oil Harbor.

4.13 The approach fairway has depths of 12 to 13.5m and is

marked by range lights in line bearing 340°. 

4.13 An oil jetty, extending 1 mile SSE from the shore 2 miles

ENE of Nanshan Tou, forms the E side of Oil Harbor. Two

piers with berths for tankers extend WSW and SSW from Oil

Jetty and there is a berth on the W side of the jetty at its S end.

A light is situated from the head of each pier.

4.13 Qinhuangdao Taishan Chemical quay has four berths. Berths

Nos. 1 and 2 have a combined length of 368m and an alongside

depth of 9.5m; vessels of up to 10,000 tons can be

accommodated. Berths Nos. 3 and 4 have a total length of

264m and an alongside depth of 9.5m; vessels of up to 5,000

tons can be accommodated. 

4.13 Berth 105 at Qinhuangdao Gang handles oil products and

liquid chemical products. The berth is 200m long, has an

alongside depth of 9.8m, and can accommodate vessels of up

to 5,000 tons. 

4.13 The port has a total of 11 coal berths, and 100,000 dwt

vessels can be accommodated. Tankers up to 50,000 dwt can be

accommodated. 

4.13 Aspect.—Jinshan Zui, a low point about 7 miles SW, contains many large prominent buildings, is surrounded by

wooded hills, and is marked by a light. Damuzhi Shan

(40°07'N., 119°26'E.), 15 miles NNW of the harbor, is 1,350m

high and is a good mark from the SE. If the peak is obscured,

the bluffs at Jinshan Zui will be the first objects to be identified.

4.13 Ch'ang Ch'eng ("Great Wall of China'') reaches the sea at the

village Ninghai, about 9.5 miles ENE, and often shows up well

before disappearing from view behind a coastal ridge.

4.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the three

anchorage areas and are available 24 hours.

4.13 Anchorage.—West Anchorage, East Anchorage, and Oil

Tanker Anchorage lie just outside the harbor limit S and SE of

Nanshan Tou. They are best seen on the chart.

4.13 Caution.—The tidal current on the falling tide appears to

sweep around Qinhuangdao Wan and set across the entrance

between New Pier and Big Pier. Care must be taken not to be

swept onto the latter. 

Bo Hai—Hai Ho Above Tianjin Xin Gang

4.14 Dagu Tanggu (38°58'N., 117°40'E.) (World Port

Index No. 60180) is a port complex extending about 8 miles

upstream from the entrance to Hai Ho. It joins the berthing

facilities of the communities Dagu and Tanggu and includes

Dagu Reach, Windy Reach, Tanggu Reach (Tanggu Chihtuan), Powder Reach (P'ou-ta Chih-tuan), Sinho Reach (Hsinho Chih-tuan) and part of Fa-men Chih-tuan (Farm Reach).

Dagu, on the right bank of the river at Windy Reach, is of little

commercial importance. 

4.14 Tanggu, on the left bank upstream from Tanggu Reach, is a

rail terminal with connections to Tianjin and Tianjin Xin Gang.

4.14 Depths—Limitations.—There are numerous wharves at

Dagu and Tanggu, some of which have a berthing length of

over 305m. This area includes wharves equipped for handling

oil, coal, and salt. Depths alongside depend on the slices at the

dam across the river mouth but are estimated to be from 4 to

5.2m. There is accommodation at Tanggu for three 5,000 ton

vessels and two 3,000 ton vessels.

4.14 Signals.—Vessels, wishing to turn around, proceed to the

area of the customhouse in Tang-ku Reach and display, when

intending to swing above the customhouse, a black ball over

the code pennant from the International Code of Signals and,

when intending to swing below the customhouse, a black ball

under the code pennant.

4.14 Huanghua (38°19'N., 117°40'E.) handles coal, cement, and

construction materials. There are two channels leading to the

port area. The channel within the harbor basin has a depth of

4.6m and a width of 60m. The channel leading seaward has

depths of 3.8 to 4.6m.

4.14 The port has four berths; the largest is 280m in length, with a

depth alongside of 14m. Two berths can accommodate vessels

up to 3,000 dwt; two berths can handle barges up to 1,000 dwt. 

4.14 Ice.—Ice forms from early December to March and usually

extends approximately 3 miles from shore.

4.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels.

Pilots, who board in Anchorage No. 1 and Anchorage No. 2,

are available 24 hours.
80 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

4.14 Regulations.—Huanghua VTS is in operation within the

area of an arc extending a radius of 28 miles from the S

breakwater beacon erected in position 38°20'N, 117°55'E.

4.14 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF

channel 8 when within the VTS area. Communication with the

control center is also made on VHF channel 8.

4.14 The Huanghua VTS Center must be contacted 24 hours before ETA or ETD and the following information reported:

1. Vessel name.

2. Nationality.

3. Call sign.

4. Draft, beam, loa, and grt.

5. Last port of call.

6. ETA.

7. Type and quantity of cargo.

8. Number of crew and passengers.

4.14 Vessels are required to subsequently report vessel name,

nationality, ETA, and navigation intention to the Huanghua

VTS Center prior to entering the VTS area.

4.14 A vessel’s next port of destination must be reported prior to

departure from Huanghua.

4.14 Vessels that anchor within this regulated area must report all

of the information listed and, in addition, time of anchoring

and anchored position relative to the S breakwater beacon.

4.14 Permission to execute operations must be granted by the

VTS Center a minimum of 20 minutes in advance of arriving

alongside the berth, shifting berth, departing from the berth, or

engaging in any other operation related to safety of navigation.

Completion of operations must subsequently be reported. Reports should state the following:

1. Vessel name.

2. Time of arrival or departure from the berth or anchorage.

3. Position.

4. Port of destination.

4.14 Vessels carrying passengers must report their updated sailing

plan and include the number of passengers at least 20 minutes

prior to departure. 

4.14 Vessels must immediately report any changes to their sailing

plan or anchoring position.

4.14 Vessels must report to the VTS when proceeding into or departing from the fairway within the area.

4.14 Vessels engaged in towing, bunkering, supplying water, or

transhipment must make application, report a sailing plan, and

obtain permission from the VTS 20 minutes in advance of

commencing operations. A report is required upon completion

of operations.

4.14 Vessels involved in a maritime accident, pollution accident,

or other urgent situation within the VTS area must immediately

report to the VTS Center via VHF channel 8 or other effective

means.

4.14 Huanghua will provide vessel movement information, hydro/meteorological information, status on aids to navigaiton,

navigation warnings, notices to mariners, or other pertinent

information upon request.

4.14 Information is transmitted by scheduled daily broadcasts in

both English and Chinese on VHF channel 8.

4.14 Anchorage.—Two anchorages, each pilot and quarantine

anchorages, lie ENE of the harbor entrance. Dagukou North

Anchorage has depths of 6 to 14m, mud. Dagukou South

Anchorage has depths of 11 to 16m.

4.14 Caution.—Dangerous wrecks, each marked to the N by a

lighted buoy, lie in the middle and on the SW edge of the

anchorage. 

Tianjin Xin Gang (39°00'N., 117°42'E.)

World Port Index No. 60190

4.15 Tianjin Xin Gang (T'ien-ching-hsin Chiang), lying

close N of the dam closing the entrance to the river Hai Ho, is

the deepwater harbor for Tianjin. It is one of the leading ports

in North China, with more than 104 commercial berths.

4.15 Winds—Weather.—The winds in spring and autumn are

usually from the SW. In the summer, SE winds prevail while in

the winter, winds from the NW predominate. Wind velocities

are stronger in April and May and subside from August to September. Fog sometimes hinders port operations in January.

4.15 Ice.—Ice conditions occur from early December to March,

but usually does not interfere with port operations.

4.15 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is about 3.5m at springs

and 2m at neaps.

4.15 Tidal currents in the approach channel set in the direction of

the channel when the mud flats in the approach are uncovered

at an average rate of 0.75 knot. 

4.15 When the flats are covered, currents set across the channel,

approximately parallel to the coast, setting N during the flood

tide and S during the ebb tide, with a maximum rate of 2 knots

at springs and 1 knot at neaps.

4.15 Depths—Limitations.—Xingang main channel has a least

depth of 13.8m. The channel, which is entered about 2 miles E

of Dagu Light (38° 56’N, 117° 59E), is marked by lighted beacons and lighted bouys at regular intervals. Breakwaters, the

outer parts of which are visible only at LW, flank each side of

the channel. There are lesser depths in the approaches to the

inner harbor. 

4.15 There are 62 operational berths, with a total berthing length

of 11,243m, having depths alongside of 7.1 to 22.5m. Tianjin

can accommodate vessels of up to 80,000 dwt. 

4.15 There is a container terminal, Pier No. 3, with a usable pier

length of 361m and depths of 10.5 to 11.6m alongside.

4.15 Tianjin Gang berth Nos. 27-29 have a combined length of

825m and an alongside depth of 16m; the turning area has a

depth of 15.5m.

4.15 Taipingyang Container Quay contains three berths. Each

berth has a depth alongside of 18m. Berth E4 is 357m long,

Berth E5 is 416m long, and Berth E6 is 425m long. 

4.15 Tianjin Gang Global Roll On-Roll/Off Quay has an

alongside depth of 11.6m, is 580m long, and contains two

berths, N13 and N41; vessels of up to 50,000 dwt can be

accommodated. 

4.15 Beifang Ganghang Oil Quay is 300m long and has an

alongside depth of 12.5m; vessels of up to 30,000 tons can be

accommodated. 

4.15 General Purpose Berth Nos. 1, 1A and General Berth No. 2,

in the Industrial Port, have a combined length of 479m and a

depth alongside of 7.8m; vessels of up to 20,000 tons can be

accommodated. 

4.15 No. 5 Liquid Chemicals Quay, in the Industrial Port, is

121.5m long and can accommodate vessels of up to 5,000 dwt. 
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 81

Pub. 157

4.15 Heng Tou Wharf, on the E side of the Tianjin Gang Pier, has

a length of 367m and a depth alongside of 5.5m. Tthe wharf is

primarily used by tugs and pilot boats, water vessels, crane

vessels, environmental protection vessels, fire-fighting vessels.

and communication vessels. 

4.15 Aspect.—The land in the vicinity of Tianjin Xin Gang is

low, flat, and not readily identifiable.

4.15 The harbor consists of an artificial basin dredged out of the

extensive margin of drying mud flats fronting the NW shore of

Po Hai and the entrance to Hai Ho. The harbor is sheltered to

the N by a mole extending about 2.8 miles seaward. A partially-submerged breakwater continues about 2 miles farther

seaward. It is protected to the S by a short training wall and by

a partially-submerged breakwater which lies about 6 miles

ESE. Drying mud flats fill the area between the training wall

and the breakwater.

4.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.

The master should forward the vessel’s ETA 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival. Request for pilotage should

include the vessel’s salt water and fresh water drafts. The pilot

boarding positions are as follows: 

(a) Vessels of 100,000 gt and over may take a pilot in the

pilot and quarantine anchorage, centered approximately in

position 38°50'N, 118°10'E.

(b) Vessels with a draft of less than10.5m may take a pilot

in Dagukou N Anchorage, centered approximately in

position 38°57'N, 118°04'E. 

(c) Tankers and bulk carriers with a draft of less than 8m

may board a pilot in the tankers and bulk chemicals

anchorage area, centered approximately in position 38°55'N,

117°58'E.

(d) Vessels carrying dangerous cargo and having a draft

of more than 8m, and other vessels having a draft of greater

than 10m, may take a pilot in Dagukou S Anchorage,

centered approximately in position 38°54'N, 118°03'E.

(e) Vessels transiting Dengta Beihangdao to Tianjin Xin

Gang main channel board as follows: 

1. 38°53'15”N, 118°10'15”E.

2. Pilot Boarding Area No. 1 in the vicinity of

lighted buoy No. 27 (38°57'N., 117°57'E.).

3. Pilot Boarding Area No. 2 in the vicinity of

lighted buoy No. 19 (38°56'N., 118°01'E.).

4. Pilot Boarding Area No. 3 in the vicinity of

lighted buoy No. 11 (38°55'N., 118°06'E.).

(f) Vessels bound for Dagusha Hangdao may take a pilot

in position 38°54'42”N, 117°54'15”E. 

4.15 The pilot station may be contacted on VHF channels 10 and

12. 

4.15 Regulations.—Xingang Fairway is available for two-way

traffic for vessels up to 10,000 grt. Limitations are routinely

imposed for larger vessels, in dangerous conditions, or during

bad weather. 

4.15 All vessels within the VTS area should maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 9.

4.15 The following navigation rules are in effect in the main

fairway:

1. Only one-way traffic is permitted in the Tianjin Main

Fairway under the following circumstances:

a. When winds are greater than force 7, and combined

beam widths of vessels meeting and passing, exceeds 75m,

or the beam width of any single vessel exceeds 45m.

b. When winds are greater than force 7, and combined

beam widths of vessels metting and passing, exceeds 60m,

and includes a vessels carrying dangerous goods.

c. When winds are greater than force 7, and the beam

of any vessel carrying dangerous goods exceeds 35m.

The rules listed above apply to, but are not limited to,

the following dangerous cargo:

i. Explosives of 100 tons or more.

ii. Dangerous chemicals as listed in Annex I to

MARPOL 73/78.

iii. Flammable liquids, with flash points of 23°C or

lower, carried in bulk.

iv. Flammable gases carried in bulk.

v. Nuclear powered vessels, or vessels carrying nuclear fuel or nuclear waste.

d. Vessels towing and being towed having a length of

greater thatn 200m, or beams greater than 40m.

2. Speed limits must be observed in the fairway, as follows:

a. Vessels W of Milestone 18+000 must not exceed a

speed of 13 knots.

b. Vessels E of Milestone 18+000 must not exceed a

speed of 15 knots.

c. The minimum permissible speed in the fairway is 5

knots.

d. Vessels of 150,000 tons or more must not exceed a

speed of 10 knots.

3. Underkeel clearances must be observed, as follows:

a. Vessels of 250,000 tons or more must have a least

under keel clearance of 13 per cent of the vessel’s draft.

b. Vessels of 250,000 tons or more may have a least

under keel clearance of 10 per cent of the vessel’s draft if

the vessel’s speed is less than 8 knots.

4.15 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) has

been established in Bo Hai and Tianjin Xin Gang.

Pariticipation in the VTS is compulsory. The VTS area is

covered by an area within an arc, known as the Gate Line,

centered on an arc extending a radius of 20 miles from position

38°58.52'N, 117°47.20'E. 

4.15 Vessels within the VTS area are divided into two groups, as

follows:

1. Larger vessels—all foreign vessels, Chinese vessels

60m loa and greater, towing vessels 50m loa and greater,

towing vessels with a beam of 15m and over, and vessels

with special requirements.

2. Smaller vessels—Chinese vessels less than 60m loa,

towing vessels less than 50m loa, and towing vessels with a

beam of less than 15m.

4.15 Upon arrival at the Gate Line, vessels must report to the VTS

Center, call sign Tianjin VTS Center, on VHF channel 9,

stating the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Nationality.

3. Call sign.

4. Draft.

4.15 Vessels should also report to the VTS Center on VHF

channel 9, as follows:

1. Before entering the port.
82 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

2. Before leaving Ship Lock.

3. After berthing.

4. Before preparing to leave the berth.

5. After passing through Haimen Bridge.

6. After anchoring.

7. Before turning around in Xingang Fairway.

4.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in positions

relative to Dagu Light (38°56'N., 117°59'E.) as follows:

4.15 North Anchorage, which is also a quarantine anchorage, lies

4 miles ENE of Dagu Light in depths of 6 to 14m. Caution

must be exercised to avoid an obstuction lying on the midsection of the S boundary. This anchorage is designated for

vessels with drafts of less than 10.5m.

4.15 Dagukou South Anchorage lies 4 miles ESE of Dagu Light

in depths of 11 to 16m. Caution is necessary to avoid a

dangerous wreck, marked by lighted buoys, lying in the middle

of the area. The anchorage is designated for dangerous cargo

carriers with drafts exceeding 8m, and also, for other vessels

with drafts exceeding 10m.

4.15 Bulk Chemicals Anchorage lies 1.5 miles S of Dagu Light in

depths of 8 to 11m. A dangerous wreck, marked by a lighted

buoy, lies 0.4 mile S of this anchorage. The anchorage is

designated for bulk chemical carriers with drafts of less than

8m. 

4.15 Vessels exceeding 100,000 grt can anchor 12 miles ESE of

Dagu Light in depths of 19 to 22m.

4.15 Each of the above designated anchorages serves as a pilot

boarding area for the associated class of vessels.

4.15 Anchorage No. 6 lies 9 miles SSE of Dagu Light in a depth

of 12m. 

4.15 Anchorage within a 1 mile radius of Dagu Light is prohibited. 

4.15 Anchorage suitable for vessels of more than 150,000 tons,

and sheltered from NE gales, may be taken 4 miles SW of

Caofeidian Light. See the anchorage description in paragraph

4.16 for more information on this anchorage.

4.15 Good holding ground was reported 3.1 miles bearing 098°

from the light, but otherwise the holding ground is very poor,

and it is advisable to allow at least half a mile clearance of all

anchored vessels. Winds are liable to be strong all year round

and dragging anchor is quite common. With strong offshore

winds, depths at the inshore end of the anchorage may be

considerably less than charted; deep draft vessels should not

anchor W of Dagu light tower. When the anchorage ices over,

vessels may drag anchor from 5 to 10 miles in a day owing to

the movement of the ice with the tidal streams. There are

numerous submerged wrecks in the anchorage area and these

can be a hazard for vessels dragging anchor.

4.15 Directions.—Vessels intending to enter Tianjin Xin Gang

arrive at the seaward entrance of the dredged entrance channel

about 2 hours before HW. The best time for crossing the bar is

about 1 hour 30 minutes before HW. Crossing the bar itself

should always be considered a hazard because of the continuous silting, in spite of the constant dredging, and the poor rudder control experienced. 

4.15 Buoys marking the channel are in accordance with IALA

Maritime Buoyage System (Region A).

4.15 Caution.—Several wells marked by lights, best seen on the

chart, lie SSE of the charted anchorage area. There is a restricted area surrounding these wells.

4.16 Caofeidian (38°56'N., 118°32'E.), about 39 miles E

of the entrance to Hai Ho, is a low weed-covered sand dune

which is liable to shift or wash away. Fishing stakes extend 1.5

miles WNW. It is marked by a light, equipped with racon, on

its SW extremity. 

4.16 Caofeidian Tan is an extensive area of drying banks, with

several small islets, that lies between Caofeidian and the

mainland about 14 miles N. It should be approached with

caution as it is fringed with irregular steep-to shoal patches and

numerous fishing nets. 

4.16 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents along the S side of Caofeidian Tan set WNW, at a maximum rate of 4.5 knots, on the

flood tide, and SE, at a maximum rate of 3 knots, on the ebb

tide. On the W side of the banks the tidal current sets N on the

flood tide and at a lesser strength.

4.16 Depths—Limitations.—Caofeidian began work on

extensive port development in 2006. The construction will

include more than 20 deep water berths, including coal berths

for vessels of up to 100,000 dwt and oil and LNG berths for

vessels of 10,000 to 300,000 dwt. 

4.16 The two operational berths (2009) handle iron ore carriers of

up to 250,000 dwt having a maxmimum length of 370m and

maximum draft of 35m. 

4.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and restricted to daylight

hours only. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 16. Pilots

board at the anchorage about 4 miles SW of Caofeidian Light.

4.16

4.16 Regulations.—Vessel Traffic Service.—Caofeidian Vessel

Traffic Service (VTS) is in operation in the approaches to

Caofeidian. Participation in the VTS is compulsory for vessels

exceeding 500 tons transiting or operating within a 20-mile

radius of Caofeidian Light (38°55'N., 118°31'E.). Vessels

should comply with Rule 10 of the International Regulations

for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 and also the rules listed

below. Vessels transiting the Caofeidian VTS must maintain a

continuous listening watch on VHF channel 8. 

4.16 Vessels should report to Caofeidian VTS, in Chinese or

English, on VHF channel 8, as follows:

1. Vessels arriving within 2 miles of the VTS area

should report the following:

a. Vessel name, nationality, call sign, and IMO code

(if applicable).

b. Latitiude and longitude or position relative to a

landmark.

c. Draft.

d. Last port of call.

e. Destination port of call.

f. Navigation intentions. (Vessels operating AIS are

exempted from this line of the report.)

g. Type and quantity of dangerous goods.

h. Defects and limitations.

2. Vessels must report the following immediately after

anchoring:

a. Vessel name, nationality, and call sign.

b. Anchor time and true bearing from Caofeidian

Light.

c. Length overall, beam, and draft.

d. Last port of call.
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 83

Pub. 157

e. Stowage of vessel cargo.

f. Other information as requested by the VTS.

3. Vessesl must notify the VTS by VHF channel 8 or any

other means at least 20 minutes prior to any of the following: 

a. Arrival at the berth.

b. Shifting berth.

c. Departing from the berth.

d. Departing from the anchorage.

e. Commencing the trans-shipment of cargo.

f. Conducting operations that may affect safety of

navigation.

4. A follow-up report must be made upon conclusion of

any of the operations listed above. 

5. Any changes to sailing schedules or anchorage positions must be reported to the VTS.

6. Any vessel engaged in towing, bunkering, or transferring water or cargo must report to the VTS 20 minutes

prior to commencing operations. A follow-up report must be

made upon completion of operations.

7. Passenger vessels must report their schedule and

number of passengers. A follow-up report should be made

prior to departure from the port.

8. Vessels are required to advise the VTS of any safety

measures undertaken within the VTS area and should report

at least 10 minutes prior to commencing any of the following

activities: 

a. Maintenance of main engine, steering gear, windlass, GMDSS, boiler, or other equipment affecting the

ship’s maneuverability.

b. Vessel trials, main engine testing, or compass

correction.

c. Life-saving or firefighting drills.

d. Fumigation.

9. Vessels having a pilot aboard should report to the

VTS 10 minutes prior to entering or departing the port and

include the following information: 

a. Name of pilot on board.

b. Times of pilot embarkation and disembarkation.

c. Vessel’s position.

d. Maximum draft.

e. Navigation route.

f. Other information as requested by Caofeidian VTS.

10. Vessels involved in maritime accidents, pollution

incidents, or other urgent matters within the VTS must

immediately report the incident to Caofeidian VTS.

11. Vessels should report the following to the VTS immediately upon encountering:

a. Changes to navigation channels.

b. Aids to navigation or navigational facilities out of

position, missing, damaged, or compromised.

c. Obstructions, drifting objects, or other conditions

affecting safety of navigation.

12. Vessels departing the VTS area must immediately

report to the VTS on VHF channel 8.

13. Vessels departing the VTS need only report the vessel

name upon reaching the reporting lines.

4.16 Vessel movements, navigational warnings, current condition

of aids ot navigation, and related information is broadcast by

Caofeidian VTS in Chinese and English on VHF channel 8 at

the following times:

a. 1100 to 1110 daily.

b. 1600 to 1610 daily.

4.16 The VTS may also provide information regarding other

vessel movements, hydrometeorological information, aids to

navigation, navigation warnings and other related services on

request.

4.16 Caofeidian VTS may also be contacted for information regarding navigation assistance or advice. The traffic service will

serve as the communication center in the event of rescue, pollution, or salvage operations.

4.16 Anchorage.—Large oil tankers and general cargo vessels

anchor 6 miles ESE of Caofeidian Light in depths of 22 to

31m. This anchorage is designated for vessels having a draft of

15m or more.

4.16 The Synthetic Products anchorage lies 5 miles WSW of

Caofeidian Light in depths of 12 to 23m. This anchorage is

designated for vessels with a draft of less than 15m. 

4.16 Anchorage suitable for vessels of more than 150,000 tons,

and sheltered from NE gales, may be taken 4 miles SW of

Caofeidian Light. This anchorage is shared with vessels

awaiting passage to Tianjin Xin Gang. Vessels bound for this

anchorage should contact the Caofeidian Maritime Bureau on

VHF channel 8 prior to arrival. Vessels should subsequently

report their anchored position to the Tianjin Vessel Traffic

Service Center on VHF channel 9, by telephone (86-22-

25700692), or by other effective means. 

Hai Ho to Teng-Chou T'ou

4.17 Hai Ho (Pai Ho) (38°59'N., 117°43'E.), the small

commercially important river emptying into the NW port of Bo

Hai, has its origin within the metropolis T'ien-ching where, at a

distance of about 27 miles inland, it emerges from the confluence of the waterways Pei-yun Ho and Tzu-ya Ho and

where, at a distance of about 1 mile downstream, it receives the

major tributary Wei Ho. 

4.17 Yun Ho (Grand Canal), the world's longest artificial waterway, proceeds N from Hangzhou (30°15'N., 120°10'E.), enters

Wei Ho about midway along its length, continues to Hai Ho

and Pei-yun Ho where it reaches, at a distance of about 86

miles upstream from T'ien-ching, Pei-ching (Beijing) (Peking)

(39°56'N., 116°24'E.), the administrative capital of mainland

China.

4.17 The entrance to Hai Ho is closed by a dam. Ocean vessels

enter the river through a lock 180m long and 21m wide located

N of the dam. Vessels with a draft of 5.6m have passed

through. Smaller vessels enter through a lock W of the dam. A

third lock is located at the juncture with Wei Ho. Navigation by

ocean-going vessels is impracticable on the several rivers and

numerous tributaries feeding Hai Ho. 

4.17 Caution.—Several wellheads and obstructions, some unmarked, are located in SW Bo Hai, E and ENE of the entrance

to Huang Ho. Vessels are prohibited from approaching within

500m of the drilling rigs.

4.18 Laizhou Wan (37°20'N., 119°22'E.) is the

southernmostt bay of Bohai Wan. The bay indents the coast

between the mouth of Huanghe river, at its NW point, and

continues to Longkou Gang at its NE point. 
84 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

4.18 Weifang Gang (37°15'N., 119°22'E.) is a new commercial

port (2009), on the SE side of Laizhou Wan. The harbor is

open to foreign trade, and protected by breakwaters which

exhibit lights.

4.18 Depths—Limitations.—The approach channel has depths

of 4 to 5m and is marked by lighted buoys.

4.18 There are seven berths with alongside depths of up to 7m at

the jetty extending 5.5 miles N from the shore. Vessels of up to

3,000 dwt can be accommodated.

4.18 Anchorage.—Vessels may take anchorage as follows: 

1. Anchorage No. 2 is a small anchorage centered in

position 37°24'20N, 119°15'00E.

2. Anchorage No. 3 lies N of the approach channel, in

depths of about 7m, centered approximately in position

37°23'N, 119°17'E. 

4.19 Longkou Gang (37°38'N., 120°17'E.) (World Port

Index No. 60170), about 25 miles SW of Teng-chou T'ou, lies

close within the bay Lung-k'ou Wan and serves as one of the

principal seaports for the inland city Huang Xian (37°38'N.,

120°30'E.). It consists of an inner and outer harbor lying S of a

low sandy isthmus which, extending about 5 miles E,

terminates in a hilly promontory of which Qimu Jiao (Ch'i-mu

Chiao) is the reef-fringed steep-sided rocky seaward extremity.

4.19 A partly drying sand bank fringes the S side of Qimu Jiao,

and from it a sandspit extends SE across the bay. A dredged

channel, nearly 3.5 miles long, gives access to the port area.

4.19 The port of Longkou (37°39'N., 120°20'E.), which is open

to foreign shipping, handles cargoes of coal, salt, sand and

general goods. Vessels of 10,000 dwt can be accommodated.

4.19 The approach channel from No. 1 Lighted Buoy (37°38.5'N.,

120°16.4'E.) is marked by buoys in accordance with IALA

Maritime Buoyage System (Region A).

4.19 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents generally set SE on the

flood tide and W on the ebb tide. The maximum rate does not

exceed 1 knot.

4.19 Depths—Limitations.—The fairway has a least depth of

12.2m. 

4.19 Two piers extend W from the shore. Berths 1 and 2 are used

by tugs. Berths 3 and 4 have depths of 6.8m alongside and are

equipped to handle sand and coal, respectively. Berths 5 and 6,

on the N side of the S pier, also have depths alongside of 6.8m

and handle general cargo ships and passenger ships, respectively.

4.19 Berth 7 through Berth 10 are on the S side of the N pier.

Berth 7 and Berth 8 have depths of 4.5m alongside. Berth 9 and

Berth 10, equipped to handle salt, have depths of 7.5m alongside. A chimney, 31m high, at the N end of town, is a good

mark. Two beacons stand on the marshy ground about 2.5

miles and 3.5 miles E of the extremity of Qimu Jiao.

4.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.

The pilot generally boards in the following positions: 

1. No. 1 (37°38'13"N., 120°10'27"E.)

2. No. 2 (37°40'32"N., 120°11'35"E.) 

4.19 Vessels should send the vessels’s ETA to the agent 72 hours,

48 hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival.

4.19 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is bounded by latitudes 37°37.0'N and 37°37.8'N, and by longitudes 120°12.5'E

and 120°13.9'E. The bottom, sand and mud, provides good

holding ground.

4.19 It is planned to dredge the approach channel to allow vessels

of 10,000 dwt to use the port. The S pier will be extended to

provide two additional berths and a coal terminal for vessels of

10,000 dwt will be constructed at the N end of the port.

4.20 Luan-chia-k’ou (Davenport Point) (37°47'N.,

120°37'E.), about 7 miles SW of Teng-chou T’ou, is the offshore extremity of a low, rocky headland which, fronted by

shoal water, projects seaward to form a small bay to the E. A

village lies at the head of the bay.

4.20 Small vessels anchor, in 7.3m, stiff mud, with Luan-chiak'ou Chiao bearing 270° and with a white tower standing

within the village in range 191°, with an artificial mound atop a

low hill close to the S.

4.20 Teng-chou T’ou (37°50'N., 120°44'E.) is a reef-fringed

steep-sided rocky headland having close E and W the sheltered

small craft berthing facilities for Penglai, a small community

about 1 mile to the S. Pilots for Penglai are available in

daylight only, and board at the quarantine anchorage in

position 37°53'N, 120°52'E. 

4.20 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in depths of 5.5 to

11m, off the camber on the E side of Penglai Tou, but N winds

create a heavy breaking sea which renders the anchorage

unsafe.

4.20 The coastline between Tengchou T'\’ou and Chenshan Jiao, a

point about 96 miles ESE, is very irregular and much indented

by several bights, inlets and lagoons and by numerous small

bays and coves. Inland, the terrain is low and consists of a wellcultivated, level to rolling coastal plain which, extending inland

as far as 10 miles, is interrupted throughout by barren foothills

fronting, on the one hand, the mountain ranges of the interior,

and, on the other, trending seaward to form a number of lowlying reef-fringed rocky headlands. Interior mountain range

peaks appear as islands from the NW. The offshore area is

largely shoal and clear of dangers, save for rocks and islets

lying off headlands. 

Bo Hai

4.21 Bo Hai (Gulf of Chihli) (38°30'N., 120°00'E.), the

larger constituent part of the extensive inland sea opening out

to the W and N of Bo Hai Haixia, is an expansive body of

water lying, by definition, between Ta-ch'ing Ho, and to the S

of a line of Laotieshanxi Jiao, the NNE limit of Bo Hai Haixia.

Depths throughout are largely shoal and rarely exceed 27.4m.

Nearshore water levels to the W are raised by S to SE winds

and lowered by N winds.

The major river Huang Ho empties into the SW side of Bo

Hai. The commercially important river Hai Ho empties into the

NW side.

4.21 Both mobile drilling and permanent production platforms

operate in the SW part of Bo Hai, the positions of which may

be seen on the chart. In some instances the platforms have been

removed and wellheads marked by a light; others are not

marked. Vessels are prohibited from approaching within 500m

of the drilling rigs. 

4.21 QHD 32-6 Terminal (39°07'N., 119°12'E.) consists of

FPSO Bohai Shiji. Pilotage is compulsory and provided by

Tianjin Xin Gang. Berthing is allowed from 0600 to 1800. Unberthing and loading can be done 24 hours. Pilots monitor
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 85

Pub. 157

VHF channel 67 and board in the anchorage centered approximately in position 39°02'N, 119°15'E.

4.21 Vessels of up to 120,000 dwt can secure to the stern of the

FPSO to berth in a maximum depth of 20.2m.

4.21 Dongying Gang (38°05'N., 118°58'E.), a harbor on the SW

side of Bo Hai, has 14 berths that can accommodate vessels of

up to 30,000 dwt. The harbor limits include Bo Zhong BZ25-1

offshore oil terminal described below. The inner harbor is

protected by breakwaters; the N breakwater extends 5 miles

NE from the shore. 

4.21 Depths—Limitations.—There are five wharves in Tianjin

Bo Hai open to foreign vessels. The Bo Hai Oil Wharf capacities are, as follows:

1. Wharf No. 4 (Section 10 and Section 11) has a length

of 180m, a width of 15m, and can accommodate vessels of

up to 5,000 tons.

2. Wharf No. 5 (Section 12 and Section 13) has a length

of 188m, a width of 33m, and can accommodate vessels of

up to 5,000 tons. 

3. Wharf No. 6 (Section 14 to Section 18) contains the

following:

a. Section 14 has a length of 206m, a width of 39m,

and can accommodate vessels of up to 5,000 tons. 

b. Section 15 and Section 16 have a combined length

of 260m, a width of 35m, and can accommodate vessels of

up 10,000 tons. 

c. Section 17 and Section 18 have lengths of 228m

and 137m, respectively, a width of 35m, and can accommodate vessels of up to 2,000 tons.

4. Wharf No. 7 (Section 19 and Section 20) has a length

of 257m, a width of 10m, and can accommodate vessels of

up to 3,000 tons.

5. Wharf No. 8 (Section 21) has a length of 166, a width

of 12m, and can accommodate vessels of up to 5.000 tons. 

4.21 Pilotage.—Vessels may board a pilot about 9 miles NE of

Huanghe Kou in position 38°10.7'N, 119°07.3'E. 

4.21 Bo Zhong BZ25-1 (38°14'N., 119°09'E.) consists of FPSO

Hai Yang Shi You 113. Pilotage is compulsory and provided by

Tianjin Xin Gang. Berthing is allowed from 0600 to 1800. Unberthing and loading can be done 24 hours. Pilots monitor

VHF channel 67. The pilot boarding area lies approximately in

position 39°20'N, 119°08'E.

4.21 Vessels of up to 120,000 dwt can secure to the stern of the

FPSO to berth in a maximum depth of 18m.

4.21 An anchorage area, with a depth of 21m, lies about 3.5 miles

ESE of the pilot boarding area. 

4.21 Caution.—Vessels should exercise care to avoid a covered

well, with a depth of 17.5m, lying approx-imately 3 miles SE

of the anchorage area.

4.21 A dangerous wreck, marked by a lighted buoy, lies 8 miles

WNW of Hai Yang Shi You 113. 

Bo Hai Haixia

4.22 Bo Hai Haixia (Po Hai Hai-hsia) (38°24'N.,

121°00'E.) is the narrowed body of water lying between Laotieshanxi Jiao, to the NNE and Teng-chou T'ou, about 57 miles

to the SSW. The many scattered islands and islets of Miaodao

Qundao encumber the strait and confine transit to a series of

clear, deep water, and largely E-W channels.

4.22 Laotieshan Shuidao (38°30'N., 121°00'E.), between the N

end of Miaodao Qundao and the mainland 22 miles NE, is the

principal channel through Bohai Haixia. The channel is deep.

Changshan Shuidao is the principal channel through Miaodao

Qundao. An obstruction lies 11 miles S of Laotieshan Xijiao

Light. 

4.22 There are wrecks lying approximately 20 miles and 30 miles

W of the light and 14 miles SSW of the light; the positions of

these wrecks may be seen on the chart.

4.22 Regulations.—Foreign vessels may use only the following

three channels:

1. Laotieshan Shuidao N of Miaodao Qundao.

2. Changshan Shuidao through Miaodao Qundao.

3. Dengzhou Shuidao, S of Miaodao Qundao, for vessels

of less than 200 tons only.

4.22 The Harbor Superintendent at Dalian should be informed of

the intention to use Laotieshanxi Jiao at least 8 hours before the

ETA at the mid-point of the channel, or immediately on leaving

port if the steaming time is less than 8 hours. Voyage and

vessel particulars should also be reported. If there is an

appreciable change in ETA this should be reported to the Harbor Superintendent as soon as possible. 

4.22 The following areas, indicated on the chart, are closed to

foreign shipping:

1. An area, with a radius of 8 miles, centered on Beihuangchung Dao Light.

2. An area, with a radius of 10 miles, centered on Laotieshanxi Jiao Light.

3. The area W of a line drawn N from Yu Yan (38°34'N.,

121°38'E.) to the coast, and N of a line drawn from Yu Yan

tangentially to Area 1.

4.22 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is

in operation in Changshan Shuidao (Beichangshan

Shuidao). All vessels transiting the channel must navigate

within the fairway and may only enter Changshan Shuidao at

its E or W entrance. The VTS reporting lines are, as follows:

1. The E reporting line lies along an arc having a

radius of 4 miles centered on position 37°58'N, 121°02'E.

2. The W reporting line lies along an arc having a

radius of 5 miles centered on position 38°05'N, 120°25'E. 

4.22 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF

channels 8 and 16. 

4.22 Vessels must report the following information to the

Northern Changshan Radar Station 15 minutes before entering

Changshan Shuidao on VHF channel 16:

1. Vessel name and call sign.

2. Nationality and port of registry.

3. Owner’s name.

4. Draft and loa.

5. Last port of call and next port of call.

6. Course and speed.

7. Position.

8. Length of tow and what is being towed, if applicable. 

4.22 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the E

and W approaches to Denzhou Shuidao, Bo Hai Haixia, and

Changshan Shuidao.

4.23 Miaodao Qundao (Miao-tao Ch'u-tao) (38°10'N.,

120°45'E.) is an island group which, consisting of numerous

steep-sided hilly islands, many lesser islands and islets and a
86 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

scattering of isolated above and below-water dangers, encumbers the S part of Bo Hai Haixia for a distance of about 35

miles between Teng-chou T'ou and Beichenghuang Dao, the N

islet of the group.

4.23 Several deep-water channels separate the islands into a N,

middle, and S sub-group.

Tuoji Dao (T'o-chi Tao) (38°10'N., 120°45'E.), the channel

between the N and middle sub-groups, is deep and clear

throughout save for Bei Jiao, a dangerous mid-channel rock

with a depth of 1.9m, lying about 2.8 miles NE of the N

extremity of Tuoji Dao, the largest island within the middle

sub-group; a light is shown from the S shore of Tuoji Dao.

There is usually a tide rip over Bei Jiao when the sea is smooth,

but at slack water or in any sea its presence is not apparent.

Tidal currents in this channel attain a maximum E rate of 2.25

knots and a maximum W rate of 2.75 knots. 

4.23 Passage through the channel is not recommended. Vessels

seeking shelter from N and NW winds anchor, in 7.6 to 12.2m,

in a position close off the steep-sided S side of Tuoji Dao.

Anchoring and fishing is prohibited in an area W of the island

group as indicated on the chart.

Houji Dao (Hou-chi Tao) (38°02'N., 120°40'E.), the channel

between the middle and southern sub-groups, is deep and clear

throughout and is recommended as the best passage through

Miaodao Qundao. A light, equipped with a racon, is shown

from Houji Dao. 

Dengzhou Shuidao (37°52'N., 120°45'E.), the channel

between the S sub-group and the mainland, is deep and clear

within the fairway. A light, equipped with a racon, is shown

from Nanchangshan Dao. 

4.23 Beichangshan Dao (37°57'N., 120°44'E.), the largest and S

island of Miaodao Qundao, consists of two hilly well-cultivated islands which, joined by a low, single isthmus, is steep-to

in the E and fronted to the W by shoal water and numerous

hilly islands, islets and sunken dangers.

4.23 A signal station stands on the N extremity of Beichangshan

Dao, the N island of Ch'ang-shan Tao, and it can challenge vessels transiting Changshan Shuidao.

Bo Hai Haixia Yantai to Chengshan Jiao

4.24 Yantai (Yen-t'ai) (37°33'N., 121°27'E.) (World Port

Index No. 60160), about 63 miles W of Chenshan Jiao, is a

well-populated community and is one of China's largest fishing

bases.

4.24 Ice.—Ice can be experienced from mid-January to midFebruary and normally does not hinder navigation.

4.24 Tides—Currents.—At the SE entrance to the inner harbor

the flood current sets W at 0.5 knot while the ebb current sets E

at 0.25 knot.

4.24 Depths—Limitations.—Deep draft vessels enter the outer

harbor through Bei Shuidao (37°35'N., 121°27'E.). Foreign

vessels enter the inner harbor through the entrance S of the E

breakwater.

4.24 Entrance channels may be used when entering or leaving the

harbor, as follows:

1. North Channel—all vessels.

2. South Channel—vessels less than 3,000 grt with

drafts of 7m or less.

4.24 There is a total berthing frontage of 1,500m, providing 12

berths on the W breakwater and its extension, N Pier, for

vessels of 3,000 to 10,000 tons. There are also two berths on

the S shore.

4.24 Aspect.—Yantai comprises a large outer harbor with an

artificial inner harbor in its SE part. The outer harbor is partly

sheltered from E winds by off-lying islands, but gives little

protection from N gales. It has depths of 4 to 13m. The inner

harbor is protected by breakwaters.

4.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

Pilots board at quarantine Anchorage No. 1 in position

37°43'30N, 121°30'00E. 

4.24 Inbound tankers can obtain a pilot in an area centered about

4.8 miles NNW of Zhifudong Jiao (37°36'N., 121°20'E.).

4.24 The following activities require a pilot on board:

1. Shifting between wharves, anchorages, or loading and

discharge stations.

2. Shifting within an anchorage.

3. Moving the full length of a vessel alongside a wharf.

4.24 Vessel Traffic Service.—Yantai VTS is in service to monitor

and control traffic. Participation is mandatory for all vessels

transiting, mooring, or operating within a 15 mile radius of

Yantaishan Zui Light (37°32.9'N., 121°23.8'E..).

4.24 The working channel for Yantai VTS is VHF channel 9; this

channel is dedicated to the VTS authority and must not be used

for other purposes. Vessels must maintain a listening watch

must be maintained on VHF channel 9 when navigating,

moored, or otherwise operating in the VTS area. The languages

to be used when communicating with Yantai VTS are standard

Chinese and English.

4.24 Vessels must contact Yantai VTS upon entering the limit of

the reporting area, as previously described. Inbound vessels

must report via VHF channel 9 stating:

1. Vessel name.

2. Position.

3. Purpose for entering port.

4. Type and quantity of dangerous cargo.

5. Other information required by the VTS Center.

4.24 A second reporting line is established in the areas delimited

as follows:

1. North Fairway, within a circle with a radius of 3 miles

centered on Xiaoshanzi Light (37°35.6'N"121°25.9'E.).

2. East Fairway, within a circle with a radius of 2 miles

centered on No. 0 Buoy (37°31.4'N., 121°33.8'E.).

4.24 Vessels entering or departing the port must report their name

and position to Yantai VTS on VHF channel 9 when crossing

this second reporting demarcation.

4.24 Yantai VTS must additionally be contacted by vessels within

the reporting area as follows:

1. Vessels must report their name and position to Yantai

VTS after berthing or anchoring,

2. Vessels must report their name, position, and port of

destination prior to leaving berth or weighing anchor.

3. Vessels must immediately report any traffic incident,

pollution incident, or other emergency discovered by or

affecting the vessel.

4. Any observed abnormality affecting navigation marks

or navigation aids, obstructions to safe passage, floating material, or other circumstances hindering safe navigation

should be immediately reported.
Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 87

Pub. 157

5. Unless excepted from compliance by local authority,

vessels shall ensure that their AIS is operational at all times

and that their AIS information is correct.

6. Vessels shall report 30 minutes prior to commencing

and 30 minutes after completing the following opeations:

a. Dismantling or repairing boilers, main engines, anchor winches, steering gear or primary navigation equipment.

b. Engine tests, vessel trials, etc.

c. Lowering boats and rescue drills.

d. Other operations that could affect vessel safety.

4.24 Yantai VTS broadcasts vessel movements, the condition of

navigational aids, hydrologic and meteorological conditions,

navigation warnings and notices, and other traffic safety information, regularly or when necessary. This type of information may be provided to vessels on request.

4.24 Yantai VTS may offer assistance, advice or issue warnings to

vessels as necessary.

4.24 Vessels may request navigational assistance in severe weather or for other conditions affecting safety of navigation. Vessels

must inform the VTS promptly, however, when assistance is no

longer required. 

4.24 Signals.—A signal station on Yantai Shan (37°33'N.,

121°24'E.) may direct traffic entering and leaving the port.

4.24 Vessels wishing to enter the port should either hoist their call

sign together with International Code Flag K or call the signal

station by light or on VHF. Permission to enter and proceed to

the indicated berth number is shown, as follows:

1. Day—Black conical shape, apex upwards, over a

numeral pennant.

2. Night—All-round violet light, and number flashed in

Morse Code or on VHF.

4.24 Anchorage.—The pilotage-quarantine anchorage, best seen

on the chart, has depths of 7 to 15m, mud and sand. The holding ground is good throughout the harbor and it is unusual for

vessels to drag.

4.24 Quarantine Anchorage No. 2 lies 5 miles NE of the outer

harbor and the tanker loading and unloading anchorages lie 2.5

miles NW of Xiaoshanzi. 

4.24 Caution.—A sttranded wreck lies 2 miles NNE of the pilot

boarding position in Quarantine Anchorage No. 2 (37°40”N.,

121°30”E.).

4.24 The water is often discolored for some distance in the area of

Xiaoshanzi. 

4.24 There are many seaweed cultivation areas along the coast.

4.24

Yangma Dao (37°28'N., 121°37'E.), an island 4 miles long

and connected SE to the mainland by extensive drying flats,

lies 15 miles W of Chensan Jiao. A ridge of hills, rising to

107m at its SW end, runs the length of the island.

4.24 Yuanyao Zui (37°34.0'N., 122°03.5'E.) is the extremity of a

tongue of land that forms the W side of P'u T'ao-T'an.

4.25 Weihai (37°30'N., 122°06'E.) (World Port Index No.

60150), about 28 miles W of Chenshan Jiao, is a well-populated community located on the shores of Wei-hai Mao-ti (Narcissus Bay), a small shoal cove in the NW part of Weihai Gang.

Weihai Gang is a largely shoal water bay sheltered inland by

three rings of high-rising barren hills. The bay is entered between Zhaobei Zui (Chao-pei Tsui) (37°28'N., 122°14'E.),

located SE and marked by a light, and Pei-shan Tsui, a point

about 5.5 miles NW of Zhaobei Zui. The bay is sheltered by

Liugong Dao, a steep-to islet, which divides access to the bay

into a N and S entrance. A light is situated on the E point.

Anchorage is prohibited in the S entrance.

4.25 There are two wharves providing five berths; two berths are

for 5,000 ton vessels, with the remaining berths for vessels of

1,000 tons, 500 tons, and 300 tons, respectively.

4.25 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for entering, leaving, or

shifting berths within the port. The pilot boards in the pilotagequarantine anchorage.

4.25 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage, with a depth of about

20m, mud, exists 1 mile NE of the N extremity of Liu-gong

Dao. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area extending

NW from the W end of Liugong Dao towards the mainland.

Small vessels can anchor in Wei-hai Mao-ti, in depths of 3.7 to

5.5m.

4.25 Directions.—To approach the N entrance steer to pass

midway between Pei Chiao, the N extremity of Liugong Dao

and the chain of islets and rocks extending SW from Yashi

Dao. Then pass 0.2 mile W of Huang Tao, which is connected

by a causeway to Liugong Dao. Continue on a S course and

when Ri Dao bears 124° and is in line with an old fort close W

of Zhaobei Zui, steer for it to enter the anchorage. Deep draft

vessels must always use the N entrance.

4.25 Caution.—In addition to the charted prohibited areas, navigation and anchoring is prohibited within 500m of the coastline

of Liugong Dao and within 500m of the mainland between Hei

Dao and Weihai.

4.25 There are many seaweed cultivation areas along the coast.

4.26 To approach Weihai Gang using the S entrance, Ri

Dao (37°28.7'N., 122°11.8'E.) can be passed N or S. Using the

N channel, pass midway between Ri Dao and Dahong. When

clear of Ri Dao alter course as necessary to avoid the shoals

extending S from Luigong Dao. Using the S channel, give the

rocks extending S of Ri Dao a berth of 0.25 mile. Within the

bay there is a fairway leading to the wharf area marked by

buoys in accordance with the IALA Maritime Buoyage System

(Region A).

4.26 Caution.—On exceptional occasions during winter, the sea

level in the harbor may fall as much as 1.7m below chart

datum. This usually occurs after strong NW or N winds. It is

prohibited for merchant vessels to navigate through the S entrance.

4.26 Zhaobei Zui (37°27.7'N., 122°14.3'E.) is a bluff point which

exhibits a light. The coast in the vicinity is cliffy and rugged.

4.26 Jiming Dao (Chiming Tao), lying about 11 miles E of

Zhaobei Zui, is a flat-topped island, 71m high, and fringed

with reefs. Depths in the passage inshore of the island are

irregular. A light is situated from a white round concrete tower

on Jiming Dao.

4.26 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, with a radius of 1.1

miles, lies centered on a point about 5 miles NW of Jiming

Dao.

4.27 Ma-lan Wan (37°25'N., 122°39'E.), about 2.5 miles

NW of Chengsan Jiao, is a small, shoalwater cove sheltered by
88 Sector 4. China—The Yalu River to Shandong Bandao 

Pub. 157

low-lying hills from all but N and NW winds, which send in a

heavy swell. Hsiao-ch'eng Shan (Hai-lu Dao), a precipitous,

flat-topped islet lying close N of the cove, is separated from the

mainland by a channel in which rips and strong tidal currents

make an evening passage unsafe. Hsiao-ch'eng Shan, showing

a light to the NW, has submerged and drying rocks extending

0.3 mile NE and S of it. Small vessels obtain anchorage in the

middle of Ma-lan Wan, during S winds, in depths of 9.1 to

10.4m, sticky mud.

4.28 Chengshan Jiao (37°24'N., 122°42'E.), a rugged

precipitous point lying at the E extremity of the Shandong

Bandao peninsula, is steep-to and culminates close W in a

sharp conical hill with a prominent temple on its S slope. 

4.28 A light is situated and a racon transmits on Chenshan Jiao.

Fog is frequent. 

4.28 Tides—Currents.—Close off the point, tidal rips and eddies

are strong. Tidal currents, influenced by the wind, attain a rate

of 2.5 knots.

4.28 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established off Chengshan Jiao with a precautionary area, having a

radius of 5 miles, centered at position 37°34.5'N, 122°42.9'E at

the N entrance. An Inshore Traffic Zone has been established

between the TSS and the adjacent coast. The scheme is not

IMO-adopted; however, the Chinese authorities recommend

application of Rule 10 of the 72 COLREGS.

4.28 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic System (VTS) has

been established off Chengshan Jiao, encompassing a circle

with a radius of 24 miles, centered on Chengshan Jiao Light,

including the Traffic Separation Scheme.

4.28 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF

channel 16 when operating within the VTS area. Vessels must

report the following information to Chengshan Jiao VTS

Center, on VHF channel 16, before entering the VTS area:

1. Vessel name and call sign.

2. Nationality and port of registry.

3. Owner’s name.

4. Draft, grt, and loa.

5. Last port of call and next port of call.

6. Course and speed.

7. Position.

8. When towing—state length of tow and what is being

towed.

9. State if using the TSS.

10. State if using the Rongcheng Wan Anchorage, including the length of stay.

11. On entering the Rongcheng Wan Anchorage, vessels

must report the following information:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time and position of anchoring.

c. Time of departure and next port of call.

4.28 Vessels must report the vessel name and position, as follows:

1. When entering the VTS area, upon crossing a circle

20 miles in radius centered on Chengshan Jiao Light.

2. When leaving the VTS area. 

4.28 A mandatory Ship Reporting System is established for all

fishing vessels 24m and above, cargo vessels 300 grt and

above, and passenger vessels, in waters within a 24 mile radius

of the VTS center (37°23.6'N., 122°42.2'E.). Vessels are required to report the information listed in the table titled

Chengshan Jiao VTS—Reporting Format when entering the

ship reporting area. Reports are not required when departing

the area.

4.28 When departing a port located in the reporting area, participating vessels shall report their name, position, departure time,

and port of destination.

4.28 Upon arriving at a port within the reporting area partici-pating vessels shall report their name, position, and arrival time.

4.28 If a traffic incident or a pollution incident occurs within the

reporting area the vessel or vessels shall immediately report the

type, time of occurance, location of incident, extent of damage

or pollution, and if assistance is needed.

Chengshan Jiao VTS—Reporting Format

Designator Meaning

A Name of ship, call sign, and IMO number (if applicable).

C or D Position (latitude and longitude or relation to a landmark).

E Course.

F Speed.

G Port of departure.

I Port of destination (optional).

Q

Defects and limitation (vessels towing 

are to report length of tow and name of 

object in tow).

U Overall length and gross tonnage.
89

Pub. 157

5. 

China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
91

Pub. 157

SECTOR 5 

CHINA—SHANDONG BANDAO TO CHANG JIANG

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of China between

Chengshan Jiao, the NE extremity of Shandong Bandao, and

Nanhuitsui, a point about 393 miles S, and includes the Chang

Jiang to the head of navigation. The coastal description is N to

S; the riverine description is inland from sea.

General Remarks

5.1 Winds—Weather.—Winds and climate conditions in

general are largely determined in consequence of the seasonal

fluctuation in barometric pressure occurring within the Siberian

winter land. They blow between NE and NW during the winter

monsoon (October through March) and SE and SW during the

summer monsoon (June through August). They blow as much

from one quadrant as from another during the spring transition

(April and May) and the autumn transition (September).

5.1 During the winter monsoon season, wind velocity averages

17 to 21 knots over the open sea and may freshen to 28 to 33

knots. Storms are frequent in November to March. During the

summer monsoon, velocity averages 4 to 10 knots. Storms are

largely associated with typhoons. Calms are frequent along the

coast when conditions are unsettled.

5.1 Typhoons occur between June and September, when about

20 pass close enough to influence coastal weather conditions,

and reach a maximum frequency in July and August, when an

average of two per year reach the coast. They enter from the SE

and S and generally curve to the NE. Heavy rains caused by

typhoon activity frequently induce widespread indentation of

the alluvial plain bordering the river Chang Jiang.

5.1 Sea fog occurs between February and August and reaches a

maximum frequency in July when it may occur everyday near

the E extremity of Shandong Bando. Coastal areas become

foggy with onshore winds.

5.1 Dust carried to the sea from the deserts of Mongolia may

accompany winter storms and reduce visibility.

5.1 Ice.—Sea ice of no great hindrance to navigation occurs off

the S side of Shandong Bando between November and April

and extends as far S as the entrance to Jiaozhou Wan. Landfast

ice occurs in some bays during January and February of most

winters.

5.1 Tides—Currents.—Tides are mixed and show a marked

inequality during maximum lunar declination, which progress

from N to S.

5.1 Tidal currents are rotary offshore. They are reversing nearer

shore and set W on a rising tide and E on a falling tide with a

velocity reaching 1.5 knots.

5.1 Offshore ocean currents are weak and tend to set S

throughout the greater part of the year. During the summer they

become confused, or in August set to the N.

Aspect.—The coast of China, between Chengshan Jiao and

Nanhuitsui, is distinctive by reason of the marked contrast of its

features N and S of the 35th parallel of latitude at Haizhou Wan.

5.1 The coastline N of Haizhou Wan is very irregular and largely

indented over a greater portion of its length by several extensive

embayments, numerous large bays, and a multitude of smaller

bays, coves, and inlets. Inland, the terrain consists of wellcultivated lowlands with level to rolling plains extending inland

for distances from a few hundred meters to about 10 miles

before encountering the slopes of a considerable network of hills

and low-rising mountains which, progressing seaward, interrupt

the coastline in rocky capes, low-lying headlands, and sandy

promontories. Offshore, the 20m curve generally parallels the

coast and tends to close salient points at distances precluding

ample sea room. The near shore area within salient points, while

shoaling regularly and generally offering open-sea anchorage, is

much encumbered by rocks, shoals, reefs, scattered islets, kelp

beds, fishing nets, fishing stakes, and fish traps. The shores of

several embayments and many of the large bays are fronted by a

wide margin of drying mud flats which extend well offshore. 

5.1 Sea ice may be present most winters during January and

February.

5.1 The coastline S of Haizhou Wan is quite regular and has but

few gentle bights interrupting a general trend to the SSE. Inland

the terrain is the flat low-lying featureless seaward portion of a

vast alluvial plain extending over much of the N part of the

hinterland behind the E coast of China. The plain is heavily cultivated and crossed by a plethora of waterways branching from

the many rivers which interrupt the coastline throughout its

length at regular intervals. Offshore, the 20m curve tends to arc

well seaward for a distance of up to 85 miles and to delimit a

near shore area which, though predominantly flat or sloping

gently shoreward, is largely inadequately surveyed.

5.1 Chang Jiang, entered N of Nanhui Zui, is one of the major

rivers of the world and the principal riverine waterway of

China. Huangpu Jiang is a lesser stream entered from the S

side of the estuary to Chang Jiang. 

5.1 Ocean-going vessels normally proceed to Shanghai, on

Huangpu Jiang, and customarily proceed to Hankou, some 575

miles up the Chang Jiang.

5.1 Regulations.—Some of the smaller harbors and anchorages

on the coast of China may not necessarily be open to foreign

shipping. If it is not known whether the harbor or anchorage is

open, the master should contact the Chinese Harbor Superintendency Administration for permission to enter.

Off-lying Dangers

5.2 Socotra Rock (32°07'N., 125°11'E.), about 185 miles

ENE of Nanhui Zui, is a patch of coral with a depth of no more

than 5.5m. It lies atop a volcanic rock which rises abruptly

from surrounding depths of 31 to 36m. The sea occasionally

breaks and strongly setting tidal currents produce rips and

overfalls.

Chengshan Jiao to Ya-Tao Chia

5.3 Chengshan Jiao (Ch’eng-shan Jiao) (Ch’en-shan

Jiao) (37°24'N., 122°42'E.) is a rugged precipitous point lying
92 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

at the E extremity of the peninsula Shandong Bandao (Shantung Pantao). It rises to a conical hill about 100m high, with a

storm signal station on its summit and a prominent temple on

the S slope.

5.3 Information concerning the Traffic Separation Scheme and

the Vessel Traffic Service off Chengshan Jiao is given in paragraph 4.23.

5.3 A series of sharp conical hills, culminating in Chung Shan

about 5 miles W of the point, have the appearance of islands

when viewed at a distance from the SE. A light is shown 183m

within Chengshan Jiao (Ch’en-shan Jiao).

5.3 Caution.—Due to frequent fog and the tidal race close off

Chengshan Jiao, wrecks have been numerous and navigation

requires particular attention. Fog is frequent and, close off the

point, tidal rips and eddies are strong.

5.3 The coastline between Chengshan Jiao and Ya-tao Chia,

about 122 miles WSW, is very irregular and much indented by

numerous bays and coves which, generally separated one from

another by rock-fringed low-lying sand spits and hilly promontories, shoal gradually as they recede inland and become

obstructed within their inner reaches by extensive margins of

drying mud flats. 

5.3 Offshore approaches are somewhat encumbered by the

steep-to rocky islets. Near shore approaches are, in general,

clear as far inshore as the close vicinity of the numerous spits

and headlands interrupting the coast.

5.3 Fog is frequent offshore during spring and may obscure

Ch’ien-li Yen, though completely absent closer inshore.

5.3 Rongcheng Wan (Jung-cheng Wan) (37°21'N., 122°38'E.),

entered close SE of Chengshan Jiao, is a shoal bight backed to

the N by a range of sharp conical hills and to the W by a lowlying sandy plain.

5.3 Vessels, seeking shelter from NW storms before proceeding

around Chengshan Jiao, enter the bight and anchor in a depth

of 18m.

5.3 Anchorage.—Some of the smaller harbors and some of the

anchorages on the coast of China may not necessarily be open to

foreign shipping. If it is not known whether the harbor or the

anchorage is open, the master should contact the Chinese Harbor

Superintendency Administration for Permission to enter.

5.3 An anchorage area has been established and marked by

special buoys and beacons as shown on the chart. This area

must be entered between the parallels of 37°20.8'N and

37°21.6'N, and meridians of 122°39.2'E, and 125°40.6'E.

Mariners are warned not to anchor outside this anchorage area.

5.3 Foreign vessels wishing to anchor must report to Yanti

Harbor Superintendency Administration (YHSA) 6 hours prior

to their arrival with full details of the vessel and must report

again upon arrival at the anchorage. In an emergency, the

master should report as soon as the vessel intends making for

the anchorage.

5.3 Smaller vessels, seeking protection from E winds, shelter in

Lunghsutao Kou, a cove in the NE part of the bight. 

5.4 Mata Jiao (Ma-ta Chiao) (37°12'N., 122°37'E.), a flat

rocky headland about 9m high, lies about 13 miles SSW of

Chengshan Jiao and is joined to the mainland by a narrow neck

of land. There is usually a heavy tide race about 0.8 mile NE of

Mata Jiao.

5.4 Waizhe Dao (37°15'N., 122°35'E.), two small islets 39 and

33m high, lie on a reef extending from the coast about 4 miles

NNW of Mata Jaio. The N island has some reddish cliffs on its

N and E sides and is marked by a light.

5.4 Litao Wan, a small cove entered between the N island of

Waizhe Dao and a rocky reef about 1 mile further NNW,

provides shelter to small vessels seeking anchorage, in a depth

of 6.4m, with the S point of the N island of Waizhe Dao

bearing 100° at a distance of about 0.3 mile. The bay is open to

NE winds.

5.4 Ailian Wan (37°11'N., 122°34'E.) is a small bay entered

close SW of Mata Jiao. Chung Chiao, a rocky low-lying headland, divides the bay into two shoal water coves.

5.4 Small vessels, seeking shelter from NE winds, anchor in the

SW cove either W of Chung Chiao or, in a depth of 6.4m, close

off the S side of the cove.

5.5 Sanggou Wan (37°06'N., 122°31'E.) is entered

between Haimaozi Tou, the S entrance point of Ailun Wan, and

Chu Dao, about 6 miles further S. It is a commodious shoal

water bay sheltered to the N by low precipitous hills and

backed elsewhere by low-lying sandy beaches rising to

rounded hills. Boge Dao (Falang Shih), a group of large abovewater rocks, lies about 4 miles W of Chu Dao.

5.5 Sanggou Wan affords shelter to small vessels except with E

winds. However, with E winds vessels can obtain anchorage

0.8 mile NW of Chu Dao, in a depth of 7.3m, partly protected

by a reef extending N from Chu Dao.

5.5 Moye Dao (36°55'N., 122°31'E.), 7 miles SSW of Chu Dao,

is connected to the mainland N of it by a drying sandflat. The

island is low, except for a 30m high bluff at its SW end.

5.5 Shidao Gang (36°54'N., 122°28'E.) is a small shoal bay

entered close W of Moye Dao. A light is shown from the SW

part of Moye Dao. Chaoyang Shan (Sharp Peak), 257m high, is

a rugged hill at the head of the bay. A general purpose quay is

open to foreign trade. 

5.5 Vessels seeking shelter from N and NW winds anchor, in

11m in a position with the SE extremity of Moye Dao bearing

041°, distant about 0.7 mile.

5.5 Depths—Limitations.—There are eight berths at the quay.

Berths No. 1 and No. 2 are each 143m long and have alongside

depths of 9m; vessels of up to 10,000 tons can be

accommodated. Berth No. 3 is 211m long and an alongside

depth of 10.3m. Berths No. 4 to No. 8 have alongside depths of

8 to 8.3m; vessels of up to 5,000 tons can be accommodated. 

5.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

Pilots board in the quarantine anchorage.

5.5 Anchorage.—Anchorage can also be obtained 1 to 2 miles

offshore to the SW of the entrance to Shidao Gang, in depths of

14.6 to 18.3m. Small vessels seeking shelter from N winds can

anchor 0.5 mile NW of the SW extremity of Moye Dao, in

depths of 6.4 to 6.7m, mud. They also anchor in similar depths

in a position about 1 mile N of the W entrance point of the bay.

5.6 Cha Shan (36°51'N., 122°17'E.), about 11 miles

SSW of Moye Dao, is a sharp peak, 538m high, surmounted by

a small temple. From the peak, a rugged range of mountains

extends 3 miles E.

5.6 Sushan Dao (36°45'N., 122°15'E.), lying about 6 miles SW

of Cha Shan, is marked by a light and rises to about 105m on
Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 93

Pub. 157

its SE side. A number of islets and rocks lie close off its W and

S sides. Above-water rocks lie up to 3 miles NNW of the island. A 2.5m patch, which breaks heavily, lies about 3 miles

NE of the island.

5.6 The stretch of coast between Cha Shan and Dingzihe Kou,

about 65 miles WSW, is low and sandy with an occasional

range of hills. Depths along it are generally less than 11m

within 5 miles of the shore.

5.6 The flood current off this section of the coast flows W at 1

knot while the ebb current flows E at 1 knot. Both currents are

affected by the wind.

5.6 Gulong Zui (Tau-tsui Head) (36°44'N., 121°38'E.), 31 miles

WSW of Cha Shan, is the SE extremity of a bold, hilly

peninsula connected to the mainland by a sandy isthmus. This

hilly peninsula rises inland from the point and faces the

seaward portion of the W side of the bay with a low-lying rockfringed bluff, before falling away to the sandy beaches fronting

the remainder of the bay.

5.6 Small vessels seeking shelter from N and NW winds anchor

in a poor holding ground of soft mud in a position close N of

Gulong Zui. NE winds send a bad sea into the anchorage.

Fengcheng (Hai-yang) (36°42'N., 121°14'E.), 14 miles E of

Dingzihe Kou, lies on the W side of Laolong Tou, a small

point of land fringed by drying reef and marked by a light. A

channel, with a depth of 7.7m, and marked by lighted buoys,

leads to Fengcheng. A jetty, which can accommodate vessels

of up to 10,000 dwt, extends WSW from Laolong Tou and

provides a berth on either side, each with a length of 398m and

an alongside depth of 9.5m. Fengcheng Gang Light is shown

from the head a pier lying S of the jetty.

5.6 Anchorage.—There are two anchorages for Fengcheng.

Anchorage No. 1 lies 3 miles SW of Fengcheng Gang Light in

depths of 4 to 6m. Anchorage No. 2 lies 8 miles SSE of the

light in depths of about 13m. 

5.6 Chanshan Tou (Cape Adkins) (36°23'N., 120°53'E.), 12

miles SW of Dingzihe Kou, is the cliffy SE extremity of a

promontory and rises to a hill, 73m high. An above-water rock,

2m high, lies 1 mile S of the extremity. 

5.7 Laoshan Wan (Lo Shan Bay) (36°20'N., 120°50'E.)

is a large shoal-water embayment entered between Chanshan

Tou, a hilly precipitous point about 43 miles WSW of Gulong

Zui, and Laoshan Tao, a point about 17 miles SW. The

coastline is very irregular and much indented by several bays,

of which the largest and northernmost is Bei Wan (Great Bay).

An extensive margin of drying mud flats front the shore of Bei

Wan and the coves close to the S, before disappearing with the

steep-to near shore area extending about 7 miles N from

Laoshan Tou.

5.7 Laoshan Wan is much encumbered by many off-lying steepsided islets and by numerous sunken, drying, and above-water

rocks. Nu Dao (Mau Tau) is a 72m high grass-covered islet

about 1 mile WSW of Chanshan Tou. It is joined to the E

entrance point of Bei Wan by a stony ridge. Star Reef, about 1

mile WNW of Nu Dao, is a group of above-water rocks. Dong

Jiao (East Reef), about 1 mile SW of Star Reef, is a sunken

rock generally marked by breakers.

5.7 Vessels seeking shelter from NE winds anchor, in 9.4m,

rocky bottom, in a position with the S extremity of Nu Dao

bearing 086°, distant 1 mile. Small vessels can obtain shelter in

a depth of 4m, about 0.3 mile NNW of Star Reef, which offers

protection at LW but little shelter at HW.

5.7 Caution.—During the summer it is imprudent to anchor off

the coast of Laoshan Wan as winds from ENE to SE are

frequent and at times blow hard, though rarely lasting more

than 12 hours.

Laoshan Tou to Dazhushan Zui

5.8 Laoshan Tou (Ya-tao Chia) (36°08'N., 120°43'E.),

marked by a light and a racon, is a rugged, precipitious, point

lying at the E extremity of a mountainous promontory which,

steep-sided on its S face, rises inland to Laoshan, a conspicuous 1,130m summit about 5 miles to the WNW.

5.8 The coastline between Laoshan Tou and Dazhushan Zui,

about 43 miles SW, is irregular throughout and largely backed

by desolate, rugged hills and low-lying mountains which reach

the sea in bold headlands separated by sandy beaches and

intervening areas of flat land. In the near shore area, depths of

9.2m and more are common off the principal salient points and

seaward of a line joining them. Offshore, depths are irregular.

Numerous steep-sided islets lie scattered well to sea. 

Chaolian Dao (Chao-lien Tao) (35°54'N., 120°52'E.), a

desolate treeless rocky island of a yellow earthen color, rises to a

summit 53m high and lies about 16 miles SSE of Laoshan Tou. 

5.8 The island constitutes the farthest seaward danger in the

approaches to Qingdao. A light is shown on the summit of

Chaolian Dao. 

5.8 A shoal patch, with a depth of 14.7m, lies 9 miles E of

Chaolian Dao Light, close S of the E-W defined route entrance.

Vessels with deep draft are advised to exercise care when making a landfall in this area. 

5.8 Dense fog, though absent nearer inshore, occurs about the

island in spring and early summer. Tidal currents are particularly strong during spring tides and require caution when

approaching the island.

5.8 Xiaogong Dao (Hsiao-kung Tao) (36°00'N., 120°35'E.) is a

flat-topped rocky islet, 35m high, lying about 10 miles SW of

Laoshan Tou.

5.8 Dagong Dao (Ta-kung Tao) (35°58'N., 120°29'E.) is a

readily identifiable, conical shaped island, 118m high, lying

about 5 miles WSW of Xiaogong Dao. A light is shown from

the summit of the island. Xaio Yu, a 43m high islet, lies about

0.4 mile WNW of Dagong Dao. A drying reef lies 1 mile W of

Dagong Dao. The passage between Dagong Dao and Xaio Yu

is usually obstructed by fishing stakes and nets.

Qingdao Gang (36°02'N., 120°16'E.)

World Port Index No. 60140

5.9 Qingdao Gang (Chingtao) (Tsingtao), the harbor for

the large metropolis of Qingdao, occupies the entrance and a

portion of the SE side of Jiaozhou Wan, a broad inlet extending

about 12 miles inland and fed by a number of rivers. Qingdao

Gang is one of China’s principal ports of international trade.

5.9 The port occupies part of Jiaozhou Bay and has two sections,

the inner harbor and the outer harbor. The boundary line
94 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

separating the inner and the outer harbors runs from the

Tuandao promontory to Jiaozishi Promontory. 

5.9 On the W side of this promontory lies the inner harbor, and

on the E the outer harbor.

5.9 The inner harbor lies along the shores of the Qingdao city,

with three adjoining harbor basins locally known as the large,

the middle, and the small harbors. Da Gang (Large Harbor),

Zhong Gang (Middle Harbor), and Xiao Gang (Small Harbor),

the latter two sections are used only by coasters and local craft. 

5.9 The inner harbor has been extended to include the oil

terminal in Huangdao and the new harbor area in the Qianwan

Bay of Huangdao.

Winds—Weather

5.9 During the summer, S and SE winds are prevalent while N

and NW winds occur during the winter. The port is occasionally affected by typhoons from July until September.

5.9 Fog occurs during the months of April to July, being thicker

and most frequent in July.

Ice

5.9 From the end of January to the middle of February, ice is

occasionally experienced in the harbor, but does not affect

navigation or port activities.

Tides—Currents

5.9 Tidal currents setting in Jiaozhou Bay on the flood tide and

running out on the ebb tide are reported to generally attain a

rate of between 2 to 3 knots, but in the entrance rates of 3 to 4

knots have been reported. 

5.9 Tide rips occur off Tuandao Zui, the SW point of Tuan Dao

and also the N entrance point to the Jiaozhou bay, where a light

is shown.

Depths—Limitations

5.9 The main channel has general depths of 15m and leads to all

the harbors and to the Huangdao oil terminal. The inner

channel leading to the larger harbor is 8 miles in length with

depths of 9 to 30m. Vessels up to 50,000 grt can enter the port.

5.9 The passage, from the pilot and quarantine anchorage to

Mati Reef entrance, is 8 miles with depths of 9 to 30m, and it is

accessible any time to ships with a draft of 9m. Ships with

drafts of about 12m must await high tide to enter the harbor. 

5.9 The small harbor channel has two branches, the S and the N

branch. The former is about 1 mile long, about 0.1 mile wide

and 5 to 30m deep; the latter is 2 miles, 0.3 mile wide with

depths of 5.5 to 1.4m. 

5.9 There are five berths for ships of 10,000 dwt, two for ships of

5,000 dwt, and two for ships of 3,000 dwt at Lianyungang

Piers. The coal berth WNW of Pier 2 is 160m long, with a

depth of 9m alongside. In between Pier 2 and the coal berth a

new Pier 3, similar in shape and size to Pier 2, was constructed.

Piers 1 and 2 are connected to the railway system.

5.9 The Huangdao oil terminal channel, which circles around the

Qianjiao shallow water area in the W section, is 150m wide

and 10 to 15m deep. The S section is about 300m wide and

12m deep. There are three crude oil berths at Huangdao. The

largest berth is 498m long, with an alongside depth of 20.2m.

Vessels of up to 200,000 dwt can be accommodated.

5.9 Qianwan Gangpu, developed on the S side of Qianwan bay,

handles coal, bulk cargo, and timber. An ore berth, with an

alongside depth of 20m, can accommodate vessels of up to

200,000 dwt .

5.9 West Port has three container berths, each 169 to 385m long,

with alongside depths of 11.6 to 14m. Vessels of up to 50,000

dwt can be accommodated.

5.9 Da Gang, which handles ore, steel, container, liquid

chemical, general and passenger cargoes, is situated towards

the N end of the town of Qingdao. There are eight piers,

numbered 1 through 8, providing 52 berths for vessels of up to

50,000 tons. 

5.9 The NW side of Da Gang is reserved for use by naval vessels.

5.9 An approach channel, Miaoling Hangdao, is dredged to a

depth of 16.5m to Mialoing Gangqu, where it continues at

dredged depths of 11 to 16m. Coal berths for ships of 16,000

tons and 35,000 tons, together with four berths for general

cargo vessels up to 25,000 tons, were completed at Miaoling, 2

miles W of Lianyungang. 

5.9 Huang Dao (36°04'N., 120°14'E.) has a pier extending 0.5

mile NNW that forms an oil terminal, providing berths for two

10,000 dwt tankers, with a reported draft of 12 to 13m.

Aspect

5.9 Signal Hill (36°04'N., 120°20'E.) is 121m high and lies

about 2 miles NE of Tuandao Zui. Lights, which show green

above red, are shown from the signal station on its summit.

5.9 A church, with two spires about 90m high, lies about 0.5

mile WNW of Guanhai Shan. Radio masts lie about 0.8 mile

NNE of Tuandao Zui.

5.9 Taiping Shan (36°04'N., 120°21'E.), close S of the S entrance to Jiaozhou Wan, is 148m high with a large radar aerial

on its summit.

Pilotage

5.9 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The pilot

boards about 1 mile ENE of Xiang Zui (36°01'N., 120°18'E.). 

5.9 Vessels should send their ETA via the agent 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arriving at the pilot boarding position. The message should include the following information:

1. Time and date of arrival.

2. Salt water draft.

3. Fresh water draft.

Regulations

5.9 Quingdao Gang Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is in effect

in the E approaches to Quingdao Gang from position 35°59'N.,

120°31'E. to the Inner Harbor limit. The TSS consists of three

sections, with three precautionary areas, and is best seen on the

chart. The scheme is not IMO-adopted; however the principles

defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for

Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. 

5.9 The channels are divided into the inner harbor channel and

the outer harbor channels; the latter is the main channel, with a
Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 95

Pub. 157

Defined Route passage of up to 40 miles to seaward. Transit by

means of the Defined Routes is compulsory for vessels exceeding 500 dwt. 

5.9 Foreign vessels are only permitted to join the Defined Route

by either of the following approaches:

1. Route 2,—entered at position 35°56.2'N, 121°04.8'E

and oriented E-W. 

2. Route 3—entered at position 35°43.2'N, 120°53.0'E

and oriented ESE-WNW.

5.9 The maximum allowable vessel speed in No. 1 Section is 10

knots. Overtaking is prohibited in this section. Separation

zones of the TSS must not be crossed without obtaining prior

permission from the authorities. Inshore traffic lanes lie N and

S of No. 1 Section. 

Vessel Traffic Service

5.9 A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is in operation in Jiaozhu

Wan and Qingdao Gang. All foreign vessels of 300 tons or

more must contact Qingdao Maritime Traffic Control Center

on VHF channel 8 and, if necessary, transfer to a frequency

assigned by the Control Center. Vessels should maintain a

continuous listening watch on VHF channel 8.

5.9 Vessels must report to the Control Center when passing

either of the following reporting lines:

1. When passing the line joining Dagong Dao (35°58'N.,

120°29'E.) and Xiaogong Dao (36°00'N., 120°35'E.).

2. When passing a line drawn due E and W through

Zhucha Dao Light (35°56N., 120°19'E.).

5.9 Inbound vessels passing either of the above reporting lines

must communicate the following information:

1. Vessel name, call sign, and IMO number.

2. Location/Position.

3. Heading.

4. Speed.

5. Constraints or Defects. Towing vessels should report

length and type of tow.

6. Nationality.

7. Type of vessel.

8. Total tonnage.

9. Original port of departure.

10. Draft.

11. Type and quantity of dangerous cargo onboard.

5.9 Outbound vessels passing the reporting lines should report

the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Position.

3. Time.

4. Destination port.

5.9 Vessels should report their name and time of operation, as

follows:

1. Prior to departure from the berth

2. After berthing.

3. Prior to weighing anchor.

4. After anchoring.

5. When abeam Tuan Dao Light (36°02'N., 120°17'E.).

5.9 Vessels should report any traffic accidents or pollution incidents withn the reporting area, stating the following:

1. Type of accident or incident.

2. Time of occurrence.

3. Location of accident or occurrence.

4. Extent of damage or pollution

5. If any assistance is required. 

Signals

5.9 Berthing signals are displayed from the head of Pier No. 5 to

direct vessels berthing in Da Gang and in the anchorage. 

5.9 The following signals are in use at night: 

5.9 By day shapes are displayed. Vessels are not permitted to

enter or leave the harbor until the appropriate signal is hoisted.

5.9 Vessels subject to quarantine inspection before berthing hoist

the following signals on entering the harbor and anchor in the

quarantine anchorage. The following signals are hoisted:

Anchorage

5.9 There is a temporary anchorage area outside the harbor

entrance, 2 to 3 miles E of Xiang Zui (36°01'N., 120°18'E.).

This anchorage has reported depths of 27 to 40m, sand.

5.9 Quarantine Anchorage No. 22, about 1 mile square, is

centered on a position about 2 miles NNW of Tuandao Zui, in

depths of 7 to 34m, mud and sand, with good holding ground.

Shallow draft vessels should anchor in its E part.

5.9 Oil Tanker Anchorage No. 23 is situated 1 mile N of the N

end of Huang Dao. The anchorage is reported to have depths of

14 to 36m, mud.

Caution

5.9 Lesser depths than charted have been reported in Da Gang

and its immediate approaches.

5.9 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, surrounds Dagong

Dao and lies parallel to the traffic separation scheme. 

Xiang Zui to Cape Nelson

5.10 Xiang Zui (36°01'N., 120°18'E.) is the S entrance

point to Qingdao Gang.

5.10 Daqaio Dao (Ta-chiao Tao), a small islet marked by a light,

Signal Meaning 

White light over green light Vessel may enter Da Gang.

White light over red light Vessel may leave Da Gang.

By day By night Meaning

Flag Q Three red lights, vertically disposed

Arriving from an infected port, normal 

health on board.

Flags QQ

Four lights (red, red, 

white, red) vertically 

disposed

Suspicion of infection 

on board.

Flags QL

Four lights (red, 

white, red, white) 

vertically disposed

If death has occurred 

during voyage or there 

is a corpse on board.
96 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

lies about 1 mile SE of Xiang Zui. Xiaoqiao Dao is a reef that

dries about 3m, about 1 mile SW of Daqaio Dao.

5.10 Zhucha Dao (35°57'N., 120°19'E.) is an island about 35m

high with a flat summit, and marked by a light on its SW side.

Islets and rocks extend 0.5 mile E, while a 2m shoal lies 1 mile

WNW of the island.

5.10 Haixi Bandao (35°57'N., 120°14'E.) is a peninsula

extending SW from Xiang Zui to Kaiser Point (35°54'N.,

120°10'E.), the NE entrance point to Lingshan Wan. The two

extremities of the peninsula are hilly, while the middle part is

low with sandy beaches separated by rocky points.

5.10 Lingshan Wan (35°50'N., 120°05'E.) is an open bay lying

between Kaiser Point and an unnamed point 9 miles SW. An

inlet in the NE corner of the bay provides anchorage to small

vessels with local knowledge and a draft of less than 4m. It is

sheltered from all but S winds.

5.10 Dazhushan Zui (35°44'N., 120°00'E.) is a high steep-sided

headland rising to a 510m summit about 5 miles to the NNW.

The coastline between the point and Cape Nelson, about 260

miles SSE, first describes an indentation of considerable extent

then continues regular for the remainder of its length with but

few gentle bights interrupting a general trend to the SSE. 

5.10 Inland, a terrain of hills and low-lying mountains declines and

merges with a vast, flat, featureless plain that extends over much

of the N part of the hinterland lying behind the E coast of China.

The entrances to numerous shallow rivers interrupt the coastline. 

5.10 Offshore, the 20m curve leaves the coast close aboard Tachu-shan Tsui and tends to arc well seaward for a distance of

about 85 miles before closing the coast once more off the

entrance to Chang Jiang. Several off-lying islands lie in the

approaches to the N coastal indentation. Numerous shoals lie

scattered throughout the offshore area.

5.10 Caution.—Caution is recommended when navigating a

partially surveyed area which, strewn with many shoal patches

of sand and hard mud, extends about 140 miles NNW of the

entrance to Chang Jiang and continues offshore for a distance

of about 50 miles.

5.11 Lingshan Dao (35°45'N., 120°10'E.) lies about 7

miles ENE of Dazhushan Zui. The S end of the island rises

precipitously to a height of 511m, then slopes to its N extremity. A light is shown from the SW side of the island. Vessels

with local knowledge can obtain anchorage on the W sides of

the island.

5.11 Ligen Wan (35°42'N., 119°57'E.), about 6 miles wide, is a

small bay lying between Dazhushan Zui and the N point of

Zhaitang Dao, a 26m high island lying close off the mainland.

A 3.7m patch, marked by a lighted buoy, lies in the approach to

Ligan Wan, about 5 miles E of Zhaitang Dao.

5.11 Huangjiatang Wan (35°33'N., 119°40'E.), entered between

Dongjia Kou Zui (Dongjiakou Zui) and a bluff point about 8

miles SW, is comparatively shallow. Its inner part is filled with

drying mud and sandflats. 

5.11 Anchorage, suitable for small craft during N and NW winds,

can be obtained about 1 mile SW of Dongjia Kou Zui, in

depths of 6 to 8m, mud.

5.11 A prohibited area extends offshore from a position 7 miles

SSE of Dongjiakou Zui, to the shoal area of Qingshi Lan, then

to the SW extremity of Haixi Bandao.

Shijiusuo (Shijiu Zui) (35°23'N., 119°34'E.), marked by a

light, situated about 15 miles SW of Dongjia Kou Zui. Close W

of the point. It is the biggest deep water coal terminal in China.

The terminal is a pier 1,144m in length, each side of which can

accommodate vessels of over 100,000 dwt. The terminal has

China’s most advanced coal-handling equipment, able to move

15 million tons of coal a year.

5.11 In the S end of the harbor there are two 10,000 dwt timber

berths and five 10,000 dwt general cargo berths.

5.11 Range lights in line, bearing 345°45', lead into Shijiusuo

Harbor.

5.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

Vessels of less than 100,000 dwt board pilots within the pilot

and quarantine anchorage area. Vessels of 100,000 dwt and

greater board a pilot in position 35°16.5'N, 119°46.7'E, about

11.5 miles SE of Shijiu Light.

5.11 The vessel’s ETA should be sent via the agent 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arriving at the pilot boarding position. The message should include the following information:

1. Time and date of arrival.

2. Salt water draft.

3. Fresh water draft.

5.11 Anchorage.—There are five designated anchorage berths,

established as follows, with bearings and distances from Shijiu

Light (Rizhao Light) (35°22.7'N., 119°33.5'E.), as follows: 

5.11 Vessels should avoid transiting the anchorages unless proceeding to or departing from the port.

5.11 Haizhou Wan (34°55'N., 119°20'E.) is a shallow bay indenting the mainland coast between Lanshan Tou, about 19 miles

SSW of Shijiu Zui, and Lianyun Gang, about 20 miles further

S.

5.11 Qinshan Dao (34°52'N., 119°17'E.), a 55m high islet, lies

close seaward of the extensive drying mud flats at the head of

the bay. 

5.11 Anchorage is available for small vessels with the summit of

the island bearing 310°, distant 1 mile, in a depth of 3.7m,

mud.

5.12 Lanshan (35°05'N., 119°21'E.) (World Port Index

No. 60125) is a new port at Lanshantou on the N side of

Haizhou Wan, approached through an unlit buoyed fairway

with reported depths of 12 to 15m. Range lights, aligned

341°40', lead into the port. 

5.12 Depths—Limitations.—There are two berths for small vessels up to 1,000 dwt, and two larger berths, one for vessels up

to 5,000 dwt, 180m in length, and a draft of 7.5m and one for

vessels up to 20,000 dwt, 210m in length, and a draft of 10.2m.

New wharves under construction include one berth that is

240m long, for 50,000 dwt class ships, and a container berth

250m in length with a depth alongside of 9.5m. Tugs are available.

Berth Bearing Distance (miles) Depth

1 130° 5.3 19m

2 120° 7.0 19m

3 142° 6.8 18m

4 135 8.2 19m

5 112.5° 15 22m
Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 97

Pub. 157

5.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours

except, as follows: 

1. Large vessels—pilotage is available during daylight

hours only.

2. Pilotage is suspended if wind reaches force 4-5.

5.12 The pilot boards between 3 and 5 miles SE of the berth.

5.12 Vessels should send their ETA via the agent 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arriving at the pilot boarding position. The message should include the following information:

1. Time and date of arrival.

2. Salt water draft.

3. Fresh water draft.

5.12 Anchorage.—There are three designated anchorage areas

that may best be seen on the chart. There are depths of 8.5 to

18m at the anchorages. 

5.12 Anchorage is prohibited in an area centered on position

35°04'N, 119°55'E due to unexploded ordnance on the sea bed;

this area, which is best seen on the chart, and lies approximately 15 miles E of the entrance to Lanshan Gang approach

channel. 

5.12 Caution.—It is reported that a 6.2m shoal lies approximately 30m off the 20,000 dwt berth, and as a result larger

vessels berth at HW.

5.12 Cultivation areas exist in the vicinity of Lanshan Gang.

Vessels should not approach the port without local knowledge.

5.12 All vessels must approach the port through the approach

channel, best seen on the chart.

Lianyungang (Lianyun Gang) (Lien Yun Chiang)

(34°44'N., 119°27'E.)

World Port Index No. 60130

5.13 Lianyungang is one of China’s main coastal ports, a

key port in international trade. It has the capacity to handle

general bulk and containerized cargo. It is located on the

mainland shore opposite Dongxilian Dao, a bare rocky island

which, having a prominent sharp summit and a conspicuous

light on its E extremity, lies close off the S side of Haizhou

Wan.

5.13 Winds—Weather.—In winter and spring the prevailing

winds are from the NW, while in summer and autumn, the

prevailing winds are from the SE. Fog occurs in the morning

from March until May.

5.13 Tides—Currents.—Tides are semidiurnal, rising 5m at

springs and 4m at neaps.

5.13 Tidal currents at the harbor entrance are rotary in a

counterclockwise direction. The flood current sets successively

NW, W, and SW at a maximum rate of 1 knot, while the ebb

current sets successively SE, E, and NNE at a maximum rate of

0.8 knot.

5.13 Within Lianyungang, the tidal currents are reported to be

reversing, setting W through the passing on the flood tide and

E on the ebb tide. During the flood tide, there are rough seas

and swells at the harbor entrance.

5.13 Depths—Limitations.—Bulk carriers of up to 150,000 dwt

and container vessels of up to 100,000 dwt may be accommodated at the port according to tide. The approach channel,

Zhuhangdao Jiaduan, is 230m wide and is dredged to a depth

of 16.5m. 

5.13 There are 22 berths for ships of 10,000 dwt, two for ships of

5,000 dwt, and two for ships of 3,000 dwt in Lianyungang. The

coal pier, WNW of Pier No. 3, is 160m long, with alongside

depths of 8.9 to 9.1m.

5.13 New quays (2010) are constructed to the E of Lianyungang

with alongside depths of 14.7 to 18.1m. 

5.13 Coal berths for ships of 16,000 and 35,000 tons, together

with four general cargo berths for vessels up to 25,000 tons, are

situated at Miaoling, 1 mile W of Lianyungang. 

5.13 Xugou, 1 mile W of Miaoling, is a harbor for smaller vessels. The channel to Xugou has a least depth of 7.2m and is

navigable for vessels of up to 50,000 tons having a maximum

draft of 10.5m. 

5.13 A 6,700m long breakwater is under construction connecting

the mainland at Beiying Zui (34°46'N., 119°22.1'E.) with

Jiangjia Zui (34°41'N., 119°26.'E.) on the W side of

Dongxilian Dao, forming an artificial bay. 

5.13Aspect.—On the S side of Lianyungang, there is an artificial

harbor protected by two low, stone breakwaters, which are

either awash or just below water. A fishing harbor, protected by

a breakwater, is situated close SE of the root of the E breakwater of the artificial harbor.

5.13 A conspicuous white tower, 35m high, stands near the root of

the E breakwater. 

5.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage, which is compulsory for all foreign

vessels entering and leaving the harbor, is available 24 hours.

Pilots board at Quarantine and Pilot Anchorage No. 1 in

position 34°48.5'N, 119°37.5'E or at Quarantine and Pilot Anchorage No. 2 in position 34°46.5'N, 119°38.8'E. For vessels

under 5,000 gross tons, pilots board at Quarantine Anchorage

No. 3 in position 34°45.3'N, 119°31.6'E. 

5.13 Vessels should send ETA via the agent 72 hours, 48 hours,

and 24 hours prior to arriving at the pilot boarding position.

The message should include the following information:

1. Time and date of arrival.

2. Salt water draft.

3. Fresh water draft.

5.13 Regulations.—There is a VTS in operation in the harbor 

limits within a line joining the following points:

1. Yangwo Tou.

2. 3 miles N of Yangwo Tou.

3. Cheniushan.

4. Danianshan. 

5. Position 34°50.5'N, 120° 01.9'E. 

6. Position 34°40.6'N, 119° 45.0'E.

7. Position 34°40.6'N, 119° 27.2'E.

5.13 Participation in the VTS is compulsory for all foreign vessels and Chinese vessels greater than 300 grt. Vessels should

report upon entry to the VTS, when shifting berths, or when

passing Lighted Buoy No. 23 and Lighted Buoy No. 36. 

5.13 Two-way traffic in the main fairway is permissible for oil,

gas, and chemical tankers and also for ro-ro vesssels having a

maximum length of 150m, and for all other vessels of up to

200m in length. There is however, a restriction of combined

beams of 47m or 57m, respectively. For larger vessels, oneway traffic operation is enforced. Vessels should avoid meeting

in the fairway in visibility conditions of less than 2 miles, or in

winds of force 6 and higher. 

5.13 Anchorage.—The quarantine and pilot anchorage lies 11

miles ENE of Yangwo Tuo and has depths of 13 to 16m. 
98 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

5.13 The anchorage is exposed and dragging may occur in winds

over force 7. Tha anchorage is unsuitable in a typhoon and

more sheltered anchorage should be sought on Qingdao, 90

miles NNE.

5.13 A tide gauge lighted beacon (black beacon, red band with

topmark) lies in position 34°45.9'N, 119°35.9'E, 1 mile E of

Quarantine and Pilot Anchorage No. 2.

5.13 From Lianyungang, the flat, featureless coast extends 220

miles SSE to the vicinity of Cape Nelson (Changjiangkou

Beijiao) and is intersected by numerous streams. For the last

110 miles it is fronted by an unsurveyed area of changing

shoals and flats which extend as much as 50 miles offshore. 

5.13 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies within the harbor limits,

14 miles SW of Dashan Dao. 

Chang Jiang Approaches

5.14 Changjiang Kou Beijiao (Cape Nelson) (31°40'N.,

121°51'E.), the N entrance point of the estuary to Chang Jiang,

is low. Nanhui Zui, the S entrance point, lies about 49 miles to

the S. The intervening water area is largely choked by numerous low-lying highly cultivated well-populated islands and by a

substantial series of shoals and drying flats of sand and mud

which, resulting from the continued deposit of downstream,

riverborne sediment, are subject to constant change in character, position, and depth. Several channels lead through the

estuary. The N lane of the estuary has a least depth of 7m. The

S channel has three shoal areas with a least depth of 6m. The

Huangpu River Channel has a depth of 10m up to Zhanghuabang, 8m up to Longhua, and 7m up to Minhang.

5.14 Nan Shuidao (South Channel), the principal navigable channel through the entrance to Chang Jiang, leads between the

drying mud flats fronting the coastline NNW of Nanhui Zui

and the numerous islets, shoals, and drying mud flats extending

upstream from T’ung-sha Ch’ien-t’an (Tungsha Banks), the

most extensive danger in the seaward approaches to the river.

5.14 Changjiang Kou Light Vessel (31°06'N., 122°32'E.)

equipped with an automatic identification system (AIS), and

racon, is located 9 miles SE of Jigu Jiao. 

5.14 Nanzhi Lanby (30°58'N., 122°11'E.), equipped with an

AIS, is moored in the S approach to Chang Jiang, 16 miles

ENE of Nanhui Zui. 

5.14 Three channels are used by shipping entering Changjiangkou.

These are Nanzhi Hangdao, close to the S shore of Nan Shuidao;

Nancao Hangdao, N of Nanzhi Hangdao, in the deeper part of

Nan Shuidao; and Beicao Hangdao, which passes between

Jiuduan Sha and Tongsha Qiantan, two extensive drying banks,

and then through Bei Cao to merge with Nancao Hangdao. 

5.14 Nanzhi Hangdao is entered at Nanzhi Lanby. It is used by

inbound and outbound shallow draft vessels.

5.14 Nancao Hangdao is entered at Changjiangkou Light Vessel

and provides a deep water route for two-way traffic. The

channel through Nancao Hangdao, Nancao Shuidao, is

buoyed. The inbound channel lies N of the centerline, and has a

least charted depth of 4.8m; the outbound channel has a least

charted depth of 5m and lies S of it. Each channel is 500m

wide. Located at the NW end of the passage is Jiuduan Light

Float (31°07'N., 121°57'E). This marks the intersection with

Nanzhi Hangdao. 

5.14 Nancao Light Float (31°03'N., 122°16'E.) is moored in the

S approach to Chang Jiang 10 miles SSW of Jigu Jiao.

5.14 Beicao Hangdao is also entered at the Changjiang Kou Light

Vessel. It is a deep water channel for vessels which cannot use

the channels through Nan Shuidao because of their draft.

5.14 Yawosha Hangcao is a narrow part of the deep water channel

that is dredged to a depth of 7.3m.

5.14 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in the seaward approach

to Chang Jiang are rotary and turn in a clockwise direction.

Rates vary from 1 knot at neaps to 4 knots at springs.

5.14 At the entrance to Nan Shuidao (31°02'N., 122°11'E.), the

tidal currents are rotary and turn in a clockwise direction. Rates

vary from 1 knot at neaps and 2 to 3 knots at springs. There is a

dangerous set on to the S bank of the river from about 5 to 7

hours after HW. During strong N winds, this set persists well

within Nan Shuidao.

5.14 In this same area, with fresh S winds, the tidal currents after

HW set N of E much longer than in calm weather; with a fresh

N wind the reverse is the case. During NE winds, the tidal currents set NW for a longer period and the water level is higher

than usual; during SW winds the reverse is the case.

5.14 Within Nan Shuidao, the tidal currents become mainly

reversing with only a brief period of slack water. At strength,

they follow the direction of the channel.

5.14 In the narrow part of the channel (31°07'N., 122°00'E,.) the

flood current attains a maximum rate of 2 knots at neaps and 3

knots at springs, while the ebb current attains a maximum rate

of 3 knots at neaps and 6 knots at springs.

5.14 Between the narrow part of the channel and the entrance to

Huangpu Jiang, the rates of the tidal currents tend to be less,

attaining a maximum rate of about 3 knots on the flood current

and about 5 knots on the ebb current.

5.14 Depths—Limitations.—The least depth in Nan Shuidao

was reported to be 4.6m. Deep draft vessels have reported

touching bottom in the vicinity of position 31°12'N., 121°52'E.

5.14 Vessels with a draft of 8.9m ordinarily transit Nan Shuidao at

HW. Vessels with a draft of 9.4m are able to transit the channel

during the HW of spring tides. A vessel was reported to have

transited Nan Shuidao and to have berthed at Huangpu Jiang

with a draft of 9.6m.

5.14 Vessels with a draft of less than 4.9m enter Nan Shuidao at

about LW, having regard for a current set to the S and SW.

Vessels with a draft greater than 4.9m arrive at the entrance 2 to

3 hours before HW so as to take advantage of a current setting

to the W and NW.

5.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels both entering

and leaving the river delta and is available 24 hours. Pilotage

should be requested 72 hours prior to arrival. The pilot vessel

can be contacted on VHF channels 6, 9, 15, 16, and 69. 

5.14 The pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

5.14 The North Channel pilots for deep draft vessels approaching

Beicao Hangdao board in position 31°05'N, 122°25'E. 

5.14 The South Channel pilots for vessels bound for Nancao Hangdao board in position 31°05'N, 122°35'E . 

5.14 The river pilots to all ports on the Chang Jiang board S of

Baoshan anchorage in position 31°26.3'N, 121°29.2'E.

pilots@public4.sta.net.cn
Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 99

Pub. 157

5.14 Harbor pilots will relieve the river pilots to dock the vessel in

some ports on the Chang Jiang. See port information as

applicable. 

5.14 Regulations.—Shanghai Vessel Traffic System.—A

mandatory Vessel Traffic System (VTS) is in operation for all

foreign vessels, of 1,000 grt and over, vessels of excessive

beam or length, tankers of 500 dwt and over, and passenger

vessels carrying 12 or more passengers. The VTS monitors all

traffic on the Chang Jiang up to Huango Jiang. 

5.14 Vessels report to VTS Wusong Center on VHF channel 9 or

71 for arrival, departure, or movements within the VTS limits.

Vessels should also contact Shanghai MSA the day before

arrival and a day before departure. 

5.14 Inbound vessels report to Wusong VTS on VHF channel 9

when passing the following points:

1. Vessels transiting Beicao Hangdao (North Channel):

a. Changjiang Kou Light Vessel.

b. Between Lighted Buoy D9 (31°06'N., 122°21'E.)

and Lighted Buoy D11 (31°06'N., 122°19'E.). 

c. Lighted Buoy D42 (31°18'N., 121°45'E.) or

Lighted Buoy D43 (31°19'N., 121°44'E.).

d. Yuanyuansha Light Vessel (31°19'N., 121°42'E.).

2. Vessels transiting Nancao Hangdao (South Channel):

a. Nancao Light Vessel (31°00'N., 122°28'E.).

b. Lighted Buoy S7 (31°03'N., 122°16'E.).

c. Between Lighted Buoy S16 (31°05'N., 122°02'E.)

and Lightd Buoy 18 (31°06'N., 121°59'E.).

d. Juduan Light Vessel (31°08'N., 121°55'E.).

e. Yuanyuansha Light Vessel (31°19'N., 121°42'E.).

3. Vessels transiting Chang Jiang to Wusong should

radio a position report at the following points on VHF channel 71:

a. Lighted Buoy A56 (31°20'N., 121°40'E.).

b. Lighted Buoy 60 (31°23'N., 121°35'E.).

c. Lighted Buoy 101 (31°24'N., 121°32'E.).

d. Lighted Buoy 66 (31°25'N., 121°31'E.).

4. Vessels proceeding to Baoshan, or changing to river

pilotage, should radio a position report at the following

points on VHF channel 71:

a. Lighted Buoy 72 (31°28'N., 121°27'E.).

b. Lighted Buoy 74 (31°29'N., 121°26'E.).

c. Baoshan Superbuoy (31°32'N., 121°21‘'E.).

d. Lighted buoy 84 (31°32'N"121°20'E.).

5.14 Outbound vessels should also report at the reporting points

stated above.

5.14 Vessels should report vessel name, present berth or anchorage, and intended destination to Wusong VTS when commencing shifting or berthing operations. A completion of operations

should subsequently be reported, including vessel name, time

of anchoring or securing, and name of berth or anchorage.

5.14 Signals.—Inbound vessels using Beicao Hangdao should

exhibit a black cylinder by day or two all round violet lights in

a vertical line by night until reaching Lighted Buoy No. 270.

Outbound vessels should exhibit the same signals between

Lighted Buoy H46 and Lighted Buoy No. 261.

5.14 When arriving at the quarantine anchorage at night, a vessel

seeking immediate clearance shall display three vertical red

lights. When clearance is not required until morning, the vessel

will display a red light over a white light.

5.14 Anchorage.—There are four designated anchorages in

Chang Jiang Kou, the positions of which may best be seen on

the appropriate chart.

5.14 Vessels, with a draft of 7.6m or less, may proceed directly to

the pilot station and there anchor to await either the pilot or a

favorable tide. Vessels, with a draft greater than 7.6m, proceed

to a position about 1 mile NE of position 31°03'N, 122°20'E

and anchor there to await instructions. Vessels of any draft also

proceed to this anchorage when they are unable to reach the

pilot station at their announced ETA or when tidal conditions

are generally unfavorable. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo

anchor in the designated area centered on position 30°57.3'N,

122°27.5'E. 

5.14 Vessels are cautioned to exercise particular care when navigating within the sea anchorages off the entrance to Chang

Jiang in so far as tidal currents are rotary and imperfectly predictable and sunken wrecks or other obstructions are numerous

and dangerous, especially within a radius of 5 miles E through

S of position 31°03'N, 122°20'E.

5.14 Caution.—Vessels are cautioned that the prevailing winds

and weather modify to a great extent the regularity of both the

times of high and LW, and the duration, direction, and rate of

the tidal currents.

5.14 A dangerous wreck lies in the vicinity of the intersection of

Nanzhi Hangdao and Nancao Hangdao, in 13m of water. 

5.14 A dangerous wreck lies 0.8 mile ENE of Nanzhi Lanby. 

5.14 Vessels are cautioned that, during periods of fog or thick

weather, navigation within the estuarine approaches to Chang

Jiang is accompanied with great danger in consequence of the

constant shifting of shoals, the continual change in channel

limits and the frequent displacement of aids to navigation.

Jigu Jiao (Chi-ku Chiao) (Amherst Rocks) (31°10'N.,

122°23'E.), a group of dark-colored above-water rocks which

are reported radar conspicuous at 9 miles, lie about 31 miles

NE of Nanhui Zui and constitute the most seaward danger in

the immediate approaches to Chang Jiang. The largest rock is

12m high and is marked by a light shown from a white square

concrete structure on the rocks; a racon transmits from the light

structure.

5.14 Vessels are recommended to give the rocks a wide berth

during nighttime and periods of poor visibility.

Shanghai (31°13'N., 121°30'E.)

World Port Index No. 59970

5.15 Shanghai, the largest and most important port in

China, lies on the banks of the river Huangpu Jiang at a distance of about 12 miles from the juncture of Huangpu Jiang

with the S side of the estuary to Chang Jiang. The port has a

vast hinterland at its back which covers the nation’s central

area from E to W, and the highly-developed Yangtze River

Delta and coastal area. The average sea level elevation of the

alluvial plain of this river delta is 4m. 

Winds—Weather

5.15 In the summer, winds from the SE are frequent. In the

winter, winds are usually from between NW and NE. Gales
100 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

from the NE, with a wind strength averaging 20 knots or more,

sometimes last as long as a week during the winter. The winters are damp and temperatures sometimes fall below freezing.

5.15 During spring or autumn, sudden changes of temperature

occur, often as much as 16.7°C, in a relatively short period of

time. Summers are hot, especially between the middle of July

and the middle of September. Typhoons can occur occasionally from July through September, although work in the

harbor is rarely affected due to the shelter provided by the tall

buildings of the city.

5.15 Fog occurs from October through May. It is the most frequent in December and is generally dispersed by 1000.

Ice

5.15 The port is ice-free year round.

Tides—Currents

5.15 Tides are semidiurnal, with a range of 2.5 to 4m. In the anchorage close within the entrance to Huangpu Jiang, the flood

current begins from 20 to 40 minutes after LW at springs and

from 1 to 1.5 hours after LW at neaps. The ebb current begins

from 1 to 2 hours after HW at springs and from 1 to 2 hours

after HW at neaps. The tidal currents start on both banks before

they commence at mid-channel.

5.15 At Shanghai, under normal weather conditions, there is

practically no slack water between the end of the ebb current

and the start of the flood current at spring tides. Both currents

attain a rate of 3 to 4 knots at springs.

5.15 At Shanghai, the flood current runs from about 2 hours after

LW until about 3 hours after HW at the entrance to Huangpu

Jiang. The ebb current runs the remainder of the tidal period.

After heavy rains, the flood current runs from about 3 hours

after LW until about 3 hours after HW at the entrance to

Huangpu Jiang, and may attain a rate of 4 knots.

Depths—Limitations

5.15 The port has undergone considerable development and modernization in recent years and expansion is continuing. There

are more than 15,500m (over 8.5 miles) of berthing space

between Wusong and the upper limit of the harbor, with

alongside depths of 8.8 to 11.4m, providing berthing for 98

ves-els. Mooring buoys provide an additional 25 berths for

ships of 25,000 tons, 28 berths for ships of 4,000 tons, and 18

berths for smaller vessels. 

5.15 Lujong Terminal consists of 33 berths which handle iron ore,

coal, and steel. An LNG terminal is in operation at Yangshan

port. 

5.15 A loading/unloading platform, made from a 100,000 ton ore

carrier, is established near the junction of the Chang Jiang and

Huangpu Jiang to permit deep draft ore and grain carriers to

partially unload to reduce their draft before entering the harbor.

5.15 The port is divided into 12 work areas or districts and one

passenger terminal. These areas are not in geographical sequence.

5.15 There is a container wharf, 424m long, in Work Area No. 9

on the W bank below Wusong, and another, 400m long, in

Work Area No. 10 on the E bank. There are depths of 10.5m at

each wharf.

5.15 Shanghai Puhang Chuyun quay handles aviation fuel, is

380m long, and located on the S shore of the Chang Jiang Kou.

The quay accommodates vessels of 30,000 to 50,000 tons. 

5.15 Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf (30°44'N., 121°24'E.)

extends 1 mile SSE from the shore. The coal wharf at the head

of the F-shaped jetty is 270m long with an alongside depth of

12m; vessels of up to 35,000 dwt can be accommodated. The

channel leading to the wharf has a width of 500m.

Aspect

5.15 Huangpu Jiang (Whangpoo River) is an important tidal

stream which is entered through an extensive and periodically

submerged training wall at Wusong Kou. This river wanders

through the soft mud of a low, adjacent alluvial plain for a

distance of about 74 miles to a juncture with Yun Ho, a lengthy

inland waterway. The W or left bank is often referred to as the

Shanghai side, while the E or right bank is referred to as the

Pudong side.

5.15 Wusong Kou (31°23'N., 121°31'E.), the entrance to Huangpu Jiang, lies between training walls 0.4 mile apart. On the S

side, the area backing the training wall has been reclaimed. On

the N side, the training wall is backed by a drying flat. A

conspicuous tower stands near the N entrance point of the river.

Range lights in line, bearing 250°, and leading through the

entrance channel, are shown from the W bank of the river,

about 0.7 mile SW of the head of the N training wall.

5.15 For the first 7 miles within the entrance to Huangpu Jiang, a

good deal of reclamation has taken place. This is particularly

so on the W bank opposite the entrance to Gaoqiao Gang

(31°20'N., 121°33'E.), where the river along that stretch is

narrowed to 0.3 mile in places. There is a conspicuous chimney

on the E bank about 1 mile above Gaoqiao Gang.

5.15 A coal storage dock is situated at the Gaoqiao power plant.

The dock is 240m long and has an alongside depth of 5.9m. 

5.15 Donggou Gang (31°17'N., 121°34'E.) is a creek on the E

bank, 2 miles above Gaoqiao Gang. The wharves of oil

installations and the entrance to a dry dock are situated along

the bank between 1 and 2 miles above Donggou Gang.

5.15 Lujiazui (31°14'N., 121°29'E.) is a point on the E bank

around which the river turns sharply SE. In this vicinity and in

parts of the river above this point, the width of the navigation

channel is 0.3 mile or less.

5.15 The Bund is on the W bank 0.3 mile SW of Lujiazui. Along

it are many fine buildings, including the Customs House, with

its high clock tower.

Pilotage

5.15 Pilotage is compulsory. See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.15 Pilots for Yangshan LNG terminal board in the following

positions:

(a) No. 1 Anchorage (30°25'24"N., 122°45'42"E.)

(b) No. 1 Quarantine Anchorage (30°29'00"N.,

122°29'18"E.)

(c) No. 2 Pilot Boarding Position (30°33'00"N.,

122°22'00"E.), in the vicinity of Y1 and Y2 lighted buoys. 
Pub. 157 Courtesy of Unit

Shanghai Vessel Traffic Service
102 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

Regulations

5.15 Speed must be regulated so that no damage is done to the

wharves, banks, any kind of structure, or other vessels, and reduced to a minimum when in the vicinity of vessels berthing,

discharging, or loading dangerous cargo, salvaging, or dredging.

5.15 Vessels traveling against the tidal current must give way to

those traveling with the current.

5.15 Vessels are prohibited to overtake another vessel in Huangpu

Jiang. Meeting situations in the bends of the river should be

avoided.

5.15 Vessels undergo quarantine inspections at the quarantine

anchorage at the entrance to Huangpu Jiang. This inspection is

not required if arriving from another Chinese port. 

5.15 In very bad weather, the inspection may be postponed until

the vessel has berthed, in which case the quarantine flag is

flown while the vessel is proceeding in an upriver direction. 

Signals

5.15 Tidal signals.—Tidal signals are displayed from a dial

standing near the training wall extending from the N entrance

point of Huangpu Jiang. A radial arm pointing to Arabic numerals arranged from 0 to 6 indicates the tidal rise in meters. A

neon indicator shows whether a falling or rising tide.

5.15 Traffic signals.—A large red flag hoisted at the Wusong

Kou signal station indicates that a large number of small craft

are maneuvering within the entrance to Huangpu Jiang. This

signal should be taken to mean navigate with extreme caution.

5.15 Dredge signals.—Dredges operating in the center of the

river display a red flag over a black triangle during the day and

three red lights, forming a triangle, at night. Pump vessels

operating along the bank of the river display a red flag over a

black triangle during the day, and three white lights, forming a

triangle, at night.

5.15 Dredges operating on the Pudong side of the river display a

red flag over a black ball during the day. At night, three lights,

forming a triangle, with the apex being a white light and the

base being red lights, are shown.

5.15 Dredges operating on the Shanghai side of the river display a

red flag over two black balls by day. At night, three lights,

forming a triangle, with the apex being a red light and the base

being white lights, are shown.

5.15 Salvage vessel signals.—By day, salvage vessels display a

square green flag. When working, they also display appropriate

signals from the International Code of Signals and, when a

diver is working below the surface, a square red flag.

5.15 At night, salvage vessels when working display a green light

over a white light or, when a diver is working below the surface, two green lights displayed vertically.

5.15 Quarantine signals.—A vessel arriving at the quarantine

anchorage at night seeking immediate clearance will display

three red lights in a vertical line. If the vessel is not seeking

clearance until the morning, a red light over a white light is

displayed. 

Anchorage

5.15 Hengsha (31°18'N., 121°48'E.), situated N of the channel

between Zhongsha Light Vessel and Yuanyuansha Hangcao,

can be used by large vessels as a typhoon anchorage. Depths

are from 9.7 to 14.5m, mud and sand bottom.

Port Signals—Shanghai

Signal Meaning 

Flag B Dangerous or inflammable cargo on board.

At night, a red light is to be hoisted.

Flag D

Vessels entering or leaving a dockyard. At

night, three lights, white, red, red, vertically disposed, are to be hoisted. 

Flag G Pilot required. 

Flag H Pilot on board. 

Flag I Fumigation officer required. 

Flag L Customs officer required. 

Flag N Harbor officers required. 

Flag P To sail soon. 

Flag U Tug required. 

Flag R Water boat required. 

Flag W

Medical officer required. In case of emergency a black ball should be hoisted under

the flag. At night, three lights, white, red,

white, vertically disposed, should be

hoisted, and one short and two long blasts

on the siren or whistle should be sounded.

Flag Y Mail on board. 

Second substitute Ship’s surveyors required. 

Flags DV

Leakage on board, pumping boat required.

At night, three lights, red, green, green,

vertically disposed, should be hoisted. 

Flags DW Mooring sampan required. Two long blasts

on the siren or whistle may also be used. 

Flags FS Ash boat required. 

Flags NQ

Fire tender required. At night, three lights,

green, white, red, vertically disposed,

should be hoisted; also continuous whistling.

Flags ST

Police officers required. At night, three

lights, red, white, red, vertically disposed,

should be hoisted.

Flags HG Pilot ferry boat required.

Flags TE Vessels passing are requested to reduce

speed. 

Flag F below

answering 

pennant

Ferry boat required by vessel lying outside. Wusong Kou. At night, two red lights,

horizontally disposed.

Port Signals—Shanghai

Signal Meaning 
Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 103

Pub. 157

5.15 Anchorage No. 1 and Anchorage No. 2 are temporary anchorages for large vessels situated in the vicinity of position

31°22'N., 121°38'E. which is about 5 miles NW of Yuanyuansha Hang-cao, as shown on the chart. It has depths of from less

than 2 to over 19m, mud and sand bottom.

5.15 Quarantine Anchorage No. 1 and Quarantine Anchorage No.

2 are situated about 2.3 miles NNE of the entrance to Huangpu

Jiang and NW of the large vessels temporary anchorage. 

5.15 Eleven designated anchorage areas are located NW and ESE

of Huangpu Jiang and may best be seen on the chart.

Directions

5.15 The tide indicator at Wusong should be consulted to obtain

the height of tide at the time of entering the river.

5.15 It was reported that the track followed by pilots indicated

that considerable dredging had been carried out in the river.

5.15 From the entrance at Wusong Kou, the track within the river

lies about 130m off the W bank, until abreast the Harbor

Superintendent’s Office (31°21.4'N., 121°29.9'E.), passing W

of the lighted buoys marking the shoal water fringing the E

bank. The fairway at Wusong is E of any vessel moored there,

and it is advisable not to enter the river while such vessels are

swung across the channel. About 1 mile upstream of the

Harbor Superintendent’s Office, the track is N of the lighted

buoys marking the shoal bank on the SW side of the river. Then

the greatest depths in the fairway lie towards the E and SE side

of the river until within 1 mile of Lujiazui. Rounding Lujiazui

on the flood current, especially at spring tides, requires great

attention to steering.

5.15 Pilots have found that the handling of deep draft ships is

facilitated by taking them up with the flood current, turning,

and berthing them bows down river. 

5.15 At the top of spring tides, however, it is prudent to time entry

to avoid turning on the full strength of the flood current. As

soon as HW has made, the strength of the stream decreases and

turning can be affected with navigational safety.

5.15 A vessel, 213m in length, was reported to have turned in the

harbor.

5.15 When leaving the harbor, deep draft vessels should sail at the

very commencement of the flood stream, even if this entails

anchoring outside Huangpu Jiang to await the next flood tide

before making the passage through Nan Shuidao.

5.15 With expert local knowledge it is possible, except at neaps,

to leave berths below Lujiazui on the last of the ebb current and

make the passage through Nan Shuidao on the one tide.

5.15 Caution.—Submarine cables are laid across the harbor in

several places. Their shore ends are usually marked by

illuminated notice boards. A number of submarine cables are

landed on the south side of the entrance of the Huangpu Jiang.

Three submarine cables cross the river in the vicinity of the

Harbormaster’s Office. A submarine cable crosses the river,

about 1 mile southward of Gaoquio Gang entrance. A pipeline

crosses the river about 1 mile NW of the entrance of Gaoquio

Gang.

5.15 The harbor is crowded with all types of native craft, from

large junks to sampans. Cross-river ferry traffic may be encountered about 1.4 miles upriver of Yang-ching Chiang.

5.15 The Yangpu Bridge spans Hangpu Jiang at position 31°15'N,

121°32'E and has a vertical clearance of 44m above MHWS. 

5.16 Chang Jiang (Yangtze River) (31°48'N., 121°10'E.),

meaning the Great River, is the largest river in China and the

world's third longest river after the Amazon and the Nile. It

extends 3,828 miles providing abundant water sand favorable

navigation systems along with the rich soil and plentiful

growth of its river valleys that sustains 250 million inhabitants.

It constitutes a major commercial waterway for approximately one-half its total length. The river can be navigated

with local knowledge and charts. The Jiangyin pilot station

regulates Yangtze River traffic, and particularly restricts night

navigation between 2200 hours and 0600 hours LMT. 

5.16 The port of Qihai, harboring 11 berths, is a new industrial

waterfront established at the mouth of the Yangtze and extending N to the Chongming delta. The port is being developed as a

multi-functional and secondary port to Nantong (2008). 

5.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage for Chang Jiang is compulsory. Pilots

board as follows:

1. Sea Pilots board at the Chang Jiang Kou Pilot

Anchorages and generally disembark at Baoshan Anchorage.

Pilot exchanges at Baoshan Anchorage are in the following

positions:

(a) (31°26'N., 121°30'E.)

(b) (31°32'N., 121°23'E.)

2. River Pilots to all river ports board at Baoshan

Anchorge.

3. Harbor pilots will relieve the river pilots to dock the

vessel at certain ports. 

5.16 Chang Jiang Pilot Center provides a website as follows:

5.16 Regulations.—Vessels proceeding upriver must report to the

appropriate Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) as follows: 

1. Nantong VTS on VHF channel 69 upon passing Liuhe

Kou (31°31'06"N., 121°18'00"E.).

2. Zhangjia Gang VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival

at the reporting line between Chang Jiang red buoy No. 39

and Chang Jiang green buoy No. 39.

3. Jiangyin VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Pangqigang and Dahegang

(31°57'36"N., 120°19'51"E.).

4. Taizhou VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Wushiwuwei triangulation point and

Wuwei crossing mark.

5. Zhenjiang VTS on VHF channel 9 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Simashu lighted beqcon

(32°19'41"E., 119°44'38"E.) and the opposite bank.

6. Zhenjiang VTS on VHF channel 9 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Maanji red lighted buoy

(32°13'06"N., 119°40'24"E.) and Fengguwei triangulation

point.

7. Nanjing VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Sh’ier Wei chimney and Xinhekou.

8. Wuhu VTS on VHF channel 10 upon arrival at the

Chang Jiang Pilot Center

http://www.cj-pilot.com.cn
104 Sector 5. China—Shandong Bandao to Chang Jiang 

Pub. 157

reporting line joining Pengxing No. 173 black buoy and

Pengxingzhou beacon (Jiangxinzhou Shuidao). 

9. Wuhu VTS on VHF channel 10 upon arrival at the

reporting line joining Baimao Shuidao No. 193 red buoy and

Dahewei beacon (Baimao Shuidao).

10. Nanjing VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival at the

reporting line between the two towers for Dashengguan

cross-river cable.

11. Zhenjiang VTS on VHF channel 9 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Sh’ier Wei chimney and Xinhekou.

12. Zhenjiang VTS on VHF channel 9 upon passing

Runchang Bridge (32°12'27"N., 119°21'46"E.).

13. Taizhou VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Simashu lighted beacon

(32°19'41"N., 119°44'38"E.) and the opposite bank.

14. Jiangyin VTS on VHF channel 69 upon arrival at the

reporting line between Jiagang (31°57'50"N.,

120°05'28"E.)and Ligang (31°56'43"N., 120°04'23"E.).

15. Zhangjia Gang VTS on VHF channel 69 upon passing

the Jiangyin River Bridge (31°56'47"N., 120°16'00"E.).

16. Nantong VTS on VHF channel 69 upon passing the

reporting line between No. 33 black lighted buoy

(32°01'55"N., 120°25'58"E.) and the Xijigang river mouth

(32°03'05"N., 120°24'57"E.).

17. Wuhan VTS (30°34'N., 114°18'E.) on VHF channel

84 upon passing the reporting lines as follows: 

a. Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge.

b. Dunkou overhead power lines.

c. Han Shui river mouth.

5.16 Caution.—Traffic routes, buoys, and anchorages in the

Chang Jiang are adapted according to the constantly changing

banks and channels of the river. Timber rafts and

concentrations of river craft may be encountered. 
6. 

China—Hangzhou Wan and Approaches

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
SECTOR 6 

CHINA—HANGZHOU WAN AND APPROACHES

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of China between

Nanhui Zui, the N entrance point of Hangzhou Wan, and

T’ung-t’ou Shan, an islet about 98 miles to the S, and includes

off-lying islands and Hsiang-shan Chiang. The description is N

to S.

General Remarks

6.1 Winds—Weather.—Monsoon conditions prevail.

The Northeast Monsoon season (September-March) has winds

that blow as moderate breezes from NW through N to NE

about 70 per cent of the time. The Southwest Monsoon season

(June-July) has irregular winds blowing from S to SW. September is the wettest month with July being the driest.

6.1 Tides—Currents.—Ocean currents come largely under the

influence of monsoon winds. September through April, currents set to the S. From about May through August they set N.

Currents in Hangzhou Wan generally set seaward.

Hangzhou Wan (Hangchow Bay) (30°25'N., 121°00'E.) is a

large shoal bay whose shores are fronted by an extensive

margin of drying mud flats. The N shore is low and flat and lies

on the S limit of a vast, cultivated plain which extends well

inland from the N part of the E coast of China. 

6.1 The S shore continues low and flat for a short distance inland, then rises to hills and mountains which, trending NE in

parallel ridges, reach the coast at the S entrance point of the

bay in an elongated, bold promontory and then continue seaward to form an archipelago of characteristically scattered offlying islands. 

6.1 The near shore is level and has extensive areas of drying mud

flats. The numerous off-lying islands rise steeply from surrounding shoal water which extends well offshore. 

6.1 Ports of interest to shipping are Dinghai (30°01'N.,

122°06'E.), Zhenhai (29°57'N., 121°43'E.), and Ningbo

(29°53'N., 121°53'E.), located in the general area around the S

entrance point of Hangzhou Wan.

6.1 An inside passage for moderate-size vessels of suitable draft

leads between the mainland and off-lying islands. Vessels,

having arrived W of Fodu Dao enter Fo-to-kang-tao, and proceeding through Luotou Shuidao and Cezi Shuidao transit

either E or W of Cezi Shan.

6.1 A vessel then passes W of Wushi, then steers through the

channel E of Yuxing Nao.

Hangzhou Wan—North Side

6.2 Nanhui Zui (30°53'N., 121°53'E.), the N entrance

point of Hangzhou Wan, is low and reported extending seaward. A low embankment extends irregularly to the W.

Daji Shan (Ta-ch’i Shan) (30°49'N., 122°10'E.), about 16

miles ESE of Nanhui Zui, is an isolated islet rising to a height

of about 79m from surrounding shoal water and adjacent rocks.

The island is covered with vegetation and appears cone-shaped

from the NE. Rocks extend 0.2 mile from its W, S, and E sides;

those on the E side end in a prominent 3m high black rock. A

signal station can be contacted by means of the International

Code of Signals. Vessels anchor, in 11m, about 0.4 mile off the

W side of the islet, and clear of the many submarine cables in

the area, with a lighthouse bearing 064°, and just open S of a

white hut on the SW side of the islet. A light is shown on the

summit of Daji Shan; an automatic identification system (AIS)

is situated at this light. 

6.2 Donghai Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 40m, connects

Nanhui Zui with Xiaoyang Shan, 15 miles SSE. 

6.2 Caution.—Numerous dangerous wrecks, best seen on the

chart, lie from N through SW of Daji Shan.

6.3 The coastline between Nanhui Zui and the metropolis

of Hangzhou (Hangchow), about 97 miles WSW, is fronted by

drying mud flats and several islets, and backed by low-lying

land interrupted by hilly promontories of Ch’eng Shan and

Chin Shan, about 43 miles and 55 miles, respectively, WSW of

Nanhui Zui. Cha-p’u, a community close W of Ch’eng Shan, is

the former seaport of Hangzhou. Chiu-wang-wei Shan, a small

islet close E of Chin Shan, is the head of navigation for ocean

vessels.

6.3 Jianshan Tanker Terminal (30°43'N., 121°20'E.) has two

berths that can accommodate tankers with a draft of 6.5m.

Pilots board in position 30°38'N., 121°20.3'E.

6.3 Tanker terminals serve the Shanghai Petrochemical Plant.

One tanker pier accommodates vessels up to 25,000 dwt with

crude oil. Three berths take 5,000 dwt class ships and are

designed to handle chemical products. Two berths are 126m

long, with depths alongside of 8.6m and 9m respectively, and

the other is 76m long, with a depth of 5.2m.

6.3 Plans are in progress to build a number of 10,000 dwt

general cargo berths to ease congestion at Shanghai.

6.3 Zhapu (Chapu), the former port of Hangzhou has undergone

a major change with construction of deep water, offshore

berths for vessels of 1,000 dwt and 10,000 dwt. These offshore

berths are connected to the shore by a pier 1,134m in length.

The port has 24 berths of various types.

6.3 Facilities have been developed to accommodate vessels

30,000 to 50,000 dwt.

6.3 Qiantang Jiang (Ch’ien-t’ang Chiang), a narrow estuary

largely dry at low water, winds WSW from Chin-wang-wei

Shan for a distance of about 42 miles to Hangzhou.

6.3 Small vessels, with a draft not greater than 0.9m, can proceed through Qiantang Jiang to Hangzhou.

Daji Shan Light bearing 248°
6.3 Pilotage.—Pilot is compulsory. Pilots board at Luhuashan

anchorage during daylight hours. 

6.3 Pilots for Zhapu board in the vicinity of position 30°33'N,

121°05'E. 

6.3 Caution.—A tidal bore exists in Qiantang Jiang. It begins

near the time of low water about 12 miles WSW of Chiu-wangwei Shan and advances as far as Hangzhou at a rate of 12 to 15

knots. A Hai-ning, a community about 23 miles upstream from

Chiu-wang-wei Shan, the bore appears as a wall of water a

mile wide and may reach a height of 0.6m at neaps and 3.4m at

springs. All navigation between Hai-ning and Hangzhou

begins after the bore has passed and ends 2 hours after high

water, a period of 2 to 4 hours.

6.3 The extreme tidal range reaches about 8.5m in Hangzhou

Wan. At Hai-ning, the mean range is 4.7m and the spring range

is 5.8m.

Hangzhou Wan—North Approach—Off-lying Islands and Deep Water Channels

6.4 The islands in the N approaches to Hangzhou Wan are

grouped N and S of Huang-tse Yang, an intervening deep water

channel. The N islands consist of three groups: Ma-an Liedao,

Sijiao Shan and its adjacent islands, and Qiqu Qundao (Ch’ich’u Lieh-to). The S group consists of Daqu Shan and adjacent

islets.

6.4 Hai Jiao (Tung Tao) (Barren Islands) (30°44'N., 123°09'E.),

about 66 miles E of Nanhui Zui, consists of a group of several

islets and rocks which constitute the farthest seaward danger in

the N approaches to the bay. The W and highest islet is

reported radar conspicuous at 16 miles. A light is shown from

the W islet of Hai Jiao, and a racon transmits from it.

6.4 Foul ground extends 0.6 mile SE of the E islet, with a drying

3m high rock, on which the sea breaks heavily, on the

extremity of the foul ground. An obstruction, with a depth of

8.6m, lies 1 mile N of Hai Jiao.

6.4 Caution.—An explosives dumping area, 2 miles square, is

centered 3 miles WNW of Hai Jiao.

6.5 Ma-an Liedao (30°44'N., 122°45'E.), the E group of

islands N of Huang-tse Yang, extends about 15 miles NW-SE

and consists of several larger islands with numerous islets,

isolated rocks, and smaller islands scattered among them. The

larger islands are inhabited.

6.5 Huaniao Shan (30°51'N., 122°41'E.), the N of the larger

islands, is grass-covered and characteristically steep-sided,

bold, and rugged. It rises to a saddle shaped summit, 236m

high, and is reported to be radar conspicuous at 20 miles. A

light is shown on the N extremity of Huaniao Shan. Tide rips

form on the E side of the island.

6.5 Anchorage.—Vessels usually anchor in moderate depths in

a bay on the N side of the island, but must clear for sea with

short notice during spring and late fall, when N winds set in

without much advance warning. Anchorage in a bay on the SE

side of the island is subject to a heavy swell when winds blow

from S through E to NNE. Tidal currents are strong.

6.5 Luhua Shan (30°49'N., 122°38'E.), about 2 miles SW of

Huaniao Shan, consists of Dongluhuashan and Xiluhuashan,

two rugged precipitous islands joined together by a rocky

ledge.

6.5 Anchorage.—Luhuashan Maodi is a designated anchorage,

2 miles wide and extends between 1 mile and 4 miles S of

Xiluhuashan. It is used for lightening vessels before

proceeding up Chang Jiang. The anchorage has thick mud seabed with good holding ground.

6.5 The anchorage is sheltered from all winds except S and can

be used for shelter on the approach of a typhoon. In strong S

winds it is advisable to anchor to the N of Xiluhuashan. A clear

approach to the anchorage can be made from the NE. The

anchorage is under the jurisdiction of the Fagang Harbormaster. Areas of the anchorage are subject to strong tidal currents, particularly the center, with the strongest being during

the ebb. The anchorage is also used for the trans-shipment of

LPG. LPG vessels are not permitted to anchor within 1.1 miles

of the transshipment bulk carrier.

6.5 Caution.—Care must be taken to avoid the submarine cable

lying 2 miles N and NW of Huaniao Shan.

6.6 Yemaodong (30°48'N., 122°47'E.), lying about 6

miles SE of Huaniao Shan, has a saddle shaped summit, 158m

high. A chain of islets and rocks extends 2 miles NW and 1

mile SE of the island. In strong winds, there are heavy tide rips

off the end of the SE chain. 

6.6 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in 7.4 to 11m, mud,

sheltered from winds between E and NW, in the bay on the S

side of Yemaodong.

6.6 Caution.—Unexploded ordnance has been reported (2008)

to lie in position 30°44'06''N, 122°49'05''E. 

6.6 Chengian Shan (30°44'N., 122°49'E.), about 3 miles SSE of

Yemaodong, is the SE island of Ma’an Liedao. The coast is

rocky and precipitous, and its highest peak, 211m high, lies in

the middle of the island. Gouqi Shan, close W, has a double

summit, 197m high, in its N part that is considerably higher

than the rest of the island.

6.6 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents reach a velocity of 3

knots at springs, but their effect is lessened the farther within

the anchorage. During spring tides, the current is strong

enough to swing a vessel against a moderate breeze.

6.6 Anchorage.—Between the SW side of Chengian Shan and

the SE side of Gouqi Shan, anchorage, sheltered from winds E

through N to W, can be obtained. The approach to the anchorage is made from the SW by keeping the center of a prominent

beach in range, bearing 032°, with a prominent boulder at an

elevation of 206m about 0.4 mile from the highest peak on

Chengian Shan. Vessels anchor, in 12.8 to 18.2m, stiff mud, in

the E part of the anchorage where the bottom is free of known

dangers and shelves gradually shoreward. 

6.7 Sijiao Shan (Shengsi Liedao) (30°42'N., 122°30'E.),

the middle group of islands N of Huang-tse Yang, consists of a

larger island with smaller islands and clustered islets scattered

in a general SW direction for a distance of about 10 miles.

6.7 Sijiao Shan, the largest island in the group, is rugged, steepsided, and has a very irregular shoreline which for the greater

part rises precipitously from the surrounding shoal water; the

island has many peaks, the highest of which, 217m high, stands

at its SW end. A sandy beach within a bay on the E side of the

island is conspicuous and one of the few features visible during

periods of misty weather.
6.7 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained all around the island, except on the S side.

6.7 Caution.—Tide rips form off the NE point of the island and

also off the S side of an islet lying 1 mile further NW. 

6.7 A dangerous wreck is reported (2000) to lie approximately

3.5 miles N of Banyang Jiao Light; another wreck is reported

(2008) to lie in position 30°39.7'N., 122°31.7'E.. 

6.8 Baijie Shan (30°37'N., 122°25'E.), about 5 miles S of

the SW extremity of Sijiao Shan, is a rugged precipitous island

surrounded by islets and shoal water. Vessels anchor, in 11 to

16.4m, sheltered from NW winds, off the S extremity of the

island and in similar depths, sheltered from N and NE winds,

off the W side, with the light on the S extremity of the island

bearing 132°, 0.2 to 0.4 mile distant. Tidal eddies are troublesome.

6.8 Chuanhu Liedao (30°36'N., 122°20'E.), close WSW of

Baijie Shan, is a group of steep-sided smaller islands and islets

largely joined by an area of shoal water. Vessels anchor, in

18.2m, sheltered from typhoon winds, with the summit of

Shangchuan Shan, the W island of the group, bearing 357°, and

Bitou Jiao, an isolated precipitous rock W of the group, bearing

275°. Care must be taken to avoid Webb Rock (Weipei Shih), a

pinnacle rock with a depth of 2.1m lying on the W side of the

anchorage. There is no indication of this rock except when tide

rips occur during calm weather. Currents are troublesome but

no swell is felt.

6.8 Baijie Xia (30°36'N., 122°25'E.), the 2-mile wide channel

between Biajie Shan and the several islets NE of Chuanhu

Liedao, is the passage most commonly used by vessels bound

to and from the entrance to the river Chang Jiang. Vessels steer

through the channel on a track defined by the light on

Banyangshan, a black rocky islet lying 2 miles WNW of Baijie

Shan, in line bearing 315°, with the light on Daji Shan. Tidal

currents are strong and require a timely course change to N so

as to pass at least 0.5 mile E of Banyangshan and the area close

around the islet in which ship handling often becomes quite

unmanageable.

6.8 Caution.—An anchorage and fishing prohibited area NNW

of Baijie Shan can be best seen on chart.

6.9 Qiqu Qundao (Ch’i-ch’u Lieh-tao) (30°36'N.,

122°05'E.), the W group of islands N of Huang-tse Yang,

extends about 10 miles NW-SE and consists of some 30 islets

clustered around and generally N of Dayangshan (30°35'N.,

122°04'E.), the largest and highest islet of the group. Vessels

anchor, in 7.3 to 11m, sand and mud, about 0.75 mile SE of the

head of a bay on the SE side of Dayangshan. Huini Jiao, a

pinnacle rock with a depth of 0.6m, lies in the SW approaches

to the anchorage. It is safely cleared to port by approaching the

anchorage from the SSE with the highest peak on Xiaoyang

Shan, an island about 2 miles NNW, bearing 337° and just

open E of the S entrance point of the bay. 

6.10 Maji Shan (Majishan) (30°34'N., 122°34'E.), a subport to Zhoushan (30°01'N., 122°06'E.), consists of an oretransfer terminal.

Depths—Limitations.—The E channel is navigable for vessels having a maximum draft of 18.5m. Vessels of up to

350,000 dwt can be accommodated at the berths.

Regulations.—Zhoushan Vessel Traffic Service.—

Zhoushan VTS Maji Shan Service Area is in effect in the

approach to Shengsi Liedo. The area encompasses Shengi

Liedo and applies to the passage between No.1 and No. 2

anchorage and pilot boarding areas, best seen on the chart,. The

VTS may be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 12. 

Participation in the Maji Shan VTS is mandatory for the following vessles: 

1. All foreign vessels.

2. All passenger vessels.

3. All Chinese vessels exceeding 300 grt.

4. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

5. Pilot boats and tugs operating within the area.

6. Towing vessels having a combined length of more

than 50m.

7. Other vessels as stipulated by the VTS.

6.10 Vessels must report vessel name, flag, draft, and course to

the VTS on VHF channel 12 upon arrival at the following 

1. L-1—The line joining Qian Xiao Shan and Daluan

Shan.

2. L-2—The line joining Daluan Shan, Banyang Jiao

Light and Baijieshan Light.

3. L-3—The line joining Zhongkui Dao Light and

Fengchao Yan Light.

4. L-4—The line joining Dahuanglong and Tianluo Jiao.

6.10 Vessels must additionally report the vessel’s name and position to the VTS after completing anchoring or mooring operations.

6.10 Vessels should report their intention to weigh anchor or

depart a berth or mooring at least 20 minutes in advance of

commencing operations. 

6.10 Vessels may not leave the port without permission.

6.10 Vessesl should advise the VTS by VHF channel 12 or other

effective means of the following:

1. Encountering a traffic accident, pollution, injury to

personnel, or other emergency.

2. Discovering a failure of equipment relevant to safety

of navigation.

3. Discovering any failure of aids to navigation, obstacles, or other situations affecting safety.

6.10 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF

channels 11 and 16 when within the Maji Shan VTS area. 

6.11 Tangnao Shan (30°36'N., 121°58'E.), lying 4 miles

W of Dayangshan and marked by a light on its summit, is the

W island in this group. Daqu Shan (Ch’u Shan) (30°27'N.,

122°20'E.) is the principal island among the several islands and

islets scattered along the S side of Huang-tse Yang. It is hilly,

rugged, and has a characteristically irregular coastline much

indented by mud-filled bay, inlets, and small coves. A bay on

the S side of the island has been reclaimed and given over to

cultivation by a considerable population inhabiting the W and

N parts of the island. Vessels anchor in convenient depths, mud

and sand, W of the conspicuous peninsula extending N from

the central part of the N coast. 

6.11 Anchorage.—Anchorage is sheltered by off-lying islands

and is a safe refuge during typhoons. Anchorage off the SW

extremity of the island is troubled by tidal currents which attain

a velocity of 5 to 6 knots at springs.

6.11 Sanxing Liedao (30°26'N., 122°31'E.) is a group of islands
and islets extending 5 miles E of Daqu Shan. Good anchorage,

sheltered from E through N to NW, can be obtained, in depths

of 9.1 to 12.8m, with the W extremity of Shulanghu, the W and

largest island of the group, bearing 334°, distant 0.75 mile.

Anchorage can also be obtained SE of Xiaoshulang, in depths

of 9.1 to 11m. A light is shown from the summit of Xiaoshulang.

6.11 Langgang Shan (30°26'N., 122°55'E.), a small group of

three barren rocks, lie about 26 miles E of the E side of Daqu

Shan and constitute the farthest seaward danger on the S side

of Huang-tse Yang. They are reported radar conspicuous at 12

miles. The group is marked by a light.

Fengchao Yen (Wu Chiao) (30°22'N., 122°41'E.), 15 miles

WSW of Langgang Shan and marked by a light, is a black

rugged rock 14m high; a flat-topped rock, which dries 2m, lies

0.15 mile SE. A pinnacle rock, with a depth of 2.7m, lies 0.4

mile NNW.

Hangzhou Wan—Central Approach—Off-lying

Islands and Deep Water Channels

6.12 The islands in the central approaches to Hangzhou

Wan are separated from those in the N approaches by the clear

channel Ch’u Chiang and are grouped N and S of Huang-ta

Yang, an intervening deep water channel somewhat restricted

in its W part before it gains access to the bay under the name of

Huipieh Yang.

6.12 The N islands consist of Zhongjieshan Qundao, Changtushan, and Dai Shan, as well as numerous intervening and adjacent islands, scattered islets and isolated rocks. The S group

consists of the N and NE coasts of Zhoushan Dao and the offlying islands N of Cambria Point (Ta-peng Chiao) (29°50'N.,

122°25'E.).

6.12 Zhoushan Qundao, an angle-shaped archipelago consisting

of a multitude of islands, islets, and scattered dangers to navigation, lies off the S entrance point of Hangzhou Wan, between

the parallels 30°20'N and 29°38'N and the meridians 122°46'E

and 121°50'E. The islands on the N side of Huangta Yang

constitute the N part of the archipelago. The islands on the S

side of the channel lie in the S part of the archipelago.

6.12 Zhongjieshan Qundao (30°11'N., 122°40'E.), the E main

group of islands N of Huang-ta Yang, consists of four hilly

islands and there are numerous adjacent islets and rocks. 

6.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage for one vessel can be obtained in a

depth of 18.3m, mud, with the summit of Xifu Shan, the SE island of the group, bearing 147°, distant 0.5 mile. Vessels also

anchor, in 11 to 12.8m, mud, in the entrance to a bay on the

SW side of Miaozihu Dao, the central island of the group. A

rock, drying 3.7m and steep-to, lies in the middle of the bay;

other rocks extend N from it to the shore.

6.12 Caution.—A dangerous wreck reported (2000), lies 3 miles

WNW of Waimati Jiao. 

6.13 Dongfu Shan (30°08'N., 122°46'E.), about 3 miles

SE of Xifu Shan, is a high steep-sided island, reported radar

conspicuous at 21 miles, is an excellent landmark from the S.

A dome-shaped white patch on the N side of the island is a

good mark. Vessels approach the anchorage on the SW side of

the island by steering for the island’s summit on a heading of

057° and come to anchor, in 23.7 to 31m, sheltered from N and

E winds, when the summit of Qingbin Dao (30°12'N.,

122°42'E.) bears 327°.

Tangnao Shan Light

Xiasanxing Dao Light
6.13 Liangxiongdi Dao (30°10'N., 122°57'E.), consisting of two

islets, 25m high, lies about 9 miles ENE of Dongfu Shan, and

is the farthest seaward danger on the N side of Huang-ta Yang.

6.13 Sizimei Dao (30°10'N., 122°52'E.), 3 miles W of Liangxiondi Dao, consists of a group of four islets 24m high; a rock,

with a depth of 4.3m, lies 0.8 mile S of them. Other dangers

may best be seen on the chart.

Hsiao-pan Men (Xiaoban Men) (30°12'N., 122°36'E.), the

deep and clear body of water between Huangxing Dao and two

islets about 2 miles to the W, is the passage most commonly

used by deep-draft vessels seeking to transit the many scattered

islets between Zhongjieshan Qundao and Daxizhai Dao. The

passages W of Daxizhai Dao are not recommended because of

numerous dangers and strong tidal currents.

6.13 Daxizhai Dao (30°14'N., 122°29'E.) is a 185m high saddleshaped island lying about 8 miles W of Zhongjieshan Qundao.

6.13 Anchorage.—Anchorage sheltered from N and E winds, can

be obtained 0.5 mile off the SE side of the island, in a depth of

18.3m, soft mud. Vessels also anchor, in 18 to 26m, mud, seaward of a small inlet on the N side of the island.

6.14 Changtushan (30°15'N., 122°20'E.), the middle main

group of islands N of Huang-ta Yang, consists of two rugged

and largely mountainous islands whose coastline is indented by

numerous bays, coves, and inlets the greater number of which

are fronted by drying mud flats. Xiachangtu Shan, the W

island, and Dachangtu Shan, the E island, are separated by

Changtu Gang, a narrow landlocked channel which provides a

good anchorage and typhoon refuge. There is room for several

medium size vessels, in depths of 9.1 to 23.8m.

6.14 Under ordinary conditions, little swell sets into Changtu

Gang (30°15'N., 122°17'E.), but during typhoons a swell from

the E rounds the SW extremity of Dachangtu Shan and breaks

on a drying mud flat on the S side of the W entrance to the

channel. Tidal currents set in the axis of the channel and reach

a velocity of 5 knots in the W entrance. Small vessels drawing

4.9m enter the channel from either entrance at any stage of the

tide. 

6.14 Larger vessels, over 61m long and drawing not more than

7.3m, use the W entrance at slack water, in preference to the E

entrance where a sharp turn and strong currents make ship

handling difficult. Vessels anchor in the middle part of the

channel where the drying mud flats extending offshore are

steep-to. Vessels sheltering from a typhoon keep one anchor

upstream and one downstream and ride with 75 to 90m of

chain on each anchor as the currents may cause single anchors

to foul.

6.14 Chu-hsu Chiang (30°14'N., 122°14'E.), the narrow body of

water W of Xiaochangtu Shan, is a deep water channel between Huang-ta Yang and Ch’u Chiang, and is navigable with

caution by deep-draft vessels. The sides of the channel are

fronted by large areas of steep-to, drying mud flats which extend offshore from adjacent islands. The N and S entrances are

encumbered by scattered islets, shoal water, and several dangerous underwater rocks.

6.14 Directions.—Approaching Chu-Hsu Chiang from the S,

steer to pass about 1 mile N of Jiaobeishan (30°11.0'N.,

122°18.5'E.) and then midway between the islet Wen-ch’ung

Sham (30°12.0'N., 122°14.8'E.) and a 4.9m patch lying 1 mile

NNE of it. When the W extremity of Dazhuxu (30°17.3'N.,

122°14.8'E.) is in line with a 6m high rock (30°14.4'N.,

122°15.0'E.) close of SW point of Xiaochangtu Shan, bearing

353°, alter course NNW to pass W of Bayliss Rock

(30°14.3'N., 122°14.8'E.). The summit of Ta-yuan Shan

(30°13.7'N., 122°16.1'E.) must be kept open S of a 2m high

rock lying NW of it until the E extremity of a 36m high islet

(30°17.1'N., 122°15.4'E.) is open on the W side of Xiaochangtu Shan. After passing Bayliss Rock, steer to bring the E

extremity of Dai Shan to bear 000° and just open W of the W

extremity of Dazhuxu. When the summit of the 36m high islet

bears 030° steer for it on that bearing until the W extremity of

Wen-ch’ung Shan is just open W of the W extremity of

Xiaochangtu Shan, bearing 184° then steer 062°. When the N

sides of Dazhuxu and the 36m high islet are in line bearing

292°, alter course NNE and keep the NW extremity of Xiaochangtu Shan bearing 214° astern. 

6.14 Vessels approaching the channel from the N follow these

directions in the reverse order.

6.14 For the W entrance of Changtu Gang, enter the channel W of

Dachangtu Shan as previously directed. When the 2m high

rock (30°14.0'N., 122°15.3'E.) is abeam to the starboard, alter

course ENE for the harbor entrance and pass 91 to 183m N of

the rock. The navigable channel abreast this rock is only 0.15

mile wide. After passing the rock, bring it to bear 226°, astern,

so as to pass 137m off a rocky point on the N shore, 0.75 mile

NE. Then keep to the N shore, which is mud and steep-to, until

clear of a rock, which dries 3m, lying close within the SE entrance point. Thereafter, a mid-channel course can be steered to

the anchorage.

6.14 The E entrance to Changtu Gang lies close W of the bluff

NW point of Dachangtu Shan and is difficult to identify. The

entrance is about 0.3 mile wide with a least depth of 5.8m in

the fairway. If approaching from the E, care must be taken that

the N extremity of Duozi Shan does not bear less than 090°

until W of the Hornets. To enter, keep close to the bluff NW

point Dachangtu Shan and then maintain a mid-channel course

to the harbor. 

6.14 Great care and attention is required when negotiating the

sharp bend around the SE corner of Xiaochangtu Shan, where

the channel is only about 0.2 mile wide. Numerous fishing

boats and nets will be encountered before reaching the anchorage.

6.15 Jiaobei Shan (30°11'N., 122°18'E.), 3 miles S of the

W part of Dachangtu Shan, is a double rock 23m high, covered

with grass on top. Tidal currents around the rocks are strong

and variable and vessels should give it a berth of at least 0.5

mile. Hsiao-chiao-pei, 8m high, lies 0.5 mile WNW of Jiaobeishan. It has a gap in the middle which is prominent when

seen from SE or NW.

6.15 A steep-to pinnacle rock, lying 1 mile NNE of Jiaobeishan,

has a depth of 3.7m; another pinnacle rock, with a depth of

6.4m, lies 2 miles W of Jiaobeishan. Neither rock gives any

visible indication of their existence.

6.15 Dai Shan (30°17'N., 122°10'E.), largest of the main group of

islands on the N side of Huang-ta Yang, consists of two rugged

and hilly islands which, rising from large surrounding areas of

drying mud flats, have been joined together by heavily

cultivated fields of reclaimed land to form a single island with

an irregular, indented coastline. 
6.15 Numerous islets and rocks lie scattered in all approaches.

Yanwo Dao (Castle Rock), the outermost of several islets and

rocks extending NNW from the N point of the island, is a high

conspicuous rock. Tidal currents in the vicinity of this rock

attain a rate of 4 to 6 knots at springs, causing whirlpools and

eddies. It is advisable to give the rock a berth of at least 0.5

mile.

6.15 Dajiao Shan (30°13'N., 122°08'E.), lying centrally in the

channels S of Dai Shan, consists of two hills, 72m and 105m

high, connected by a low, narrow isthmus. Kuan Shan, 1 mile

E, has a prominent dome shaped summit 182m high.

6.16 Kuanshan Chiang (30°13'N., 122°12'E.), a deep

water navigable channel between Kuan Shan and Xiu Shan

(30°10'N., 122°10'E.), is the preferred passage among several

in the W access to Huang-ta Yang and is used by full-powered

vessels as the most direct route to Chu-hsu Chiang. Several

above and below-water dangers on the S side of the channel as

well as strong currents and eddies that require caution in

transiting. Kao-t’ing Chiang, a deep water, navigable channel

W of Kuan Shan, is an encumbered passage leading to Daishan

(Kao-t’ing-chen), a small community on the SE extremity of

Tai Shan. Tidal currents in both Kao-t’ing Chiang and Kuanshan Chiang reach a maximum rate of 5 knots at neaps and 8

knots at springs. 

6.16 Anchorage may be taken approximately 6 miles ESE of

Xiushan Dao in depths of 12.4 to 19.2m. 

6.16 Huoshan Liedao (30°20'N., 121°55'E.), a group of islets W

of Dai Shan, constituting the W extremity of the islands and

groups of islands N of Huang-ta Yang, consists of two larger

islets joined by an extensive drying mud flat, and numerous

smaller islets, isolated rocks, and underwater dangers.

6.16 Dayu Shan (30°19'N., 121°58'E.), the E island of the group,

rises to a ridge with several well-defined peaks of similar

height; the highest peak, 121m high, is at its N end. Xiaoyu

Shan, 1 mile W of Dayu Shan, has a 123m high hill in its center; a chain of islets and rocks extends 2 miles NW to Dachen

Shan, 57m high.

6.16 Yuxingnao (30°21'N., 121°52'E.), a black rock, 19m high,

split in two and marked by a light, lies on the W end of the

scattered dangers in the W part of Huoshan Liedao. Other

dangers may best be seen on the chart.

6.16 Caution.—Fishing stakes may be encountered within 4

miles ENE of the N end of Dayu Shan and within 5 miles S of

Yuxingnao.

6.17 Zhoushan Dao (30°05'N., 122°06'E.), the principal

island in Chou-shan Ch’un-tao and the largest island of the

several islands and numerous islets S of Huang-ta Yang, has a

largely mountainous surface alternating with several well-cultivated coastal plains and an irregular much-indented coastline

of which the N and NE sections are fronted by extensive areas

of drying mud flats, large areas of shoal water, and numerous

smaller islands, islets, and scattered offshore rocks.

6.17 Zhoushan Dao is emerging as a new offshore harbor area in

SE China. Several berths have been constructed at various

locations around the island. Xiushandao Ferry Quay (30°12'N.,

122°10'E.) has a dredged depth of 6.5m alongside. 

6.17 Pilotage.—The vessel should send its ETA 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival pilot station. Pilots board at

the Xaizhi Men (Xia Si Men) anchorage (29°43'N., 122°21'E.)

E of Hsia-Chih Jao. For large vessels, immigration clearance is

carried out at an anchorage approximately 2.5 miles W of TaMa I Tao in position 29°52'N, 122°12'E.

6.17 Dongting Shan (Waiyang’an Dao) (29°52'N., 122°35'E.) is

a bare, rocky islet which, reported radar conspicuous at 22

miles, constitutes the farthest seaward natural danger in the

approach to the S side of Huang-ta Yang. The islet, 49m high,

is cleft in two from N to S and is bare and rocky except for

some cultivated plots. A light is shown from the summit of the

islet. 

6.17 Caution.—Several areas, dangerous due to unexploded

ordnance, lie approximately 13 to 18 miles SSE of Dongting

Shan. Through traffic should stay seaward of these areas. 

6.17 Zhujiajian (29°56'N., 122°23'E.), a mountainous island

with large areas of drying mud flats and extensive areas of

well-cultivated reclaimed land on its W sides, lies almost

joined to the SE extremity of Zhoushan Dao. It is separated N

from Putuo Shan, a smaller mountainous islet, by the deep

water channel Lien-hua Yang. The coastline on the E side of

the island is indented by many shoal bays fronted by several

scattered islets and off-lying rocks.

6.17 Anchorage.—Small vessels obtain anchorage, during the

Northeast Monsoon, within the entrance to Wolf Bay (Nan-sha

Wan), the largest bay on the SE side of Zhujiajian.

6.17 Vessels anchor, in 21.9 to 25.6m, good holding ground, close

off the S extremity of Putuo Shan, where the maximum rate of

the tidal current is reported to be 3 knots at neaps.

6.18 Hulu Dao (30°02'N., 122°26'E.), 88m high, lies off

the NE end of Putuo Shan, from which it is separated by a deep

channel.

6.18 Huaping Shan (30°04'N., 122°29'E.) is a scattered group of

four prominent and five smaller above water rocks surrounded

by foul ground lying 2 miles ENE of Hula Dao. These rocks

are steep-to and soundings give no warning of their proximity.

6.18 Wai-huo Hsu (30°04'N., 122°27'E.), a grass covered islet

with a well-defined 46m summit, lies 1 mile WNW of Huaping

Shan.

6.18 Lihuo Yu (30°06'N., 122°22'E.), 35m high, lies 6 miles

WNW of Huaping Shan. A light is shown from the summit.

6.18 Vessels bound N for Chu-hsu Chiang pass close W of Waihuo Hsu to clear the scattered underwater dangers fronting

Putuo Shan, and usually pass NE of Lihuo Yu, although the

passage SW is safe for vessels of any draft.

6.18 The channels among the several islets and rocks W of Lihuo

Yo are not recommended.

6.18 The S side of the W access to Huang-ta Yang is obstructed

by several islands having surrounding margins of drying mud

flats. It is dotted by numerous islets and scattered underwater

dangers which, lying close offshore, are separated from the N

coast of Zhoushan Dao by a tortuous, intricate channel, not

recommended without local knowledge of the many dangers

and strong tidal currents.

Hangzhou Wan—Southeast Approach

6.19 The SE approaches to Hangzhou Wan are fronted by

the larger island Chou-shan Tao and the remaining smaller, off-
lying islands of the S portion of Chou-shan Ch’un-tao. The

approaches are traversed by several deep water access channels

which, leading from sea, pass through the smaller off-lying

islands and, once inside, unite to form a broad channel trending

W from the S entrance point of Hangzhou Wan, as well as

branching N to pass W of Zhoushan Dao. The principal ports

in the area are Dinghai and Zhenhai.

6.19 Chuanshan Bandao (29°53'N., 122°08'E.), the S entrance

point of Hangzhou Wan, is the SE extremity of a long,

mountainous promontory which terminates to the E, the generally low and flat S side of Hangzhou Wan.

Hangzhou Wan—Southeast Approach—Off-lying Islands and Deep Water Access Channels

6.20 The off-lying islands in the SE approaches to Hangzhou Wan extend about 20 miles NE-SW between Zhujiajian

and Liuheng Dao, and consist of several large mountainous

islands and a multitude of lesser islands, clustered islets, and

scattered above and below-water dangers. Most of the islands

rise from surrounding shoal water and have irregular, indented

coastlines, extensive portions of which are fronted by large

areas of drying mud flats and backed by well-cultivated areas

of lowland. The water area forming the chan-nels among the

larger islands is deep.

6.20 Wu-sha Men (29°49'N., 122°22'E.), the N access channel,

lies between Zhujiajian and Taohua Dao and trends NW before

branching N into Chu-chia Kang (Fremantle Channel)

(29°54'N., 122°24'E.) or WNW into Che’ng-tzu Man

(Rambler Channel) (29°51'N., 122°17'E.). The latter channel is

partially blocked at its E entrance by Hsuan-po-ku Shan

(29°50'N., 122°19'E.) and several adjacent islets. At times, it is

entirely obstructed by fishing nets. Stonecutters Bridge, with a

vertical clearance of 63m, spans the S end of Rambler Channel.

The passage between Hsuan-po-ku Shan and Taohua Dao is

not recommended because of strong tidal currents.

6.20 Vessels enter Wu-sha Men either N or W of the steep-sided

islet Wuzhu Shan, the farthest seaward danger in the entrance,

and passing NE of the drying rock Pan-ch’ao Yen (29°48.4'N.,

122°21.3'E.), shape a course so as to pass between Shou-hsien

Yu, a small island close SW of Zhujiajian, and the low-lying

Channel Rocks (Tung-chien Shih), located about 0.5 mile W.

Then they enter Chu-chia Kang and steer a mid-channel course

until reaching Tung-shan Tao, an islet N of the island Dengbu

Dao. They clear the drying mud flats on the N side of the

channel by keeping Lujiazhi (29°55'N., 122°18'E.), about 2.5

miles NW of Tung-shan Tao, on a heading of not less than

295°.

6.20 Tidal currents at the S entrance to the channel have a maximum rate of 3 knots.

6.20 Small vessels, seeking shelter from typhoon winds, can

obtain anchorage, in 10.1m, in the channel N of Lujiazhi, however, the depths approaching the anchorage may be less than

charted. Larger vessels can anchor about 1.3 miles SW of

Xiaogan Shan (29°57'N., 122°14'E.). The holding ground is

good, but the anchorage is unsheltered. Tidal currents are

sufficiently strong enough to prevent the ship swinging to the

wind.

6.21 Hsia-chi Men (Shih-peng Chiang) (Vernon Channel)

(29°46'N., 122°15'E.), the middle channel, lies between T’aohua Dao and Xiaqi Dao and trends NW from the clear E

entrance for about 8 miles to the several islands and many

scattered rocks obstructing the W entrance. The E entrance is

reported radar conspicuous at 22 miles.

6.21 Tidal currents within the channel reach a maximum velocity

of 5 knots at neaps and springs. Vessels can obtain anchorage,

in 7.3m, in a large shoal bay on the NE side of Xiaqi Dao and

also in 12.8m close S of Ta-shuang Shan, the highest of the

several islands in the W entrance to the channel.

T’iao-chou Men (Beak Head Channel) (29°43'N.,

122°16'E.), the SW access channel, lies between Xiaqi Dao

and Liuheng Dao. Vessels transit the channel in deep water

throughout by passing between Tsou-ma-t’ang and Ta-liangt’ou, two smaller islands among a group of dangers about 4

miles inside the E entrance.

6.21 Vessels anchor, in 18.2m, NW of Chin-po-yu, an island

surrounded by shoal water located about 2 miles NW of Tsouma-t’ang, or proceed to the W entrance. A NW current tends to

set onto Hsi-ho-tsui (Ta-men Shan), the outermost danger on

the E side of the entrance.

6.21 Vessels that transit Hobart Channel (Hsia-ma Men), the

passage NE of Tsou-ma-t’ang leading to Hsia-chi Men, is not

recommended without local knowledge. Vessels also anchor in

appropriate depths, mud and sand, in Port Rouse (Mo-t’ou

Kan), an anchorage off the SE coast of Liu-heng Tao convenient for awaiting tidal conditions in T’iao-chou Men.

Hangzhou Wan—Southeast Approach—Inside

Channels and Harbors

6.22 Fo-to-kang-tao (Ch’i-t’ou Yang) (29°48'N.,

122°04'E.) is the body of water lying between Liuheng Dao

and Meishan Dao, a large, rather low and well-cultivated island

which, rising from surrounding areas of drying mud flats, lies

to the NW and separated from the mainland by a narrow, unnavigable channel.

6.22 Vessels anchor, in 23.7m, mud, midway between the entrance points of a bight formed on the N side of Liuhend Dao

and in convenient depths, clear of fishing stakes, on the NW

side of Fo-to-kang-tao, between Meishan Dao and Ch’i-t’ou

Chiao (29°53'N., 122°08'E.), the W extremity of Chuanshan

Bandao.

Luotou Shuidao (Pai-ya Yang) (29°55'N., 122°03'E.), the

continuation W of the NE reaches of Fo-to-kang-tou, is largely

encumbered N by the numerous islands and dangers fronting

the S coast of Zhoushan Dao and narrowed to a deep, clear

channel about 1 mile wide in its W part by the outermost island

fronting Zhoushan Dao and by the islands and dangers lying

off the mainland coast.

6.23 Hsiao-yang-mo-Yu (Roundabout Island) (29°54'N.,

122°09'E.), 1 mile E of the extremity of Chuanshan Bandao, is

steep, rocky, and has a grass covered round summit, marked by

a light, 37m high. The passage inshore of the island is deep, but

has heavy tide rips and strong eddies. It should not be

attempted by vessels unable to maintain a speed of 10 knots

against the spring tidal current. Tidal currents near the island

vary from 2 to 6 knots.
6.23 Cezi Shuidao (T’se-tzu Shu-tao) (Bell Channel) (30°00'N.,

121°57'E.), the continuation N of Luotuo Shuidao, lies

between the drying mud flats fronting the SW coast of

Zhoushan Dao and the largely mountainous off-lying island of

Chin-t’ang Shan, and trends N as far as the island of Cezi Shan

(30°06'N., 121°56'E.), where it divides into an E and W

branch. The E branch, is free of tide rips and has its better

passage E of the mid-lying islet Ku-tz’u Shan, the W passage

being recommended with local knowledge only. Xihou (Hsihou) Men, the W branch, is wide and generally deep but has a

rocky, uneven bottom.

6.23 Vessels proceed through Cezi Shuidao on a track passing

midway between Jintang Shan and Banyang Jiao (Pan-yang

Chino) (30°01'N., 121°58'E.), a steep-to islet lying near the

center of the S entrance.

6.23 The Zhoushan Haiqu Taoyaomen Bridge, with a vertical

clearance of 32m, crosses the channel between Cezi Dao and

Fuchi Dao (30°06'N., 121°58'E.). 

6.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage through Cezi Shuidao is mandatory for

all foreign vessels. Pilotage is available 24 hours daily.

services. Notice of ETA should be sent 72, 48, and 24 hours

prior to arrival. 

6.23 Southbound vessels board a pilot in the vicinity of position

30°13'N, 121°51'E. 

6.23 Regulations.—Zhoushan Vessel Traffic Service.—

Participation in the Zhoushan VTS Cezi Service Area is

mandatory for the following: 

1. All foreign vessels.

2. All passenger vessels.

3. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

4. Vessels restricted in their ability to maneuver.

5. Chinese vessels of 300 tons or more.

6.23 The Zhoushan VTS Cezi Service Area encompasses the

following areas:

1. Cezi entrance channel.

2. Cezi harbor and Yeyashan anchorage.

3. Xihoumen Bridge (30°04'N., 121°55'E.).

4. Area within the limits of a line joining the following:

(a) Dapeng Shan Light (30°05'N., 121°49'E.).

(b) Donghuo Shan (30°15'N., 121°43'E.).

(c) Dayu Shan S (30°17'N., 121°57'E.).

(d) Zhoushan Dao (30°10'N., 121°56'E.).

(e) Luotou (30°00'N., 122°01'E.).

(f) Damao Dao W (29°57'N., 122°01'E..)

(g) Luotou Jiao Light (29°56'N., 122°02'E.).

(h) Gong Shan Light (30°0'N., 121°56'E.).

(i) Jintang Dao N (30°05'N., 121°52'E.).

(j) Dapeng Shan Light. 

6.23 There are four reporting lines in the Cezi VTS Service Area

that may be drawn as follows:

1. C1 Reporting line extends from the NW tip of

Zhoushan Dao to Xiaocaihua Light.

2. C2 Reporting line extends from Xiaocaihua Light. to

the NE tip of Jintang Dao.

3. C3 Reporting line extends from Gong Shan Light to

Damao Dao.

4. C4 Reporting line extends N from Damao Dao to

Zhoushan Dao.

6.23 Southbound vessels intending to pass under the E span of

Jintang Great Bridge, Xihoumen Bridge or Taoyaomen Bridge

are required to report their course, speed, maximum height

above water, and the name of the bridge under which they will

pass to Cezi VTS 30 minutes prior to arrival at the C1 reporting

line.

6.23 Communications with the VTS are in Mandarin Chinese or

English.

6.23 Vessels within the Cezi Service Area should maintain a

continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. 

6.23 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor on the E side of Cezi Shuidao

in convenient depths and out of strong tidal currents anywhere

within 1 mile of the mud flats extending off Zhoushan Dao,

and on the W side of the channel, in 14.6 to 18m, in a position

sheltered from currents with the W extremity of Cezi Shan not

yet open E of the NW extremity of Jingtang Shan. They moor

in 16 to 27m in the S entrance of Xihou Men, with Lao-hu

Shan (30°04'N., 121°55'E.), an islet off the SW extremity of

Czi Shan, in line bearing 274° with the 281m summit in the N

part of Jintang Shan.

6.24 Jintang Shuidao (29°57'N., 121°52'E.) is entered

between the SE point of Jintang Shan, and the N point marked

by a light, of Daxie Dao, about 3 miles SE. The passage is the

westward continuation of Luotou Shuidao and has a least

charted depth of 15.1m along its centerline. It lies between the

S shore of Jintang Shan and the drying mud flats fronting the

mainland coast, and leads W into the approaches to the river

Yung Chiang and N into the deep water area along the W side

of Jintang Shan. It is deep and, in general, clear except for

Huangniu Jiao (29°58'N., 121°54'E.), a black steep-to abovewater rock lying near the middle of the E entrance, and

Dahuangmang (29°59'N., 121°48'E.), a steep-sided islet with

several adjacent dangers lying on the S side of the W entrance.

Both islets are marked by lights. 

6.25 Beilun Ore Terminal (29°56'N., 121°53'E.), situated

on the S side of Jintang Shuidao, has been built for deep draft

vessels to partially unload before proceeding to Chang Jiang

estuary. An F-shaped pier provides at its head berths 351m and

500m long, with depths of 18m and 12m, to accommodate one

100,000 ton and two 25,000 ton ore carriers.

Beilun Oil Terminal (29°57'N., 121°49'E.), situated 4 miles

W of Beilun Ore Terminal, has a T-shaped pier, with a berth

612m long at its head and a depth alongside of 11m.

6.25 The terminal can accommodate one 150,000 dwt and two

25,000 dwt tankers. The VLCC Beilum is anchored about 1

mile off the terminal, and is used for storing crude oil and other

products delivered by smaller tankers from onshore oilfields.

6.25 Beilum Port, the new harbor area of Ningbo, is undergoing

development as a major deep water port for handling bulk oil,

ore, timber, container, and general cargo. 

6.25 Coal container and multi-purpose berths can accommodate

vessels of 50,000 dwt; general cargo berths can accommodate

vessels up to 25,000 dwt. New berths have been constructed to

handle timber, bulk ore, and general cargo.

6.25 Anchorage.—It has been reported that vessels bound for

these terminals should proceed from position 30°10.2'N,

123°03.3'E, steering 218° to position 29°45.0'N, 122°40.6'E,

then steer 270° to the pilot anchorage, bounded by latitudes
29°44'N and 29°46'N, and longitudes 122°20.5'E and

122°22.5'E.

6.25 It was reported that the tidal currents set strongly through

this anchorage in a NE and SE direction.

6.25 There vessels should anchor and await a pilot.

6.25 The ETA at the pilot anchorage should be sent 1 hour before

arrival on VHF channel 16. A listening watch should be maintained on that channel until the pilot has boarded.

6.26 Daxie Dao (29°55'N., 121°58'E.) is a large hilly

island with cultivated plains protected by reclamation walls. Its

SE part rises to a double peak, 333m and 329m high. A narrow

passage separates the island from the mainland to the S. The E

part is encumbered with islets, rocks, and fishing nets and

should not be attempted. 

6.26 Dixie (29°55'N., 121°59'E.), a sub-port to Ningbo, is situated on the W coast of Daxie Dao and consists of an LPG terminal and a crude-oil trans-shipment terminal.

6.26 The LPG terminal contains two berths, with a combined

length of 260m and a depth alongside of 13m. Vessels of up to

50,000 dwt can be accommodated. 

6.26 The crude-oil trans-shipment terminal has a length of 490m,

an alongside depth of 21m, and can accommodate vessels of up

to 300,000 dwt. 

Between Dapeng Shan (30°04'N., 121°55'E.) and Jantang

Shan (Chin-t’ang) lies a narrow channel convenient for

typhoon refuge. Small vessels, with a draft not greater than

4.9m, moor in convenient depths where they may experience a

surge due to strong eddies created during spring tides.

6.27 Zhoushan (Dinghai) (Ting-hai) (30°00'N.,

122°06'E.) (World Port Index No. 59960), about 8 miles NNW

of the S entrance point of Hangzhou Wan, is a small harbor and

naval station on the S coast of Zhoushan Dao. It is fronted by

numerous hilly islands, rugged islets, and scattered above and

below-water rocks which rise abruptly from generally deep

water. Access to the harbor is reduced to two approaches. Mach’in Shui-to, the W approach, is the recommended approach

for large, deep-drafted vessels. Melville Channel, the S and

most direct approach, is not recommended for large or lowpowered vessels because strong currents at times form

dangerous eddies, especially around the several underwater

dangers in the N part of the channel. 

6.27 Anchorage.—There is good anchorage, in depths of 20 to

22m, towards the E side of the main channel of the W approach

route, about 1 mile NNE of Damao Shan. In this position the

tidal currents are not strong and run more regularly than in

mid-channel.

6.27 Anchorage can be obtained between Nab Rock (30°00'N.,

122°04'E.), with a depth of 3m, and Chu Shan, an island lying

0.5 mile ESE of Nab Rock, in depths of 29 to 31m, but is not

recommended as the tidal currents and eddies are strong.

6.27 The outer anchorage, situated NE of the N end of Melville

Channel, affords anchorage to large vessels in a depth of 22m,

with Cap Rock (29°59'N., 122°05'E.), 5m high, in line with

the NW side of Sa-a Tao (29°59'N., 122°06'E.), bearing 228°,

and Lao-shu Chiao (30°00'N., 122°06'E.) bearing 332°. In this

position the tidal currents are fairly steady and there are few

eddies, but to the W of the anchorage the bottom is very uneven and heavy swirls and eddies occur.

6.27 The inner anchorage affords anchorage, in a depth of 11m,

with Lao-shu Chiao bearing 130°, 0.4 mile distant. This is the

best anchorage, although encumbered by junks, they usually

anchor on the W side of Middle Ground. The tidal current and

eddies are very strong here.

6.27 Directions.—Enter Melville Channel midway between

Zhairuo Shan and Pi-chia Shan, 1 mile E, and steer to pass

close E of Yen Tao. Then bring the E side of Yen Tao into line

with Trunk Point, the E extremity of Zhairuo Shan, bearing

184° astern. This alignment leads between Black Rock, 0.6m

high, and a drying ledge to the E and between Melville Rock,

with a depth of 2.7m and Dundas Rock, with a depth of 1.8m to

the E. When clear of the two islands NE of Dundas Rock,

course can be set for the inner or outer anchorage at Dinghai as

required.

6.27 When using Ta-chu Shui-tao, which branches NE from Melville Channel, favor the E shore to avoid Melville Rock and the

mud flat fringing the two islands NNE of it. 

6.27 There is no range mark for clearing Elliot Patch

(29°58.9'N., 122°06.3'E.), which has a least depth of 5.4m, but

the channel SE is wider and deeper than that NW.

6.27 Yeh-chu Chiao, a drying rock, can be passed on either side

but caution must be used to avoid a 2.7m patch that lies 183m

further NE.

6.27 Tidal currents in the middle of Melville Channel attain a rate

of 3 to 5 knots. It is preferable to enter this channel with a N

tidal current.

6.27 The channel leading SW past Cap Rock should not be used,

as there are dangers at each end and the tidal currents in it

attain a rate of 3 to 5 knots.

6.27 Ma-Ma-ch’in Shui-tao the safest and best route for large,

deep draft vessels passes between Damao Shan and Hsieh Hsu

0.75 mile N. This deep, clear route leads to the outer

anchorage. Local vessels enter by using Lo-tou Meng, NW of

Hsieh Hsu, but this passage should not be attempted without

local knowledge as a vessel may be set onto dangers by strong

tidal eddies.

6.27 Tidal currents in Ms-Ma-ch’in Shui-tao attain a maximum

rate of 2 to 3 knots. While those in Lo-tou meng attain a rate of

2 to 5 knots.

6.28 Zhenhai (Chen-hai) (29°57'N., 121°42'E.) (World

Port Index No. 59950), about 22 miles WNW of the S entrance

point of Hangzhou Wan, is a small river port located, principally, on the W side of the entrance to the river Yong Jiang.

Several off-lying steep-sided islets, with adjacent dangerous

underwater rocks, lie in the approaches while extensive areas

of drying mud flats flank the entrance to the river and the mud

bars which obstruct it. 

6.28 Depths are subject to constant change. The W entrance point

of the river is a precipitous hillock surmounted by two large

temples. The E side of the river entrance is largely low land

alternately with hilly ridges.

6.28 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in the river off Zhenhai

attain rates of 1 knot at neaps and 3 knots at springs. After

heavy rains inland, the ebb current often runs for 12 hours, and

vessels do not swing to the flood current at all.

6.28 Strong winds between N and NE usually raise the water level

about 0.5m above normal. From December to March, the water
level is usually about 0.5m lower than in the months of August

and September.

6.28 Depths—Limitations.—There are five berths for 10,000 ton

bulk carriers/general cargo, one berth for 10,000 ton tankers,

and one berth for liquid chemical tankers. An overhead power

cable, with a minimum vertical clearance of 44m, is between

Zhaebeo Shan and Jingi Shan.

6.28 Pilotage.—Vessels upon prior arrangements with the harbor

master at Ningbo, usually board pilots NE of Dayoushan

(Wai-yu Shan) (29°59'N., 121°45'E.), two precipitous islets on

the E margin of a drying mud flat lying about 1 mile ENE of

the W entrance point of the river. They cross the bar and enter

the river with a maximum draft of 6.1m at high water springs

and 5.6m at high water neaps.

6.28 A breakwater extends 0.275 mile E from Dayoushan, with a

light shown on its head.

6.28 Xialaotaipo Jiao, drying 1.2m, lies 0.175 mile ENE of Dayoushan.

6.28 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of

9.1m, at the NE end of a deep water pool SE of Zhenhai, but it

is necessary to moor. The quarantine anchorage, also used by

vessels with dangerous cargo, is situated on the N side of the

channel, about 1 mile further upriver.

6.28 Directions.—The N part of this route passes through an area

that has a number of stranded wrecks and shoal soundings

which can best be seen on the chart.

6.28 To avoid the shallower to the W, pass about 0.4 mile W of

Dapeng Shan and Kan-ch’ih, a small islet NW of it. Steer a

course S until the SE side of Waiyoushan comes into line with

two large temples on Zhaebeo Shan 1.5 miles further SW. Then

steer SW for the pilotage-quarantine anchorage.

6.28 To use the E approach, pass 0.5 mile S of Huangnic Jiao

(29°58'N., 121°54'E.) and the same distance S of a beacon

close S of the S extremity of Ganchi Shan. Then pass 0.5 mile

N of E Jiao and steer W for the pilotage-quarantine anchorage.

Ningbo (29°53'N., 121°33'E.)

World Port Index No. 59940

6.29 Ningbo (Ning-po), about 30 miles W of the S entrance point of Hangzhou Wan, is a large metropolis situated

about 12 miles up Yong Chiang and stands in the E part of

Chekiang Province.

6.29 Additional and current information is available at the Ningbo

port website:

6.29 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents at Ningbo have a

maximum rate of 2 knots on the flood current and 2 to 3 knots

on the ebb current.

6.29 During the flood and ebb currents, there is a strong set on to

concave banks in the winding areas of the channel. Vessels

should not pass too close to the banks.

6.29 Depths—Limitations.—Ningbo has three coal piers, one

for 30,000 dwt vessels and two for 10,000 dwt vessels. Two

additional 10,000 dwt coal piers are under construction and so

are facilities for 100,000, 50,000, and 10,000 dwt ships.

6.29 Xiazhimen Kou outer deep water channel is dredged to a

depth of 22.1m (2007). See Vessel Traffic Service section for

regulations applying to vessels navigating within 2 miles of

this channel. Another deep water channel, between Liuheng

island and XiaZhi island is planned; the channel will be 22

miles long and availablet to vessels of up to 150,000 dwt. 

6.29 There are eight berths which can accommodate vessels of

3,000 dwt. These facilities extend along the W bank of Yong

Jiang for about 1 mile downstream from the city, with a total

berthing length of 1,194m and alongside depths of 3.7 to 7.3m.

The longest berth has a length of 108m. 

6.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels entering and

leaving the port. Pilots board vessels at the pilotage-quarantine

anchorage. Foreign vessels making an initial call and vessels

greater than 1,000 dwt must have a pilot to pass under the Jintang Bridge. Vessels that have previously called at Ningbo and

are less than 10,000 dwt may transit the river without a pilot. 

6.29 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is

established for the deep-water route to the ports of Ningbo and

Zhoushan. The sheme is not IMO-adopted however, the

authorities advise that vessels comply with Rule 10 of the

International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

(1972). 

6.29 Vessel Traffic Service.—Ningbo Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) (29°54'N., 121°51'E.), provides vessel traffic reports,

status of aids to navigation, weather information, navigational

warnings, and other information pertinent to safety. Ningbo

VTS operates in an area bounded by the following: 

1. The S channel to Ningbo.

2. The N and S anchorages.

3. The oil-transferring area of Xiazhi Men.

4. The water area along the coast of Daxie Dao.

5. The water encompassing the following area:

a. South of a line between Da-pengshan Light and

Xiepuniluoshan.

b. East of a line from Yong Jiang to Changtiao Light.

c. West of a line between the SE coast of Jintang Dao

and Tuni Haikou Light (29°57'N., 121°58'E.). 

6.29 Ningbo VTS Center may be contacted by email:

6.29 Participation in Ningbo VTS is mandatory for the following

vessels:

1. All foreign vessels.

2. Passenger vessels.

3. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

4. Vessels restricted in their ability to maneuver.

5. Chinese vessels of 300 gt or more. 

6.29 Information in the VTS is communicated in Mandarin

Chinese and English.

Port of Ningbo Home Page

http://www.nbport.com.cn

nbvts@cnzjmsa.gov.cn
6.29 Additional Ningbo VTS Center information may be found

at its website.

6.29 Vessels should report upon entering, shifting, or departing

the VTS limits. Reports should include vessel type and

nationality and the following information, as well as any

additional information, as requested by Ningbo VTS.

1. Vessel name, call sign, and IMO number.

2. Position.

3. Course and speed.

4. Last port of call.

5. Port of destination.

6. Draft.

7. Vessel defects and restrictions. Vessels towing should

report the length of tow and name the object being towed.

8. Dangerous goods.

9. Gross tonnage and loa.

6.29 Vessels equipped with operational AIS need only report the

following:

1. Vessel name, and call sign.

2. Last port of call.

3. Port of destination.

4. Draft.

5. Vessel defects and restrictions. 

6. Dangerous goods.

6.29 The Ningbo VTS reporting lines and designated channels are

as follows: 

1. L-1—The line joining Taohua Dao light and Dongtao

Zui on Xiasi Dao—via VHF channel 8.

2. L-2—The line joining Shangliuwang Chong Dao light

and the SW point of Taohua Dao—via VHF channel 8.

3. L-3—The line joining Gong Shan at the SE end of

Jintang Dao and Tuni Zui light—via VHF channel 6.

4. L-4—The line joining 30°05'12N, 121°35'54E and

30°07'03N, 121°49'15E—via VHF channel 6.

5. L-5—The line joining Minjiang Kou N training wall

light and Changtao Zui light—via VHF channel 6.

6. L-6—The line joining Daxie No. 1 lighted buoy and

Xiehe No. 1 lighted spar—via VHF channel 6.

7. L-7—The line joining Chuanshan Beikou - Daxie

Dao lighted spar and Chuanbi Dao lighted buoy—via VHF

channel 8.

8. L-8—Chuanshan Dongkou at points S of

Liangmaoshan along the meridian 122°01'27E—via VHF

channel 8.

9. L-9—A line from Daochu Shan light, drawn E along

the parallel of latitude 30°03'N, to Jintang Dao—via VHF

channel 6.

10. Vessels should report their name, course and speed

when abeam Yangxiaomao Dao (29°54'N., 122°09'E.)—via

VHF channel 8. 

6.29 Vessels between reporting lines L-3, L-4, L-5, L-6 and L-9

should report to the VTS using VHF channel 6 and maintain a

radio watch on VHF channel 8. 

6.29 Use of VHF channels 6 and 8 is prohibited for

communications unrelated to Ningbo VTS. 

6.29 Vessels intending to pass under the main or W spans of the

Jintang Great Bridge, which connects the NW coastline of

Jintang Dao and Zhenai, Ningbo (30°00'N., 121°40'E.), should

report the following information to Ningbo VTS on VHF

channel 6: 

1. Vessel course and speed.

2. Maximum height above the waterline.

3. Name of the bridge span vessel intends to pass under.

6.29 Vessels intending to pass under the E span of the Jintang

Great Bridge, Xihoumen Bridge or Taoyaomen Bridge should

report the following information to Zhoushan VTS on VHF

channel 11.

1. Vessel course and speed.

2. Maximum height above the waterline.

3. Name of the bridge span vessel intends to pass under.

6.29 Traffic information, assistance, and navigational warnings

are available on request. 

6.29 Vessels involved in a traffic incident or pollution incident

within the VTS area should immediately report the type, time,

and location of the incident. The estimated extent of damage or

pollution should be reported and any request for assistance

made. 

6.29

6.29 Xiazhi Men Deep Water Channel.—Participation in

Ningbo VTS is complsory for vessels transiting the deep-water

channel. Vessels weighing anchor in the oil tanker or mineral

carrier anchorages outside of Xiazhi Men, and using the

deepwater channel to enter Ningbo, must report to the VTS

prior to weighing anchor. 

6.29 Vessels planning on approaching Ningbo through the deepwater channel must report to Ningbo VTS at least 72 hours

prior to arrival, or prior to departure of the previous port. Any

amendments to the sailing plan should be subsequently reported. 

6.29 Vessels must confirm their approach to Ningbo VTS at least

30 minutes prior to entering the channel. Vessels within 2 miles

of the channel must maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channels 8 and 16 and comply with VTS instructions.

6.29 Vessels are required to maintain an under-keel clearance of

10 percent of the vessels’s draft, and a minimum clearance of

2m. It is also reported that vessels having drafts exceeding

20.5m may transit only on spring tides. 

6.29 Ningbo VTS broadcasts vessel movement reports, condition

of aids to navigation, meteorological information, navigational

warnings, and other safety of navigation information on VHF

channel 20. 

6.29 Anchorage.—Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29°45.5'N.,

122°21.5'E.) is the pilotage-quarantine anchorage established

in depths of 16 to 25m, mud. 

6.29 Caution.—An obstruction lies close W of this anchorage

(29°45.5'N., 122°20.0'E.). 

6.29 Qilizhi Shan (30°00.0'N., 121°45.6'E.) is marked by a light

equipped with AIS. A tanker anchorage, with depths of 14.4 to

21.5m, mud, lies approximately 3 miles ENE of Qilizhi Shan. 

6.29 Vessels up to 98m long moor, in 6.4 to 9.2m, in one of four

mid-channel berths spaced within the lower harbor limits. With

 Ningbo Vessel Traffic Service 

http://www.msa.nb.gov.cn
118 Sector 6. China—Hangzhou Wan and Approaches 

Pub. 157

a swinging room of only 182m available in the berths, vessels

ride with four shots of chain on the upriver anchor and with

three shots of chain on the down river anchor. Vessels longer

than 92m must use their engines when swinging to the tide.

Hangzhou Wan—South Approach—Ch’i-t’ou

Chiao to T’ung-t’ou Shan

6.30 The coastline between Ch’i-t’ou Chiao and T’ungt’ou Shan, about 39 miles SSW, is extremely irregular and indented by coves and bays, which throughout are largely fronted

by extensive areas of drying mud flats. Inland, mountains predominate and reach the shore in bluff headlands with cultivated

marginal plains intervening. 

6.30 Close offshore, numerous islands and islets lie scattered in

water which, often discolored by mud, contains many hidden

sunken dangers. Farther offshore, the many islands and islets

lie grouped, in general, to the E of the seaway channel Niubishan Shuidao where they shelter the approaches to the SW

entrance to Fu-to-kang-tao and the extensive inlet Xiangshan

Gang.

6.30 Niubishan Shuidao (29°37'N., 122°06'E.) is a broad opensea fairway which leads N to the inside passage W of the islands fronting Hangzhou Wan and W to the entrance to Xiangshan Gang. During the winter months when N winds predominate and typhoons seldom occur, vessels with a draft not

greater than 6.1m transit the deeper parts of the fairway. When

typhoons occur in the offing, an E swell sets in which occasionally rises about 2.4m above mean sea level. At such times,

vessels with a draft greater than 4.9m are not recommended to

transit the fairway.

Jiushan Liedao (Chiu-shan Lieh-tao) (29°26'N., 122°12'E.),

consisting of a group of high steep-sided islands and islets,

constitutes the principal danger on the E side of Nuibishan

Shuidao. Nanjiu Shan, the largest island of the group, is inhabited. A light is situated on the E extremity of Nanjiu Shan.

Daqing Shan (Chit-kuk) (29°27'N., 122°15'E.), the E islet of

the group, has a sharp summit conspicuous from the E.

6.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds, lies off

the E side of Shuang Shan (29°27'N., 122°12'E.), in depths of

10 to 16m, mud and sand.

6.30 Shelter from W to N winds can be obtained in depths of 7 to

10m, mud, S of the E part of Nanjiu Shan. Off the E side of

Wenchong Shan (29°24'N., 122°10'E.), shelter from N winds

can be obtained in depths of 8 to 10m, mud.

6.30 Anchorage sheltered from NE and SW winds can be obtained about 1 mile SW of Guanchuanao (29°27'N.,

122°11'E.), in depths of 6 to 9m, mud.

6.30 Vessels are cautioned that depths of 1.9m less than those

charted are reported to exist in an area between limits extending 3 miles NE and NW from Tung-hsu Shan (29°37'N.,

122°02'E.).

6.31 The entrance to Fo-to-kang-tao (Ch’i-t’ou Yang)

(29°48'N., 122°04'E.), lying between Liuheng Dao and Meishan Dao, about 2 miles NW, has several channels leading

through the many islands and scattered rocks that encumber

free access. Compass adjustment ranges are established on the

NE shore of Qinglong Shan (29°48'N., 122°02'E.), an island

located close E of Meishan Dao. 

Fodu Dao (Fo-tu Shan) (29°44'N., 122°01'E.), a hilly

irregularly-shaped island rising from a surrounding margin of

drying mud flats, lies separated from Liuheng Dao by Shuanghsu Chiang, the E and widest but most encumbered channel

leading to Fo-to-kang-tao. Ting-tzu Shan lies between Meishan

Dao and Fodu Dao. Ting-tzu Chiang, the narrow and deep

passage between Ting-tzu Shan and Meishan Dao, is not recommended because the drying mud flats rising steep-to off

Meishan Dao offer little indication of their presence, especially

when covered during high water. Gough Pass (Ching-lung

Men), the deep and clear passage between Ting-tzu Shan and

Fodu Dao, is the recommended channel leading to Fo-to-kangtao. Tidal currents reach a maximum velocity of 3 knots at

neaps and 5 knots at springs.

6.32 Xiangshan Gang (Hsiang-shan Chiang) (29°38'N.,

121°48'E.) is an extensive inlet entered between Chi Chiao

(Pearl Rock) (29°39.7'N., 121°54.3'E.) and Huang-nui Chiao

(Sail Rock) (29°42'N., 121°52'E.), an above-water rock

standing about 4 miles NW and near the outer edge of a drying

mud flat extending seaward from the shore. The sound extends

about 25 miles SW and has a very irregular shoreline much

indented by inlets and large bays, the greater portion of which

are filled with drying mud flats. The seaward half is deep and

largely clear. The inner half is much encumbered by off-lying

islets and extensive areas of drying mud flats. The sound offers

well-sheltered anchorage during the typhoon season.

6.32 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Xiangshan Gang

have a maximum rate at springs of 3 knots in the entrance and

4 knots in the inner part of the inlet.

6.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained near the entrance

to Xiangshan Gang in a position 2 miles WSW of Pearl Rock,

in depths of 6.4 to 8.2m.

6.32 Well-sheltered typhoon anchorage can be obtained about 1

mile WSW of the S point of Entrance Island (29°32'N.,

121°40'E.), in a depth of 9.1m. There is also good holding

ground about 1 mile S of the W extremity of Harlequin Island

(29°32'N., 121°34'E.), in depths of 8.2 to 11.9m.

6.32 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage, in a depth of about 9.1m, out of the strength of the

tidal currents, between the Pa Za Islets (29°30'N., 121°36'E.)

and the S shore of Xiangshan Gang.
119

Pub. 157

7. 

China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang

7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
121

Pub. 157

SECTOR 7 

CHINA—SAN-MEN WAN TO MIN JIANG

7.0 Plan.—This sector describes the SE coast of China between

Banzhao Liedao (T’ung-t’ou Shan), an islet NE of Sanmen

Wan, and Shafeng Jiao, a point about 193 miles to the S. The

description is N to S.

General Remarks

7.1 Winds—Weather.—Winds are seasonal and blow

largely NE and SW in consequence of the influences which

create the characteristic monsoons of the SE coast of China.

From September through May winds from the NE predominate

and commonly exceed 22 knots. During October, November,

and January, winds will likely exceed 34 knots. In August

winds are transitional and blow with equal frequency from the

SW and NE.

7.1 Typhoons, created well to the SE by forces other than those

giving rise to monsoon winds, may occur at anytime of the

year. From November to April, they seldom if ever occur. In

May, the frequency of occurrence increases until during June

and July at least one typhoon occurs each year while in August

at least two typhoons annually occur. During September and

October, though frequent well to sea, they seldom reach the

mainland coast.

7.1 Tides—Currents.—Offshore ocean currents are seasonal in

set and velocity. From October to March the set is SW and

parallels the coast. In April the set becomes confused or

counterclockwise. From May to August the set is NE and

parallels the coast. In September, current flow once more

becomes irregular and sets SW as far as Ou Chiang where it

becomes confused or counterclockwise. The SW current

reaches a maximum of 1.7 knots in January. The NE current

reaches a maximum of 2 knots in August.

7.1 Tidal currents in general flood S on a rising tide and ebb N

on a falling tide. Tidal rise is everywhere considerable and

reaches extremes in excess of 6.1m near the entrances to the

rivers Ou Jiang and Min Jiang.

7.1 Aspect.—The coastline of China, between Banzhao Liedao

(T’ung-t’ou Shan) and Shafeng Jiao, is extremely irregular and

indented by numerous bights, large bays, and lengthy inlets.

The inshore area is generally shoal and flat, and provides large

portions of the coastline with extensive areas of drying mud

flats which, in places, extend well to sea. The offshore area

contains many large islands and a multitude of smaller islands,

clustered islets, and scattered dangers, most of which rise

abruptly from surrounding shoal water and afford good

landmarks for coastal navigation. The 40m curve, in general,

parallels the coast at a distance of 10 to 22 miles. Inland, the

coastline is backed throughout by mountainous terrain which,

characteristically for the SE coast of China, reaches the sea in

isolated rock-fringed promontories with intervening coastal

plains extending 20 miles inland.

7.1 Caution.—Fish stakes and fishing nets encumber the approaches and entrances to many of the bays indenting this portion of the Chinese coast.

Off-lying Islands

7.2 The many offshore islands lie within the 40m line.

Several islands and isolated islets lie outside the curve and rise

abruptly from the sea floor at a distance as far as about 30

miles offshore where they present a danger to vessels standing

off the coast for destinations N or S. The outermost of these

dangers are described below.

Yu-shan Lieh-tao (Yushan Liedao) (28°52'N., 122°15'E.)

consists of a group of several islets and three steep-sided inhabited islands offering little shelter. Yu-san Chiao, the N islet,

is mushroom-shaped. Pei-yu Shan, a large island in the middle

of the group, is precipitous on its SE side, which is marked by a

light. Wuhu Jiao, 0.5 mile E of Pei-yu Shan, consists of a group

of rocks like saw teeth that are easy to identify. Nan-yu Shan,

the southernmost island of the group, is saddle-shaped and

reported radar conspicuous at 25 miles.

7.2 Caution.—A rock, awash, lies 0.25 mile N of Yu-san Chiao;

another rock, with a depth of 2.1m, lies 2 miles NE of the same

islet. Other dangers may best be seen on the chart. 

7.2 Numerous dangerous wrecks lie SW of these islands.

7.3 Ta-ch’en Tao (Taizhou Liedao) (28°30'N., 121°53'E.)

is a group of islands consisting of two large inhabited and

mountainous islands and several islets and adjacent above and

below-water dangers. Shang Hsu (Xia Yu), the 113m high S

islet with a prominent yellow streak on its SW side, is reported

radar conspicuous at 23 miles. Finger Rock, a remarkable stack

52m high, stands close off the S point of Shang Hsu.

7.3 Xiadanchen Shan (28°26'N., 121°53'E.), about 2.3 miles

NNW of Shang Hsu, is 225m high and inhabited.

7.3 Zhu Yu (Chu Hsu), a 53m high islet, lies 0.4 mile W of the

SW end of Xiadanchen Shan; the passage between is dangerous. Other islets lie close S and SW of Zhu Yu; foul ground

extends 0.15 mile E and 0.25 mile N of the E end of the islet. A

light is shown on the N side of the islet.

7.3 Anchorage.—Dachen Western Anchorage, located about

0.8 mile N of the light on Zhu Yu, affords anchorage, in depths

of 7 to 13m, mud, sheltered from winds between NE and SE. A

bank, on which there are depths of less than 9.1m, extends

from the N side of Xiadachen Shan to within 0.5 mile NE of

the anchorage. Near the extremity of this bank is a dangerous

wreck, the position of which is doubtful. 

7.3 Fishing stakes may be encountered when approaching from

the W. Tidal currents flow NW at 2 knots on the flood and SE

at 1.5 knots on the ebb.

7.4 Xiaojiaotou (28°28'N., 121°55'E.) is the N islet of a

group of three islets that extend nearly 1 mile N from the E end

of Xiadachen Shan; a light is shown from the islet. 

7.4 Dachen Middle Anchorage, 0.75 mile W of the light, affords

anchorage, in depths of 10 to 26m, mud, sheltered from winds

between NW and NE, and between SW and SE. Tidal currents
122 Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 

Pub. 157

flow SW at 1.75 knots on the flood and NE at 1.5 knots on the

ebb.

7.4 Shangdachen Shan (28°30'N., 121°53'E.), 203m high, is

separated to the N from Xiadachen Shan by a 0.75 mile wide

channel; foul ground extends 0.2 mile from the NW, N, and E

sides of the island. 

7.4 A light is shown from a small islet 0.15 mile SW of the SW

end of Shangdachen Shan.

Sheshan Dao (Ch’ing Hsu) (28°33'N., 121°55'E.), the N

island of Ta-ch’en Tao, is 62m high with two rocky islets close

S of it, and lies 2 miles NE of the NE end of Shangdachen

Shan. The channel between the two islands is reported to be

deep.

7.4 Caution.—Several islets lie within 0.5 mile S and SW of the

Shangdachen Shan; a reef, with a depth of 3.8m, lies 1.25 miles

SW of the SW extremity of the islet.

7.5 Tung-yin Tao (26°23'N., 120°30'E.), a high precipitous, inhabited island reported radar conspicuous at 27 miles, is

a weather station with two white buildings standing on the

slope rising behind the lighthouse on the E extremity of the

island. Small vessels, seeking shelter during the Northeast

Monsoon, can obtain anchorage, in 7.3 to 11m, in Bertha Cove,

a small body of water formed SW by Tung-yin Tao and an islet

lying close NW. Vessels best approach the anchorage from the

S and clear of off-lying fish stakes during daylight hours only.

7.5 Tung-sha Tao (26°10'N., 120°24'E.), about 13 miles SSW of

Tung-yin Tao, is a barren rock which, rising abruptly from the

sea floor, is reported radar conspicuous at 15 miles.

T’ung-t’ou Shan to Zhaitou Jiao

7.6 T’ung-t’ou Shan (29°14'N., 122°00'E.) is a 171m

high steep-sided islet lying off the coast and on the N side of a

tortuous channel leading inland. The coastline between the

islet and Zhaitou Jiao, about 74 miles SSW, continues extremely irregular and much indented by shoal bays and several

lengthy inlets which throughout are fronted by extensive areas

of drying mud flats. Inland, the coastline is backed by

mountains which reach the shore in a multitude of long narrow

rugged peninsulas or promontories, except in the middle part

where the land is low and in places swampy. Offshore, the

coastline is fronted by numerous clustered islands and many

scattered islets, rocks, and isolated underwater dangers.

7.6 Tantou Shan (29°10'N., 122°02'E.), lying about 3.3 miles

SE of T’ung-t’ou Shan, is an irregular-shaped island that is

wooded and almost divided into two parts by a low isthmus.

Wu Jiao (Niao Chiao), about 0.8 mile NE of the E point of the

island and marked by a light, and Jilong Jiao (Chilong Chiao),

38m high and lying 1 mile NE of the N point of the island, are

the outermost islets marking the dangers extending from the

NE side of Tantou Shan. 

7.6 A shallow bank, on which there are a number of fishing

stakes and other dangers, extends 3 miles W from Tantou Shan

to two islands lying in the entrance to the channel between the

N side of Niutou Shan and the mainland. Deep, but narrow and

intricate, passages lead N and S of these latter two islands to

Shih-p’u (29°13'N., 121°57'E.) (World Port Index No. 59935),

a coastal trading center; there are least depths of 4.9m in the

approach to the N channel and 7m in the approach to the S

channel.

Niluo Yu (Ni-lo Chiao) (29°08'N., 122°03'E.), about 3.3

miles S of Tantou Shan, appears as two islets, of which the N

part is 48m high. There are fishing stakes in the area between 5

miles E and 5 miles S of the islet. A depth of 6.4m lies 6 miles

ESE of Niluo Yu.

Niutou Shan (Niu-T-ou) (29°07'N., 121°56'E.), a large

island 387m high, is separated from Tantou Shan by a 1.75

mile wide passage. Nanshan, 154m high and wooded, lies

close off the S point of Niutou Shan.

7.6 Nuying (Chiao) Jiao, 3 miles SE of Nanshan, dries 1m.

Youcaihuazhi (Tsai-hua-chi), 46m high, lies 1.75 miles NE of

Nuying Jiao; foul ground extends 0.5 mile W from it to another

islet. Mituo Dao, 42m high, lies 1.2 miles NNW of Youcaihuazhi.

7.6 Anchorage.—Indifferent anchorage can be obtained, in

depths of 6.4 to 10.1m, mud, between the SW side of Tantou

Shan and the E side of Niutou Shan, but the tidal currents may

attain a rate of 2.5 knots and there is usually a heavy swell.

Anchorage can also be obtained in the sheltered waters N of

Niutou Shan, in depths of 5.5 to 40.2m, mud.

Tung-yin Tao Lighthouse
Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 123

Pub. 157

7.7 Sanmen Wan (29°00'N., 121°45'E.) is a large inlet

entered between Nanshan and Niushan Zui (29°01'N.,

121°43'E.), a point lying about 12 miles further SW. The

coastline is extremely irregular and recedes about 20 miles

inland to form several arms which throughout are almost completely filled by extensive areas of drying mud flats. It is

generally backed by low-lying land within the inlet and by

rugged mountains without. Several large, mountainous islands

lie on the N side of the entrance while elsewhere numerous

islets and dangers largely encumber clear access through the

approaches from sea.

7.7 The principal fairway into Sanmen Wan passes between

Ts’ao-hsieh-pa Yu (29°00'N., 121°54'E.), a steep-sided islet

divided into three parts, and Sanmen Tao, a 53m high island

about 5.5 miles further SW; rocks, islands, and other dangers

extend 3.5 miles NW from Sanmen Tao. The fairway, in

general, trends NW. It enters the inner part of the inlet by

passing through the channel Man-t’ou Kang-tou (29°05'N.,

121°40'E.) and rounding the steep-to point Mao-t’ou-shan

Tsui (29°06'N., 121°39'E.).

7.7 The coast between Niushan Zui and Ketangshan (28°54'N.,

121°41'E.), an islet rising to a height of 212m, and lying 6.5

miles S, is very broken and is composed of a number of bays

filled with drying flats. A number of islets and dangers, which

are best seen on the chart, lie within 2 miles NE and 3.5 miles

ESE of Ketangshan.

7.7 The coast between Ketangshan and Baishashan, the N entrance point of T’ai-chou Wan, about 10 miles S, is fringed by

a drying flat extending up to 4 miles offshore, with a shallow

coastal bank extending seaward to the off-lying islands.

7.8 T’ai-chou Wan (28°40'N., 121°37'E.) is a shoal bay

entered between Baishashan, 76m high and Langjishan

(28°32'N., 121°37'E.), a 243m high island lying 10 miles

further S. The shoreline is low, regular, and fronted throughout

by an extensive margin of drying mud flats except for the area

in the entrance to the river Jiao Jiang. Numerous rugged islands, clustered islets, and isolated above and below-water

rocks lie in the offshore approaches.

7.8 Toumen Shan (28°41'N., 121°47'E.), inhabited and rising to

a sharp cone 202m high, rises from surrounding shoal water

about 15 miles E of the entrance to Jiao Jiang (Chiao Chiang).

Good anchorage can be obtained between the S point of Toumen Shan and a 19m high islet lying 0.5 mile S of the point.

Islands and other dangers, which may best be seen on the chart,

extend from 7.5 miles NE to 6 miles ESE of Toumen Shan. 

7.8 Navigation within the area N of the island is not recommended.

7.8 Baijiashan (28°37'N., 121°52'E.), 6 miles SE of Touman

Shan, is 75m high and cliffy, with a reef at its E end. Yijiangshan, 2 miles W of Baijiashan, consists of two islands, very

close together, of which the N island is 127m high.

7.8 Caution.—Fishing stakes exist in the area around Yijiangshan, Baijiashan, Touman Shan, and the islands E of Touman

Shan.

7.9 Haimen (28°41'N., 121°27'E.) (World Port Index No.

59930), a coastal trading center of some importance, is a

community with about forty berths. It is capable of handling

vessels of 3,000 to 5,000 dwt, located on the S bank of the area

close within the entrance to the river.

7.9 A berth for 10,000 dwt ships is now in operation. Vessels

with a draft not exceeding 6.8m can be led through the channel

to the berths. Haimen Gang No. 1 Lighted Buoy is equipped

with a racon.

7.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available at all times.

The pilot boards in position 28°39.8'N, 121°46.2'E for the No.

1 Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage and in position 28°27.4'N,

121°52.5'E for the No. 2 Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage.

7.9 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage has a depth of 9m,

mud and good holding ground. It lies within the following

bounded area:

a. 28°40.2'N, 121°45.3'E.

b. 28°40.2'N, 121°47.3'E.

c. 28°39.2'N, 121°47.3'E.

d. 28°39.2'N, 121°45.3'E.

7.9 Anchorage can also be obtained in the narrows at the

entrance to Jiao Jiang, where there is an area 1 mile long and

0.5 mile wide, with depths of 4 to 8.2m, soft mud.

The coast between Langjishan and Heshang Tou (28°21'N.,

121°40'E.), about 14 miles SSE, is fringed by a shallow and

partly drying bank extending up to 6 miles offshore and on

which there are a considerable number of islets and rocks, with

heights up to 243m, of which only the outer dangers are

described.

Jigushan (Chiku Shan) (28°23'N., 121°43'E.), the southeasternmost of these dangers, lies 3 miles NE of Heshang Tou.

It is cone-shaped and 228m high, with a broad yellow stripe on

its SE side, which is an excellent landmark.

Luo Yu (Lo Hsu) (28°16'N., 121°44'E.) is an islet lying

about 5.5 miles SE of Heshang Tou; a light is shown from a 4m

high white square brick structure located at an elevation of

76m. Niu Shan, 162m high, lies 2 miles WNW of Luo Yu.

7.9 The coast between Heshang Tou and Liudou Zui (Litou Zui)

(28°16'N., 121°25'E.), the E entrance point of Aiwan Wan,

about 7.5 miles further SW, is composed of many shallow

bays. Islets and other dangers extending off this coast may best

be seen on the chart.

7.9 Yisuan Shan (28°13'N., 121°40'E.), marked by a light, lies

4.5 miles SE of Liudou Zui; a reef lies 0.2 mile NE of the islet.

Daqi Jiao and Xiaoqi Jiao, also known as The Stragglers, are

two groups of above and below water rocks lying between 2.5

and 3 miles NE of Yisuan Shan. Sansuanshan, 111m high, lies

1.25 miles NW of Yisuan Shan; a 100m high islet lies between

these two islands.

7.9 An unmarked dangerous wreck lies at approximately 1 mile

SW of Sansuanshan.

7.10 Aiwan Wan (28°16'N., 121°30'E.) is entered between

Liudou Zui and Maocaoshan, 9 miles WSW; the bay is

generally shallow with a drying flat extending about 2.5 miles

offshore. 

Jigushan from SE, distant 2 miles
124 Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 

Pub. 157

7.10 Tidal currents in Aiwan Wan set NW on the flood current

and SE on the ebb current, at a rate of 1.5 knots.

7.10 Wailongyan (28°13'N., 121°33'E.), a flat rock, about 5m

high, and marked by a light equipped with a racon, lies in the

approach to Aiwan Wan, about 3 miles SW of Liudou Zui.

Neilongyan, 10m high, lies about 1 mile NNW of Wailongyan. 

7.10 Anchorage.—Anchorage sheltered from NW to NE winds,

can be obtained in Aiwan Wan, in depths of 4 to 5m, mud, NW

of Neilongyan. 

7.10 Maocaoshan (28°12'N., 121°25'E.), 81m high, is the W

entrance point of Aiwan Wan, and is the outermost of a group

of islets lying close offshore. The coast continues SW for 5

miles to Zhaitou Jiao (Hebe Head).

7.10 Caution.—Fishing nets and stakes may be encountered in

the area extending 5.5 miles NE of Wailongyan. A dangerous

wreck lies about 3.5 miles ENE of Wailongyan.

Zhaitou Jiao to Shi Jiao

7.11 Zhaitou Jiao (Hebe Head) (28°08'N., 121°21'E.) is

the S extremity of a rugged mountainous headland. The coast

line between the headland and Shi Jiao, about 112 miles SW,

continues rather irregular and is indented by many inlets and

the estuaries of several large rivers. It is backed throughout by

mountainous terrain which reaches the sea everywhere in bold

promontories and headlands, except in the N central part where

the land is low and well-cultivated. The inshore area as far S as

P’ing-yang Tsui fronts the coastline with an extensive margin

of drying mud flats, while the offshore area contains numerous

islands and islets well-scattered throughout.

7.11 Xialangtan (28°04'N., 121°31'E.), a small islet marked by a

light, with another islet close NW, lies 9.5 miles SE of Zhaitou

Jiao. Pi Shan, 1.25 miles NW of Xialangtan, is 174m high and

has several rocks and islets within 0.5 mile of its shores. Two

other small islets lie 1 mile WNW and 2.5 miles NW,

respectively, of Pi Shan.

7.11 Qian Shan (28°03'N., 121°24'E.), 86m high and marked by

a light on its W end, is the N of a group of three islets, close

together, lying 4.5 miles WSW of Pi Shan. Other islands,

rocks, and dangers, best be seen on the chart, lie between Qian

Shan and Zhaitou Jiao.

7.11 The coast between Zhaitou Jiao and Wenzhou Jiao, about 23

miles WSW, recedes N to form a large bay whose very

irregular shoreline is fronted by extensive margins of drying

mud flats and whose offshore area is considerably blocked by

the large mountainous island Yuhuan Dao (28°08'N.,

121°12'E.) and numerous smaller islands and lesser islets. The

river Ou Chiang (28°01'N., 120°44'E.), with the port of

Wenzhou, has its entrance about 23 miles SW of Zhentou Jiao.

7.11 Anchorage.—Vessels, seeking shelter from typhoon winds,

anchor in 9.1 to 14.6m about 1.25 miles off the salient point on

the SW side of Yuhuan Dao. This anchorage, in the deeper part

of the bay Leqing Wan (Lo-ch’ing Wan), is at times obstructed

by fishing stakes.

7.11 Wenzhou Wan (27°55'N., 121°15'E.) is an extensive open

roadstead lying SE of Yuhuan Dao and E of the numerous large,

mountainous islands which, rising abruptly from surrounding

areas of shoal water and westward trending margins of drying

mud flats, lie in the E and SE approaches to Ou Chiang.

7.11 Dongtou Shan (27°50'N., 121°08'E.) is a large irregularlyshaped island about 223m high; there are a number of dangers

within 0.75 mile of the E end of the island. Dazhu Shan, about

2 miles E of the SE point of Dongtou Shan, is 75m high; islets

and rocks extend 0.5 mile S from this islet. Another small

group of islets and rocks lies 0.4 mile NW of Dazhu Shan.

Hutou Yu (Hu-tou Hsu) (27°50'N., 121°15'E.) is 99m high,

with several islets extending almost 0.8 mile NW from it; a

light is exhibited from the summit of Hutou Yu.

7.11 Caution.—This group of islets resembles Dazhu Shan and

its surrounding islets, about 1.5 miles SW; these two groups of

islets may be confused in thick weather.

7.11 A dangerous wreck reported in the approach to Wenzhou

Wan in approximately position 28°01.7'N, 121°21.4'E. 

7.12 Chongshan Shuidao (27°54'N., 121°04'E.) is the

channel between the N side of Zhuangyuanao and Niyu Shan,

and the S side of Qingshan Dao and Chongshan Shazui, a

drying bank extending 3 miles W from Qingshan Dao. There

are depths of as little as 2.2m in the W part of this channel.

7.12 Shatou Shuidao (28°01'N., 121°02'E.) leads SW between

two groups of islets lying close NW of Xiaomen Dao and the

drying mud flats fronting the mainland. There is a least charted

depth of 2.6m in the channel.

7.12 Huangdao Shuidao (27°56'N., 121°07'E.) is the only

channel available to shipping entering Ou Jiang. The channel

leads W between Qingshan Dao and Chongshan Shazui to the

S and the coast of Damen Island to the N; the channel then

continues N of Zhong Sha, an extensive bank which dries in

places and lies between 0.6 mile and 2 miles S of the SW end

of Damen Island. The channel then continues NW, passing

between the extensive drying bank of Wenzhou Qiantan

(27°56'N., 120°57'E.) to the SW and Sanjiao Sha to the NE.

7.12 Aspect.—The S coast of Damen Island between Dong Tou,

its E extremity, and Rock Point (27°56'N., 121°05'E.), about 3

miles WSW, is bold and cliffy. From Rock Point to Huangda

Zui, the SW point of Damen Island, about 1.5 mile E, the coast

consists of a bay which dries completely.

7.12 Qingling Yu, a small islet about 0.6 mile W of Rock Point,

has a 43m high summit and is marked by a light. Lights are

also exhibited on Huangdu Zui and Dong Tou.

7.13 Qingshan Dao (27°55'N., 121°07'E.) is 224m high

and remarkable in appearance. From its E, N, and W sides it

rises gradually in long spurs until nearly halfway to the

summit, where its rocky sides then rise abruptly.

7.13 Tides—Currents.—The flood current near Qingling Yu has

a maximum rate of 2 knots; the ebb current has a rate of 2.5

knots.

7.13 Off the S end of Damen Island, the tidal current is rotary and

changes from flood to ebb gradually through N, and from ebb

to flood gradually through S.

7.13 Anchorage.—The Wenzhau Pilotage and Quarantine Anchorage is designated within the area enclosed by lines bounded by the following positions:

a. 27°56'04"N, 121°06'06"E.

b. 27°55'50"N, 121°06'06"E.

c. 27°55'50"N, 121°07'05"E.

d. 27°56'41"N, 121°07'15"E.

7.13 The anchorage has depths of 7 to 10m, mud and sand bottom. It is protected from winds and heavy swell except from E

and S winds and swell.
Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 125

Pub. 157

7.13 Vessels anchor with little shelter, in 7.4 to 21.9m, hard mud,

anywhere in Wenzhou Wan according to draft. Vessels seeking

refuge from typhoon winds anchor, in 5.5 to 12.8m in Heiniu

Wan (27°48'N., 121°07'E.), sheltered by Dongtou Shan to the

N, but open to S and SW winds which send heavy swells into

the anchorage.

7.13 Vessels seeking shelter from the predominating winds of the

Southwest Monsoon season anchor, in 7.4 to 9.2m, in a position N of Dasanpan Shan, an island close N of Dongtou Shan.

The anchorage is approached from the E. The approach from

the W through Dongtou Xia (Tung-t’ou Hsia) (Tungtow Strait)

is obstructed by a bar and is not recommended without local

knowledge. Vessels also anchor, in 11 to 36.5m, clear of fish

stakes, in a position close S of Qingshan Dao, a lofty islet lying

S of Damen Island. The anchorage lies in a deep pool in

Chong-shan Shuidao, a secondary access channel to Ou

Chiang used only by junks.

7.13 Above Qingling Yu, the water changes from clear and salty

to muddy and brackish.

7.13 Caution.—Dangerous wrecks, best seen on the chart, lie in

the approaches to Wen-zhou Wan.

Wenzhou (28°01'N., 120°39'E.)

World Port Index No. 59910

7.14 Wenzhou, a large metropolis and important coastal

trade center, lies on the S bank of Ou Chiang at about 17 miles

upstream from Wenzhou Jiao, the hilly N entrance point of the

river.

7.14 Tides—Currents.—At the river entrance, flood duration is

5 hours 30 minutes and the ebb is 7 hours 30 minutes. Currents

reach 5 knots and continue to run about 25 minutes after the

time of H and LW. 

7.14 At Wenzhou, flood duration is 4 hours 45 minutes; ebb, 7

hours 30 minutes. Currents continue to run about 38 minutes

after the time of HW and LW. From April to June, freshets

occur which may cause ebb currents to persist throughout the

day at a maximum velocity of 6 knots, but may reach 7 knots

for short periods.

7.14 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is divided into two

sections, Shuo Men and An Lan. There is 540m of wharf

space, with an alongside depth of 6m, capable of taking vessels

of 500 to 1,500 dwt. A new floating wharf is now in operation.

Two berths for 10,000 dwt ships have been completed in the

Longhai area. Five new coal-handling berths are to be constructed. 

7.14 Vessels can ordinarily reach Wenzhou with a draft of 4.6m

during neap tides and with 5.5m during springs. It was reported

that an ocean-going vessel, with a draft of 5.1m, entered Ou

Chiang and proceeded to the port of Wenzhou.

7.14 At Panshi (27°59.3'N., 120°49.6'E.), there are mooring

buoys for vessels of 10,000 and 20,000 dwt for berthing ; at

Longwan (27°58.3'N., 120°48.2'E.), there are general cargo

berths for vessels of 10,000 dwt. The main channel leading to

these berths has depths of between 2 to 10m; vessels enter the

port area with a favorable tide.

7.14 Aspect.—The river banks are generally low and maintained

for considerable lengths by dikes. The N bank is backed by

rugged hills while the S bank, within the river entrance, is

largely flat and well-cultivated. Several low, diked, and cultivated islands, as well as extensive areas of drying mud flats and

shifting sand banks encumber the river between the entrance

and alongside berthing facilities at Wenzhou. River depths and

the navigable channel change constantly and require local

knowledge to ensure safe navigation.

7.14 Pilotage.—Vessels board pilots in the quarantine anchorage

at Huangdao in position 27°56'N, 121°07'E. Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only.

7.14 Caution.—The navigable channel from the quarantine anchorage is marked by buoys and beacons; these are altered as

necessary to conform with the constant changes which take

place in the river bed.

7.14 A rock, with a depth, of 2.1m lies close NW of the fairway

from Panshi to Long-wan-Tou. Laohu Yan Dike projects 0.6

mile S from the shore 0.5 mile NW of Qidu Zui. Two lights are

shown from near the dike.

7.15 Ku-ao-t’ou (27°36'N., 120°33'E.), about 32 miles

SW of the N entrance point of Ou Chiang, is a community on

the N bank of the river Ao Chiang which, lying about 2 miles

within the river entrance, is reached by small vessels with a

draft of 3m. 

7.15 Beijshan Liedao (27°38'N., 121°12'E.), consisting of

several rugged islands and islets, lies about 34 miles E of the

entrance to Ao Chiang and constitutes the farthest seaward

danger in the approaches to Ku-ao-t’ou. Beiji Shan, 120m high

and the largest of these islands, has several islets lying close

together about 1 mile SE. Numerous other mountainous islands

and lofty islets lie scattered to the W and reach the coast off the

entrance to Feiyun Jiang (27°42'N., 120°40'E.), a river which

small vessels with a draft of 3.7m are able to ascend at HW for

a distance of about 5 miles to the community of Ruian. The

Feiyun Jiang Bridge, which has a vertical clearance of 17.5m at

MHW, spans the river in position 27°47’N, 120°36'E. 

7.15 Nanjishan Liedao (27°27'N., 121°04'E.), about 12 miles

SW of Beijshan Liedao, consists of the large mountainous

island Nanji Shan and the several islets and the many

underwater dangers which surround it. Small vessels anchor, in

14.6 to 16.4m, in Nan-chi Chiang, a small inlet on the S side of

Nanji Shan. A swell sets into the anchorage with winds occurring during the Northeast Monsoon season and with winds

from the SE.

Wenzhou
126 Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 

Pub. 157

Shacheng Gang Approaches

7.16 Pingyang Zui (27°28'N., 120°40'E.), about 9 miles

SE of the entrance to Ao Chiang, is a point at the NE extremity

of a bold headland. The coastline between the point and Shi

Jiao, about 57 miles SSW, is very irregular and indented by

numerous bays and a multitude of small coves. It is everywhere backed by high hills and mountains which, in general,

rise abruptly from a foreshore largely clear of the characteristic margins of drying mud flats.

7.16 Qixing Dao (27°03'N., 120°51'E.), about 26 miles SSE of

Pingyang Zui, is a group of small high-rising rocks lying at the

seaward extremity of a string of islands and islets stretching

WSW to the mainland. The SW and largest islet is 61m high

and split in two. The above-water rocks at the N end of the

group are low and have a number of rocks awash within 0.5

mile E and 1 mile W of them; it is recommended that this

group be given a wide berth. Lie Yan (Cleft Rock) (27°06'N.,

120°49'E.), 15m high, lies 3 miles NW of Qixing Dao.

7.16 Caution.—Discolored water has been reported to the SE of

Qixing Dao.

7.17 Taishan Liedao (27°00'N., 120°42'E.), marked by a

light and a racon, consists of two islets and a number of rocks.

Dongtai Shan, the SE islet, has a table top summit 165m high.

Above and below-water rocks extend 2.5 miles W of Xitai

Shan, the NW island. A reef, awash, lies about 4.5 miles NW

of the same island.

Nan Yu (Strawstack Island) (26°56'N., 120°21'E.), about 3.3

miles SSW of Xitai Shan, is 86m high. A rock, awash, whose

position is doubtful, lies 4.5 miles W of the islet; a depth of

11.6m lies about 2.5 SW of Nan Yu.

7.17 Xingdao Dao (26°59'N., 120°28'E.) and Dongxing Dao,

together with their off-lying rocks, form a small group of

islands sometimes known as Ying-ko-ku Lieh-tao, lying about

20 miles WSW of Qixing Dao. Small vessels, seeking shelter

from the Northeast Monsoon, can obtain anchorage, in a depth

of 11m, mud, 0.2 mile off the SW side of Xixing Dao, with two

white masts in line, bearing 058°. Vessels also anchor, in

12.8m, off the NW side of the islet in a position at the juncture

of two ranges indicated by beacons standing E and W of the

disused lighthouse at the W end of the islet. Vessels transiting

the passage between Yin-ko-ku Lieh-tao and Taishan Leidao, a

group of high steep-sided islands about 11 miles to the E, are

recommended to favor the W side of the passage.

Riyue Yu (Solitary Rock) (27°02'N., 120°25'E.), 81m high

with a reef extending 0.2 mile E of it, lies 3.5 miles NW of

Xixing Dao. 

7.17 Three dangerous wrecks lie within 2.5 miles NE and NW of

the rock.

7.18 Shacheng Gang (27°10'N., 120°24'E.), about 22

miles SSW of Pingyang Zui, is a narrow deep fjord-like inlet

which, winding through sheltering mountainous terrain, recedes irregularly inland for a distance of about 17 miles. The

inlet has not been thoroughly examined above Kin-sho, an islet

lying about 5 miles inland from Fu-chien T’ou, the hilly steepto S entrance point of the inlet. Depths in the fairway through

the entrance are generally deep but irregular; shoal depths of

9.1 to 12.8m have been reported.

7.18 Vessels seeking shelter during the Northeast Monsoon season and having a draft no greater than 4.6m can obtain anchorage between Beiguan Dao (27°10'N., 120°31'E.) and

Nankuan Shan, 1.25 miles W, but local knowledge is required.

They also anchor, in 12.8 to 18.2m, clear of fishing nets, off the

W side of Nankuan Shan.

7.18 Vessels of all classes seeking refuge from typhoon winds

enter Shacheng Gang between Fu-chien T’ou and Nankuan

Shan and anchor, in 11 to 25.6m in a position in the fairway,

clear of bamboo moorings, NW of Lung-mu Yen (Bate Island),

a small islet on the N side of the channel about 1.5 miles W of

Fu-chien T’ou. A drying reef extends about 0.3 mile NW from

the islet. Small vessels anchor, in 5.9 to 9.2m, mud, in a

position on the shore bank SE of Tree Islet, an islet lying in the

middle of the fairway about 1.8 miles NW of Lung-mu Yen.

The channel on the E side of the islet is foul. The tidal range in

Shacheng Gang is extreme.

7.18 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies approximately 2 miles

SW of the entrance to Sacheng Gang, in 11m of water.

7.19 Dayu Shan (Fu-yao Shan) (26°57'N., 120°21'E.),

about 6 miles WSW of Ying-ko-ku Lieh-tao, is a large mountainous island lying at the seaward end of a number of lesser

islands and scattered islets extending E from the N entrance

point of the partially examined bay Funing Wan. Transit of the

several narrow rocky passages between Dayu Shan and the

mainland is not recommended without local knowledge.

7.19 Anchorage.—Good anchorage, in a depth of 11m, sand, is

reported about 1 mile W of Dayu Shan. Good anchorage is also

reported, in 11m, 1 mile N of the E point of Dayu Shan.

7.19 Caution.—Less water than charted has been reported in an

area 2 miles N of Dayu Shan.

Funing Wan (26°51'N., 120°07'E.) is shoal and has a number of islets and rocks in it. Beiao Dao (26°53'N., 120°13'E.),

136m high, is the largest of a group of islands lying within 2.25

miles S of the N entrance point of the bay. The village of

Sansha (26°55'N., 120°13'E.) situated close W of the N entrance point.

7.19 Good anchorage has been obtained off Sansha, in a depth of

8.2m, with the N entrance point of the bay bearing 043° at 0.35

mile. The anchorage is approached, after passing 0.5 mile N of

Beiao Dao on a W course, on a course of 003° with a ruined

castle, standing on one of the islets fronting the village, a little

on the port bow.

7.19 Many of the inshore areas along this portion of coast have

been partially surveyed. Vessels must use caution.

7.19 Dajin Jiao (26°43'N., 120°09'E.) lies about 4.5 miles S of

the E end of Changbiao Dao, the S entrance point of Funing

Wan; the bay between these two points contains a number of

islets and dangers. 

7.19 Several islets, one of which is marked by a light, lie up to 1

mile SSE of Dajin Jiao.

7.19 Caution.—Fishing stakes may be encountered up to 2.5

miles SE of Dajin Jiao.

Shi Jiao to Beijiao Zui

7.20 Shi Jiao (26°39'N., 120°07'E.), lying about 4.5 miles

SSW of Dajin Jiao, is a steep-sided headland which, backed by
Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 127

Pub. 157

high-rising hills and mountains, rises abruptly from a sea floor

lying in depths in excess of 18.2m. The coastline between the

headland and Beijiao Zui, about 19 miles SSW, is irregular and

considerably indented by Sansha Wan and Loyuan Wan, two

extensive inlets whose several arms are largely filled with wide

areas of drying mud flats. It is backed by mountainous terrain

which reaches the shore in bold headlands with a multitude of

intervening coves. The offshore area is relatively deep and

encumbered by several large islands and many lesser islands

and scattered underwater dangers.

7.20 Sishuang Liedao (26°40'N., 120°21'E.) is a group of islets

and rocks lying 9 to 14 miles E of Shi Jiao; the S danger of the

group is Nanquan (Bare Rock) (26°37.5'N., 120°19.5'E.).

Nanshuang Dao, 1.75 miles NE of Nanquan is 182m high;

Dongshuang Dao, 2 miles farther NE, is 101m high and has a

reef marked by breakers extending 0.5 mile E from it.

Beishuang Dao, 139m high and the largest in the group, lies 4

miles NNE of Nanquan. Other islets and dangers may best be

seen on the chart.

7.20 Caution.—Fishing stakes may be encountered between

Nanshuang Dao and Dongshuang Dao, and on the N side of

Beishuang Dao.

Hsi-yin Tao (Lang Tao) (26°20'N., 120°12'E.), about 19

miles SSE of Shi Jiao, is a lofty islet which, with underwater

rocks lying close NE and SW, constitutes the farthest seaward

danger in the immediate approaches to the considerable inlets

indenting this area of the coast. Tung-yin Tao (26°23'N.,

120°30'E.) and Tung-sha Tao (26°10'N., 120°24'E.) are both

described in paragraph 7.5.

7.21 Sansha Wan (26°25'N., 120°00'E.) is an extensive

island-filled bay located between Shi Jiao and Beijiao Zui,

about 19 miles SW. Sandu Ao (26°35'N., 119°50'E.) is described in paragraph 7.22.

7.21 Fuying Dao (26°35'N., 120°08'E.) is a large mountainous

steep-sided island lying close S of Shi Jiao; the island has two

remarkable peaks near its NE end, the higher being 363m high.

Maci Dao is an island, 255m high, lying 0.75 mile S of the SW

end of Fuying Dao. 

7.21 Another island lies close off the SE side of Fuying Dao, to

which it is joined by a shallow ridge. An isolated rock, 18m

high, lies 0.75 mile NW of the W end of Fuying Dao.

7.21 In the Northeast Monsoon, good anchorage can be obtained,

in a depth of 12.8m, mud, SW of Fuying Dao, sheltered from

the E swell by Maci Dao and the island N of it.

7.21 Kuishan Dao (26°30'N., 120°08'E.), rising to a cone 233m

high, is the outer island of a group of islands lying on the N

side of the approach to Sandu Ao. A rock, with a depth of less

than 1.8m, lies 1 mile SE of Kuishan Dao; a reef, awash, lies

about 3.8 miles further SE.

7.21 Xiyang Dao (26°30'N., 120°03'E.), lies 3.5 miles WNW of

Kuishan Dao; fishing stakes may be encountered S of the

island. Other islets, rocks, and dangers extending W and NW

from Xiyang Dao may best be seen on the chart.

7.22 Sandu Ao (San-tu Ao) (26°35'N., 119°50'E.) is an

extensive inlet entered between Mouth Point (26°27'N.,

119°50'E.) and the extremity of a rugged and steep-to peninsula about 4.5 miles NE. The inlet provides anchorage in a typhoon with good holding ground. Within its entrance the inlet

divides into several arms and is encumbered with a number of

islands and islets; the land around the inlet is well cultivated

and the hills are terraced.

7.22 Tidal currents in Sandu Ao turn at the times of HW and LW;

the currents follow the directions of the channels, dividing

where there are islands and running at a greater rate past their

salient points. In the entrance channel rates of 4 to 7 knots may

be obtained, and heavy tide rips occur during the ebb current.

The mean spring tidal range in Sandu Ao is 6.6m.

7.22 The W sides of the entrance channel, between the entrance to

Luoyuan Wan and Town Point (26°33'N., 119°48'E.), the extremity of a steep-to peninsula about 7 miles NNW, is rugged

and indented with several bays mostly filled with drying mud

flats. The peninsula rises NW to become part of the rugged

mountain range which backs this coast.

7.22 The E side of the entrance channel is also rugged and

indented with bays filled with drying mud flats. Castle Point

(26°32'N., 119°50'E.), jutting out close within the entrance of

the channel, is steep-to and marked by a light. Channel Rock,

lying near mid-channel about 0.6 mile WSW of Castle Point,

dries 4.3m.

7.22 Chi-chiao Shan (26°34'N., 119°48'E.) lies near mid-channel

at the N end of the entrance. Rocks, some awash and some as

much as 18m high, extend 0.4 mile SSE of the island. The

passage W of the island is reported deep and clear, but during

spring tides, the tidal currents may attain a rate of 6 to 7 knots;

tide rips and swirls may form off Hail Point, the W extremity

of the island.

Qingshan Dao (Yen Tao) (26°37'N., 119°47'E.), the second

largest island in Sandu Ao, lies 2 miles NNW of the inner end

of the entrance channel. The island has several peaks of similar

elevation, the highest rising to 390m high in its W part.

7.22 Waterwitch Channel (26°36'N., 119°46'E.) leads NW between the SW side of Qingshan Dao and the mainland; the

latter is much indented with small bays filled by mud flats. The

E part of the channel is free of dangers except for a rock, with a

depth of 0.2m, lying 0.25 mile SE of the S point of Qingshan

Dao; at the W end of the channel foul ground extends 0.3 mile

from the SW side of Qingshan Dao.

7.22 Caution.—Tidal currents in the fairway between the dangers

are strong; there are tide rips and swirls. The ebb current sets

towards the S side of the channel.

7.23 Sandu Dao (26°39'N., 119°41'E.) is the largest island

in Sandu Ao. It has several summits, with Mount MacAllum,

457m high and situated in its W part, being the highest. Mount

Stevens, 1.5 miles SE, is 367m high.

7.23 Customs Point (26°38'N., 119°40'E.), at the SW end of

Sandu Dao, has a Customhouse, stone jetty, and pier; storm

signals are displayed from a flagstaff nearby. The town of

Sandu (26°38'N., 119°40'E.) (World Port Index No. 59880)

stands on the W side of a mud filled bay, 0.5 mile NE of

Customs Point; it is a port of call for coastal shipping.

7.23 Vessels anchor, in 14.6 to 18.2m, 0.5 mile SE of Customs

Point with King Point, lying 0.5 mile W of Customs Point,

bearing 293° and open N of Lay Rocks (Pai Chiao) and with

Mount Stevens, about 1.3 miles ENE of Customs Point,

bearing 043°.

7.23 Kaiser Rock (26°37'N., 119°44'E.), awash and steep-to, lies
128 Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 

Pub. 157

about 1 mile W of the W end of Qingshan Dao. The tidal

currents swirl around this rock at a great rate.

7.23 Between Ridge Point (26°35'N., 119°51'E.) and Pu-lo-wu

Chiao, 4 miles NE, the SE shore of the inlet is slightly indented

and has a number of wooded spurs descending steeply to the

shore from the mountain range close inland. The best position

to anchor to ride out a typhoon is in Algerine Roads

(26°37'N., 119°53'E.), about 0.8 mile W of Pu-lo-wu Chiao, in

a depth of about 22m.

7.24 Loyuan Wan (Luoyuan Wan) (26°25'N., 119°43'E.),

entered close S of the entrance to Sandu Ao, is an irregularly

shaped bay which, reached through a narrow deep isletobstructed entrance channel about 4 miles long, has extensive

margins of drying mud flats and areas of deep water in which

large vessels find an excellent refuge from typhoon winds.

Tidal rise in the bay is extreme, while tidal currents in the

entrance channel reach a velocity of 1.75 knots and form rips. 

7.24 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile SW of the inner end

of the entrance channel, Kemen Shuidao, in depths of 11 to

12.8m. Anchorage can also be obtained about 1.8 miles N

within the N arm of the channel, in depths of 7.3 to 9.1m. 

7.24 Dongluo Dao (26°25'N., 119°55'E.), the larger islets of a

group of three, lie 4 miles and 2.75 miles E of the S entrance

point to Loyuan Wan; other islets and below-water rocks lie in

the bay to the S and W of them. A drying rock lies 0.75 mile N

of Dongluo Dao. Tidal currents in the vicinity of these islets

sometimes attain a rate of 3 knots.

7.24 Caution.—Fishing stakes extend up to 2.75 miles NE of

Dongluo Don.

Beijiao Zui to Shafeng Jiao

7.25 Beijiao Zui (26°23'N., 119°57'E.) is the seaward extremity of a mountainous finger of land extending about 15

miles NE from the mainland. Pei Hsu is a small islet about 0.3

mile ESE of Beijiao Zui; heavy tide rips and seas form off the

islet during the Northeast Monsoon.

7.25 The coastline between Beijiao Zui and Shafeng Jiao, about

25 miles SSW, recedes irregularly inland and forms a large bay

in the S portion of which lies the estuary to the river Min Jiang.

The coastline is everywhere backed by mountainous terrain,

except in the area of Shafeng Jiao, where the land is low, sandy,

and light in color. The area close offshore in shoal and has

extensive margins of drying mud flats. A number of rugged

islands, surrounded by drying mud flats, lie in the estuary and

create several tortuous channels leading to the river entrance.

Farther offshore, several groups of high and generally conspicuous islands with numerous lesser islands and scattered above

and below-water dangers extend S from Beijiao Zui as far as

Shafeng Jiao.

Mazu Liedao (Ma-tsu Liehtao)

7.26 Gaodeng Dao (Kao-teng Tao) (26°17'N., 119°59'E.),

the N island of Ma-tsu Liehtao, is 173m high. There are rocks

within 0.75 mile E and W of Kao-teng Tao; another rock, about

11m high, lies 1.5 miles NE of the island.

7.26 Hsiao-ch’iu (26°15'N., 120°01'E.), 79m high and Ta-ch’iu,

close SW and 93m high, lie about 1.3 miles SE of Kao-teng

Tao; the channel between is encumbered with above and below

water rocks.

Beigantang Dao (Pei-kan-t’ang Tao) (26°13'N., 119°59'E.)

rises in the NE to two prominent peaks; Bi Shan, the NE and

higher peak, is 293m high. Islets and rocks extend 0.75 mile

SE from the S point of the island to Yan Shi, which has a depth

of 0.9m. Anchorage, providing good shelter from NE winds,

can be taken in the NE part of Ma-pi Wan, in a depth of 8.2m,

mud, with the summit of Pang Shan (26°13'N., 120°01'E.)

bearing 126°, distant 1 mile.

7.26 San-lien Yu (26°14'N., 120°03'E.), widely spaced and up to

31m high, lie between 1.75 and 2.5 miles E of Pei-kan-t’ang

Tao.

Mazu Haixia (Matsu Strait) (26°11'N., 119°57'E.), separating Pei-kan-t’ang Tao from Ma-tsu Tao, has a navigable

width of nearly 1 mile. Tung Shih (Dong Shi), a pinnacle rock

with a depth of 6.4m, lies in the central part of the strait.

7.26 Matsu Dao (26°09'N., 119°56'E.), a large hilly and cultivated island, rises in its SW part to the prominent summit of

Yuantai Shan, 246m high. Hou Ao, a bay on the N side of Matsu Tao, affords shelter with winds from E through S to WNW,

in a depth of 9m, but is a bad anchorage due to its rocky

bottom.

7.26 Caution.—Fishing stakes may be encountered off the S and

SW side of the island.

7.27 Tai Shih (Dai Shi) (26°08'N., 119°58'E.), about 1

mile SE of Ma-tsu Tao, is a group of rocky heads with depths

of 1.5 to 5.4m; a 3m high rock lies about 0.5 mile N of Tai

Shih.

7.27 Pei-chuan Chiao (Beiquan Jiao) (26°07'N., 119°58'E.), 1.5

miles SSE of Hsieh Chiao, is a prominent black rock 6m high;

other dangers surrounding this rock may best be seen on the

chart.

Yin-shui Chiao (Pilot Rock) (26°07'N., 120°02'E.), 3 miles

E of Pei-chuan Chiao, is a pinnacle rock with a depth of 0.3m.

The sea breaks over this rock, except at LW. A prohibited area

and an explosives dumping ground lie 2 and 7 miles E, respectively, of Yin-shui Chiao. Other prohibited areas lie up to 7

miles ENE of Yin-shui Chiao.

Liu-ch’uan Chiao (Liuquan Jiao) (26°05'N., 119°58'E.), 2

miles SSW of Pei-chuan Chiao, is a precipitous black rock

about 50m high; dangers extend 0.4 mile N from it to Kau-chiu

Chiao, a 7m high rock.

Hsi-pi Shih (Xipi Shi) (26°04'N., 119°57'E.), about 1.5

miles SSW of Liu-ch’uan Chiao, is a group of pinnacle rocks

with a least depth of 3m. The sea rarely breaks on them, even

with strong NE winds, nor is there any surface disturbance to

indicate their presence.

Chu-Kuang Lieh-Tao

7.28 Baiquan Liedao (Pai-ch’uan Lieh-tao) (25°58'N.,

119°55'E.), lying about 11 miles S of Matsu Liehtao, consists

of two islands and several islets and rocks.

7.28 Dongquan Dao (Tung-chu Tao) (25°58'N., 119°58'E.), the E

island of the group, is 114m high and precipitous; islets and

dangers lie within 0.75 mile NW and 1 mile NE of the island.
Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 129

Pub. 157

7.28 A light is shown from a round tower on the NE end of the

island and a signal operates from the tower.

Xiquan Dao (Hsi-chu Tao) (25°59'N., 119°56'E.), the W

island of the group, is 191m high. Its summit consists of three

rounded hummocks, on the center and highest of which is a

boulder; the SW slopes of the ridge are strewn with sand and

show white in misty weather when little else of the island is

visible. P’o-lang Shih, 16m high, lies at the outer end of a

rocky ridge which extends 0.5 mile SW from the W point of

the island; this rock and a 13m high rock on the ridge are

prominent. Sand banks, with charted depths of 5.4 to 10m,

extend up to 4 miles SW of Hsi-chu Tao.

7.28 Caution.—A prohibited area, which may be fouled by fishing stakes, lies about 4 miles SE of Tung-chu Tao.

Min Jiang

7.29 The estuary to Min Jiang, lying between Shafeng Jiao

and a point of land about 11 miles NNW, is obstructed by a

number of mountainous islands, extensive areas of drying mud

flats, and many shifting bars of mud and sand. The several

channels leading through these obstructions are tortuous and,

at times, subject to displacement in consequence of the shifting

banks which border them. Muddy water, discharged from Min

Jiang, flows well seaward and tends to obscure sunken dangers

unless these are marked by breakers when the seas are high.

7.29 The buoyage system conforms to IALA Maritime Buoyage

System (Region A).

7.29 Wu-chu Chiang (26°10'N., 119°36'E.), the northernmost

entrance channel to Min Jiang, is an impassable stone-blocked

channel leading N of Culu Dao, a large mountainous island,

229m high, lying in the N part of the estuary.

7.29 Wei-tou Shui-tao (25°31'N., 119°38'E.), a passage used by

small craft, leads between the E side of Culu Dao and Chuanshi Dao, a small rugged island rising to a prominent 183m high

peak, lying close E of Culu Dao.

7.29 Mei-hua Chiang (26°03'N., 119°37'E.), the southernmost

entrance channel, is the partially examined and little used passage S of Langqi Dao, the largest island in the estuary.

7.29 The main entrance channel passes about 2.5 miles NW of

Qixing Jiao (26°05'N., 119°50'E.), a group of pinnacle rocks

which, covered at HW, lie about 8 miles ENE of Shafeng Jiao.

A light is exhibited on Qixing Jiao. The channel then continues

WSW about 6 miles, passing over Wai Langjiangsha

(26°07'N., 119°46'E.), the outer bar, and between the drying

mud flats Yaozi Sha and Tieban Sha on the N and the drying

mud flats of Foshua Sha on the S. Range lights, situated on the

E side of Langqi Dao, in line bearing 265.5°, lead over the

outer bar and into the estuary. It continues WNW over the inner

bar Nei Langjiangsha (26°07'N., 119°41'E.) and, passing

between Culu Dao and the low islets close off the N side of

Langqi Dao, enters Jinpai Men, the deep, narrow channel

between the N extremity of this latter island and the mainland.

7.30 Dieshidui Lighted Buoy (26°08.0'N., 119°37.2'E.),

close W of the pilotage-quarantine anchorage, marks the extremity of a stone barrier extending from the S shore of the

channel. Mazuyin Lighted Buoy marks a similar area of foul

ground extending from the N shore. The channel between these

two lighted buoys is only 0.15 mile wide.

7.30 Shoal depths of 1.3m and 3.9m exist close NE and 0.15 mile

WNW from Dieshidui Lghted Buoy.

7.30 Tides—Currents.—The tide is mainly semi-diurnal, with a

spring rise of 6.2m and a neap rise of 5m. These levels are

affected by the wind; the water level is relatively high during

the Northeast Monsoon and low during the Southwest Monsoon. Tidal currents seaward of the outer bar are quite weak.

Tidal currents at the entrance to Min Jiang set W from 1 hour

30 minutes after LW to 1 hour 30 minutes after HW. They set E

from 1 hour 30 minutes after HW to 1 hour 30 minutes after

LW.

7.30 During the rainy season (April to June), freshets cause the W

current to run for a shorter period of time, while the E current

begins earlier and runs longer. Rates are from 1 to 4 knots.

During heavy freshets vessels do not swing to the W current.

7.30 In Jinpai Men (26°08'N., 119°35.5'E.), 0.2 mile wide, the

tidal currents are strong and set W through the channel on the

flood current, with a branch setting SW at the W end of the

narrows; the ebb current sets in the reverse direction. During

spring tides, or during a freshet period, the ebb current usually

exceeds a rate of 7 knots; a similar rate is experienced in Min’an

Men (29°03'N., 119°30.5'E.), a 3 mile long and 0.2 mile wide

narrow channel beginning about 6 miles SSW of Jinpai Men.

7.30 Depths—Limitations.—Depths over the bars in the main

entrance channel to Min Jiang, while subject to change, are

generally greatest during the Northeast Monsoon season and

least during the Southwest Monsoon season. During gale

winds, a heavy swell, which quickly subsides, may set across

the bars. The least depth over the outer bar was 3.7m while the

least depth over the inner bar was about 3m. The deepest

reported draft of vessels transiting the bars and entering Min

Jiang during the same year was 7.6m.

7.30 Vessels with a draft of more than 3m should enter on the

flood tide. Tide rips and cross sets should be guarded against.

7.30 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 55m,

spans the W end of Jinpai Men. Anchoring is prohibited in this

area.

7.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory above the pilotage-quarantine anchorage. The vessel’s ETA and request for a pilot

should be signaled 48 hours in advance, through radio station

Fuzhou. Vessels, awaiting quarantine inspection, display the

flag “Q” from the International Code of Signals by day and

three red lights, disposed vertically, at night.

7.30 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor, in 6.4 to 9.2m, in a position

within the deep water pool lying between the outer and inner

bars of the main entrance channel. The anchorage reportedly

offers no shelter during HW. 

7.30 The pilotage-quarantine anchorage is located 0.75 mile E

and 1 mile NW of the light on Hujiang Dao (26°07.4'N.,

119°38.5'E.) and has depths from 2 to 17m. 

7.30 Caution.—Underwater obstructions extending from either

bank restrict the channel width to less than 183m close W of

the pilotage-quarantine anchorage. A shoal depth of 1.1m

exists in the SE corner of the anchorage close to the entrance

channel. Vessels transiting Jinpai Men are further cautioned

that, because of strong currents and eddies, the most favorable

time for transit is slack water. At other times, they should avoid

meeting in the passage. Vessels proceeding with the current

have precedence over those proceeding against it.
130 Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 

Pub. 157

The continuation of the main entrance channel inland from

Jin-pai Men to Lo-hsing-t’a Mao-ti, about 12 miles SSW,

consists of a 1 mile-wide body of water extending about 6

miles along the W side of Langqi Dao and the 6 mile long

seaward reach of Min Jiang proper. The channel favors the

mainland coast as far as Min Jiang, when it lies fair between

each shore for about 3 miles before tending to favor the E

mainland shore. Qingzhou Bridge, with a vertical clearance of

43m, crosses the channel in positon 25°59'29N, 119°28'01E.;

this section of the channel is navigable to vessels of up to

20,000 tons. 

7.31 Lo-hsing-t’a Mao-ti (25°59'N., 119°27'E.) is a

general anchorage in Min Jiang close downstream from a

position where the large island Nan-t’ai Tao causes the river to

branch N and continue as Pei Chiang and S as Wu-lung

Chiang. It lies in deep water on the E side of the river and

under high hills which extend NE from Hai-kuan Chiao

(Customs Point), a point about 0.8 mile SE of the village Lohsing-t’a which marks the N entrance point of Pei Chiang. The

W side of the anchorage is shoal and encum-bered by large

areas of drying mud flats extending from the W shore of the

river. Hsiao-ma Chiao, a rock that covers at HW, lies about

midway between Customs Point and Lo-hsing-t’a. Vessels that

cross the outer bar can reach the anchorage. 

7.31 Vessels board licensed pilots from a motor sampan, painted

yellow, which is on station either in the vicinity of Qixing Jiao

or in the deep water pool between the outer and inner bars

across the main entrance channel. Vessels should arrive at the

outer bar at HW so as to have slack water all the way to Lohsing-t’a Mao-ti.

7.31 Vessels anchor off the N bank of the river between Hsiao-ma

Chiao and Ta-ma Chiao, in depths of 3 to 10m, mud. There is

insufficient room for large vessels, which should seek shelter E

of Hsiao-ma Chiao. Ma-wei Mao-ti, situated SE of Lo-hsingt’a, close off the SE bank of the river between Kiang-hsi Chiao

and Hai-kuan Chiao, has depths of 8 to 15m, mud and sand.

7.31 Both anchorages provide shelter from all strong winds, but

holding ground is poor and dragging can occur during freshets.

Tidal rise in the anchorage is 4.8m at MHWS and 4m at

MHWN. Tidal currents reach a velocity of 3 to 4 knots, but

during freshets the ebb current can reach 5 knots and sometimes overcomes the flood current altogether.

Fuzhou (26°05'N., 119°18'E.)

World Port Index No. 59860

7.32 Fuzhou is a large metropolis lying on the Pei Chiang

branch of Min Jiang at a distance of about 11 miles upstream

from Lo-hsing-t’a Mao-ti.

7.32 Fuzhou harbor consists of two districts, Fuzhou and Ma-wei,

separated by about 8 miles. The Ma-wei work area affords

good space and provides a deep-water basin. All large vessels

can berth and work cargo here. 

7.32 Depths—Limitations.—The fairway is approximately 10

miles long and has depths of 11 to 12m. Vessels of up to

70,000 tons can navigate the channel at high tide. 

7.32 Ma-wei has a total wharfage length of 592m, and can accommodate two 10,000 dwt vessels and two 5,000 dwt vessels.

Recent dredging now is reported to allow a depth of 9m in the

harbor.

7.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available during

daylight hours only. Pilots board vessels of 20,000 dwt and

greater at Minjiang Kou Lighted Buoy D1 (26°05'N.,

119°48'E.). Pilots board vessels of less than 20,000 dwt in the

quarantine anchorage in position 26°07.6'N, 119°38.6'E. 

7.32 The ETA and request for a pilot should be sent 48 hours in

advance through Fuzhou. The ETA should be confirmed 24

hours and 12 hours in advance. 

7.32 Vessels proceeding to Fuzhou must contact Fuzhou Port

Radio on VHF channel 16 to confirm the pilotage request.

7.32 Vessel Traffic Service.—Fuzhou Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) is in effect in the approaches to Fuzhou, Luoyuan, and

Songxia. The Fuzhou Maritime Bureau Control Center may be

contacted on VHF channel 12.

7.32 Participation in the VTS is compulsory for the following

vessels: 

1. Foreign vessels, including those registered in Hong

Kong, Macau, or Taiwan.

2. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

3. Passenger vessels, with the exception of ferries.

4. Vessels of limited maneuverability.

5. Chinese vessels of 300 dwt or greater.

7.32 Vessels willing to participate in the VTS, though not required to do so by the criteria listed above, may contact the

maritime control center regarding voluntary participation.

7.32 Vessels must report to Fuzhou VTS from the following

established delimited areas:

1. Luoyuan Wan Harbor.—An arc with a radius of 5

miles centered on Kemen Jiao Light (26°26'N., 119°50'E.).

2. Minjang Kou Inner Harbor—

a. First Reporting Line—An arc with a radius of 5

miles centered on Qixing Jiao Light (26°05'N., 119°50'E.).

b. Second Reporting Line—A line joining Beigui Dao

and Nangui Dao. Reports may be made up to 1 mile

upstream or downstream of this line.

3. Songxia Harbor, Jiangyin Harbor, and Haitan Strait—

a. North Reporting Line—An arc with a radius of 10

miles centered on Zhupai Yu Light (25°43'N., 119°44'E.).

b. South Reporting Line:—Lines commencing at

position 25°15'N, 119°45'E and extending due W to the W

shore of the Nanri Channl and due N to Haitan Dao.

7.32 Vessels should contact Fuzhou Maritime Bureau Control

Center 24 hours prior to arrival and provide the following information:

1. Vessel name and call sign.

2. Type of vessel.

3. Nationality.

4. Port of registration.

5. Vessel LOA, dwt, beam, and maximum height.

6. Type and quantity of cargo.

7. Maximum draft upon arrival.

8. ETA.

9. Purpose of entry.

10. Previous port.

11. Other pertinent information.

7.32An arrival report should be sent to Fuzhou VTS on VHF

channel 12 when passing the reporting lines listed above and
Sector 7. China—San-Men Wan to Min Jiang 131

Pub. 157

should include the following:

1. Vessel name and call sign.

2. Present position.

3. Purpose of entry.

4. Information as requested by tthe control center.

7.32 Vessels should forward a report to Fuzhou VTS after berthing or anchoring and include the following information:

1. Vessel name and call sign.

2. Berth or anchored position.

7.32 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage, with depths of

12.8 to 14.6m, mud and sand bottom, is centered on position

25°44'12”N, 119°40”30”E.

7.32 The anchorage for large vessels, with a depth of 21m, lies

centered on position 25°47'12”N, 119°49”00”E. 
Pub. 157

8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait

8.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
135

Pub. 157

SECTOR 8 

TAIWAN AND TAIWAN STRAIT

8.0 Plan.—This sector describes in order Taiwan, Taiwan Strait,

P’eng-hu Ch’un-tao, and adjacent islands. The description is N

to S and, for Taiwan, from the E coast to the W coast.

General Remarks

8.1 Taiwan (Formosa), located off the SE coast of China,

is a large sub-tropical island about 210 miles long by 80 miles

wide. A central range of mountains, with peaks rising to

3,944m, extends the length of the island. Volcanic peaks dot

the N part of the island. A coastal range rises abruptly from the

middle portion of the E coast. The W coast is mostly considered to be low and sandy and has a few isolated hills. It is

fronted by a coastal bank which is reported to have large areas

of tidal flats. 

8.1 The E coast is rocky and steep-to and has few indentations,

save along the N part where there are some small bays with offlying islets and rocks. In places, cliffs rise abruptly to a height

of 457m. The principal harbors are Chi-lung Kang, on the N

coast of the island, and Kao-hsiung Kang, on the SW coast.

8.1 Taiwan Strait (Formosa Strait) is the body of water lying

between the W coast of Taiwan and the mainland coast. It has a

least width of about 70 miles.

8.1 The strait is navigable by all classes of vessels, but strong

currents require careful attention and prudent seamanship.

8.1 The strait has not been fully surveyed; there are a number of

isolated shoals and dangerous wrecks, with depths of less than

20m which can best be seen on the chart.

8.1 P’eng-hu Ch’un-tao (Pescadores Islands), described in paragraph 8.26, is an extensive archipelago of rocks and low-lying

islands lying off the W central coast of Taiwan. The islands are

irregular, fronted by reefs, and difficult to make out in poor

visibility. 

8.1 Limited shelter is available at P’eng-hu Kang and at Makung Kang.

8.1 There are numerous fishing harbors along the coast of Taiwan, most of which are marked by minor navigation lights.

8.1 Winds—Weather.—Winds and weather for Taiwan are

strongly under the influence of the seasonal monsoon winds

which alternately circulate clockwise out of the area of high

barometric pressure in Siberia and from the high in the North

Pacific Ocean. The Northwest Monsoon season (October to

March) has cool, moist NE to E winds which, blowing at an

average rate of 10 to 15 knots, produce clouds, rain and low

visibility on the N and E coasts of the island and, because of

the barrier imposed by the central mountain range, clear, dry,

and warmer weather on the W and SW coasts. The Southwest

Monsoon season (June to August) has warm moist S to SW

winds which blowing at an average of 6 knots, produce clouds

and characteristically heavy intermittent showers on the W and

SW coast of the island and, once over the central range, clear,

dry and hot weather on the E coast. Winds of the Southwest

Monsoon season are never as strong or as constant as those of

the NE and often become subordinate to local land and sea

breezes.

8.1 During the transitional months of April, May and September,

the prevailing weather is a combination of that produced during

the Northwest Monsoon and Southwest Monsoon seasons.

8.1 From October to April the sea and swell is high, especially in

Taiwan Strait and is predominantly from the NE. From April to

September it is low to calm, except when acted upon by

typhoons.

8.1 Storms with winds in excess of 25 knots occur most frequently during the winter months, with the greatest frequency

occurring in December. Few storms, other than those associated with typhoons occur during the summer. Typhoons may

occur at any time of the year, though few if any, pass near

enough in January and February to produce an adverse effect.

They are most frequent from June to September, with August

being the peak month when on the average more than two

every year reach the E coast.

8.1 Low ceiling and poor visibility occur chiefly during the

heavy showers of the Southwest Monsoon season and during

the Northwest Monsoon season when moisture-laden air

moves up the E slopes of the central mountain range. Haze

extending to considerable heights often reduces visibility from

October to December. 

8.1 In the N part of the island, fog occurs 5 per cent of the time

from January to April and less than 1 per cent from May to

December. Fog does not occur in the S part of the island.

8.1 Tides—Currents.—The clockwise circulation of the N

equatorial current flowing N and NE, reaches the E coast of

Taiwan as the dark Kuroshio or Japan Current. The main axis

of the current flows N, 12 to 20 miles off the S part of the island and trends generally parallel to the coast until off the N

part of the island where it swings NE. Current velocity and set

remain the same throughout the year, though the velocity in the

summer is somewhat greater than in winter due probably to the

retarding effect of the Northwest Monsoon. The rate varies

between one knot to over 3 knots. Nearer the coast currents are

variable and greatly influenced by the wind. Vessels can expect

abrupt changes in velocity and set when rounding San-tiao

Chiao.

8.1 Tidal currents are weak and irregular. Along the S part of the

E coast they are uncertain. Along the N part, they set N on a

rising tide and S on a falling tide, with a maximum velocity of

less than 1.5 knots.

Taiwan East Coast—Fu-kuei Chiao to San-tiao

Chiao

8.2 Fu-kuei Chiao (25°18'N., 121°32'E.), the N extremity of Taiwan, is a steep-to rock-fringed low-lying point which

rises gradually to a 1,103m summit about 5 miles to the SSE.

The lighthouse standing on the point is reported difficult to distinguish against the dark mountains rising behind it. 

8.2 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies approximately 1.8 miles

ENE of Fu-kuei Chiao Light.
136 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

8.2 Fu-kuei Chiao should be given a wide berth as N and NE

winds cause strong tide races and heavy seas off the point.

The coastline between Fu-kuei Chiao and San-tiao Chiao,

about 31 miles ESE, is irregular and consists of several large

bights indented by a number of small bays and lesser coves.

Inland, the coastline is backed by rugged hills which, forming

the foreslopes of the mountainous ridge of the interior, reach

the sea in a series of bold rock-fringed steep-to promontories.

Offshore, the 20m curve parallels the coastline at a distance of

approximately one mile.

8.2 The bold and rugged N coast of Taiwan, reported radar conspicuous at 28 miles, contains several anchorages for small

vessels and the major seaport Chi-lung Kang. It is fronted by a

number of extending islands well offshore.

8.2 P’eng-chia Yu (25°38'N., 122°04'E.), about 36 miles NE of

Fu-kuei Chiao, with two rounded peaks, is a grassy steep-sided

island which rises steep-to on its E side and elsewhere shelves

gradually to depths greater than 20m at a distance of about 0.3

mile. The island is reported radar conspicuous at about 16

miles. 

8.2 A light is situated on the summit of P’eng-chia Yu. A rocky

shoal, with a depth of 16m, lies 1.75 miles S of P’eng-chia Yu.

A depth of 23m was reported to lie about 25 miles E of P’engchia Yu. 

8.2 Caution.—Mariners are advised to avoid the oil exploration

area in the vicinity of position 25°36'N, 121°53'E. Volcanic activity, along with tide rips and discolored water, has been reported about 40 miles NNE of P’eng-chia Yu.

8.2 Mien-hua Yu (25°29'N., 122°06'E.), about 8 miles SSE of

P’eng-chia Yu, is an islet with three rounded summits and there

is an area of foul ground that fronts Mien-hua Yu’s N side. 

8.2 Hua-p’ing Yu (25°25'N., 121°57'E.), a 47m high rock with

black perpendicular sides, is the tallest of a group of rocks on a

steep-to reef lying about 14 miles SSW of P’eng-chia Yu.

8.2 Caution.—An unmarked islet lies WNW of Hua’p-ing Yu.

There is also an obstruction which lies 2.25 miles SSW of

Hua’p-ing Yu. 

8.2 Shih-tzu-t’ou Pi (25°14'N., 121°39'E.), about 7 miles ESE

of Fu-kuei Chiao, is a precipitous point distinguished close S

by a conspicuous round-topped low hill. A drying rocky reef

lies about 1 mile E of the point. A high prominent rock stands

on the reef.

8.2 Small vessels with local knowledge anchor with limited

shelter close SE of Shih-tzu-t’ou Pi.

Chi-lung Kang (Keelung) (25°09'N., 121°46'E.)

World Port Index No. 57890

8.3 Chi-lung Kang consists of a small landlocked inlet

divided into an outer and an inner harbor. The outer harbor is

sheltered seaward by breakwaters and a group of three islets.

There is berthing for deep-draft vessels in the SW part of the

outer harbor. The inner harbor continues the outer harbor to the

SW and has extensive alongside berthing facilities for deepdraft ocean-going vessels.

8.3 Chi-lung, lying at the head of Chi-lung Kang, is the shipping

center for the N part of Taiwan and the N terminus of the railroad connecting with T’ai-pei, the administrative capital of the

island.

8.3 Winds—Weather.—In the winter, from October to March,

the winds are strong from the NE, usually causing a constant

heavy sea and swell in the outer harbor. In the summer, the

winds are lighter and are from the W and SW. The typhoon

threat lasts from June until late in the year. The heaviest rainfall

occurs from November to January.

8.3 Fog, which can last all day, sometimes occurs from March

until May. The rest of the year, a morning fog and haze, which

can reduce visibility in the port to less than 1 mile, and which

usually burns off 1 to 2 hours after sunrise, is common.

8.3 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is irregular; the maximum range is 1.9m. The tidal currents outside the harbor entrance have a maximum rate of 2 to 3 knots, with the E current

stronger in the winter and the W current stronger in the summer.

8.3 At the harbor entrance the flood current sets SW and the ebb

current sets NE, at a maximum rate of 1.75 knots. In the winter,

the ebb current is stronger than the flood current, while during

the summer the reverse is true. The tidal curren8.16t velocities

usu-ally reach their peak about 1 to 2 hours after high or LW.

8.3 Tidal currents are negligible inside the breakwater.

Chi-lung Kangl
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 137

Pub. 157

8.3 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is entered through a 0.2

mile wide channel between two breakwaters. The least charted

depth in the approach channel is 16.3m. There are 37 deep

water berths and 21 shallow draft berths; they are described in

the accompanying table. 

8.3 Vessels up to 30,000 grt can be accommodated. 

8.3 Hsin Lai (25°12'N., 121°44'E.), a rocky shoal with a depth

of 18m, lies 2 miles N of the harbor entrance.

8.3 Aspect.—Chi-lung Tao (25°12'N., 121°47'E.) is a precipitous black rocky island, 182m high, and is an excellent mark

for making Chi-lung Kang. Hsiao-chi, a 30m high islet, lies

close off its NW side. A spit of sand and gravel, on which there

are strong tide races and which should not be crossed, extends

1 mile SW of Chi-lung Tao.

8.3 Caution.—A stranded wreck lies about 0.5 mile SW of Chilung Tao. 

8.3 A dangerous wreck lies about 5 miles ENE of the light on

Chi-lung Tao. 

8.3 Wan-jen-tui Pi (25°10'N., 121°44'E.) is the W entrance

point to the harbor. On the seaward side of the point are several

patches of perpendicular stratified cliffs.

8.3 A conspicuous white statue stands on the hillside 1 mile S of

Wan-jen-tui Pi, in position 25°08'N, 121°45'E.

8.3 Ho-p’ing Tao (25°09'N., 121°46'E.), the largest island at the

harbor entrance, is joined to the NE shore of the harbor by a

bridge.

8.3 Inner Harbor is entered between a short breakwater extending from No. 2 Pier, and An Lan breakwater, 0.2 mile ENE.

Niu-chou Kang, the basin which extends 0.3 mile from the NW

side of the Inner Harbor, is fronted entirely by wharves.

8.3 Three conspicuous power station chimneys, marked by obstruction lights are reported to be situated W of the harbor entrance. A large white building stands close in the vicinity. 

8.3 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels greater than 500 grt and Taiwanese vessels greater than 1,000 grt.

Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 11. Pilots board 1 to 2

miles N of the breakwater. Pilots are available for vessels arriving from overseas between 0700 and 2300. Departures can be

made 24 hours. Berthing and unberthing can be done 24 hours.

8.3 Pilots board for Chi-lung 1.5 miles NNW of the outer breakwater. Vessels with dangerous cargo board the pilot 2 miles

NNW of the outer breakwater. Vessels bound for Shen-ao Oil

Terminal board pilots approximately 1 mile from Shen-ao

Wan. 

8.3 Regulations.—There is a VTMS which provides information for the safe navigation of vessels within 20 miles of the

port. The following vessels must report to the VTMS:

1. Power driven vessels 500 grt and greater.

2. Power driven vessels 50m in length or greater.

3. All passenger vessels.

4. Vessels with tows of 500 grt and over or 50m in length

or greater. 

8.3 Vessels should contact Keelung Port Radio on VHF channel

16 or 68 when 10 miles from the harbor entrance, stating:

1. Vessel name.

2. Nationality.

3. Call sign/letters.

4. ETA outside the harbor.

8.3 Before arrival, vessels should contact Keelung Port Radio on

VHF channel 11 to obtain the exact time of pilot boarding.

Permission to enter the harbor must be obtained through the

traffic control signal station, described later. 

8.3 At the harbor entrance, the traffic separation scheme shown

on the chart, is not approved by the International Maritime Organzation (IMO). Rule 10 of 72 COLREGS is to be followed. 

8.3 Stopping or anchoring in the fairway is prohibited. Entry

without a pilot after dark or in poor visibility is not recommended.

8.3 Signals.—Traffic signals for control of vessel traffic in the

entrance are displayed from a signal station at the root of the

outer E breakwater. 

8.3 Vessels proceeding into Nui-ch’ou Kang must sound one

long blast on entering the Inner Harbor. Those vessels leaving

the basin should make a similar signal not more than 1 minute

after getting underway.

8.3 Anchorage.—It has been reported that anchorage with good

holding ground can be obtained SE of Yeh-liu Pan-tao

(25°13'N., 121°42'E.) and W of longitude 121°43'E.

8.3 Vessels anchored here are hardly affected by tidal currents

and lie head to wind.

Chi-lung Kang—Harbor Facilities

Berth No. Length Depth Remarks

Northwest side of harbor

1A/1B 250m 2.4-6.7m —

2-3 387m 8.7m Passengers

4 — 8.6m Quick dispatch

5-6 191m 4.6m Private

7-10 520m 5.5-10.9m General cargo

11-12 350m 8.2-10.5m Tankers

12B 260m 7.5-8.5m Bulk

14-15 340m 8.1-8.7m Cranes

16-18 600m — Containers

19-20 486m 10.4-11.3m Containers

21 250m 8.0-11.0m Containers

22-26 1,130m 7.3-14.4m Containers

27-28 260m 7.0m LASH terminal

29-32 690m 7.0-11.1m Grain

33A-33B 305m 8.8-11.1m Tankers

Southeast side of harbor

2-4 670m 6.8-9.7m —

5-7 550m 8.4-9.4m —

8-9 — — Containers

10-11 510m 11.0-13.0m Containers

15-17 520m Less than 

5.0m —

19-22 540m 4.6-8.2m —
138 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

8.3 The quarantine anchorage lies on the E side of the Outer

Harbor, clear of the fairway, in depths of about 7.3 to 13.1m. It

is usually congested and precautions are necessary to prevent

swinging on to other vessels on a change of wind direction.

Anchorage is prohibited in the central and W parts of the

fairway in the Outer Harbor.

8.3 Directions.—In the approaches to Chi-Lung Kang, the

700m wide entrance fairway leads on heading 170° towards the

entrance through position 25°12.6'N., 121°44.0'E. The exit

fairway leads outward on heading 012° from the entrance over

position 25°12.2'N., 121°45.3'E.

8.3 Vessels are prohibited to anchor or stop in the fairways. The

national authorities also advise that Rule 10 of 72 COLREGS

be followed in the fairways.

8.3 Caution.—Depths less than charted exist in the E and W

approaches to Chi-Lung. 

8.3 Ships leaving the harbor, irrespective of the existing weather

conditions, may encounter heavy swells. 

8.4 Shen-ao Wan (25°08'N., 121°49'E.) is a small bay

about 4 miles S of Chi-lung Kang; the intervening coast is

fringed with rocks and reefs. An oil terminal exists in the bay

which can accommodate tankers up to 36,000 grt, secured to

dolphins, with a maximum length of 224m and a maximum

draft of 10.8m. Smaller tankers secure to a wharf fronting a

reclaimed area with depths of 6m alongside. The oil company’s

master acts as a pilot and will normally board the vessel at

position 25°09'N, 121°50'E, about 1 mile NE of Fan-Tzu-Ao

Pi, the N entrance point of the bay.

8.4 Vessels are requested to advise their agents, by radio, at least

24 hours prior to arrival, of ETA, draft, quantity, and description of cargo carried aboard. A copy of the above information

sent to CHINOL, Keelung for entry arrangements. On arrival,

vessels should report to Keelung Port Radio Station by VHF or

to Keelung Harbor Signal Station by flash signal to apply for

anchorage and berthing instructions. Water and provisions are

available. A conspicuous round-topped high hill rises abruptly

from the coastline about 1 mile to the E. The lights of a mine

near the summit of a 750m peak, about 3 miles SE of the bay,

are visible on clear nights for a distance of about 30 miles. A

light is situated from the head of the reclaimed land on the SE

side of the entrance. Range lights at the head of the bay lead

into it on a SW course.

8.4 Vessels, seeking shelter from all but NE winds, enter Shenao Wan and anchor, in depths of 11 to 13m.

8.4 The coast from Shen-ao Wan to San-tiao Chiao, 12 miles SE,

is mostly mountainous. 

8.4 Pi-t'ou Chiao (25°08'N., 121°55'E.), situated 5 miles E of

Shen-ao Wan and marked by a light, is a steep cliffy headland

about 121m high; from a distance the point appears to be an

island.

Taiwan—East Coast—San-Tiao Chiao to SanHsien-t’ai

8.5 San-tiao Chiao (25°01'N., 122°00'E.), the NE extremity of Taiwan, is a bold steep-to promontory topped by a

plateau. Several prominent summits, rising close inland, are

good landmarks for identifying the promontory from a distance. Submerged rocks extend up to 0.5 mile offshore. A light

is situated on San-tiao Chiao.

8.5 An oceanographic observation platform is situated 6.8 miles

NNE of San-tiao Chiao (25°07'N., 122°02'E.) The platform

shows two white flashing warning lights. All vessels are to

keep clear.

8.5 Caution.—A tidal race extends 0.15 mile offshore; the cape

should be given a wide berth.

8.5 The coastline between San-tiao Chiao and San-hsien-t’ai,

about 118 miles SSW, is regular with but few indentations

interrupting the general trend to the S. Bold, rugged hills rise

abruptly from the shore and throughout, with rare exception,

continue inland to the mile-high peaks of the central mountain

range. 

8.5 Areas of low land lie only at the entrances to rivers which,

mostly enter the sea through gorges and steep-sided valleys. 

8.5 Large alluvial plains lie adjacent to two major rivers which

reach the sea 20 and 63 miles SSW of San-tiao Chiao. Offshore, depths are considerable. The 20m curve parallels the

coastline at a distance of about one mile while the 200m curve

lies throughout at a distance of about 4 miles, with the exception in the N part where depths tend to shoal.

8.5 From San-tiao Chiao to T’ou-ch’eng Ch’uan (24°51'N.,

121°49'E.), an estuary about 14 miles to the SW, the mountains

approach the coast which is steep and rocky with foul ground

extending 0.3 mile off it in places.

Kuei-shan Tao (24°51'N., 121°57'E.), about 10 miles SSW

of San-tiao Chiao, is a steep-to precipitous volcanic island

having a group of sunken pinnacle rocks about 2 miles to the

SW. White vapor rises from the S shore. Sulfur, rising from the

ocean floor, discolors the water to the S of the W extremity of

the island. 

8.5 From N and S the island resembles a tortoise with the

pointed summit at its E point resembling the head and a pebble

bank extending W from the W end of the island resembling the

tail. A light is shown from the W side of the island.

8.5 Vessels anchor, in depths of less than 20m, sand, in a

position about 0.3 mile off a small village at the head of a small

bay on the NW side of the island. A prohibited anchorage, best

seen on the chart, surrounds Kuei-shan Tao.

8.5 Kuei-luan Yen (24°49'N., 121°56'E.), 2.5 miles S of the W

end of Kuei-shan Tao, is a group of rocks 9m high. Another

isolated rock, 1m high, lies 1.5 miles ENE of Kuei-luan Yen.

8.5 The coast from Tou-ch’eng Ch’uan to Pei Chiao (24°36'N.,

121°53'E.), the N entrance point to Su-ao Kang, about 15 miles

S, consists of a sandy beach with sand dunes 6m high; behind

the dunes there is a broad fertile plain irrigated by numerous

rivers.

Su-Ao Kang (24°36'N., 121°52'E.)

World Port Index No. 57900

8.6 Su-ao Kang is the only natural harbor on the E coast

of Taiwan with sheltered anchorage for large vessels during the

season of the Northwest Monsoon. 

8.6 A group of rocks lies about one mile E of the head of the N

promontory. The body of water between the rocks and the foul

ground extending about 0.5 mile ENE from the promontory

head is deep, but passage is not recommended.
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 139

Pub. 157

8.6 Winds—Weather.—NE winds predominate in winter. SE

winds in summer send in a dangerous sea.

8.6 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents along the coast in the

vicinity of Su-ao Kang have a maximum rate of less than 1

knot; they set N on the flood tide and S on the ebb tide. A weak

tidal current sets into Su-ao Kang along its N shore on the

flood tide.

8.6 When approaching N of the E coast of Taiwan, abrupt

changes can be experienced in the rate and direction of tidal

currents after passing San-tiao Chiao. 

8.6 Depths—Limitations.—The approach channel has a

minimum depth of 15.4m. Pier facilities are described in the

accompanying table. 

8.6 Aspect.—Su-ao Kang is entered between South Breakwater,

extending ENE then NE for about 0.7 mile, and North Breakwater, which is 183m long and detached. Another breakwater

extends 0.25 miles SW from the E entrance point of Pei-fang

Wan (24°36'N., 121°53'E.).

8.6 Lights are situated from the heads of North Breakwater and

South Breakwater. A directional light, the white sector of

which indicates the harbor approach, is situated at the head; the

light is equipped with a racon. 

8.6 San-hsien-t’ai (24°36'N., 121°54'E.), 0.8 mile E of Pei

Chiao, is a group of above water rocks, of which the W and

largest is 29m high. Mi Tao, another group of above water

rocks, lies 0.2 mile NE of San-hsien-t’ai; the two largest rocks

in this group are 11 and 20m high.

8.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards, in daylight only, about 1.5 miles ESE of the head of the S outer

breakwater. Communication is by VHF channel 16. Local

agents must give 24 hours notice of a vessel’s ETA to Chi-lung.

Pilots and immigration officials are dispatched from Chi-lung.

Per-mission to enter must be granted by the naval station. 

8.6 Anchorage.—Ships anchor, in 21m, sand, with Hou-hou Pi,

the head of the S promontory, bearing 178°, and the 9.5m rock

on Chung-hsin-t’ou bearing 278°. Vessels also anchor farther

NW, in 12.8 to 14.6m, or off the entrance to Pei-fang Wan, a

small cove close W of the head of the N promontory. There are

several mooring buoys west of the north promontory, the

positions of which are best shown on the chart. Small craft

anchor in the lee of Chung-hsin-t’ou or enter the fishing harbor

where there is shelter from all winds.

8.6 Ho-p’ing Kang (24°18'N., 121°45'E.) is an artificial harbor

situated S of the entrance to Ho-p’ing Hsi. Range lights,

aligned 010°, lead into the harbor. 

8.6 Caution.—A 4.6m shoal lies close S of the S breakwater

head (24°17.7'N, 121°45.0'E.) to Ho-p’ing Kang. This shoal

lies in an otherwise clear channel having a least charted depth

of 11.7m. 

8.7 Nan-shan-chiao Pi (24°16'N., 121°44'E.), is a rocky

point. Close W of the point there is an isolated peak, 1,383m

high, which is easily identified as it is seldom obscured by

clouds.

8.7 There is a harbor situated 38 miles SSW along the coast between Su-ao Kang and Hua-lien Kang. The coast is steep-to

and backed for the first 28 miles by a coastal range rising to

elevations of 1,220 and 2,440m; the remaining 10 miles consists of widening coastal plains. Prominent red cliffs are visible

at intervals along this stretch of coast.

8.7 Caution.—A wreck is located in the approaches to Su-ao in

position 24°36'55"N, 121°55'12"E.

Hua-lien Kang (24°00'N., 121°38'E.)

World Port Index No. 57910

8.8 Hua-lien Kang, about 64 miles SSW of San-tiao

Chiao, is the principal port on the E coast of Taiwan. It consists

of an open roadstead off the town of Hua-lien and an artificial

harbor, sheltered E by a breakwater, lying about 2 miles NE of

the town.

8.8 Winds—Weather.—West winds predominate from April to

June and raise little sea inshore. At other times, all onshore

winds send a swell into the roadstead. The artificial harbor is

sheltered from all weather, but typhoons frequently damage the

breakwater.

8.8 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents set N on the flood tide

and S on the ebb tide; they are weak in the roadstead.

8.8 Depths—Limitations.—The limiting dimensions for a vessel entering the harbor at HW are a length of 200m and a draft

of 10.5m.

8.8 There are 24 berths in operation, with alongside depths

ranging from 6.1 to 12m. The harbor and the entrance channel

are protected from the E by a long breakwater running SSW

almost parallel with the coast. The entrance channel to the

inner harbor has a charted depth of 10.1m. The outer harbor is

dredged to a depth of 14m for ships up to 50,000 dwt to enter.

8.8 Several rocks, with a depth of 12.5m, lies 0.25 mile E of the

E breakwater elbow.

8.8 Aspect.—Mei-lun Shan, an isolated, 106m high hill, stands

close inland of the town and is a prominent landmark. Lights

are situated at the head of the W breakwater and close NE of

the head of the E breakwater. Range lights are positioned at the

inner end of the breakwater 0.3 mile apart apart; these lights in

Su-Ao Kang—Harbor Facilities

Pier Length Max. vessel 

length Depth Remarks

1 200m 150m 8.0m

2 170m 140m 10.3m Break bulk

3 210m 170m 10.5m Cement

4 300m 190m 11.1m Cement

5 200m 180m 10.0m Break bulk

6 290m 240m 15.1m Containers

7 240m 200m 12.5m Containers

8 125m 110m 7.0m Logs

9 125m 110m 7.0m Logs

10 175m 150m 8.5m General

11 175m 150m 8.0m General

12 200m 150m 7.5m Break bulk

13 180m 150m 8.5m Break bulk
140 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

line lead through the entrance channel. A number of fixed

lights are positioned on both sides of the entrance channel.

8.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available during

daylight hours only. Vessels are berthed only from 0700 to

2400, but may be unberthed at any time.

8.8 The pilot boards in the anchorage area 1 to 2 miles S of the

W breakwater. In bad weather, the pilot boards within the

harbor breakwaters.

8.8 Regulations.—The harbor is closed to all vessels from 0000

until 0500. Large vessels are not allowed to enter after sunset.

The vessel’s ETA should be sent, via the agent, 24 hours in

advance. Vessels should establish contact on VHF channel 14,

when 10 miles from the port, stating the nationality, name, call

sign, and ETA. 

8.8 Signals.—A signal station on the W side of the entrance to

the artificial harbor controls entry and departure by means of

the International Code of Signals. Storm signals are displayed

from a signal mast standing atop a low hill on the E side of

Hua-lien.

8.8 Anchorage.—Vessels find temporary anchorage, in about

18m, sand, with the navigation light on the hill E of Hua-lien

bearing 309°, distant about 0.7 mile. The quarantine anchorage

is about 1 mile ESE of Hua-lien Light.

8.8 Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited within 183m of the

range line between the quarantine anchorage and the entrance

to Hua-lien. The inner channel is fairly narrow and only 80m

wide. 

Taiwan—East Coast—Hua-lien Kang to O-luan

Pi

8.9 Between Hua-lien Kang and San-hsien-t’ai, 53 miles

SSW, the coast is relatively straight and backed by a coastal

range which is broken only in the vicinity of Hua-lien Kang; in

places it is very steep-to.

8.9 San-hsien-t’ai (23°08'N., 121°24'E.) is a small rock-fringed

islet which, lying close offshore, rises to three summits, of

which the central and highest rises to 74m. A light is situated

on the islet.

8.9 The coastline between San-hsien-t’ai and O-luan Pi, about

80 miles SSW, continues regular with but few indentations

interrupting a general trend to the S. Inland, the terrain is

everywhere mountainous save for a large alluvial plain adjacent to rivers reaching the sea about 27 miles SW of San-hsient’ai. Offshore, depths are considerable and increase rapidly

seaward of the 20m curve which parallels the coastline at a distance of less than one mile.

8.9 Cheng-kung Po-ti (23°06'N., 121°22'E.) is an open roadstead within a small bay about 3 miles SW of San-hsien-t’ai.

Small vessels seeking shelter from NE winds can obtain

anchorage, in 12.8m, sand, in a position about 0.2 mile W of an

above-water rock standing on a reef extending S from the N

entrance point of the bay. Larger vessels anchor farther offshore. A light is situated on Mao-hai Pi, close N of the anchorage. Tu-lan Wan (22°50'N., 121°12'E.), a bay entered

about 20 miles SSW of San-hsien-t’ai, has depths too great for

convenient anchorage except on its SW side where, with an

offshore wind, small vessels anchor, in 10.9 to 18.2m, sand,

clear of rocks extending about 0.5 mile offshore.

8.9 Hou-tzu Pi (22°48'N., 121°12'E.) is a rocky point extending

0.5 mile from the coast. Hou-tzu Shan stands 126m high on

this landhead.

8.9 T’ai-tung Kang (22°45'N., 121°09'E.), about 27 miles SSW

of San-hsien-t’ai, is an open roadstead fronting the N part of an

extensive alluvial plain and the large community of T’ai-tung.

Li-yu Shan, a high hill close W of T’ai-tung, is a conspicuous

landmark visible 15 miles seaward.

8.9 Vessels anchor, in 12.8m, on a narrow coastal bank, with the

summit of Li-yu Shan bearing 297°, distant about 1 mile.

8.9 Pa-yao Wan (22°08'N., 120°53'E.), about 66 miles SSW of

San-hsien-t’ai, is a small bay backed by a sandy beach and

rugged hills. Small vessels, with offshore wind, anchor, in 12.8

to 18.2m, sand.

8.9 Kang-k’ou Wan (21°59'N., 120°51'E.), about 75 miles SSW

of San-hsien-t’ai, is a wide bay backed by high, wooded hills

rising everywhere steeply from the shore except in the mouth

of a river which enters the NW part of the bay. Vessels, seeking

shelter from SW winds, anchor, in 12.8 to 36.5m, sand, anywhere within the bay clear of dangers off the entrance to the

river and in the S part of the bay.

8.9 O-luan Pi (21°54'N., 120°51'E.), the S extremity of a high

steep-faced scrub-covered promontory extending well seaward, is the southernmost point of Taiwan. A light is situated

on the SW side of O-luan Pi. It can be identified from the offing by Ta-chien-shih Shan, a high finger-shaped peak about 5.3

miles NW, and by a conspicuous black-domed structure standing about 2 miles NNW of the seaward extremity of the headland.

8.9 Caution.—There are tide rips in the area SE of the point.

8.10 Nan-liao (Lu Tao) (22°40'N., 121°29'E.) is a steep-to

volcanic islet with two peaks, 277 and 274m high; the higher

peak is named Huo-shao Shan. The islet is grass covered with

only a few trees. Chung-liao (Pi-t’ou Chiao), the NW extremity

of the islet, is marked by a light. Nan-liao Wan and Chung-liao

Wan are two small bays lying close S and E, respectively, of

Chung-liao. Small vessels, seeking shelter from NE winds,

anchor in Nan-liao Wan, in 23.7m, sand and rock. a good

holding ground, with the highest summit of the island bearing

117°, and a conspicuous building, standing in a village on the

N side of the bay, bearing 356°. Vessels should enter the

anchorage from NW, with the peak bearing 117°, and avoiding

the dangerous wreck that lies about 1 mile S of the NW entrance point. 

8.10 Tidal currents set N in the bay and can attain a maximum

rate of 4 knots. Small vessels also anchor in Chung-liao Wan,

in 31m, sand and rock, clear of dangers extending about 0.5

mile off each entrance point of the bay.

8.10 An ammunition dumping ground lies off the N coast of Nanliao.

Lan Yu (22°04'N., 121°32'E.), a mountainous, steep-to, and

densely-wooded island, lies about 33 miles S of Nan-liao. It is

often shrouded by low-lying mist and, in winter, obscured by

continuous rain. A light, with a radiobeacon, is situated on the

NW point of the island. Vessels anchor in Pa-tai Wan, a small

bight indenting the SW side of the island, in a depth of 18.2m,

fine sand and good holding ground, with an above-water rock

close off the NW entrance point of the bight bearing 270°, and a
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 141

Pub. 157

conspicuous white building, about 0.5 mile E of the same point,

bearing 027°. Small vessels seeking shelter from all but E winds

anchor in Tung-ch’ing Wan, a small bay on the E side of the

island, in a depth of 20.1m, sand, in a position 0.3 mile offshore

and midway between two villages at the head of the bay.

8.10 Hsiao-lan Yu is a high, largely rock-fringed island lying

about 3 miles SSE of Lan Yu. Vessels transit the deep water

fairway between the two islands by keeping in mid-channel

and taking into account the existence of tide rips.

8.10 Caution.—Lan Yu is frequently shrouded by low-lying mist;

in winter it is sometimes obscured by rain. Caution is required

in approaching it, especially at night.

8.11 Kao-t’ai Shih (Gadd Rock) (21°44'N., 121°37'E.),

about 91m in diameter, steep-to, and with a least known depth of

2.7m, lies about 12 miles SSE of Hsiao-lan Yu. At low water, the

sea probably breaks on this reef; the vicinity is generally marked

by violent tide rips and whirls, which extend most of the way to

Chi-hsing Yen, about 45 miles WNW. As these indications are

not always present, Kao-t’ai Shih should be given a wide berth.

A dangerous wreck lies close N of the shoal.

8.11 A bank, marked by heavy overfalls and sometimes by discolored water, and with several shoal depths, lies between 8

miles SW and 12 miles S of Kao-t’ai Shih.

8.11 Ch’i-hsing Yen (21°46'N., 120°49'E.) consists of a group of

steep-to, above and below-water rocks lying about 8 miles S of

O-luan Pi. The sea breaks heavily over them during periods of

bad weather. The channel N of the rocks is clear of all dangers

to navigation except for tide rips S of O-luan Pi.

Taiwan—West Coast—Fu-kuei Chiao to TaiChung

8.12 The W coast of Taiwan between Fu-kuei Chiao, the N

extremity of the island, and Kao-hsiung Kang, about 175 miles

SSW, is uniformly low and flat, except in the N part where

mountains and high hills reach the sea and alternate with lowlying land between Fu-kuei Chiao and Lu-chiang (Rokko)

(24°03'N., 120°25'E.), a populated coastal trading center about

98 miles SW. Numerous shallow rivers cross the coastal plain

and enter the sea over bars passable only by small boats. A

drying flat fronts the greater part of the coastal plain and

extends as far as 8 miles offshore at Wai-san-ting Chou

(23°31'N., 120°02'E.), a low sand cay about 40 miles SSW of

Lu-chiang. Coastal shipping may anchor in exposed, open

roadsteads off several of the commercially unimportant towns

along the coast.

8.12 The principal shipping centers are Tan-shui Kang, in the N,

and An-p’ing Kang, and Tso-ying Kang, in the S.

8.12 There is a wreck, dangerous to navigation, situated 2.5 miles

W of Tan-Shui Kang Light and 0.5 mile S of the entrance

channel.

8.12 Caution.—Vessels should approach the low-lying W coast

of Taiwan with caution since marginal mud flats continue to

develop seaward, landmarks are few, and currents set strongly

onshore.

Photo courtesy of Sophia McHarney

O-Luan Pi Light
142 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

8.12 An explosives dumping ground, the limits of which are best

seen on the chart, lies centered approximately 6 miles NW of

the entrance to Tan-shui Ho. 

8.13 Tan-shui Kang (T’aipei) (25°09'N., 121°23'E.)

(World Port Index No. 57935), is situated 34 miles W of

Keelung. The city of Taipei lies approximately 8 miles upriver

of Tan-shui Kang. The port is under extensive development.

The newer facilities, on the W shore of Pali, are protected by

breakwaters, and expected to be fully operational in 2012. 

Depths—Limitations.—There are presently (2010)

operational wharves for handling oil and bulk cargoes. The oil

wharf can accommodate vessels up to 230m long having a

maximum draft of 11.8m; tankers of up to 50,000 dwt can be

accommodated. The bulk cargoes wharf can accommodate

vessels up to 265m long having a maximum draft of 13.8m;

vessels of up to 80,000 dwt can be accommodated. 

Coastal vessels, with a draft of not more than 3m, cross the

bar and enter the riverine harbor. Small craft only can berth

alongside the facilities at Tan-shui. 

Aspect.—Tan-shui Kang river delta lies in the entrance to

the river Tan-shui Ho which extends upstream about 1.5 miles

to the community of Tan-shui. The channel over the bar shifts,

but trends generally along the N bank of the river until, once

inside the bar, it turns S at Tan-shui and favors the W bank.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 3

miles W of the entrance to Tan-shui Ho. Pilots for T’ai-pei may

be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 11. 

T’ai-pei port authorities may be contacted on VHF channels

16 and 68. 

8.13 Regulations.—T’ai-pei VTS is in operation in the area

within a 20 mile radius of T’ai-pei. Vessels should report to the

VTS when entering the area.

8.13 Vessels must report their ETA 7, 5, 3, and 2 days prior to

arrival and confirm their ETA 24 and 12 hours in advance. 

8.13 A traffic separation scheme (TSS) is in effect in the

approaches to the port. The scheme is not IMO-adopted,

however compliance with Rule 10 of the International

Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) is advised. 

Anchorage.—Vessels anchor outside the bar, in 12.8m, sand

and mud, in a position about one mile W of the N entrance

point. A signal mast, for contacting vessels at anchor outside

the bar, stands about 1 mile ESE of the N entrance point.

Smaller vessels anchor inside the bar, according to draft, in a

position not more than about 0.5 mile upstream from the signal

mast. 

8.13 Caution.—The anchorage outside the bar to Tan-shui Ho

lies exposed to winds and strong currents which may require

vessels to clear for sea at short notice. The anchorage inside the

bar may become unsafe during the period when the river is at

flood stage because of eddies and churned-up sand and mud.

There is a foul ground dangerous to navigation 3 miles WSW

of the Second Entrance breakwater.

8.13 Fish havens lie WSW and NE of Tan-shui Kang, the limits of

which can best be seen on the chart.

8.13 An explosives dumping ground, the limits of which are best

seen on the chart, lies centered across the traffic separation

scheme in the approach to T’aipei Kang. 

8.14 Sha Lung Oil Terminal (25°09'N., 121°11'E.) consists of two single point mooring buoys lying at the seaward

end of submarine pipelines extending 2.5 miles NW and NNW

from a point on the NW coast.

8.14 The terminal can accommodate 250,000 dwt tankers supplying the T’ao-yuan Refinery 10 miles SSE. Terminal operations

cease between 15 October and 31 March owing to Northwest

Monsoon. 

8.14 The vessel’s ETA is requested 24 hours in advance on VHF

channel 16. Pilotage is obtained from Chi-lung Kang (see

paragraph 8.3). The pilot boards 1 mile off the SBMs.

Anchorage is prohibited within the operational areas of the

offshore oil terminals and the submarine cables connecting

them to the shore. 

8.14 Pai-sha Chia (25°03'N., 121°04'E.), about 9 miles WSW

from Sha Lung Oil Terminal, is the NW point of Taiwan. The

coast is almost straight, and the point does not project. A light

is situated on the point.

8.14 Yen-shui Kang (24°45'N., 120°54'E.) is a small harbor

formed by the entrance to a small river. In the vicinity of

Hsiang-shan, a small village 0.5 mile N of Yen-shui Kang,

there are several offshore oil platforms, well heads, and buoys.

8.15 CBK Oil Field (24°48'N., 120°40'E.) consists of several offshore oil structures, well heads, and buoys, the positions

of which may best be seen on the chart. A light (24°33'N.,

120°44'E.), reported to be an excellent navigational aid, is

situated on a hill approximately 30 miles SW of Pai-sha Chia.

A seawater pipeline, 3 miles WNW of this light, is marked at

its outer end by a lighted buoy.

8.15 Caution.—A submarine oil pipeline extends W from

Hsiang-shan to a position 15 miles offshore. 

8.15 Fish havens, in 20 to 30m, are located 3 miles WNW of

Hsiang-shan and 1 mile N of the submarine oil pipeline.

8.15 A wreck lies 9 miles W of Hsiang-shan.

Tai-Chung (24°17'N., 120°30'E.)

World Port Index No. 57955

8.16 Tai-Chung is a new port which lies on the central W

coast of Taiwan. It is entered between two breakwaters on the

range light line of 115°18', in a dredged depth of 11m. Unpredictable sets and strong winds can make handling difficult

when approaching the breakwaters.

8.16 Winds—Weather.—The weather is generally good from

April to September except during passage of a typhoon. However, SW gales occur occasionally. During the winter, the prevailing winds are from N to NNE direction, usually about force

4, but sometimes reaching, or even exceeding force 8. Rainfall

is minimal.

Tai-Chung—Harbor Facilities

Berth Length Depth Remarks

1 250m 13m Grain

2-3 500m 13m Bulk cargo

4 200m 11m Liquid cargo
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 143

Pub. 157

8.16 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range is 3.7m. The

spring range is 4.6m. During the Southwest Monsoon, from

April to September, the main current is from the S at 1 to 2

knots. During the winter months, the current is from the N and

can reach 4 to 5 knots.

8.16 Depths—Limitations.—At present, a vessel is limited to a

draft of 13m. There are no length or beam restrictions. The

turning basin inside the breakwater has dredged depths of 11.9

to 13m.

8.16 Pier facilities are described in the accompanying table.

8.16 Aspect.—A light is shown from a white structure on top of a

silo. Range lights on the E side of the harbor, aligned 065°,

lead through the entrance channel.The harbor entrance lights

are situated on the outer and inner breakwater heads. A light is

shown from the head of a groin about 1.5 miles NE of the

harbor entrance. Also, a lighted buoy is moored 1 mile N of

this light. 

8.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

The pilot boards in position 24°17.6'N, 120°28.9'E, about 0.5

mile SW of the head of North Breakwater. In bad weather, the

pilot boards off either Keelung or Kao-hsiung. The ETA should

be sent to the agent 24 hours and 12 hours in advance. ETA

must also be sent to the harbormaster about 20 miles from port

4A 185m 9m Cement

5-8 800m 11m General cargo

5A 220m 11m General cargo

8A 260m 11m General cargo

9 260m 14m Bulk cargo

10-11 640m 13m Containers

12-15 760m 10-11m General cargo

23-26 760m 10-11m General cargo

27-28 345m 11m Cement

29-30 600m 14m General cargo

31-32 640m 14m Containers

101-102 680m 18m Coal

99 250m 12m Scrap iron

W1-W4 1,000m 13-14m Oil

Tai-Chung

Tai-Chung—Harbor Facilities

Berth Length Depth Remarks

Tai-Chung Light

Tai-Chung Inner Breakwater N Light

Tai-Chung Inner Breakwater S Light
144 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

or when 2 hours from the pilot boarding area.

8.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage berths, best seen on the chart,

extend SW from the harbor entrance, sand bottom. During the

Northwest Monsoon, the holding ground is poor.

8.16 Anchorage is prohibited in an area which extends NW from

a position about 0.5 mile N of the harbor entrance.

8.16 Caution.—Caution must be exercised when approaching the

breakwater, as unpredictable sets and strong winds make handling difficult. The pilot vessel may be unable to leave the shelter of the breakwaters in strong winds.

8.17 Mai-liao Kung-yeh-kang (23°47'N., 120°10'E.)

(World Port Index No. 57953), a port established on reclaimed

land, lies on the W coast of Taiwan between the Hsin-hu-wei

Hsi and Cho-shui Hsi rivers. 

8.17 Tides—Currents.—Strong tidal currents are present in the

harbor approaches.

8.17 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is dredged to

a least depth of 22.5m. The port can handle VLCC’s up to

200,000 dwt, with a maximum loa of 310m and a 19.5m draft.

The harbor entrance is 380m wide; there is a turning basin

900m in diameter. 

8.17 Aspect.—Two breakwaters protect the harbor, with the N

breakwater extending SW for 1.5 miles and the S breakwater

extending N for 0.75 mile. Several chimneys exist in the port

complex; many of them are lighted. The N berths lie at the N

end of the harbor, the W berths lie at the N end of the N

breakwater, and the E berths lie at the N end of the E side of the

harbor.

8.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

The pilot boards approximately 3 miles SW of the W breakwater. For VLCCs, pilots board approximately 6 miles SW of

the W breakwater. 

8.17 Regulations.—A TSS is reported to exist in the approach

channel.

8.17 Anchorage.—Two anchorages, Anchorage No. 1 to the NW

of the approach channel and Anchorage No. 2 to the SE of the

channel, are used for waiting and quarantine. 

8.17 Caution.—It has been reported that many fishing boats and

nets are in the area around the anchorages and near the approach channel.

Wai-sheng Chiao to Kao-Hsiung Kang

8.18 Wai-sheng Chiao (23°42'N., 120°10'E.), about 40

miles SW of Tai-chung, is a mud point. The coast for 7 miles S

of Wai-sheng Chiao consists of sand hills. A light is situated on

the end of a drying spit 5 miles SW of Wai-sheng Chiao. A

shoal, with a depth of 1.8m, exists 1.8 miles WSW of the light.

8.18 Tung Shih Kang, about 15 miles SSW of Wai-sheng Chiao,

is a small town frequented by junks. A light is situated 7 miles

W of the town. Ts’eng-wen Hsi enters the sea about 25 miles

SSW of Tung Shih Kang; the mouth of the river lies between

sand dunes. A light is situated off a cay 3.5 miles NNW of the

mouth of the river.

Tai-Chung Signal Station

Mai-liao Kung-yeh-kang—Harbor Facilities

Berth Length Depth Max. 

LOA

Max. 

draft Remarks

N1/N2 280m 16m 220m 11.8m Chemicals/

LPG

N5 115m 9.5m 85m 6.7m Chemicals

N6 130m 9.5m 100m 7.2m Chemicals

N7 115m 9.5m 85m 6.7m Chemicals

W1 270m 16.5m 205m 11.0m Naptha

W2/W3 410m 24m 310m 19.5m Crude oil

E1 230m 16m 180m 10.3m Multi-purpose

E2 320m 19m 240m 14.2m Bulk cargo/

salt

E3/ E4 375m 21m 285m 14.7m Bulk cargo/

coal

E5 375m 21m — — Bulk cargo

E6 320m 19m — — Bulk cargo

E7/E8 300m 19m — — Chemical/

LPG/oil

E9/E10 300m 15.5m — — Chemical/

LPG/oil

Mai-liao Kung-yeh-kang—Harbor Facilities

Berth Length Depth Max. 

LOA

Max. 

draft Remarks
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 145

Pub. 157

An-p’ing Kang (23°00'N., 120°09'E.), about 7.5 miles SSE

of the entrance to Ts’eng-wen Hsi, is the roadstead off the

entrance to a small boat canal that leads first to the community

of An-p’ing and then inland about 2.5 miles to T’ai-nan, the

thirdmost populated city on the island. The roadstead is

sheltered from the prevailing winds of the Northwest Monsoon

season, but exposed to SW winds which predominate from

March to December. Black chimneys in Anp’ing, radio towers

in T’ai-nan, and a large white house about 5 miles SE of Anp’ing are conspicuous landmarks in distinguishing the

roadstead from surrounding low land, salt pans, and lagoons.

8.18 Vessels anchor, in 9.1m, mud and sand, in a position about

1.3 miles W of the entrance to the canal. Cargo is transferred

by lighter. Lights are situated from the heads of the breakwaters protecting the entrance to the canal. Tidal currents in the

anchorage are weak, setting S on the flood tide and N on the

ebb tide.

8.18 Caution.—Several submarine cables exist near the entrance

to An-p’ing Kang. 

8.19 An-p’ing New Harbor (22°58'N., 120°09'E.), the

entrance to the inner harbor, situated 1 mile SE of the old entrance and has a depth of 7.5m for vessels up to 6,000 dwt. It is

entered between the N and S breakwaters where lights are

shown from the heads. 

There is a deep water wharf, 480m long and a shallow water

wharf, 320m long. Three lighted beacons are situated from the

S wharf, and also from the N wharf.

8.19 Fish havens lie in 20 to 25m, 3 miles and 4 miles SW,

respectively, of An-p’ing New Harbor.

8.19 The coast from An-p’ing to Tso-ying, 19 miles SSE, consists

of a straight sandy beach, along which some small shallow

rivers discharge. Close within, some beach areas, the marshes

and lagoons are separated from the sea by narrow sand bars,

covered with shrubs and grass in places. These sand bars, populated by fishermen with rows of rafts hauled on the beach,

forms a characteristic feature of the coast.

8.19 Between An-p’ing New Harbor and Kao-Hsiung, there are

numerous fish havens which are best shown on the chart. 

8.19 A tanker mooring buoy lies 3.3 miles WNW of the entrance

to Tso-ying Kang, and a pipeline is laid ENE from the buoy to

the shore. Three conical lighted buoys are situated close to the

mooring buoy. 

8.19 Anchoring in the vicinity of the pipeline is reported prohibited.

Yun-An LNG Terminal (22°48.8'N., 120°10.6'E.) is situated on a reclaimed land 7.8 miles NNW of Tso-ying Kang. A

breakwater extending 0.4 mile WSW then 0.8 mile NNW from

the shore provides protection to the unloading platform lying

between it and the terminal.

8.19 A light is shown from the terminal tug berth. A light is

shown from the breakwater head. A light is shown from the

unloading platform control room. Dolphins stand 220m N and

280m S; each shows a light. 

8.19 A lighted buoy is moored 1 mile NNW of the breakwater

head. Fish havens lie in 20 to 35m depths, within a radius of

500m, 2.6 miles SSW and 4.5 miles NNW of the breakwater

head. A wave recorder lies 0.5 mile SW of the breakwater head

to which it is connected by submarine cable.

8.19 Three dangerous wrecks lie 3.7 miles S of the breakwater

head.

8.20 Tso-ying Kang (22°42'N., 120°15'E.), a small naval

harbor entered about 4 miles N of Kao-hsiung Kang, is entered

between two breakwaters.

A net gate is between the breakwaters. A light is situated

from the head of each breakwater. Another light is situated

from the head of the net gate. Range lights lead into the harbor

on a bearing of 103°.

8.20 The entrance channel, with a minimum depth of 7.9m,

accommodates vessels 154m long and drawing 7.3m. A signal

station stands on the S entrance point of the harbor. Pilotage is

compulsory.

8.20 Tidal range is about 0.8m. Tidal currents set N on a rising

tide and S on a falling tide at a rate of less than one knot.

8.20 Vessels anchor, in 9.1 to 14.6m, sand, in an area between 0.5

and 1.3 miles W of the harbor entrance. They board pilots from

a tug on station in the anchorage area. This anchorage is not

recommended except in offshore winds.

Kao-Hsiung Kang (22°37'N., 120°15'E.)

World Port Index No. 57920

8.21 Kao-Hsiung Kang, the harbor for Kao-hsiung, is one

of the largest seaports in Taiwan, with 67 deep water wharves

and 27 mooring buoys with the capacity to accommodate 102

ships at the same time. Kao-hsiung, lying adjacent to the confluence of a small river and the N side of the inner harbor, is

the largest industrial center of the island and the secondmost

populated city.

8.21 Winds—Weather.—Winds from W to NW predominate

between October and March, while winds from S to SW predominate the remainder of the year. Typhoons occur without

much warning from June to October and can create waves in

the harbor entrance reaching a height of 8.9m. The outer harbor may become untenable during storms and periods of the

Southwest Monsoon seasons. The inner harbor is safe in all

weathers.

8.21 Fog occurs most frequently from November to April. The

rainy season occurs during the summer when on the average,

rain falls 18 days a month. Heaviest rainfalls occur in August.

8.21 Tides—Currents.—The tides have a large diurnal inequality

and often, though a marked seiche exists, only one tide a day

occurs. Tidal rise averages usually less than about 1m.

8.21 Off the coast, tidal currents set S on a rising tide and N on a

falling tide. At the entrance to the outer harbor, they set SE

toward the S breakwater on a rising tide and NW on a falling

tide. At the entrance to the inner harbor, they set in the axis of

the channel. Current velocity generally ranges between 1 and

1.5 knots, but under certain conditions, it reaches 3 knots.

8.21 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is divided into two entrances.

8.21 First Entrance (22°37'N., 120°15'E.) lies between the heads

of two breakwaters extending 1 mile SW and NW from the

shore. The fairway, which is dredged to 11m, narrows to a

width of 122m about 0.5 mile within the breakwaters. The

harbor limits have been extended. New dimensions and works

in progress (2007) can best be seen on the chart. 
146 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

8.21 Second Entrance (22°33'N., 120°18'E.) is situated about 5

miles SE of First Entrance and is a man-made cut through the

narrow sandy strip fronting the harbor. A dredged channel,

about 183m wide, leads between the breakwater heads into the

entrance into the Inner Harbor. 

8.21 It has been reported that Second Entrance has a least depth

of 16m and can handle fully loaded tankers of 100,000 dwt.

8.21 There are no length or beam restrictions; the largest vessel

that has been accommodated had a length of 290m and a beam

of 32.3m.

8.21 Kao-Hsiung Harbor is subject to silting. The depths alongside the major berths quoted below and the depths shown on

the chart are approximate and are not reliable.

8.21 A tunnel under the main channel connects this area with the

mainland at NW end of Container Terminal No. 3. There are

mooring buoys for 24 ocean-going vessels.

8.21 Aspect.—Wan-shou Shan (Shou Shan) (22°39'N.,

120°15'E.), about 1 mile N of the First Entrance, is 358m high

and is the best landmark in the area. It is composed of coral

with a crater-like summit. On N bearings it appears like a

Kao-Hsiung Kang—Harbor Facilities

Berth Length Depth Remarks

Penglai Commercial Harbor

1 259m 9.0m Passenger

2 137m 9.0m General

3 150m 9.0m Work boats

4 150m 9.0m General

5 150m 9.0m General

6 150m 9.0m General

7 150m 9.0m General

8 150m 10.5m General

9 142m 10.5m General

10 150m 10.5m General

123m 6.5m Repairs

Yencheng Commercial Harbor

1 160m 5.5m Work boats

102m 6.5m General

2 291m 6.5m General

3 378m 4.5m Work boats

11-12 322m 9.0m General

Lingya Commercial Harbor

14 150m 9.0m Cement

15-16 330m 9.0m General

17 150m 9.0m Cement

18-20 452m 9.0m Bunker

21 123m 5.0m Barges

22 120m 10.5m Inactive

25 250m 10.5m Fertilizer

Chungtao Commercial Harbor

27 222m 10.5m Private

28-30 586m 10.5m Private

31-39 1,806m 10.5m General

40-43 636m 10.5m Containers

44 199m 10.5m Grain

45 200m 11.0m Bulk

46-47 400m 10.0-11.0m Sugar

48-55 1,660m 10.5m Bulk

56-57 384m 10.5m Dangerous cargo

58 306m 4.5m Work boats

Chienchen Commercial Harbor

59 164m 6.5m Work boats

60-62 611m 6.5-10.5m Petrochemicals

63-66 1,204m 12.0m Container Terminal 2

Hsiaokong Commercial Harbor

68-70 1,082m 14.0m Container Terminal 3

71-72 630m 14.0m Grain

Tajen Commercial Harbor

74 314m 13.0m Cargo

75-81 2,130 14.0-15.0m Containers

Chunghsing Commercial Harbor

115-122 2,213m 14.0m Containers

Photo courtesy of Sophia McHarney

Ch’i-Hou Shan

Kao-Hsiung Kang—Harbor Facilities

Berth Length Depth Remarks
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 147

Pub. 157

truncated cone; there is a large white patch on its seaward side.

In clear weather it can be seen from a distance of 35 miles,

when it appears like an island. The peak is reported to be radar

conspicuous at a distance of 21 miles.

8.21 Ch’i-hou Shan (22°37'N., 120°15'E.) is a flat-topped cliffy

ridge on the S side of the narrowest part of the First Entrance.

A light is shown at an elevation of 58m from a white octagonal

brick tower on the N and highest part of this ridge; a radio

tower and a white round tower stand nearby. A tall lattice tower

stands near the lighthouse; a similar tower stands on the N side

of the entrance. Lights are shown from the breakwaters at First

Entrance. Range lights lead through the Second Entrance. 

8.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

The pilots board in the following positions:

1. No. 1 Pilot Station (First Entrance)—Position

22°37.45'N, 120°12.80'E.

2. No. 2 Pilot Station (Second Entrance)—Position

22°32.47'N, 120°15.40'E.

3. In any Quarantine Anchorage. 

8.21 Tankers over 15,000 grt and 200m long must take two pilots.

Vessels should contact Kao-Hsuing Port Radio 1 hour before

arriving in the roads. Vessels should then contact the pilots on

VHF channel 13 and maintain a continuous listening watch until

the pilot boards.

8.21 Regulations.—Upon completion of arrangements for

berthing and off-load-ing, the pilot, customs and immigration

authorities, and the ship’s agent will board. The Quarantine

flag should be flown until clearance is granted, at which time

the pilot will notify the signal tower (by walkie-talkie) of that

fact and request per-mission to enter port. The ship should

again hoist the inter-national call sign. Permission to enter is

granted by radio and also visually by the signal tower.

8.21 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo must be in possession of

effective documents for examination (IMO, SOLAS) to enter

and sail from the port at night except in circumstances where

there is fog and hazardous weather and then, under no conditions will a vessel carrying dangerous cargo enter or sail from

Kao-hsiung.

8.21 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo berthed at Pier 29 can only

be shifted at night when weather is good and the vessel is

equipped with a bow thruster.

8.21 When vessels berth at Pier No. 57, Pier No. 60, Pier No. 61,

and Pier No. 62 for loading or discharging dangerous cargo,

they must enter the First Harbor entrance and sail out from the

Second Entrance after operations.

8.21 Vessel Traffic Service.—Kao-hsiung Kang Vessel Traffic

Service (VTS) operates within 20 miles of the port. The traffic

area has been divided into the First Entrance (North Sector)

and the Second Entrance (South Sector).

8.21 Reports to the VTS are compulsory for the following: 

1. Power driven vessels 500 grt or greater.

2. Power driven vessels 50m in length or greater.

3. All passenger vessels.

4. Vessels with tows of 500 grt and over or 50m in length

or greater.

5. Any vessel, equipped with VHF, less than 50m in

length or 500 grt navigating the fairway and having an emergency.

8.21 The following are reporting points for Kao-hsiung Port Control:

1. Upon approach to within 20 miles of the port.

2. Upon approach to within 12 miles of the port.

3. Upon crossing the N end of the seperation lane isolation area.

4. Upon crossing the S end of the separation lane isolation area.

5. At No. 1 Pilot Station.

6. At No. 2 Pilot Station.

7. Before or after a vessel lays or raises anchor.

8. Upon passing the mouth of the Ch’ien Chen.

9. Upon an approach or departure from a wharf.

10. Prior to the entrance of First Entrance two-way traffic

lane, when departing.

11. Prior to the entrance of Second Entrance two-way

traffic lane, when departing.

12. Upon disembarking the pilot outbound.

13. In cases of emergency. 

8.21 The following information should be signaled at least 24

hours in advance to the VTS:

1. Name of vessel.

2. Nationality.

3. ETA.

4. Draft.

5. Description of cargo.

6. Number of passengers.

8.21 Signals.—Signal stations are situated on the N shore of the

narrows at the First Entrance and on the N shore of the Second

Entrance. A storm signal station is located 0.2 mile N of the

narrows at the First Entrance. 

8.21 Anchorage.—Large vessels anchor, in 25.6m, sand and

mud, in a position about 2 miles W of the light on Ch’i-hou

Shan, a flat ridge forming the S side of the entrance to the inner

harbor. Vessels also anchor, in 7.4 to 18.2m, NW of the head of

the N breakwater. Smaller vessels anchor within the outer harbor, in 5.5 to 7.4m, and clear of the fairway. Anchorage is prohibited within the fairway in the inner and outer harbor.

8.21 Both the first and second harbor entrances have separate

quarantine anchorages. The limits of these anchorages are best

shown on the chart.

8.21 During the Northwest Monsoon season, vessels are recommended to anchor NW of the N breakwater where a lee from

the prevailing NE winds is provided by Shou Shan. During the

Southwest Monsoon season, they anchor W of Ch’i-hou Shan

where ample sea room is available off a lee shore. The holding

ground is good and vessels seldom drag anchor except when in

ballast during Southwest Monsoon gale winds.

8.21 A prohibited anchorage area extends 1.6 miles WSW of the

Second Entrance breakwater heads. 

8.21 The area between the First and Second Entrance Quarantine

Anchorages (22°35.3'N., 120°16.7'E.) is a prohibited area

where a submerged pipeline extends 1 mile SW of the shore at

Ta-shan-t’ou. Anchoring is prohibited within 200m on either

side of the pipeline. Six lighted buoys are moored around the

head of the pipeline. 

8.21 Anchoring is also prohibited in the area 50m on either side

of the center line of the Cross Harbor Tunnel between Berth

No. 68 and Berth No. 117.

8.21 Directions.—To obtain the deepest water, approach the First

Entrance from a position about 1 mile WNW, steering to pass
148 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

midway between the breakwater heads; then follow a midchannel course through the entrance to the Inner Harbor. 

8.21 The best time to enter is reported to be at the end of the flood

current. 

8.21 Signal stations stand at the First and Second Entrance points. 

8.21 Caution.—Unexploded ordnance lies NW of Kao-hsiung

Kang First Entrance in position 22°40.2'N, 120°10.9'E. 

8.21 Small fishing vessels often lie just seaward of the entrance to

Kao-hsiung Kang. There is a dangerous wreck lying close NW

of the breakwater.

8.21 A dangerous wreck lies 2.5 miles SW of the First Entrance S

breakwater.

8.21 A S tidal current, augmented by a strong N wind, tends to set

entering vessels onto shoals near the S breakwater. Several

groundings have been attributed to this set.

8.21 A submarine net, supported by several buoys painted gray,

extends between the N and S breakwater heads at the seaward

entrance to the outer harbor. During periods when current

velocity is strong, vessels will require careful attention and

prudent seamanship to clear the net and buoys with safety. 

8.21 There is a foul ground dangerous to navigation 3 miles

WSW of the Second Entrance breakwater.

8.21 A dumping ground has been established 7 miles WSW of the

Second Entrance breakwater. Limits can be best seen on the

chart.

Taiwan—West Coast—Kao-hsiung Kang to Oluan Pi

8.22 The coast between Kao-hsiung Kang and O-luan Pi,

about 55 miles SE, continues in general low-lying for a distance of about 27 miles then, as far as the S extremity of Taiwan, it becomes progressively more mountainous and bold.

The off-lying island Liu-ch’iu Hsu, an offshore oil terminal,

and several exposed anchorages for small vessels are of principal interest to navigation along this stretch of coast.

8.22 Ta-lin-pu Offshore Oil Terminal (22°30'N., 120°17'E.)

consists of four SPM berths that lie between 2 and 4 miles off

the SW coast of Ta-lin-pu (22°32'N., 120°20'E.). All SPMs are

connected by submarine pipelines leading NE to the shore at

Ta-lin-pu, marked at the shore landing points. 

8.22 SPM Lighted Buoy No. 1 has a least depth of 21m and can

moor tankers up to 250,000 dwt with a maximum draft of 18m.

8.22 SPM Lighted Buoy No. 2 has a least depth of 29m and can

moor tankers up to 250,000 dwt. SPM Lighted Buoy No. 3 has

a least depth of 32m and can moor tankers up to 300,000 dwt.

8.22 Pilots board by arrangement in the vicinity of the SPMs.

Vessels awaiting a pilot and arrival clearance, anchor 1.5 miles

W of the terminal. If for some reason a vessel is unable to enter

a berth directly, it anchors off Kao-hsiung Kang, in a position

about 2 miles W of the light on Ch’i-hou Shan.

8.22 Anchoring is prohibited within 1.5 miles of the SPMs.

8.22 Caution.—A wreck, with a depth of 5m, lies about 0.8 mile

NE of SPM Lighted Buoy No. 1.

8.22 Berthing may not be possible during periods of bad weather;

moreover, when wind speeds reach 35 knots the berths must be

vacated. Passage is prohibited within 1,200m of these moorings and within 100m of the pipelines. 

8.23 Liu-c’iu Yu (22°21'N., 120°22'E.), about 17 miles

SSE of Kao-hsiung Kang, is a small partially reef-fringed island which, rising to low flat-topped summits in the NE and

SW portions, has a sandy beach on the SE side and cliffs on the

NW. 

8.23 A small breakwater-sheltered fishing harbor lies on the NE

side. 

8.23 A light is situated on the hill at the SE end of the island. The

island is reported radar conspicuous at 28 miles.

8.23 Vessels anchor, in 36.5m, sand, about 0.4 mile off the sandy

beach on the SE side of the island. Anchorage is prohibited

between the NE end of the island and the land about 7 miles

NE.

8.23 A submarine cable and a pipeline are laid NW from Liuch’iu Yu to the mainland. The cable is laid midway along the

SE side of the island and the pipeline at the NE extremity. The

cable locations on both island and mainland are marked by

beacons. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of both cable

and pipeline.

8.23 Tung-Kang Po-ti (22°27'N., 120°26'E.) is the roadstead off

Tung-Kang, a small community lying on the S side of the confluence of Tung-chiang Ch’i and Hsia-tan-shui Ch’i, two

shallow rivers which, accessible to small boats, reach the sea

about 13 miles SE of Kao-hsiung Kang.

8.23 Vessels, seeking shelter from NE winds, anchor, in 17.3m

with a dark clump of trees about 1.8 miles SSE of Tung-Kang,

bearing 090°, distant about 1.5 miles. 

8.23 Fang-liao Kang (22°22'N., 120°35'E.), an open roadstead

off Fang-liao, a small community about 24 miles SE of Kaohsiung Kang, is the best offshore shelter, even in winter, on the

W coast of Taiwan.

8.23 Vessels anchor, in 12.8m about 1.5 miles NW of a conspicuous white bridge which crosses a stream about 1 mile SSE of

Fang-liao.

8.23 An experimental fishing area, marked by four lighted buoys,

lies within 1 mile of position 22°13.1'N., 120°38.2'E.

8.23 Fish havens, in depths of 60 to 80m, lie between 1 to 2 miles

W of Ch’e-ch’eng Chiao (22°05'N., 120°42'E.).

8.23 A floating fish farm, with a radius of 800m, marked by two

flashing white lights with radar reflectors, is located in position

22°07.7'N., 120°31.6'E.

8.24 Hai-k’ou Wan (22°06'N., 120°42'E.), a small reeffringed bay with a breakwater-sheltered fishing harbor on the

SE side, is located about 40 miles SE of Kao-hsiung Kang. Lilung Shan, about 4 miles NNE, is a high, wooded, and coneshaped summit which, during clear weather, is a conspicuous

landmark in approaching the bay.

8.24 Small vessels anchor, in 8.2m, sand, in a position about 0.3

mile WNW of the entrance to the fishing harbor and with

Chien Shan, a high, sugarloaf hill near the N entrance point of

the bay, bearing 018°. The best approach to the anchorage is on

a bearing of 112° and heading for the S breakwater head. 

8.24 Ta-pan-lieh Mao-ti (21°57'N., 120°45'E.), a reef-fringed inlet at the head of Nan Wan, a broad bay extending about 7

miles WNW from O-luan Pi, is the safest anchorage on the S

coast of Taiwan and is sheltered from all but S winds.

8.24 Vessels anchor, in 12.8 to 36.5m, sand, about 0.5 mile off Tapan-lieh, a small whaling community at the head of the inlet.

There is an auxiliary port to Kao-hsiung Kang at Tapeng
Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 149

Pub. 157

(21°57.5'N., 120°45.4'E.). It is reported that breakwaters exist

and a berth with 5m depths is in use.

8.24 O-luan Pi (21°54'N., 120°51'E.), the S point of Taiwan, is

described in paragraph 8.9.

8.24 Caution.—There are strong tidal races off Mao-pi T’ou, the

W entrance point of Nan Wan.

8.25 Taiwan Strait (Formosa Strait) (24°00'N.,

119°00'E.), the body of water between Taiwan and the

mainland, may be defined as lying between the W coast of

Taiwan and a stretch of the mainland coast between the

entrance to the river Min Jiang (26°05'N., 119°32'E.), in the

N, and the vicinity of Lien-hua-feng Chiao (22°56'N.,

116°29'E.), in the S. It has a least width of 70 miles between

Pai-sha Chia, the NW extremity of Taiwan, and Hai-t’an Tao

(25°33'N., 119°48'E.), an island off the mainland coast. The

principal underwater danger is Taiwan Banks (23°00'N.,

118°35'E.), an extensive shoal area lying in the S reaches of the

strait.

8.25 The least known depth is 8.2m, but turbulent surface agitation would seem to indicate that lesser depths may exist. Elsewhere, the strait is deep and clear, save for the islands of P’enghu Lieh-tao, reported dangers lying N of the islands, and the

off-lying dangers fronting the mainland coast.

8.25 Caution.—New shoals are reported to emerge continually

off the W coast of Taiwan, especially rising between 23°N and

24°20'N, and often with an onshore set. Mariners should give

this portion of the coast a wide berth.

8.25 The charted depths in the vicinity of position 23°15'N,

117°45'E are derived solely from ships reports which indicate

sand waves. In addition, unreported shoals may exist. The

presence of sand waves was also reported in the vicinity of

position 24°20'N, 119°30'E.

8.25 Numerous oil installations, exploratory rigs, and oil service

traffic exist in an area bounded by latitudes 24°47'N and

24°51'N and longitudes 120°36'E and 120°45'E.

Peng-Hu Ch’un-Tao

8.26 Peng-Hu Ch’un-Tao (Pescadores Islands) (23°23'N.,

119°30'E.) is a scattering of islands divided into a N group and

a S group by Wang-An Kang-Tao, a clear deep water channel

with a least width of about 5 miles. The islands are flat, barren,

and similar in appearance. The highest elevation is about 79m

and, as they are all similar in appearance, it is very difficult to

identify any of them in bad weather.

8.26 The N group of islands consists of three closely juxtaposed

larger islands and several adjacent smaller islands. P’eng-hu

Kang, with Ma-kung Kang, is the harbor formed by the larger

islands. The S group consists of numerous scattered islets,

reddish in color. Radar returns are unreliable. 

8.26 P’eng-hu Kang-tao (Pescadores Channel) is the body of

water lying between P’eng-hu Tao and the W coast of Taiwan.

It has a least width of about 17 miles between Wai-san-ting

Chou, off the Taiwan coast, and Ch’a-mu Yu, two small islets

lying about 2 miles SE of the largest island in the N group of

P’eng-hu Ch’un-tao. The fairway is deep in mid-channel.

8.26 Directions.—Vessels approaching from the W and S should

proceed to a position about 2 miles S of Ch’ih-tzu Wei then

steer ENE through the SW approach channel with the two

lights N of Ma-Kung in range 063.75°, keeping clear if the

submerged obstruction extending S from the S side of Hsi Yu

and the shoal spit extending NW from T’ung-p’an Yu.

8.26 Vessels approaching from the E should clear Liu-ch’ih Shih

and proceed to a position about 1 mile E of Hu-ching Yu, then

steer WNW through the SE approach channel with the light on

Ch’ih-tzu Wei on a heading of 308°, keeping S of the shoal

patches in the middle of the channel. When Fou-wen, a drying

rock lying W of the W extremity of P’eng-hu Tao, falls abaft

the starboard beam vessels haul gradually to starboard and join

the lighted range for the SW approach channel on a heading of

063°.

8.26 Caution.—Close attention should be paid to the several

underwater dangers lying in the approaches to P’eng-hu Kang

and to tidal currents which set athwart the axis of the SW

approach channel and parallel to the axis of the SE approach

channel at a velocity greater than 5 knots on the flood and 3

knots on the ebb.

8.26 Depths, sand banks, and cays within an area from 23°20'N to

23°45'N and up to 10 miles off the coast are subject to continual change. Vessels should navigate with caution.

8.27 P’eng-bu Tao (23°34'N., 119°37'E.) and Pai-sha Tao,

on the E, and Hsi Yu, on the W, are the three main islands of

the group. The two islands to the E are joined by extensive

areas of drying flats which continue intermittently N for a

distance of about 8 miles.

8.27 Numerous above and below-water dangers lie scattered off

the E side of the group. The farthest seaward dangers are Waich’ien Shih, with a depth of 1.2m, and Liu-ch’ih Shih, with

0.9m, which lie 4 miles NE and 5 miles SE, respectively, of the

SE extremity of P’eng-hu Tao. Liu-ch’ih Shih is marked by

rips; Wai-ch’ien Shih is marked by strong whirlpools.

8.27 Small vessels, seeking shelter from NE winds, anchor, in 8.2

to 11m in either of two bays indenting the W side of Hsi Yu,

the hilly reef-fringed W island of the group.

8.27 P’eng-hu Kang (23°36'N., 119°32'E.) (World Port Index

No. 57950), the principal anchorage for P’eng-hu Ch’un-tao,

lies sheltered from the prevailing winds of the Northwest

Monsoon season. It is entered between the SE extremity of Yuweng Tao and the dangers lying off Feng-kuei-wei Chiao, a

point near the W extremity of P’eng-hu Tao. The S approaches

are in deep water, but partially blocked by the islets. Hu-ching

Yu and T’ung-p’an Yu and the shoal spit extending NW from

the latter. Anchorage is prohibited in an area where submarine

cables are laid. The area is best shown on the latest chart, and it

begins between pecked lines drawn across the harbor entrance.

A SE approach channel, swept clear to a depth of 8.9m, lies

between Hu-ching Yu and P’eng-hu Tao. The SW approach

and principal channel lies between Hsi Yu and the spit NW of

T’ung-p’an Yu.

8.28 Ma-kung (23°34'N., 119°33'E.) has a quay wall,

655m long, with depths of 3.7 to 5.5m alongside, which can

handle cargo and passenger ships up to 5,000 dwt. There is a

basin for fishing craft, with depths of 1.5 to 3.7m.

8.28 Ma-kung Kang, an inlet continuing P’eng-hu Kang to the SE

from Feng-kuei-wei Chiao, lies sheltered from most all weather

conditions. The community of P’eng-hu lies near the N entrance
150 Sector 8. Taiwan and Taiwan Strait 

Pub. 157

point of the inlet. Vessels anchor clear of charted dangers, in 9.2

to 25.6m, sand and mud, in a position about 2 miles NNW of the

S entrance point of Makung Kang. Vessels usually moor to

buoys in Makung Kang. Small vessels also berth along facilities

at P’eng-hu and the S side of T’se-t’ien Tao.

8.28 T’se-t’ien Tao, an island close inside the entrance, is the site

of a naval station and repair facilities for small vessels. 

8.28 Traffic signals are displayed from the N entrance point of the

inlet. Berthing signals are displayed from a mast standing in

the SW part of T’se-t’ien Tao.

8.28 Vessels anchor clear of charted dangers, in 9.2 to 25.6m, sand

and mud, in a position about 2.5 NNW of the S entrance point of

Makung Kang. Vessels usually moor to buoys in Makung Kang. 

8.28 Only small vessels berth along facilities at P’eng-hu and the

S side of T’se-t’ien Tao.

P’eng-hu Ch’un-tao S Group consists of two main islands,

Wang-an Tao and Ch’i-mei Yu, and numerous scattered islets

and underwater dangers lying E and W. 

8.28 Anchorage.—Vessels seeking a NE lee anchor, in 11 to

14.6m, sand and shell, in a position clear of dangers fronting a

small cove in the N part of the W side of Wang-an Tao. Vessels

seeking a SW lee anchor, in 16.4 to 18.2m, in a position about

0.3 mile S of an above-water rock lying on the outer part of a

reef extending NE from the NE extremity of the same island. 

8.28 Small vessels seeking shelter during the summer months

have been reported to anchor off the N side of Ch’i-mei Yu.
Pub. 157

9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao

9.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 9 — CHART INFORMATION
153

Pub. 157

SECTOR 9 

CHINA—MIN JIANG TO DAPENG JIAO

Plan.—This sector describes the SE coast of China between

Shafeng Jiao, the S entrance point of the river Min Jiang, and

Dapeng Jiao (Mir Point), a point about 365 miles SW. The

description is N to S.

General Remarks

9.1 Winds—Weather.—Winds are seasonal and blow

largely NE and SW in consequence of the influence which

create the characteristic monsoons of the SE coast of China.

From September through May, winds from the NE predominate and commonly exceed a velocity of 22 knots. During

October, November and December, wind velocity is likely to

exceed 34 knots, with December having the greatest likelihood

of strong winds. April has the greatest percentage of calms. In

June, winds are transitional and blow with equal frequency

from the SW and NE. In the months of July and August, winds

blow from the SW predominate and seldom exceed a velocity

of 21 knots. August has the greater percentage of calms. The

transition from the summer, Southwest Monsoon season to the

winter, Northeast Monsoon season is abrupt and may occur

within a week’s time.

Typhoons created well to the SE by forces other than those

giving rise to monsoon winds, may occur at any time of the

year. From October through April, they seldom if ever occur. In

May and June, they increase in frequency until in July and

August they occur at a rate better than twice a year. In

September, they commence their decline in frequency and tend

to concentrate on the S portions of the mainland coast.

Tides—Currents.—Ocean currents are seasonal in set and

velocity. From September to March, the set is SW and parallels

the coast. In April, the set becomes confused or counterclockwise. From May through August, the set is NE and

parallels the coast. The SW current reaches a maximum

velocity of 1.5 knots in January and February. In July the NE

current reaches a maximum of 2 knots.

9.1 Tidal current characteristics occur in consequence of the

interaction between tidal wave propagation emanating from a

position near Shibeishan Jiso with tidal wave propagation

progressing around either extremity of Taiwan and culminating

in about 24°30'N. Thus, between Shibeishan Jiso and Hong

Kong the flood sets W and ebbs E. While N of 24°30'N, the

flood sets S and ebbs N. An onshore set accompanies a N

current. Tidal rise is similarly largely a function of interaction

between opposing tidal wave progression. Thus, tidal rise

increases progressively from less than 1m at Shibeishan Jiao to

about 6.1m at Shafeng Jiao.

The coastline of China between Shafeng Jiao and Dapeng

Jiao is extremely irregular and much indented by numerous

large bays, smaller coves, lesser inlets and extensive estuaries.

It is immediately backed by a level to rolling coastal plain

which, extending inland in places as far as 20 miles, rises

gradually to a NE trending range of mountains that reaches the

sea in the N and S portions of the coastline as bold, rocky

headlands. Elsewhere, steep hill and mountain spurs enter the

coastal plain and, continuing seaward in several isolated ridges,

generally terminate only a short distance from the shore.

Offshore, the approaches are predominantly clear and several

large off-lying islands are, in general, found to lie within a line

joining the principal salient points extending forth from the

shore. The large island, Haitan Dao, in the N part of the

coastline, is a notable exception. Several isolated off-lying

islets lie well scattered throughout the area. Closer inshore, the

sea floor is level and has the gradual slope, without the

extensive coastal margins of drying mud flats, characteristic of

the SE coast of China. Above and below-water dangers are

widely scattered. The principal ports are Xiamen and Shantou.

Caution.—During each monsoon season, an inshore set of

considerable strength has been experienced along the coast,

especially in the vicinity of the entrance to Xiamen Gang

(Hsia-men Chiang) and in the area around Nanpeng Liedao.

Vessels have stranded at various times on the off-lying islands

between Chin-men Tao and Fu-chi Chiao. Many lighthouses on

these islands are of considerable elevation and often the upper

parts are obscured by fog while the lower part is clear. When a

light is not seen, although within range of visibility, soundings

should be taken and the vessel hauled out to deeper water until

the position is ascertained.

Off-lying Islets

9.2 The several widely scattered off-lying islets lie, in

general, within the 40m curve and within a distance of about

20 miles from the coast. They rise abruptly from the sea floor

and constitute a danger to vessels standing off the coast for

destinations N or S. These dangers are described below.

Niuashan Dao (Niu-shan Tao) (25°26'N., 119°56'E.) is described in paragraph 9.3.

Wuqiu Yu (Wu-ch’iu Hsu) (25°00'N., 119°27'E.) is a small,

steep-to, inhabited island rising to a rounded summit surmounted by a lighthouse. Xia Yu (Hsai Hsu), close SE, is a

smaller, rather low, inhabited island having sandy hummocks.

The two islands are reported radar conspicuous at a distance of

19 miles. Vessels, when proceeding NE in clear weather during

the Northeast Monsoon season, usually pass about 2 miles NW

of Wuqiu Yu. Heavy fogs occur in April and May.

In a position about 8 miles S of Wuqiu Yu, the monsoon

current (July to September) sets to the NE at a rate varying

with tidal effect. The monsoon current predominates except

when spring tide sets SW and counterbalances its affect. From

September to July the tidal current becomes dominant; however, it is largely affected by the wind.

Xiongdi Yu (Hsiung-ti Yu) (23°33'N., 117°40'E.) consists of

two small rather low-lying islets separated by a channel reported clear and 1 mile wide. Dagan Shan, the SE islet, has a

bluff on its S side and a reef extending about 0.3 mile W from

the side. Xiaogan Shan, the NW islet, has a prominent square

summit. The two islets are reported radar conspicuous at a dis-
154 Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 

Pub. 157

tance of about 16 miles. A light is exhibited from Dagan Shan. 

Nanpeng Liedao (23°16'N., 117°17'E.) is an islet group

consisting of two larger islets prolonged NE and SW by several

smaller islets and a number of underwater rocks. Nanpeng

Dao, one of the larger islets lying near the center of the group

and reported radar conspicuous at a distance of about 25 miles,

is partially covered by vegetation and is marked by a light on

its summit. Vessels reportedly anchor, in depths of less than

18m, in a position about 0.5 mile W of the islet.

Tidal currents in the vicinity of the islets set NE on the flood

and SW on the ebb; maximum rates are less than 1 knot.

Zhenyan Tou (Pedro Blanco) (Chen Yen-t’ou) (22°19'N.,

115°06'E.) consists of two rocks with a passage between them

2m in width and 4.5m in depth. The passage can be viewed

from N or S of the rocks. The E and larger rock appears conical

on some bearings. The W rock has a shelf extending NW with

a rock drying 1.5m at its seaward extremity; other than this

shelf, both rocks are steep-to. 

Shafeng Jiao to P’ing-hai Chiao

9.3 Shafeng Jiao (26°01'N., 119°42'E.) is a low-lying

sandy point backed by a hilly ridge extending about 2 miles

SW and fronted by a drying spit that extends several miles to

the E.

Qi Shan (Chin Feng) (26°00'N., 119°41'E.), the summit of a

hilly ridge, has sandy E slopes which show brilliantly in misty

weather when little else in the vicinity is visible.

The coastline between Shafeng Jiao and P’ing-hai Chiao,

about 56 miles SSW, is very irregular and lies divided by a

considerable peninsula into two large embayments whose

shoreline is similarly irregular and indented by numerous inlets

and a multitude of small bays and lesser coves which,

throughout, are fronted by wide and extensive margins of

drying mud flats. The land inland is generally low or rises to

low-lying hills.

Offshore, the large island Haitan Dao, along with several

lesser islands, numerous islets, and a vast multitude of aboveand below-water dangers, lies within the 40m curve which

roughly parallels the salient points of the mainland coast at a

distance of about 14 miles. The larger islands are cultivated

and generally low or rise to low hills.

Haitan Haixia is the channel between Haitan Dao and the

mainland. Xinghua Shuidao and Nanri Shuidao are the two

main channels leading through off-lying islands fronting the

bay Xinghau Wan.

Haitan Dao (25°33'N., 119°48'E.) is a large island lying

close off the mainland coast in a position with its N extremity

about 22 miles S of Shafeng Jiao. The shoreline is very

irregular and indented by numerous bays which, receding well

inland between bluff promontories, are generally deep on the E

side of the island and filled with drying mud flats on the W

side.

Niushan Dao (Niu-shan Tao) (25°26'N., 119°56'E.) is a

barren steep-sided islet which, surrounded by above and

below-water dangers on all sides except the E, rises abruptly to

a 66m high summit surmounted by a lighthouse. The islet,

which is the seawardmost islet on this part of the coast, should

be cleared at a distance of not less than 0.75 mile and is

reported radar conspicuous at a distance of 22 miles.

9.3 Vessels, seeking shelter during winds of the Northeast

Monsoon season, can obtain anchorage within Guanyin Ao

(25°28'N., 119°50'E.), in a depth of 9.4m, sand, about 0.2 mile

W of the E entrance point to Guanyin Ao, with the light on

Niushan Dao bearing 105° and just open S of that point. The

holding ground is good, but a heavy swell sets in during the

Northeast Monsoon.

9.4 Haitan Haixia (25°27'N., 119°38'E.), the narrow

channel between Haitan Dao and the mainland, is considerably

encumbered in its N and S entrances by numerous, largely

steep-sided islands while, within the entrances, it has several

fairways that are further encumbered by many islets and

extensive shoal banks of sand. The principal channel, of the

several deep-water channels, leading through the islands lying

in the N entrance passes NW of the steep-to Haitan Shi

(Norton Rock) (25°46'N., 119°48'E.), the most seaward danger

in the approaches. The channel trends SW between the islet

group Dongluo Liedao (Ta-lao Shan) and the reef-fringed Zhu

Pai (Red Rock), and then enters the inner fairway between the

islands Ku Hsu and Tangyu Dao.

Dongnan Kou (25°23'N., 119°44'E.), the SE entrance, is

entered between the S extremity of Haitan Dao, and the steepsided island Cao Yu (Ts’ao Hsu).

Nan K’ou (25°20'N., 119°40'E.), the SW entrance, branches

N from Xinghua Shuidao and continues NNE between the

island Tang Yu (Chung-lou Shan) and the mainland to the W.

Vessels, seeking refuge from typhoon winds, enter the S part

of Haitan Dao and anchor, in 7.3m, sand, in a position with

Ting Tao (Station Islet), about 3 miles WNW of the S

extremity of Haitan Dao, bearing 072° and with the W side of

Junksail Islet (Chuang-tan Yu) bearing 328°. They also anchor,

in 11m, mud and sand, in a position about mile NNW of Low

Islet (Oi Yu) with the W sides of Low Islet and Junksail Islet in

rang bearing 155°.

9.4 Caution.—Vessels are cautioned that the middle part of

Haitan Dao is obstructed by shoals and a bar which is subject

to displacement in consequence of strong tidal currents acting

on a bottom of sand and mud. Vessels with a draft greater than

6.7m run the risk of grounding should they incur delay while

seeking to take advantage of the extreme tidal rise customary to

the channel.

9.5 Xinghua Wan (25°20'N., 119°20'E.) is an extensive,

partially-examined, and largely shoal bay entered between Fort

Hill Point, about 8 miles NE of Pinghai Chiao, and the SW

extremity of a narrow finger of land about 9 miles NE. It is a

refuge for large vessels seeking shelter from typhoon winds.

9.5 Tide—Currents.—Tidal rises are extreme, as follows:

1. Lo-shan Chun-tao—6.1m at MHWS.

2. Ren Yu—6.3m at MHWS.

3. Baifu (Pai-tou Hsu)—6.4m at MHWS and 4.9m at

MLWN.

9.5 Well offshore, currents vary in consequence of monsoon

winds, but, in general, they set SW at about 1 knot. Inshore,

tidal currents generally set W on a rising tide and E on a falling

tide and attain a velocity of about 3 knots. The flood current of

a rising tide bifurcates E of Haitan Dao and set S through the N

entrance to Haitan Haixia and NW through the SE entrance.

The two currents meet near Lao-lo Shan (Middle Islet), where
Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 155

Pub. 157

heavy rips and overfalls occur, and attain velocities of 2 to 3

knots in the wider portions of the fairway and 4 to 5 knots in

the narrow portion at Ta Yu (Pass Island). The flood current

setting NW through Tung-nan K’ou bifurcates NW of Ts’ao Yu

and sends a SSW setting branch through Nan K’ou which, in

turn, divides into a W setting and S setting branch on reaching

Xinghua Shuidao. Current velocity reaches 2 to 3 knots. The

ebb current of a falling tide is, in general, the reverse of the

flood current. The tidal current in the seaward entrance to

Xinghua Shuidao set SW on a rising tide and SE on a falling

tide with a velocity of about 2.3 knots. 

9.5 Tidal currents at the juncture of Xinghua Shuidao and Nanri

Shuidao set W on a rising tide and E on a falling tide. They

reach a velocity of 5 to 7 knots at spring and form a race.

9.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in Xinghua Wan. Pilots

board in the Xinghua Shuidao Outer Anchorages as follows:

1. Pilot Anchorage centered in position 25°13.6'N,

119°41.4'E in depths of about 23m.

2. Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage (reserved) centered

in position 25°17.1'N, 119°39.7'E in depths of 18 to 27m.

3. Pilot Anchorage (reserved) centered in position

25°19.9'N, 119°32.4'E in depths of 15 to 22m.

4. Reserve Pilot Boarding area centered in position

25°18.8'N, 119°32.2'E. 

9.5 Directions.—Vessels having arrived in a position about 1

mile NE of Da Jiao (25°21'N., 119°46'E.), steer so as to pass

about 0.3 mile off the N extremity of Cao Yu and continue NW

until Junksail Islet (Chuang-tan Yu) bears 353°. When the E

islet of Tung-cheng bears 270°, they haul to port so as to pass

about 0.4 mile W of Junksail Islet.

9.6 Inside Passage.—Vessels, having arrived in a position about 0.4 mile W of Junksail Islet, steer NNW so as to

pass about 0.2 mile E of the tripod beacon surmounted by a

black spherical topmark standing on several rocks close E of Ta

Yu (Pass Island), when they haul to port and, bringing the E

side of Junksail Islet in range 136°, astern, with the W side of

Ting Tao (Station Islet), steer 316° so as to pass between the

beacon and the several sunken Ashuelot Rocks (Yo Shih), they

haul to starboard and, bringing the two pyramid beacons on Ta

Yu in range 159°, astern, steer 339° so as to pass W of Flag

Islet (Chi Yu) and to enter the recommended Wilson Channel

(Weishen Shuidao) with the small island Ming-chiang Yu

visible ahead between Pei-tou Yu (Charles Islet) and the

several black rocks. Vessels favor the W side of Wilson

Channel until the white stone cairn on a rock close N of Lao-lo

Shan (Middle Islet) comes in range 084° with a similar cairn

on the largest of the Saxby Islets (Pai-tou Chiano), when they

haul to starboard and, passing W of a 3.2m pinnacle rock lying

in mid-channel, steer on a heading of 359° with the rock close

W of T’a Chiao (Tower Rock) in range with the SW extremity

of Tangyu Dao. When Talisman Peak (Te-li-men Feng) bears

270°, they haul to port and, bring a light-colored patch on the

W shoulder of Ku Hsu in range with the conspicuous conical

peak Niu-chiao Shan (Yu-kuo Shan), carefully steer 352° until

Inner Rock bears 089°, when they ease to starboard and steer

on a heading with the two white pyramid beacons on the SE

slope of Ku Hsu in range 351° so as to pass fair between Mitre

rock and the several dangers about 0.75 mile ESE. When Mitre

Rock bears 270°, they haul to starboard and bring Mitre rock in

range 217° astern, with a break in the hills SW steer fair

between Ku Hsu and Tangyu Dao so as to pass NW of the 4.6m

patch on Simpson Spit (Hsin-shen Sha-tsui).

9.6 Pi-nang Shuidao (Blind Channel) is a narrow secondary

channel used by vessels able to navigate the 4.1m crossover

between the N part of the channel and the fairway N of Wilson

Channel. Vessels having arrived in a position about 0.5 mile N

of Ta Yu, steer to pass about 0.2 mile E of Flag Islet and then

continue NNW with the E side of the islet in range 170°,

astern, with the W side of Ta Yu, until the white stone cairn on

a rock close N of Lao-lo Shan come in range 084° with a

similar cairn on the largest of the Saxby Islet, when they ease

to starboard and favor the E side of the channel by steering

with the E side of Flag Islet in range 174°, astern, with the W

side if the islet close W of Ta Yu. When the drying rock Hua

Chiao (Tricker Rock) come in range 034° with Pillar Rock

(Chu Chiao) be covered, when Pie-tou Yu comes in range 244°

with a pagoda standing on the mainland WSW, vessels steer

NNW in transit of the crossover and proceed through the

fairway N of Wilson Channel as described above.

9.7 Nan K’ou.—Vessels having entered Xinghua

Shuidao and arriving in a position about 1 mile N of TungYueh Yu (Shuang-jih Tao) (25°16'N., 119°40'E.), steer for

Nopass Rock on a NNW heading until Douglas Islet bears NW,

distant 1 mile, and the S extremity of Tang Yu (Chung-lou

Shan) bears 112°, when they haul to starboard and steer for a

conspicuous sand patch on the S side of Haitan Dao on a

heading of 027°. When Junksail Islet bears 353°, they haul to

port and proceed as described above.

9.8 Xinghua Shuidao.—Vessels, having arrived in a

position S of Sheng-t’u-li Tao (25°15'N., 119°45'E.), steer

NW so as to pass fair between the sunken dangers lying off the

inlet groups Heng Shan Yu and Tung-yueh (Shuang-jih Tao),

then WNW so as to pass about 0.75 mile N of Hsiang-kan Yen

(Hong Kong Rock) and Tung-pri-jih Yen (NE Yit Rock), then

N or S of Baifu (Pai-tou Hsu) and then fair through the deep,

0.5 mile wide channel between the islet Lu Hsu and Kao-fu Yu,

the small, precipitous, northernmost islet of the islet group Tashe Yu.

9.8 Xinghua Shuidao (25°18'N., 119°39'E.), the E entrance

channel to Xinghua Wan, is entered between Shitang Yan

(Sheng-t’u-li Tao) (25°15'N., 119°45'E.), a sunken pinnacle

rock, with a depth of 1.6m, and Shuiluo (Scattered Yits), a

group of above and below-water dangers about 5 miles WSW.

9.8 The channel is deep throughout and trends generally W

between the dangers fronting the mainland coast and the many

islets and dangers lying NE and N of Nanri Dao (Nanjih Tao),

the largest island in the approaches to Xinghua Wan.

9.9 Nari Shuidao.—Vessels, having arrived in a position

about 1 mile E of Lu-tz’u Yen (25°08'N., 119°23'E.), steer N

so as to pass about 1 mile E of Ta Hsu and Middle Islet and

than steer either NE of Knob Islet (La-tu-ke Tao) and enter

Hsing-hua Wan or, steering for the W side of Yeh-ma Hsu,

enter Xinghua Shuidao between Lu Yu and Kao-fu Yu when

this latter islet bears 090°.

9.9 Nanri Shuido (25°12'N., 119°25'E.), the S entrance channel

to the bay, is entered between the 6.1m high pinnacle rock
156 Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 

Pub. 157

Nanding (Loutz Rock) (25°08'N., 119°23'E.) and the shoal

coastal bank extending SW from Nanri Dao. It is deep

throughout and trends N between Nanri Dao and the dangers

fronting the mainland.

9.9 Anchorage.—During the Northeast Monsoon, there is good

anchorage about 1 mile E of Ren Yu (25°20'N., 119°36'E.),

with Punchard Islet (25°20'N., 119°37'E.) bearing 351° at a

distance of 0.6 mile. However, the bottom is reported to be

very uneven and vessels should use caution when anchoring.

9.9 Anchorage can also be obtained 0.2 mile W of Lu Hsu

(25°19.6'N., 119°28.5'E.) in a depth of 22m, mud, out of the

strength of the tidal current.

9.9 Vessels seeking refuge from typhoon winds anchor, in 9.1m,

good holding ground, in a position with Pitou Point bearing

066° distant about 1 mile. Less water than charted has been

reported.

9.9 Caution.—During the flood tide, a portion of the current

enters the N side of Xinghua Shuidao from the S entrance to

Haitan Haixia and divides, one part flowing S along the channel and the other part flowing W. At the W end of Xinghua

Shuidao, the W current may attain rates of 5 to 7 knots at

springs and frequently causes overfalls and eddies.

9.9 A dangerous wreck lies approximately 3 miles S of Nanri

Dao, in 16.2m of water.

P’ing-hai Chiao to Wei-t’ou Jiao

9.10 P’ing-hai Chiao (25°10'N., 119°16'E.) is the S extremity of a large peninsula projecting SE from the mainland. The

coastline between P’ing-hai Chiao and Weitou Jiao, about 55

miles SW, is extremely irregular and indented by a number of

large bays which, extending well inland, are rather shoal and

have a shoreline fronted by extensive areas of drying mud flats.

Inland, the terrain is low-lying and largely cultivated.

9.10 Offshore, the 20m curve parallels the salient coastal points at

a distance of 2 to 3 miles and contains all the natural obstructions constituting a danger to navigation.

9.10 The principal larger bays are Meizhou Wan and Quanzhou

Wan. Shenhu Wan is the principal smaller bay.

9.10 Pinghai Wan (25°11'N., 119°10'E.) is entered between

P’ing-hai Chiao and Xiao Yu, about 6 miles SW, the town of

Pinghai stands close NNW of P’ing-hai Chiao. During the

Northeast Monsoon, vessels with local knowledge can obtain

anchorage, in depths of 5.5 to 9.1m, off Pinghai, but the holding ground is poor and vessels often drag in strong winds.

Meizhou Wan (Mei-chou Wan) (25°05'N., 119°02'E.) is an

extensive, partially examined, and largely shoal bay entered

between Hsiao-tso Chiao, a rather low-lying headland about 18

miles SW of P’ing-hai Chiao, and Rogues Point which, forming the S extremity of the island Meizhou Dao, lies about 6

miles NE.

9.10 The shoreline of the bay is extremely irregular and, largely

fronted by wide margins of drying mud flats, recedes about 20

miles NNW in a series of coves, inlets, and lesser bays. Several

islets and numerous above and below-water dangers encumber

the deeper, navigable portion of the fairway in the entrance to

the bay.

9.10 The three primary ports in Meizhou Wan and its approaches

are Qinglanshan (25°03'N., 119°01'E.), Xiacuo (25°10'N.,

118°59'E.), and Xiuyu (25°13'N., 118°59'E.),. They are

described as follows:

1. Qinglanshan crude oil terminal, at the W entrance to

the bay includes a crude oil pier for the Fujian Refinery,

which can accommodate vessels of up to 300,000 tons.. The

pier is approached by a fairway, 500m wide, with depths of

21 to 23m. 

2. Xiacuo, includes Fujian Oil Terminal (25°10'N.,

118°59'E.) and a container terminal in the upper waters of

the bay.

Fujian oil and petrochemical terminal extends 240m from

the shore. The terminal has a total berthing length of 609m,

and can accommodate two crude oil carriers of up to 100,000

dwt; the inner side of the pier has two berths that can

accommodate product tankers of 3,000 to 5,000 dwt. 

3. Xiuyu (25°13'N., 118°59'E.), is located on Meizhou

Dao and includes Fujian LNG Terminal at the E and upper

part of Meizhou Wan. 

Xiuyu port can accommodate vessels up to 304m long,

with a maximum draft of 13.8m, and up to 30,000 dwt,

The channel to Fujian LNG Terminal is dredged to a depth

of 14.5m; the terminal can accommodate vessels of up to

100,00 dwt.

Talin (25°09.8'N., 119°01.4'E.), a jetty lying on the E side

of the bay, opposite Fujian Terminal, can be approached by a

channel which has a least depth of 2.5m, and is marked by

lighted buoys. 

9.10 Depths—Limitations.—A buoyed channel, 300 to 400m

wide and having a depth of 14.5m, leads NNW through

Meizhou Wan. Vessels with drafts of up to 15.5m can transit

the channel at spring tides. 

9.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available during

daylight hours only. The pilot boards in the following

positions: 

a. In position 24°59.1'N, 119°05.0'E for vessels bound

for Xiayu.

b. Approximately 0.4 mile NW of lighted buoy No. 3 for

vessels bound for Fujian oil terminal.

c. The quarantine anchorage in position 24°51.8'N,

119°00.5'E for vessels bound for cruide oil terminal. 

9.10 Regulations.—All vessel navigation for Meizhou Wan

should be reported to Quanzhou Traffic Safety Shore Station

on VHF channel 10. 

9.10 Anchorage.—Meizhou Wan has two inspection and

quarantine anchorages in the vicinity of position 25°02.6'N,

119°03.3'E. Both anchorages are in depths of 20m; each has a

radius of 550m. One anchorage, No. 1 Anchorage, has good

holding ground, sand, and can accommodate vessels up tp

100,000 dwt. The No. 3 Anchorage lies in position 25°01.2'N,

119°05.3'E, has a least depth of 13m, and a radius of 550m. 

9.10 There is a lightering anchorage, which also serves as LNG

Temporary Emergency Anchorge, No. 1, in depths of about

16m, in position 25°07.5'N, 119°00.6'E; a lighted buoy marks

the center of this anchorage. LNG Temporary Emergency

Anchorage No. 2 lies in position 25°09'N, 119°00'E. 

9.10 Caution.—Uncharted dangers may exist within the bay. 

9.10 As directions are sparse, vessels should exercise caution in

their approach due to the presence of fishing vessels.

9.10

9.11 Dadian (Sorrel Rock) (25°02'N., 119°11'E.), 19m

high, lies 3 miles E of Rogues Point. Ninepin Rock, about 2
Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 157

Pub. 157

miles WNW of Rogues Point, stands on the N end of a reef

lying midway in the fairway. 

9.11 Dazhu Dao (Ta-te Hsu) (25°05'N., 119°02'E.), an islet 85m

high, rising from surrounding areas of foul ground, lies about 5

miles NW of Rogues Point.

9.11 Currents attaining velocities of up to 4.5 knots may be

experienced in Dazhu Hangmen. 

9.11 In the Northeast Monsoon, anchorage can be obtained by

small vessels with local knowledge between Rogues Point and

rocks awash, lying about 0.8 mile E of Ninepin Rock. Small

vessels, seeking shelter from winds of the Southwest Monsoon

season, anchor close NW of Dazhu Dao.

9.11 Da Gang (24°55'N., 118°57'E.) lies between Hsiao-tso

Chiao and Dashi Yu, 3 miles SSW. It affords good shelter to

small vessels with local knowledge during offshore winds.

Quanzhou Wan (Ch’uan-chou Wan) (24°50'N., 118°43'E.)

is a large, shoal bay which, receding about 12 miles E to the

mouth of the river Jin Jiang (Chin Chiang), is entered between

Mazuyin (Ta-tso Chiao), about 34 miles SW of P’ing-hai

Chiao, and Xiangzhi Jiao (Hsiang-chih Chiao), a precipitous

headland about 13 miles farther SW. A light is exhibited from a

rock 22m high connected to the SE extremity of Mazuyin.

About 3 miles W of the above mentioned light is the city of

Chongwu (Ch’ung-wu), with a light situated SE of the city.

The shoreline is fronted throughout by a margin of drying mud

flats which, in the inner reaches of the bay, becomes extensive.

Several islands, numerous islets, and a multitude of above and

below-water dangers lie scattered throughout. The bay is

subject to a heavy swell with any wind and is dangerous at LW

for vessels with drafts of more than 3m.

9.11 Xiaozhui Dao (24°49'N., 118°46'E.), 12m high, is the eastermostmost and largest of a group of rocks lying on a reef 2

miles NNW of Xiangzhi Jiao. The S passage into the harbor is

between Xiaozhui Dao and an extensive group of above and

below-water rocks close S of it.

9.11 Dazhui Dao (24°50'N., 118°46'E.), 1 mile N of Xiaozhui

Dao, is 101m high. The N passage into the harbor is between

Dazhui Dao and Xiaozhui Dao.

9.12 Quanzhou (Ch’uan Chou) (24°54'N., 118°35'E.), a

city 12 miles within the entrance, stands on a bank of Jin Jiang.

There are extensive drying flats across the mouth of Jin Jiang.

The port of Quanzhou is situated 6 miles ESE of the city. 

Depths—Limitations.—There are four general cargo berths

and one tanker berth: one berth for vessels of 10,000 dwt, two

berths for 5,000 dwt, one berth for 3,000 dwt, and one berth for

tankers of 3,000 dwt. In addition, there are two mooring buoy

berths for vessels of 10,000 dwt and 13 berths for coasters up

to 1,000 dwt.

9.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at the

quarantine anchorage in position 24°52'N, 119°00'E. The port

operates day and night, however entry and departure are made

during daylight hours only. 

9.12 Regulations.—All vessel navigation for the port of

Quanzhou should be reported to Quanzhou Traffic Safety

Shore Station on VHF channel 10. 

9.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained off the port or in

the channel WNW of Xiaozhui Dao. Anchorage can also be

obtained about 1 mile NW of Dazhui Dao, where there is

smooth water in any weather. The anchorage is approached by

a channel between Dazhui Dao and the mainland to the N.

9.12 The outer anchorage, has a depth of 18m, and lies 2.8 miles

ESE of Xiangzhi Jiao Light (24°46'N., 118°47'E.).

9.12 Anchorage for LNG vessels can be taken in an area, with a

radius of 600m, centered on approximate position 24°59'N,

119°04'E. 

9.12 Vessels waiting to berth at Fujian Oil Refinery, awaiting a

pilot, quarantine inspection, or tide, can take anchorage in

position 24°52'N, 119°00'E. 

9.13 Shenhu Wan (24°39'N., 118°40'E.) is a small shoal

bay with barren shores about 9 miles NE of Wei-t’ou Chiao. A

bouyed channel, with a depth of 7.5m,and a width of 220m,

leads into the harbor on a bearing of 229°. 

9.13 Kusau Hill, 207m high and surmounted by a pagoda, is

located about 4 miles NNW of Yungning Tsui and is a conspicuous landmark in the approaches to Shenhu Wan.

9.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage for the bay may be taken at the

quarantine anchorage (24°39'N., 118°42'E.), close E of the

entrance. 

Anchorage.—Working anchorages lie in depths of 5 to 9m

in the central part of the bay. Vessels awaiting a berth may

anchor in depths of 15 to 17m in the quarantine anchorage,

centered on position 24°39'N, 118°43'E. 

9.13 Caution.—The bay is reported to be unsafe during the

Southwest Monsoon season. 

Weitou Jiao to Zhenhaio Jiao

9.14 Weitou Jiao (Wei-t’ou Chiao) (24°31'N., 118°34'E.)

is a low, sandy point which rises to a 24.3m hill surmounted by

a light-colored and poorly-discernible obelisk. A rock, with a

depth of less than 1.8m, is reported to lie about 0.7 mile SE of

Weitou Jiao. There is another rocky shoal about 0.6 mile

farther SE of this position. The sea breaks heavily on the dangers around the point, and it should be given a wide berth.

9.14 The coastline between the point and Zhenhaio Jiao, about 28

miles SW, describes an extensive bay which, giving access to a

number of estuaries, inlets, and lesser bays, is largely shoal and

encumbered by several large islets and scattered above and

below-water dangers. Inland, the terrain is generally low and

well cultivated throughout, save on the SW side where steep

sided, rugged hills descend to the shore in bold headlands with

lowland and sandy beaches intervening. Offshore, several deep

water channels lead from sea and, passing through wide areas

of shoal water and extensive margins of drying mud flats,

proceed well into the inner reaches of the bay.

9.15 Weitou Wan (Wei-t’ou Ao) (24°33'N., 118°30'E.), a

large expanse of mostly shoal water, entered between Weitou

Jiao and the E side of Chinmen Tao, recedes about 10 miles

NW. A deep water channel, having a least known depth of

8.2m, trends about 7 miles WNW from Weitou Jiao, and passes

between the several scattered islets and areas of drying reefs

and mud flats which extend offshore from the mainland and

Chin-men Tao. The SW side of the channel is steep-to and

soundings give little warning of its approach. 

9.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage may be obtained at the quarantine

anchorage in position (24°29'30"N., 118°31'54"E.). 

9.15 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage, which has depths
158 Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 

Pub. 157

of 17 to 21m, lies centered in position 24°29.5, 118°31.9”E. 

9.15 Oyster Islet is a low flat rock about 2 miles NW of Weitou

Jiao. Ta-po Hsu is a small islet about 7 miles WNW of the

same point.

9.15 Vessels, seeking shelter from winds of the Northeast

Monsoon season, anchor, in 6.4m, in a position about 0.5 mile

SW of Oyster Islet or, in 9.1m, about 0.8 mile W of the islet.

Care must be taken to avoid a rocky ledge, 0.6 mile WNW of

Oyster Islet.

9.16 Jinmen Dao (Quemoy) (24°27'N., 118°23'E.) is a

large well-cultivated island which, rising to a rather high summit in the E part, has an irregular shoreline somewhat steep-to

seaward and encumbered landward by shoal water and an

extensive margin of drying mud flats. Chin-men-pei-tung Shuitao is an encumbered, deep-water passage which, leading from

the entrance to Weitou Wan, passes around the N extremity of

the island. Chin-men Shui-tao is a deep water channel which

enters Chin-men Chiang, a shoal and reef-encumbered embayment on the W side of Chin-men Tao, by trending N from the

sea between the many underwater dangers extending S from

the SW extremity of Chin-men Tao and from the S side of

Hsiao-chin-men Tao (Lieh Hsu) (Little Quemoy), a hilly islet

close to the W. A swell usually breaks over these dangers at

times other than HW

9.16 An offshore oil terminal situated with the seaward extremity

of a submarine pipeline in a position about 1.8 miles WNW of

Liaoluo Tou (24°25'N., 118°26'E.), a peaked islet joined by a

reef to the SE extremity of Chin-men Tao. A marker buoy and

several mooring buoys are moored in the vicinity. Pilotage may

be taken at the quarantine anchorage (24°29'N., 118°32'E.). A

fish haven lies 3 miles S of Liaolou Tou. A S pier and

breakwater, lit by a beacon, extends from the point of Lialuo

Tou in depths of approximately 5 to 7m; the breakwater

protects the harbor of Zigan.

9.16 Vessels, seeking shelter from lesser winds of the Northeast

Monsoon season, anchor, in 8.5m, mud and sand, in a position,

with Liao-lo T’ou bearing 095° and Ta-wu Shan, the summit of

Chin-men Tao, bearing 015°. When winds of the Northeast

Monsoon season become stronger, a heavy swell sets in and

renders the anchorage untenable. Vessels find shelter from all

winds in Chin-men Chiang.

9.16 Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited in an area SE of the

island, best seen on the chart. Additional restricted and prohibited areas are established around the coastline of Jinmen

Dao and the adjacent islands. Vessels must keep to the main

shipping channels unless prior permission to enter the restricted areas is obtained from the Taiwanese authorities.

9.16 Caution must be exercised due to the possible existence of

mines in these waters. Surveys may be adequate in determining

that formerly mined areas may be charted as doubtful; however, meteorological and hydrographic conditions prevent certainty. 

Pei-t’ing Tao (Beiding Dao) (Dodd Island) (24°26'N.,

118°30'E.), 3 miles ENE of Liao-lo T’ou, is 21m high; a light,

from which a fog signal is sounded occasionally, is shown from

a 13m high, metal framework tower. Reefs and shoals, on

which the sea sometimes breaks, extend 1.3 miles E of the island, and also across the passage NW of the island.

9.16 Tidal currents inshore of the island set SW and W around the

S tip of Chin-men Tao on the flood, and in the reverse direction

on the ebb.

Xiamen (24°27'N., 118°04'E.)

World Port Index No. 57870 

9.17 Xiamen (Hsia-men) (Amoy) is a well-populated metropolis approached from sea through several deep water channels passing between the many low islets, above-water rocks,

and drying reefs which lie scattered between Hsiao-chin-men

Tao and Chen-hai Chiao. Hsia-chin-men Shui-tao and Xiamen

Dongce Shuidao (Hsia-men-tung-ts’e Shui-tao), the two E

channels, pass NW of Hsiao-chin-men Tao where they unite

and join a channel which trends SE into Chin-men Chiang and

NW around the E side of the large, hilly island Xiamen Dao. A

light is shown from the NE point of Xiamen Dao. Ta-tan Tao, a

high hilly islet with a low-lying center portion, lies on the W

side of the S entrance to Hsia-men-tao-tung-ts’e and serves as a

landmark for vessels navigating the principal channel. 

9.17 Winds—Weather.—Northeast winds predominate throughout the year. From May to August, SE or SW winds usually

blow in the afternoon. July to September is the typhoon season.

9.17 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents set NW on the flood

current and SE on the ebb current in the E part of the outer

harbor, and set W and E in that part of the outer harbor S of

Gulang Yu (Ku-lang Hsu) (24°27'N., 118°04'E.).

9.17 In the channel W of Gulang Yu, tidal currents set N on the

flood and S on the ebb, with a maximum rate of 2 to 3 knots at

springs and 1 knot at neaps.

9.17 In Xiamen Nei Gang (Inner Harbor), the tidal currents set

NW and SE at rates of 2 to 3 knots. Each current runs for about

6 hours. In the middle of the harbor, the NW flood current runs

from 45 minutes before LW to 15 minutes after HW.

9.17 During the flood current, a strong E set may be experienced

in the S entrance, and a W set may sometimes occur soon after

the ebb current has begun in Xiamen Nei Gang.

9.17 Depths—Limitations.—Deep draft vessels await HW to

transit the channel W of Gulang Yu, but may enter the E

channel at any state of the tide. The harbor draft limits are

generally over 10m at HW and 8m at LW. 

Zhu Hangdao (Dongdu Hangdao) (24°27'N., 118°04'E.),

the principal entrance channel, has a least depth of 11.8m as far

as Xiang Bi (24°27'N., 118°02'E.). This channel passes between the small low above-water rock Wutan (Jih Hsu)

(24°22'N., 118°08'E.) and Qing Yu (Ch’ing Hsu), lying about 1

mile to the SW, which rises steep-to on its channel side. A light

is shown from the NE slope of Qing Yu. An outgoing current

sets strongly onto the island. 

9.17 Zhu Hangdao passes W of Gulang Yu and has a least depth

of 10.8m in the fairway leading N of Xiang Bi to the turning

area 0.6 mile NNE of the Haicang Bridge (24°30'N.,

118°04'E.); this bridge has a vertical clearance of 57m. The

channel continues, with a least depth of 7.2m in the fairway, to

the second turning area (24°32'N., 118°05'E.). 

 The channel from Xiang Bi to the Xiamen International

Container Port, 2 miles W, has a least charted mid-channel

depth of 11.2m. 

9.17 Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao (24°24'N., 118°06'E.)
Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 159

Pub. 157

leads from the vicinity of No. 19 Lighted Buoy and the pilot

boarding area, 0.5 mile ENE, to the berths at Zhangzhou Gang

(24°25'N., 118°03'E.).

9.17 Lujiang Shuidao, the channel passing E of Gulang Yu, has a

least mid-channel depth of 7.6m. 

9.17 There is a least swept depth of 10.5m in the channel for vessels passing W of Hou Yu (24°28'N., 118°03'E.). Care should

be taken to avoid a shoal patch, with a depth of 8.6m, lying

close ENE of Hou Yu. Power cables having a vertical clearance

of 54m cross the channel N of this island. 

9.17 The port is divided into three areas, as follows:

1. Donghu—the new harbor.

2. Xiamen—the old harbor, located on the SW tip of the

peninsula facing Gulang Yu.

3. Gaoqi—the small craft harbor, located on the NW

coast of Xiamen Dao.

9.17 The port contains more than 30 berths for vessels of various

sizes, in addition to ten anchorage berths and five mooring

berths. Heping Wharf, on the E bank of Xiamen Nei Gang, is

used as an overseas passenger terminal. The channel to Heping

terminal is dredged to a depth of 16m. A fishing boat harbor

can accommodate up to 100 boats of up to 2,000 tons. 

9.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and

for Chinese vessels that are 230m in length and greater.

Pilotage is available 24 hours. Vessels board pilots in the

quarantine anchorage and, in general, enter Xiamen Nei Gang

during daylight hours only. The ETA of the vessel and the

request for a pilot should be sent 48 hours in advance on VHF

channel 6. 

9.17 Regulations.—Foreign vessels and vessels exceeding 500

tons must enter port through Quingyu Shuidao. 

9.17 Vessels must keep to the main shipping channels. Permission

must be obtained from the Taiwanese authorities prior to

transiting any areas other than these. 

9.17 Vessels of less than 500 tons, fishing vessels. and sailing vessels should use Wu’an Shuidao (24°20'N., 118°08'E.) although

there are a number of unmarked dangers in this channel.

9.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken in depths of up to

29m in the SE approaches to Xiamen. Anchorage No.1 lies 4

miles SE of Qing Yu Light and has depths of 20 to 29m, mud;

this anchorage is best seen on the chart.

9.17 The quarantine anchorage, Anchorage No. 4, serves as the

pilot boarding area. This anchorage lies 2.5 miles NNW of

Qing Yu Light, in depths of 8 to 12m, mud, good holding

ground. The N and E limits of the anchorage are marked by

lighted buoys. Caution should be exercised as the SE boundary

of this anchorage adjoins a formerly mined area. This anchorage is best seen on the chart.

9.17 Anchorage No. 5 lies 1 mile SSW of Qizi Wei Light

(24°26.5'N., 118°03.5'E.) and has depths of 6.8 to 11m.

9.17 Anchorage No. 7 lies 1.5 miles SW of Qizi Wei Light, in

depths of 5.4 to 9m. 

9.17 Good anchorage may be taken in the area lying 1.5 miles S

of Qing Yu Light , in a depth of approximately 7m.

9.17 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in several

charted areas containing submarine cables and also in several

channels between the mainland and adjacent islands.

9.17 A prohibited area surrounds the floating dock in position

24°25.2'N, 118°01.2'E; this area is best seen on the chart. 

9.18 Dongdu (24°30'N., 118°04'E.), a new facility, is situated on the W side of Xiamen Dao, 2 miles N of Xiamen Nei

Gang. Vessels enter this new port area by taking the W

approach channel, W of Gulang Yu, then pass E of Lighted

Buoy No. 34 to E of Hou Yu Light, then adjusting course and

turning N to pass W of the light on Manyu Jiao. Then passing

W of Lighted Buoy No. 36 and E of Lighted Buoy No. 37,

vessels proceed to the berths. An alternate channel, dredged to

a depth of 10.5m, passes W of Hou Yu. The channel is marked

by lighted buoys. Local authorities should be contacted for

more details. 

9.18 Depths—Limitations.—At Dongdu, there are four deepwater berths, with a total of 776m frontage and alongside

depths of 10.9 to 12.6m. The general cargo Berth No. 4 handles

vessels up to 10,000 dwt. Berth No. 3 handles break bulk cargo

vessels of 15,000 dwt. Berth No. 2 handles bulk carriers up to

50,000 dwt. At the S end of the terminal, Berth No. 4 handles

container vessels of 10,000 dwt. 

9.18 At Donghu, port expansion is in progress for a container

berth to handle vessels of 35,000 dwt, a coal wharf for vessels

of 25,000 dwt, and two berths for 25,000 dwt general cargo

carriers.

9.18 Aspect.—Xiamen Gang (Hsia-men Chiang) (Amoy Harbor),

the harbor area for Xiamen, extends from the principal entrance between Wu-tan and Qing Yu to a line joining the SW

extremity of Xiamen Dao with Sung-hsu Pan-tao, a hilly promontory close to the W.

9.18 Hsia-men Wai-chiang, the outer harbor, comprises all of

Xiamen Gang not included in the inner harbor. Xiamen Nei

Gang, the inner harbor, consists of the narrow, encumbered

channel between Xiamen Dao and the well-populated islet

Gulang Yu, as well as the N part of the channel passing W of

Gulang Yu.

Dapan Jiao (Hsu-tzu Wei) (24°24.5'N., 118°04.0'E.) is a

point on the mainland 3 miles NW of Zhenhai Jiao. Ji Yu (Chi

Hsu), an island, lies about 3 miles WNW of Dapan Jiao.

Yunding Yan (Hung-wan Feng) is a conspicuous peak lying

about 2 miles NNE from the S point of Xiamin Dao. It reaches

a height of 342m. Yen-tzu-ting (Riguang Yan), 90m high and

prominent with boulders on top, is the summit of Gulang Yu.

Hou Hsu (Hou Yu), 18m high, marked by a light on its summit,

lies about mile NW of the N point of Gulang Yu.

9.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels board pilots in

the quarantine anchorage and, in general, enter Xiamen Nei

Gang only in daytime. The ETA of a vessel and the request for

pilot should be signaled 48 hours in advance through Xiamen

coast radio station.

9.18 Anchorage.—The outer anchorage is S of Gulang Islet and

the Xiamen Peninsula. The pilotage and quarantine anchorage

lies between Gulang Islet and Gangziwei, with a depth of 10m,

mud and sand bottom.

9.18 Caution.—Numerous cables exist in the inner harbor. Care

should be taken when anchoring.

9.18 A submarine pipeline is laid across Xiamen Nei Gang, 0.25

mile NW of Pang Shi.

9.18 A stranded wreck, dangerous to navigation, lies in approximate position 24°24’N 118°05’E. 

9.18 Several wrecks, positions of which are best seen on the chart,

has been reported (1998) in the vicinity of position 24°28’N,

128°03’E.
160 Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 

Pub. 157

9.18 A submerged rock with depth of 4.7m lies in approximate

position 24°25.4'N, 118°01.9'E.

9.18 The Haicang Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 55m, spans

the channel between Xiamen Dao and Huoshan Yu.

9.18 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 57m,

spans the channel between Huoshao Yu and Xiament Dao.

9.18 A dangerous wreck, hazardous to navigation, has been

reported (1999) to lie in approximate position 24°28.1'N,

118°03.8'E.

9.18 An area, prohibited to anchoring and fishing, lies centered in

position 24°32.3'N, 118°05.2'E, and has a radius of 140m. 

9.18 Depths less than charted exist in the channel between Xiamen Gang and the turning area at the head of the passage.

9.18 Ships are advised to keep to the swept channel as mines in

these areas may still present a hazard to navigation. Anchoring

and fishing are prohibited in areas extending from position

24°26'N, 118°05'E, as follows: 

1. An area 0.6 mile wide extending SW to Dapan Jiao.

2. An area about 0.5 mile wide extending SSE to the

edge of the mined area, passing clear of the pilotage and

quarantine anchorage, as shown on the chart.

Zhenhaio Jiao to Lien-hua-feng Chiao

9.19 Zhenhaio Jiao (Chen-hai Chiao) (24°16'N.,

118°08'E.) is a low-lying point which rises to a lofty conspicuous summit about 5.5 miles NW. Zhenhaio Jiao Light is

shown from the summit. A reef, which should be given a wide

berth, extends 0.8 mile ENE of the point. Discolored and

broken water has been reported to extend a considerable

distance from the coast between Zhenhai Jiao and Dingtai Tou,

3 miles SW. A pair of range lights is shown from the N and S

points of the headland at Zhenhai Jiao. 

9.19 The coastline between the point and Lien-hua-feng Chiao,

about 121 miles SW, continues irregular and much indented by

numerous bays and inlets and several estuaries which, in general,

are backed by a low to rolling well-cultivated coastal plain. Lofty

hills and low mountains become more common near the S part

of the coast. Offshore, the 10m curve tends to close the salient

coastal points and to contain, with rare exception, the several

scattered and isolated dangers to navigation. 

9.19 The many bays and inlets offer shelter against monsoon

winds. The principal harbor in the area is Shantou Gang.

9.20 Dongding Dao (Tung-ting Tao) (24°10'N.,

118°14'E.), lying 8 miles SE of Zhenhai Jiao, is 55m high and

steep-to. It is grassy on top and perforated at its S end; there is

also a remarkable mound at each end of the island. A light is

shown from the summit of the island.

9.20 Lanbai Qiantan (Rambler Shoal), a small patch with a depth

of 8m, and Erjin Qiantan (Erl King), with a least depth of 5m,

lie 3 miles and 5 miles NW of Dongding Dao.

9.20 Tidal currents near Dongding Dao, during the Southwest

Monsoon, have been observed to set N during the flood tide at

Xiamen, with a maximum rate of 1 knot; during the ebb tide at

Xiamen, the currents near Dongding Dao set SW, with a

maximum rate of 2 knots.

9.20 Caution.—Three unmarked dangerous wrecks lie approximately 17 miles and 19 miles E, and 21.5 miles SE of Dongding Dao.

Linmengao (North Merope) (24°11'N., 118°05'E.), 8 miles

WNW of Dongding Dao, is a reef of pinnacle rocks, the

highest of which dries 2.4m; the sea breaks on this reef, which

is marked close E by a lighted buoy.

Nanding Dao (Lamtia Island) (24°08'N., 118°02'E.), 4 miles

SW of Linmengao and marked by a light, is 60m high and

appears yellow in color when seen at a distance; a racon transmits from it.

9.20 The island has a round top and the S side is very steep.

Nan Sha (South Merope) (24°06'N., 118°06'E.), 4 miles

ESE of Nanding Dao, is a shoal with a least depth of 1.3m;

depths of less than 9m extend 5 miles from it.

9.21 Jiangjun Tou (24°02'N., 117°54'E.), 19 miles SW of

Zhanhai Jiao, is the E extremity of a headland. Zao Shan, 578m

high, stands 6 miles NW of Jiangjun Tou and is a good

landmark. A light is shown on Jiangjun Tou.

9.21 Black Point (24°00'N., 117°49'E.), 5 miles WSW of

Jiangjun Tou, is dark, table-topped, and rugged. A remarkable

peaked sandhill lies 0.8 mile W of the point.

9.21 Jiangjun Ao (Red Bay), lying between these two points, is

backed by low red sand hills. 

9.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels

during the Northeast Monsoon, but the N part of the bay is

shoal.

9.21 Biao Jiao (23°55'N., 117°52'E.), about 5 miles E of Da’ou

Jiao and marked by a light, is an isolated 18m high rock with a

large boulder on its summit.

9.21 Caution.—Islets and submerged dangers extend up to 2

miles seaward of the coast between Jiangjun Tou and Da’ou

Jiao, about 5 miles SW.

9.22 Futou Wan (23°51'N., 117°42'E.) is a large shoal

basin entered between Da’ou Jiao and Xingzi Jiao (Hsing-tsu

Chiao), about 8 miles further SW. Lishi Hangmen is a narrow,

deep water channel passing between Lishih Chiao and the

partially examined off-lying barren islet group Lishi Liedao.

9.22 Vessels seeking shelter from strong N winds may anchor, in

7.3 to 11m, 0.4 mile SW of Da’ou Jiao, the SE extremity of the

peninsula forming the E side of Futou Wan. 

9.22 Anchorage is also available in a depth of 11m, 0.9 mile SW

of the same point. They also anchor, in 11m, in Lishi Hangmen, with the S extremity of the NW islet of Lishi Liedao

bearing E, distant 1 mile.

9.22 Dongshan Wan (T’ung-shan Chiang) (23°46'N., 117°32'E.)

is an excellent storm refuge with entrance between the steep-to,

rock-fringed headland Gulei Tou (Ku-lei Tou) (23°43'N.,

Dongding Dao
Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 161

Pub. 157

117°34'E.), reported radar conspicuous at about 32 miles, and a

point about 3 miles WNW. A light is exhibited 0.2 mile within

Gulei Tou.

9.22 Ta Yu, a hilly islet with a low-lying center portion, lies about

2 miles WNW of Gulei Tou. The several rock and mud-fringed

islets Huyu Dao and the islet group Tsu-mei Lieh-tao lie 2

miles NW and 3 miles N, respectively, of the same point.

9.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots

board in position 23°44'N, 117°34'E. 

9.22 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained between the N

end of Ta Yu and Youshui Yan, about 0.7 mile NE of Ta Yu, in

depths of about 25 to 30m, mud and sand. In this position the

tidal currents have a rate of 1 knot, and a heavy swell may be

experienced. Vessels should use caution.

9.23 Dongshan Dao (Tung-shan Tao) (23°40'N.,

117°25'E.) is a large rather low well-cultivated island. Close

within Yuanzhui Jiao (Cone Point) (23°40'N., 117°29'E.),

about midway down the E side of the island, stands the

prominent cone-shaped peak of Sufeng Shan, 273m high. 

9.23 The bay SW of Yuanzhui Jiao is separated from Zhaoan Wan

by only a low sandy isthmus.

9.23 Shi Yu (23°35'N., 117°27'E.), about 5.5 miles SSW of Yuanzhui Jiao, is 45m high. The passage between it and Dongshan

Dao, 0.8 mile NW, is clear. A light is exhibited at an elevation

of 55m on the N end of the island. Tidal currents attain a rate of

1 to 2 knots and form tide rips.

9.23 The S shore of the island, consisting of several bights and

headlands, extends W from Chou-k’o-k’o Chiao (Jokako

Point) (23°36'N., 117°26'E.), the hilly, precipitous SE extremity of the island. Chengzhou Dao is a hilly islet lying in the

entrance to Zhao’an Wan (Chao-an Wan), a large shoal bay

defining the W side of Dongshan Dao.

9.23 Anchorage.—Off the S coast of Dongshan Dao, anchorage

can be obtained in the bay W of Hou Jiao (23°34'N.,

117°22'E.), the extremity of a small peninsula rising to 32m, in

a depth of 6.4m, mud, with a 3m rock close S of the point bearing 135°. This anchorage is sheltered from N winds, but is unsafe with S winds. The bay should not be approached with a

depth of 9.1m after dark, as the distance from land is deceptive. 

9.23 A dangerous wreck lies 6 miles S of Shi Yu.

9.23 Anchorage can also be obtained 1 mile W of Long Yu

(23°34'N., 117°25'E.), in depths of 12 to 16m, mud. The anchorage is sheltered from N and E winds, but is open to the

swell.

9.24 Zhao’an Wan (Chao-an Wan) (23°37'N., 117°17'E.),

entered between Zhaoan Tou and Gangkou Tou, about 5 miles

WNW, affords good shelter during the Southwest Monsoon,

but in the Northeast Monsoon a short, steep sea arises when the

wind is strong and makes the anchorage uncomfortable. The

bottom is soft mud and the holding ground is bad.

9.24 Zhelin Wan (Che-lin Wan) (23°36'N., 117°03'E.) is a shoal

bay entered between Ch’en-ch’i T’ou (Fort Head) (23°33'N.,

117°05'E.), the S extremity of a rather high headland joined to

the mainland NE by a sandy isthmus, and two hilly, larger

islands to the W. A narrow, deep water channel leads NE of the

high barren rock Ch’ing Hsu and then into the bay between the

hilly, smaller islands Hsin-chou Shan and Che-lin Tao (Hsi-ao

Shan). 

9.24 Vessels, seeking shelter from NE and SE winds, steer for the

NW side of Hsin-chou Shan on a heading of 326° so as to pass

about 0.2 mile NE of Ch’ing Hsu. When the rock bears SSE,

distant about 1 mile, alter course to starboard and steer 340° to

the anchorage.

9.24 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor, in 9 to 11m, mud bottom, in a

position within the deep water channel with the NW extremity

of Che-lin Tao bearing 064°. The maximum rate of the flood

and ebb currents in the entrance to the bay is 2 knots at springs.

9.24 Caution.—A stranded wreck, marked by a light, lies about 2

miles SE of the E entrance point of Zhelin Wan.

9.25 Nan’ao Dao (23°26'N., 117°03'E.) is a large, mountainous and barren but well-inhabited island which is reported

radar conspicuous at about 20 miles. It has numerous above

and below-water dangers extending about 8 miles S and SE

from the SE extremity of the island. A clear, deep water

channel passes along the N and W sides of the island. Vessels

entering the channel from the E usually pass N of the drying

reef Liu-niu Chiao. The island has several prominent summits

of over 500m; at its SE point there is a bold headland rising to

an elevation of 118m. A light is shown from the SE coast of the

island. 

9.25 Vessels seeking shelter from winds of the Southwest

Monsoon season anchor, in 9 to 11m, good holding ground,,

within Ch’ang Shan Poti, a roadstead lying within the deep

water channel off the W side of Nan’ao Dao.

9.25 The tidal currents N of Nan’ao Dao run parallel to the coast

at a rate of 1 to 3 knots.

9.25 Anchorage.—Anchorage No. 1 lies approximately 4 miles

SW of Nan’ao Dao and has a minimum depth of 13.4m. Anchorage No. 2 lies approximately 2 miles off the NE coast and

has depths ranging from 7.8 to 11.4m.

9.25 Caution.—An unexploded depth charge is reported to lie 2

miles E of the NE point of Nan’ao Dao.

9.25 Large fishing stakes exist off the coast.

9.25 An exposed wreck, marked by a lighted beacon, lies in the

channel 2.5 miles N of Nan’ao Dao. 

9.25 Zhisong Yan (Gibson Rock) (23°26'N., 117°18'E.), 8 miles

E of the NE point of Nan’ao Dao, has a depth of 5.6m.

9.25 Chi-hsing Chiao (23°29'N., 117°14'E.), a group of rocks 1.5

to 2m high, lie 4 miles NW of Zhisong Yan; from E and W they

appear as large boulders some distance apart. There is a

detached drying rock lying 3 miles farther NW, which vessels

usually pass N of when using the channel N of Nan’ao Dao.

Shantou (23°22'N., 116°41'E.)

World Port Index No. 57860

9.26 Shantou (Shan-t’ou) (Swanton) is a densely populated

metropolis on the E bank of a branch of the river Han Chiang,

located at a distance of about 5 miles from the river entrance.

Shantou Gang, the harbor area within the estuary, is entered

through a narrow channel about 6 miles NNW of Biao Jiao

(Hao-wang Chiao), the NE extremity of a hilly peninsula.

9.26 Tides—Currents.—The tide is irregular and considerably

influenced by prevailing winds. East winds, with a velocity

greater than 10 knots, may cause higher water levels, later HW,

and earlier LW than predicted. West winds tend to have the
162 Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 

Pub. 157

opposite effect. Tidal rise may amount only to 0.6 to 0.9m for a

number of days during the Southwest Monsoon season. After 1

or 2 days of calm, the water level falls, with the consequence of

more water than charted usually found on the bar.

9.26 Tidal currents set directly through Luyu Shuidao (Te Chou

Men), the entrance channel to Shantou Gang, except during the

ebb current, when a branch sets along the N side of Lu Yu

(23°19'N., 116°46'E.), 57m high, lying in the entrance to

Shatou Gang. The flood current occurs from 1 to 2 hours after

LW until 1 to 2 hours after HW; the ebb current occurs from

one to two hours after HW until 1 to 2 hours after LW. Eddies

form NW of Lu Yu, particularly with the flood current.

9.26 The flood current within the anchorage off Shantou occurs

from 1 hour 30 minutes after LW until 45 minutes after HW;

the ebb current occurs from 45 minutes after HW until 1 hour

30 minutes after LW. The current on the S side of the

anchorage turns before that on the N side. The flood current

attains a rate of 2 knots, while the ebb current can attain a rate

of 4 knots.

9.26 Depths—Limitations.—The least depth over the bar is

9.1m, with the range lights aligned bearing 322°; however,

depths of from 6.3m, a dangerous wrectk, and the 5m curve lie

close to this alignment. The main channel continues to the

harbor, with a least depth of 8.2m. 

9.26 Depths in the approaches to Shantou Gang are subject to

change. The sea breaks heavily on the bar after strong winds.

9.26 Luyu Shuidao, the entrance channel to Shantou Gang, passes

W of Lu Yu. It extends about 8 miles, has a minimum width of

0.15 mile, and depths in the fairway of 7.8 to 27m, mud and

sand bottom.

9.26 A vessel with a draft of 6m must enter on the high tide, but a

vessel with a draft of 4m can usually enter and depart anytime.

9.26 There are two berths for 5,000-ton ships, one for 3,000-ton

ships, one coal berth for 3,000-ton ships, and one overseas

passenger terminal for ships up to 5,000 tons.

9.26 Mooring buoys off the wharves can secure two 10,000-ton

ships, two 5,000-ton ships, one 2,000-ton ship, and one 1,000-

ton ship.

9.26 The Shantou Bay Bridge (23°20'N., 116°45'E.) has a vertical clearance of 46m. The Dangshi Bridge, 4.8 miles W, has a

vertical clearance of 38m. 

9.26 Two new berths are under construction for vessels of 5,000

tons. In Tuolin Bay, two anchorage-lighterage berths are being

made available for vessels up to 16,000 dwt. 

9.26 Plans for a major port development at Guang’ao (23°14'N.,

116°47'E.), S of Shantou, are underway and include

construction of 22 berths for vessels of between 20,000 and

1,000,000 dwt. Range lights, aligned 359°52', lead into the bay. 

9.26 Aspect.—Biao Jiao (23°14'N., 116°48'E.) is the steep-to E

extremity of a hilly peninsula. A light, from which a radiobeacon and a racon transmit, is exhibited on Biao Jiao. Leikou

Shan, the highest summit on the peninsula, is flat-topped and

conspicuous from the SW. Biao Jiao is reported radar conspicuous at about 22 miles and is apt to be confused in thick

weather because of a similarity in summits and sandy beaches,

with Haimen Jiao, a point about 10 miles WSW.

9.26 Shuan Sha (The Bar) lies between Chi Yu, a low-lying islet

about 2 miles NNW of Biao Jiao, and Tai-hsia-chin Sha-tsui, a

shoal sand spit which, marked by heavy breakers after strong

winds, lies with its S extremity about 1.8 miles NNW of Chi

Yu. A light is exhibited on Chi Yu. 

9.26 Inside the bar, the narrow deep water channel Luyu Shuidao

leads into the harbor S of Lu Yu and Ma Yu, two hilly islets. On

the E part of Lu Yu, a light is exhibited; in the middle and W

parts, there are lights in line bearing 127°, astern. A light is

also exhibited on the E peninsula of Ma Yu. The channel N of

the islets is navigable by small craft. 

9.26 Niang Jiao (23°19'N., 116°50'E.), a rock with a least depth

of 2.3m, lies on the N side of the approach, 3 miles NE of Chi

Yu. A lighted buoy is moored about 0.5 mile S of the rock. 

9.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels board pilots as

follows:

1. Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage (23°17'N.,

116°48'E.)

2. Anchorage No. 1 (23°21'N., 117°00'E.)

3. Anchorage No. 2 (23°30.5'N., 117°05'E.)

4. Haimen Wan (23°07.4'N., 116°36.0'E.)

5. Explosives Anchorage (23°20.9'N., 116°41.8'E.)

6. In position 23°15.3'N. 116°50.9'E. 

9.26 The ETA of a vessel, and the request for a pilot, should be

sent 48 hours in advance through Shantou Gang.

9.26 Signals.—Storm signals are displayed from a flagstaff near

the conspicuous Customhouse when a typhoon is within 100

miles. When a gale or typhoon is expected to strike the port,

the following additional signals are hoisted: 

9.26 Anchorage.—The pilotage and quarantine anchorage is

situated E of Chi Yu, in a depth of about 6.5m. The above

mentioned anchorage is the quarantine anchorage No. 1 of this

port. Quarantine Anchorage No. 2 and Lower Reach Anchorage are situated between Lighted Buoy No. 1 and Lighted

Buoy No. 2, lying 0.75 mile NNW of Ma Yu, and Lighted

Buoy No. 3 and Lighted Buoy No. 4, lying 2 miles WNW of

Ma Yu. 

9.26 Upper Reach Anchorage occupies that portion of the harbor

extending from S of Shantou to Gui Yu (23°20.3'N., 116°

38.4'E.); the W part of this anchorage is used for tankers. 

9.26 These anchorages can be used to ride out typhoons and

provide 11 berths for moderate-size vessels lying at anchor or

working cargo, in depths of from 5 to 13m, mud bottom.

9.26 Caution.— A dangerous wreck, marked by a lighted buoy,

lies about 1.5 miles ENE of the light on Biao Jiao. A wreck,

dangerous to navigation, lies about 0.75 mile NE of Chi Yu; a

stranded wreck lies almost 1.5 miles N of Chi Yu. A dangerous

wreck lies almost 2 miles E of the stranded wreck, while an

obstruction with 1.6m, lies close N of the stranded wreck.

Shibeishan Jiao to Ta-p’eng Chiao

9.27 Shibeishan Jiao (22°56'N., 116°29'E.), about 25

miles SW of Biao Jiao, is a low rock-fringed sandy point that

rises close inland to a rounded hill about 114m high. 

9.27 A light is shown from a height of 68m and a racon transmits

from the light structure on Shibeishan Jiao.

9.27 The coastline between the point and Ta-p’eng Chiao, about

Day Night Meaning

One black ball One red light Gale

Two black balls Two red lights Typhoon
Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 163

Pub. 157

115 miles WSW, is irregular and indented at fairly equal intervals by a series of bights and bays. Inland, the terrain is lowlying for about half of the distance along the coast and then,

rising in the remaining half, hilly and mountainous. The shore

line throughout has extensive sandy beaches backed in places

by areas of sand dunes.

9.27 Offshore, the 20m curve continues to close the salient coastal points and to contain, with few exceptions, the several

scattered and isolated dangers to navigation.

9.27 The several bays indenting the coast are largely of importance as anchorages during the monsoon seasons.

9.27 Shenquan Gang (22°57'N., 116°18'E.) is an open roadstead

lying within the larger of two bights indenting the coastline

between Shibeishan Jiao and Jiazi Jiao. Mianqian Qunjiao, a

rock with a depth of 1.6m, lies 3 miles SE of Shequan Gang.

9.27 Shenquan (22°58'N., 116°09'E.) is a village situated about 8

miles WNW of Shibeishan Jiao. The village is on the E

entrance point of a river with a bar on which the sea breaks at

LW. A pagoda stands on a hill 2 miles N of the village.

9.27 Aspect.—A conspicuous square stone stands on the shore

about 3.8 miles W of Shibeishan Jiao. A pagoda stands in a

village on the E entrance point of a river entering the sea about

11.5 miles W of Shibeishan Jiao.

9.27 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained at Shenquan Gang

during the Northeast Monsoon, in a depth of 9.4m, with the

pagoda bearing 348°. The holding ground is good, but there is

often a heavy swell. 

9.28 Jiazi Jiao (22°49'N., 116°06'E.), 14 miles SW of

Shenquan Gang, is prominent with a rugged summit where a

light stands at a height of 78m. Several islets and rocks extend

S and SE of Jiazi Jiao and the point should be given a wide

berth. Dongbaijiao, a rock 5.4m high, is the outer exposed danger and lies 1 mile S of the point. Rocks, with depths of less

than 5.5m, extend 1 mile ENE of Dongbaijiao. 

9.28 Black Mount (22°52'N., 116°09'E.), a 56m high conspicuous black conical hill that can often be seen at night, rises from

surrounding red sand dunes about 4 miles NE of Jiazi Jiao. 

9.28 Vessels, seeking shelter from winds of the Northeast Monsoon season, steer not greater than 320° for the square rock W

of Shibeishan Jiao, so as to pass W of above and below-water

dangers, and anchor, in 10.1m, about 0.5 mile WSW of a

15.8m islet, about 2 miles W of Shibeishan Jiao. They also

anchor, in 9.4m, good holding ground, with the pagoda at the

river entrance W of Shibeishan Jiao bearing 348°. A heavy

swell often sets into the anchorage from the S.

9.28 Caution.—A dangerous wreck (22°44.2'N., 116°06.8'E.),

lies about 5 miles S of Jiaze Jiao. 

9.29 Jiazi Gang (Chia-tzu Kang) (22°51'N., 116°04'E.),

with a shallow bar at its entrance, is situated 2 miles NNW of

Jiazi Jiao. Wu Jiao, lying in the approach to the harbor, is 2m

high; other rocks fringe the coast to the W. A light is shown

from a white, round masonry structure at the head of a

breakwater (22°50.5'N., 116°04.5'E.).

9.29 During the Northeast Monsoon, small vessels can obtain

anchorage about 0.6 mile SSW of Wu Jiao, in a depth of 9m,

but there is usually a heavy ground swell. The currents in the

anchorage set NE at a rate of 1 knot on the flood and SE at a

rate of 1.5 knots on the ebb.

Hudong Jiao (Hutung Chiao) (22°48'N., 115°57'E.) is

situated about 8 miles E of Jaizi Jiao; on it there is a fort and a

prominent dome-shaped building resembling a beehive. A

rock, peculiar in shape when seen from the E, lies close off a

small islet 1 mile SE of Hudong Jiao.

Heiyan Jiao (Black Rock Point) (22°47'N., 115°54'E.),

which is distinguished by a conspicuous mound 32m high

close NW of it, lies about 3 miles W of Hudong Jiao. The coast

between Heiyan Jiao and Tianwei Jiao (Tien-wei Chiao)

(22°45'N., 115°49'E.), about 5 miles WSW, is a sandy plain.

Jieshi Wan (Chieh-shih Wan) (22°46'N., 115°40'E.) is a bay

of quite regular dimensions, whose flat sandy shore is densely

populated and whose approaches in moderate weather are

crowded with fishing craft. Tianwei Jiao, the E entrance point,

is the S extremity of a promontory which, rising to a sharp,

conspicuous summit about 1 mile NW, is reported radar

conspicuous at about 15 miles. It is marked by a light.

9.29 The E part of the bay, between Tainwei Jiao and Jinxiang

Jiao, a conspicuous 48m high hillock about 9 miles NW, is

encumbered with several remarkably precipitous rocky islets,

rocks, and shoals; these shoals are not always visible due to the

muddy color of the water.

Xijie Jiao (Hsi-chieh Chiao) (Siki) (22°42'N., 115°47'E.),

lying 3 miles SW of Tianwei Jiao, is a rugged islet 14m high

with two granite hummocks. A rock, with a depth of 5.5m, lies

0.5 mile NW of Xijie Jiao.

9.30 Dongjie Jiao (Tungki Rocks) (22°46'N., 115°50'E.), a

group of black rocks up to 7m high, lies about 1.2 miles SE of

Tianwei Jiao; the passage N of the rocks should not be used. 

9.30 Bi Tou (22°45'N., 115°36'E.), situated about 8 miles SW of

Jinxiang Jiao, is the NE extremity of Baisha Bandao, a hilly

peninsula connected to the mainland SW by a narrow sandy

isthmus. A number of drying rocks extend up to 0.5 mile off

the coast between Bi Tou and Zheling Jiao, about 6 miles SSW.

9.30 Jin Yu (22°43'N., 115°37'E.), 38m high, with a precipitous

rocky summit at its N end, lies on the W side of the entrance to

the bay, about 3 miles SSE of Be Tou.

Zhelang Jiao (Che-lang Chiao) (22°39'N., 115°34'E.), the

W entrance point of Jeieshi Wan, is marked by a light. The

point is the S extremity of a rather low, rocky finger of land

which, reported radar conspicuous at about 16 miles, is remarkable for its areas of red sand and black mounds extending

for some distance on either side of the point. A conspicuous

boulder, on which there is a white-washed mark, is located at

an elevation of 31m, 0.2 mile N of the point. A wreck, in 16m

of water, is in position 22°31'41"N., 115°54'42"E.

9.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage, protected from all but S winds,

can be obtained in Jieshi Wan by choosing a berth on either

side of the bay according to the prevailing monsoon; however,

vessels of deep draft must anchor well out in the bay.

9.30 Shallow draft vessels can obtain anchorage NW of Bi Tou,

protected from S winds; and during the Northeast Monsoon in

a position 2 miles NW of Tianwei Jiao, or in a position about

0.8 mile W of a prominent block of granite, with an elevation

of 18m, which stands on a hillock near the shore about 3 miles

N of Tianwei Jiao. The latter anchorage should be approached

with the block of granite bearing 075°, to clear the dangers on

each side.
164 Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 

Pub. 157

9.30 Small vessels, with drafts of less than 3m, can anchor 0.5

mile NW of Jinxiang Jiao.

9.30 Anchorage with good holding ground and sheltered from the

Northeast Monsoon, may be obtained about 0.2 mile W of

Zhelang Jiao, in depths of 11 to 12.8m, sand and mud, in a

position with the conspicuous boulder N of Zhelang Jiao

bearing 044° and with the lighthouse standing on an islet close

S of Zhelang Jiao bearing about 132°. Tidal currents are strong

in the anchorage.

9.30 Caution.—The swell is felt throughout the bay during the

Northeast Monsoon. During moderate weather, the bay and its

approaches are crowded with fishing boats.

9.31 Honghai Wan (Hung-hai Wan) (22°40'N., 115°10'E.)

is a large islet-encumbered, shoal bay lying at the head of an

extensive bight which recedes inland between Zhelang Jiao and

Fu-chi Chiao, about 37 miles WSW. A light is exhibited 0.5

mile NNW of Fu-chi Chiao. The bay is but partially examined,

often crowded with fishing craft in fair weather, and commonly

under the influence of a long ground swell. Strong tidal

currents are reported to set N and S according to the state of the

tide. The tidal range is slight.

9.31 Numerous dangers lie off the coast between Zhelang Jiao

and Saozhou Wei (Chou-pa Wei), about 10 miles W.

9.31 Shui-ya Shih (Flat Rock), 6m high, lies 1 miles W of Zhelang Jiao.

Cai Yu (Ts’ai Yu) (22°38'N., 115°29'E.), 11 to 12m high, lie

5 miles W of Zhelang Jiao; they are surrounded by reefs which

extend up to 0.2 mile offshore.

Guiling Dao (Kuei-lang Chou) (22°39'N., 115°26'E.), 53m

high, lies near the extremity of a rocky spit extending 1 miles S

from the coast about 2 miles E of Saozhou Wei; foul and rocky

ground extends 0.6 mile S from the island. A rock, with 3m,

lies 1 miles SW from the W point of the island. During the

Northeast Monsoon, anchorage can be obtained between Guiling Dao and Saozhou Wei.

9.31 Shanwei Gang (22°45'N., 115°18'E.), an important fishing

port, is entered in the NE corner of a bay between Shanwei

Tou, about 3 miles NW of Saozhou Wei, and Niubi Tou, about

7 miles further WNW. Vessels anchor about 7 miles WSW of

the entrance to pick up a pilot.

9.31 Off-lying dangers.—Dongding Yu (Tung Ting) (22°38'N.,

115°06'E.) is 9m high and rocky; it is fringed with above and

below water rocks which extend 0.5 mile E and S of the islet.

Xiding Yu (Si Ting), lying 1.5 miles NW of Dongding Yu, is

16m high and similar to Dongding Yu.

9.31 Sunk Rock, with depths of less than 1.4m, and on which the

sea often breaks, lies 3 miles NW of Dongding Yu.

9.31 Gu Yan (Single Rock), about 3 miles NE of Dongding Yu,

has a depth of 1.1m; the sea only breaks on it at LW or during a

heavy sea. A rock, with a depth of 2.7m, lies 0.5 mile NE of Gu

Yan.

9.31 Other wrecks, obstructions, shoal patches, and other hazards

to navigation may best be seen on the chart.

Fu-chi Chiao (Daxingshan Jiao) (22°33'N., 114°55'E.), the

W entrance point of Honghai Wan, is the S extremity of a

promontory connected to the mainland by a low, sandy

isthmus. The promontory is 204m high and from E and W

appears to be an island. A fort stand on a 120m high hill near

the SW end of the promontory. A round tower, with a white

mast close to it, stands 1 mile NE of the fort. This tower is

prominent when approaching from the E, as it is then on the

skyline, but is obscured on bearings between N and W. A light

is exhibited from a metal framework tower standing 0.5 mile

NNW of Fu-chi Chiao.

9.32 Jingyu Yan (22°31'N., 115°01'E.), a rock with a

depth of 1m, on which the sea sometimes breaks, lies about 6.2

miles ESE of Fu-chi Chiao; it is in two parts and is steep-to. A

10.6m shoal lies 2 miles WSW of Jingyu Yan; Yuanzi Jiao, a

13.2m patch, lies 1.2 miles E of the same rock.

9.32 Baiya Pai (Whale Rock), a flat rock 9m high, is located 2

miles N of Jingyu Yan.

Xiaoxingshan (Hsiao-hsing Shan) (22°31'N., 114°50'E.),

located 5 miles SW of Fu-chi Chiao, is 146m high and has two

peaks that look like a saddle from some directions.

9.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage affording shelter from SW winds,

may be obtained on the NE side of this island. Shen-kao Tao,

51m high, with a remarkable cleft near its center, lies 0.6 mile

N of Xiaoxingshan.

9.32 Ping-hai Wan (22°34'N., 114°51'E.) is situated on the NE

side of the approach to Daya Wan between a point 1 mile W of

Fu-chi Chiao and a promontory formed by the S extremity of a

range of hills, about 5 miles NW.

9.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in the bay, during

the Northeast Monsoon, N of Lien-hau Chou (22°34'N.,

114°53'E.), 21m high and flat-topped, near the SE entrance

point of the bay.

9.32 From the NW entrance point of Ping-hai Wan, the coast

extends about 3.2 miles W to Ta-ya Chiao, the E entrance point

of Daya Wan.

9.33 Daya Wan (Ta-Ya Wan) (22°37'N., 114°40'E.) is a

large islet-cluttered, deep water bay whose shoreline, backed

throughout by mountainous terrain, recedes inland in an

irregular series of lesser bays and inlets which form the major

portion of a considerable coastal embayment.

9.33 A pier extends from the Guanzhou Petrochemical Complex

on Mabian-zhou Island (22°40.2'N., 114°39.3'E.). The pier is

approached through a 175 to 205m wide buoyed channel,

which has a controlling depth of 16.1m. 

9.33 Anchorage.—Two anchorages lie on the E side of Daya

Wan. The LNG Anchorage lies centered approximately in

position 22°30.5'N, 114°28.0”E. Anchorage No. 2 is located

about 1 mile N of the LNG Anchorage. 

Ta-ya Chiao (Daya Jiao) (22°35'N., 114°45'E.), the E entrance point of the bay is the W extremity of a small peninsula

with three peaks; the E and highest peak has an elevation of

116m. A rocky ridge extends 0.6 mile SSW from Ta-ya Chiao;

two rocks, 4m and 12m high, lie near the outer end of this

ridge.

9.33 Fa Shan, 89m high and wooded, lies 1.2 miles W of Ta-ya

Chiao. A bare 17m high rock lies 0.3 mile further SE. Foul

ground extends 0.2 mile N of Fa Shan; a rock awash lies 0.6

mile NNE of Fa Shan.

9.33 Caution.—Vessels should not use the channel between TaYa Chiao and Fa Shan.

9.33 Pi-chia Chou (Triple Islet), 45m high at its S end, lies on the

outer edge of a coastal bank, 2 miles NNW of Ta-ya Chiao and

0.6 mile offshore. Good anchorage may be obtained W of Pi-
Sector 9. China—Min Jiang to Dapeng Jiao 165

Pub. 157

chia Chou in the Northeast Monsoon, in a depth of 11m, or

anywhere on the E side of Daya Wan, according to draft.

Ta-liu-chia Tao (Lokaup Island) (22°35'N., 114°39'E.),

about 2.8 miles NE of Hsi-chi Chiao, the W entrance point of

Daya Wan, is the southernmost and largest of a group of

islands extending N into Daya Wan. This island has three summits, the highest of which rises to an elevation of 111m in its N

part.

9.33 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained on either side of

the island, according to the direction of the wind.

9.34 Ta-p’eng Ao (Tai Pang Wan) (22°35'N., 114°30'E.)

lies at the head of a large bay in the SW part of Daya Wan.

9.34 The bay, although restricted by a coastal bank with depths of

less than 5m, affords good anchorage to moderate-sized

vessels, sheltered from all but E winds. Vessels entering the

bay should keep to the S side of the bay.

9.34 Hsi-hi Chiao (22°33'N., 114°36'E.), the W entrance point of

Daya Wan, is 48m high.

Teng-huo-pai (Middle Rocks) (22°31'N., 114°41'E.), which

dry 1.8m, lie 3.3 miles of Hsi-chi Chiao. A rock, with a depth

of less than 2m and on which the sea breaks, lies 0.3 mile SW

of Teng-huo-pai.

9.35 Huizhou (22°42'N., 114°34'E.), located in Daya Wan,

is primarily an industrial product port which handles steel,

petroleum, and chemical products. Vessels of up to 160,000

dwt with a maximum draft of 19.8m can be accommodated.

9.35 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots

board in the following positions: 

1. Huizhou Port—position 22°31'30N, 144°44'48E.

2. Daya Bay Nuclear Power Plant—position

22°34'20N, 144°36'05E.

9.35 Tuoning Liendao (22°27'N., 114°38'E.) is a group of islands

S of Hsi-chi Chiao that is separated from the mainland by a

deep clear channel 1.5 miles wide.

9.35 Sanmen Dao (22°28'N., 114°38'E.), 301m high, with a conical summit at its S end, is the N islet of the group. Islet and

rocks, with foul ground around them, extend about 1 mile W

from the N extremity of Sanmen Dao.

9.35 Kuel-wan, 52m high, with Ta-heng Chou, a smaller islet,

42m high, 0.15 mile W of it, lie between To-ning Tao and

Xiaosanmen Dao, 84m high, 1 mile to the SE.

9.35 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in Sanmen Po-ti (Sanmen Road), W of the S extremity of Kuel-wan, in depths of 13

to 15m, sheltered from all winds except from SW or S.

9.35 During SW winds, there is anchorage off the N side of Sanmen Dao, in depths of 16 to 18m, and also NE of Kuel-wan, in

depths of 18 to 22m.

9.36 Qing Zhou (Single Islet) (22°24'N., 114°40'E.), with

a rounded summit 91m high, is the S islet of Tuoning Liedao

and lies 1 mile SSE of Xiaosanmen Dao. A light is shown from

Qing Zhou.

9.36 Akong, a remarkable pyramidal rock 30m high, lies 0.6 mile

NE of Qing Zhou, with deep water reported between. A rock,

with a depth of 4.5m, and which rises abruptly from a depth of

24m, lies 1 mile NE of Akong; an 8m depth lies about a mile N

of the 4.5m patch.

Dapeng Jiao (Mirs Point) (22°27'N., 114°30'E.), about 8

miles WSW of Hsi-chi Chiao, is a reef-fringed steep-sided

point which rises to an elevation of 391m close inland. A rock,

15m high, lies close off the point.

9.36 Anchorage.—Dapeng Wan quarantine anchorage lies in

position 22°25'N, 114°34'E. 

9.36 The coast W of Dapeng Jiao is described in Pub. 161, Sailing

Directions (Enroute) South China Sea and Gulf of Thailand.
Pub. 157

Glossaries 167

Glossaries

Chinese

CHINESE English

A

ai........................................................ a saddle between hills

an........................ embankment, shore, cliff, coast riverbank

an-chiao...............................................submerged rock, reef

ao.........................................................bay, cove, inlet, dock

C

cha...................................................lock, dam, flood barrier

chai....................................................................camp, house

chan...............................................................railroad station

chang......................................................................mountain

chao.....................................................................bog, marsh

chau................................................................ island, islet(s)

ch'e-chan .......................................................railroad station

chen.........................................................town, market town

ch'eng, chin ..................................... town, city, walled town

chi...............................................obstruction, ledges in river

ch'i............stream, point, river, head, cape, mountain, seven

chia............................................................ cape, bluff, point

ch'ia ............................................................. custom's barrier

chiang................................ bay, harbor, inlet, sound, lagoon

chiang-k'ou .............estuary, stream, anchorage, river, shoal

chiang-tao.......................channel, strait, sound, river mouth

chiao....point, cape, promontory, headland, reef, rock, bank

ch'iao .......................................................................... bridge

chien................................................. mountain, peak, island

ch'ien .....................................................shallow, shoal, rock

ch'ien-lai............................................................. bank, shoal

ch'ien-t'an .........................................sandbanks; bank, shoal

ch'ien-tui .......................................................................bank

ch'ih.............................................................lake, pool, pond

chih-chiang-tao ............................................................reach

chih-k'ou ............................................................river mouth

chih-liu..................................................... channel, tributary

ching................................... capital city, isthmus, ford, ferry

chiu.................................................................................nine

chou................................................ island, bank, islet, shoal

chow-chow................................ rippling and swirling water

ch'uan ................................................................stream, river

chuang........................................................................village

chueh................................................................... cape, point

chung.............................................middle, center, mountain

chung-yuan.............................................................mainland

ch'un-tao................................. archipelago, group of islands

E

erh ...................................................................................two

F

fang ........................................... hamlet, house, shore, street

feng .......................................................peak, mountain, hill

fon .................................................................................wind

fou.................................................................................. port

fow fu............................................................................buoy

fu.......................................................province, capital, peak

H

hada........................................................................mountain

hai ................................................................sea, gulf, ocean

hai-ching ........................................................ strait, channel

hai-hsia .............................................................................do

hai-kau ...............................................................bight, creek

hai-k'ou ......................................................channel entrance

hai-pin..........................................................seashore, beach

hai-tao ......................................................................... island

hai-wan ...................................................................bay, gulf

hang .................................................................................dry

hang-lu......................................................................fairway

hang-men ......................................... pass navigable to ships

hao ..................................................................... ditch, crane

hei, heh ........................................................................ black

hiang tsun...................................................................village

ho ................................................................. river, waterway

hoi ......................................... channel, bay, anchorage, inlet

ho-k'ou ............................................................... river mouth

ho tun ................................................................... lighthouse

hsi ...................................... west, mountain, stream, swamp

hsia..........................................................strait, gorge, lower

hsiang........................................................rural area, village

hsiao............................................................................. small

hsien................................. district, district capital, steep hill

hsin ................................................................................ new

hsu......................................................islet(s), island, village

hsuan...........................................................................eddies

hu ................................................................... lake, reservoir

huang ......................................................................... yellow

hung ..................................................................... red, desert

K

kan .............................................................. dry, harbor, port

kang ....................................................... mound, hill, bridge

kao .................................................................................high

kao-chiao ...........................................................promontory

kao-yuan ................................................................... plateau

khi, ki............................................................................ river

king .................................................................... capital, city

kok .............................. point, corner, angle, horn, peninsula

kou ............................................. stream, ravine, gully, ditch

k'ou ................. bay, cove, inlet, river mouth, mountain pass

ku ..................................................................... valley, gorge

ku-k'ou ........................................................................ravine

kuan ............................................................ barrier, customs

kuo .................................................. country, kingdom, state

kwai ............................................................................... cliff

kwan.................................................................customhouse

CHINESE English
Pub. 157 

168 Glossaries

L

lai ......................................................shaol, submerged rock

lan............................................................. blue, marketplace

lao......................................................................... old, tower

leng..........................................chain of hills, mountain pass

li .......................... inner, one-third of a mile, gravel, shingle

liao .............................................................................distant

lieh-hsu........................................................................... reef

lieh-tao ...........................................group of islands, islands

lieh-yen ......................................................... group of rocks

lin .................................................................................forest

ling ........................chain of hills, mountain pass, mountain, 

.....................................................................mountain range

liu ...........................................................stream, current, six

lu ....................................................................................road

M

mao-ti................................................................... anchorage

ma tao...................................................................jetty, strait

men.......................................... gate, pass, entrance, channel

miao ...........................................................................temple

miu .........................................................................bay, cove

mu .........................................................a wood, trees, grave

N

nan, nam....................................................... south, southern

nei, nui ......................................................................... inner

nei-ao ........................................................................... basin

ngam, ngaam...............................................point, cliff, rock

n'i....................................................................................mud

P

pa.................................................. embankment, quay, eight

pai, peh.............................................rock, shoal, islet, white

pan-tao .................................................................. peninsula

pao.............................................. hill, town, village, rampart

p'ao-t'ai............................................................................fort

pei (peh, pak) ................................................north, northern

peng................................................................. stream, creek

pi ................................................................point, cape, nose

piao........................................................................rock, islet

ping-chou ...........................................................level shoals

p'o............................................... arm of the sea, port, sound

po-ti.....................................................anchorage, roadstead

p'u.......................... citadel, commercial village, inlet, creek

pwang shih ...................................................................rocks

S

sampan ...........................................................................boat

san, (see shan)...............................................................three

san-chiao-chou..............................................................delta

sha ................sand, sandbank, sand island, low sandy point, 

................................................................................sand cay

sha-chiao ..................................................................sandspit

sha-ch'iu ................................................................sand dune

sha-kan........................................................................ banks

shan .....................................................hill, mountain, island

CHINESE English

shang............................................................................upper

shan-hu .........................................................................coral

shan-hu-chiao ........................................................coral reef

shan-mo .......................................................mountain range

shan-sha ............................................................ bar, sandbar

shan-t'ien...................................................mountain summit

shan-tau..................................................... bluff, cliff, island

shan-tzu....................................................................... island

shao........................................................... upper, small, few

sha-sien ........................................................................ shoal

sha-t'an...............................................sandy shoal, sandflats

sha-tsui.....................................................................sandspit

sha-tui ....................................................................sandbank

she tan.............................................................................reef

shen............................................................................... deep

sheng.......................................................................province

shih .................................. stone, rock, hill, ten, city, market

shih-t'ai ...........................................................ridge of rocks

shih-ti.........................................................................swamp

shu...................................................................................tree

shu-lin ..........................................................................forest

shuan-chou.......................................................................bar

shui ...............................................small river, water, stream

shui-kuan .................................................................customs

shui-lu .........................................................channel passage

shui-tao ................................. reach, channel, strait, passage

si ..................................................................... west, western

sia.................................................................................lower

siao......................................................................small, little

siao ho......................................................small river, rivulet

sing .............................................................................spring

so...................................................................... town, village

ssu ...................................................temple, monastery, four

su (also, see hsu).................................................island, islet

T

ta .........................................................................great, large

t'a............................................................................... pagoda

tai (also, see tui)........................................................ plateau

tam ...............................................................cove, pool, lake

tan, t'an.......................................rapids, shoal, bar, bank flat

tang, t'ang........................ pond, embankment, canal, stream

tang lao ................................................................ lighthouse

tao ............................ island, island group, road, paddy field

t'ao................................................................................... bay

tao tu .............................................................................. clay

tao-tzu ............................................................................ islet

teng lao ................................................................ lighthouse

than ............................................................................. rapids

ti.. low, point, cape, head, embankment, dike, earth, ground

t'ien ...............................................arable land, field, swamp

ting.................................................................. peak, summit

t'o ...................................................... stone, rocky eminence

to mu........................................................................ wooded

tong ......................................................cove, pool, lake, bay

t'o-tzu ...............................................stone, rocky knob, islet

tou or t'ou............................................cape, headland, point

tsi ................................................................................ravine

CHINESE English
Pub. 157

Glossaries 169 

tsui................................................... cape, point, spit, mouth

tsui sha ........................................................................gravel

ts'un ............................................................................village

tu .......................................................................... ferry, ford

tui .................................................................sandbank, bank

tung ..................................................east, eastern, mountain

tui-tsui, see tui....................................................... bank, spit

W

wa.............................................................................. swamp

wai................................................................................ outer

wan................................................... bay, gulf, bend in river

CHINESE English

wei ...................................headland, walled town, bay, cove

wen ................................................................................rock

Y

yai .................................................................................. cliff

yang ........................................ bay, inlet, wide water, ocean

yeh .........................................................................moorland

yen ................................ embankment, rock, reef, dike, cliff

yen-ch'ang.............................................................salt works

yen-t'an .....................................................................salt pan

yen tun .............................................................beacon, buoy

yu ........................................................................island, islet

yun-ho.......................................................................... canal

CHINESE English
Pub. 157

170 Glossaries

Korean

KOREAN English

A

ae.................................................................................... cliff

ag............................................................................mountain

am......................................................................rock, temple

amcho............................................................................. reef

amchwi......................................................................... point

amja............................................................................temple

amseogjidae .................................................................rocky

apateu....................................................apartment buildings

B

baesuji ..............................................................filtration bed

baljeonso ............................................................power plant

bando..................................................................... peninsula

bangchug............................................................... causeway

bangjoje................................................................. causeway

bangjug.................................................................. causeway

bangpaje..............................................................breakwater

bangsaje ....................................................................... groin

bangsong-gug........................................broadcasting station

bau..................................................................................rock

bawi................................................................................rock

beol.............................................................................. plains

bi ................................................................ monument, cape

bihaengjang................................................................airport

bingha.........................................................................glacier

bong .............................................................mountain, peak

bonghwa.................................................................... beacon

budu ...........................................................pier, quay, wharf

bunj .............................................................................. basin

bunsuryeong......................................................... watershed

burag ........................................................... populated place

byeog.............................................................................. cliff

byeong-weon............................................................hospital

byeonjeonso ........................................... transformer station

C

chaeseogjang.............................................................. quarry

chang-go...............................................................warehouse

chaseon...........................................................................lane

chedo........................................................................... island

cheoldo..................................................................... railroad

cheon..........................................................................stream

chi...................................................................................pass

cho.................................................................................. reef

choho..........................................................................lagoon

choweon .................................................................grassland

chunghontab.............................monument to the loyal dead

chwi.............................................................................. point

D

dae..................................................... plateau, hill, tableland

daehag ..................................................... college, university

dam.......................................................................pond, lake

dan ...................................................................... cape, point

dang ............................................................................ shrine

dari..............................................................................bridge

ddaem ............................................................................dam

deog .................................................................................hill

deogi ................................................................................hill

deul .................................................................... field, plains

deung ............................................................. mountain, hill

deungdae.................................................lighthouse, beacon

do ...............................................................................islande

dolchulje ........................................................................jetty

dong ................................................populated place, copper

dong-gul.........................................................................cave

dongmulweon ................................................................. zoo

doseo.................................................................. archipelago

doseogwan ................................................................. library

du ........................................................................ cape, point

E

eocho................................................................. fishing bank

eojang ........................................................................fishery

eun ............................................................................... silver

G

gab ...................................................................... cape, point

gae.............................................................................. stream

gaecheogji..................................................... reclaimed land

gaecheon .......................................................................ditch

gaeganji......................................................... reclaimed land

gae-ul ......................................................................... stream

gag ...................................................................... cape, point

gan ...............................................................................gorge

gang ..................................................................stream, river

gang-gu ..................................................................... estuary

geomyeogso............................................. quarantine station

geum ..............................................................................gold

geumgwang...........................................................gold mine

ggeut ................................................................... cape, point

god ...................................................................... cape, point

gog ................................................................... gorge, valley

gogae..............................................................................pass

gogagyo .................................................................... viaduct

gogyo ................................................................. high school

gol .................................................... populated place, valley

golpujang ............................................................golf course

gong-eobhaggyo .....................................engineering school

gong-gogyo.................................................technical school

gongjang ....................................................................factory

gosogdoro ...................................................... superhighway

goweon...................................................................... plateau

gubi ............................................................................... bend

guggyo .....................................................elementary school

gugribgong-weon.............................................national park

gul ......................................................................cave, tunnel

gulddug ................................................................... chimney

KOREAN English
Pub. 157

Glossaries 171 

gundo .................................................................archipelago

gung ........................................................................... palace

gwan................................................................historical hall

gwangjang.................................................................. square

gwangsan ......................................................................mine

gwasuweon............................................................... orchard

gye...................................................................gorge, stream

gyegog.........................................................................valley

gyeongmajang............................................. horse race track

gyo ............................................................................. bridge

gyocharo.............................................................interchange

gyodoso.......................................................................prison

gyohoe........................................................................church

H

ha.......................................................................stream, river

hae........................................................................sea, sound

haean ..................................................................coast, shore

haehyeob ........................................................strait, narrows

haeman............................................................................bay

haesuyogjang .............................................................. beach

haggyo........................................................................ school

hang....................................................................harbor, port

hang-gu ...................................................................... harbor

hangro ...................................................................... passage

ho ...................................................................................lake

hoesa ...................................................................... company

hwaryeogbaljeonso ....................thermoelectric power plant

hwasan ..................................................................... volcano

hyang-gyo ................................................. confucian school

hyeol.............................................................................. cave

hyeon..............................................................................pass

hyeobgog................................................................... canyon

hyon ..............................................................mountain, pass

J

jadongchagongjang ............................................. car factory

jae...................................................................................pass

jagal.............................................................................gravel

jang................................................................... market place

jangsatoe ................................................................sandbank

jan-gyo ....................................jetty, pier, suspension bridge

je............................................................................. reservoir

jebang...................................................... embankment, dike

jedo....................................................................island group

jeol .............................................................................temple

jeolbyeog........................................................................ cliff

jeon..................................................................................hall

jeomogjang.......................................log dump, lumber yard

jeoncheol..................................................... electric railroad

jeong.........................................................................pavilion

jeongbagji.................................. anchorage roads, roadstead

jeongja......................................................................pavilion

jeong-yugongjang ...............................................oil refinery

jeosuji..................................................................... reservoir

ji ....................................................................................pond

jihadogwan........................................underground aqueduct

jin ................................................................. ferry, inlet, fort

KOREAN English

jinheug ...........................................................................mud

joseondae ...............................................patent slip, slipway

joseonso .................................................................. shipyard

ju ...........................................................................sand bank

jujeonghang ........................................................boat harbor

jung-gogyo...................................... middle and high school

jung-gyo......................................................... middle school

M

maeng-ahaggyo...................... school for the deaf and dumb

mal ................................................................................point

man ................................................................................. bay

mangru............................................................... watchtower

meori.............................................................................point

mi..................................................................................point

mi reung.......................................................................statue

mod ...............................................................................pond

moe ........................................................................mountain

mogjang ...............................................................stock farm

morae .............................................................................sand

mudeom ........................................................................tomb

mun ................................................................................ gate

myo ...............................................................................tomb

myoji....................................................anchorage, cemetary

N

nae.............................................................................. stream

naru ............................................................................... ferry

neup ...............................................................marsh, swamp

non ....................................................................... rice paddy

nongdae..................................................agricultural college

nongjang ...............................................................plantation

nongsasiheomjang ............agricultural experimental station

nung ..............................................................................tomb

neup ..............................................................................pond

O

ol ............................................................................mountain

oncheon.................................................................hot spring

oreum.....................................................................mountain

oyejang.........................................................................dump

P

po ..........................................................bay, inlet, falls, lake

pogpo .............................................................................falls

poji..................................................................fortress, ruins

pokpo ......................................................................waterfall

ponae...............................................................stream mouth

pu, bu ..............................................................................city

pyeong-ya .....................................................................plain

R

reung ................................................................... royal tomb

ri...................................................................populated place

rim................................................................................forest

roe, noe ...........................................................................reef

ryeong ............................................................................pass

KOREAN English
Pub. 157 

172 Glossaries

S

sa ................................................................................temple

sagyeogjang .......................................................firing range

saju.......................................................................... sand bar

samag .......................................................................... desert

san ..........................................................................mountain

sanag ....................................................................mountains

sangdae.................................................. commercial college

sang-gogyo........................................................ trade school

sanho .............................................................................coral

sanmaeg .......................................................mountain range

sanjulgi.........................................................mountain range

sanseong..........................................................................fort

sataeg ....................................................... company housing

satoe .......................................................................sandbank

segwan ........................................................... customshouse

seo ............................................................................... island

seoggul.......................................................................... cave

seogtan ...........................................................................coal

seom............................................................................ island

seon .......................................................................... railroad

seonchang...........................................................dock, wharf

seong ...............................................................................fort

seon-geo........................................................................dock

seongji...........................................................................ruins

sesa................................................................................ sand

seupji..............................................................marsh, swamp

skijang..................................................................ski ground

so....................................................................marsh, swamp

su................................................................................stream

sudo................................................................ channel, strait

sudoseon................................................................. aqueduct

sudoweon .............................................................monastery

sumun.............................................................................lock

suryeogbaljeonso .........................hydroelectric power plant

susan-gogyo .................................................fisheries school

suweon ................................................................... reservoir

suweonji................................................................. reservoir

KOREAN English

T

tab .................................................................. tower, pagoda

taeg................................................................................pond

tan .....................................................................rapids, shoal

tan-gwang ............................................................. coal mine

teo .................................................................................ruins

toe ..........................................................................sandbank

tondae .................................................................beacon site

U

uchegug................................................................ post office

undongjang ..........................................playground, stadium

unha ............................................................................. canal

W

wangreung .......................................................... royal tomb

Y

yagsuteo.........................................................mineral spring

yang .............................................................................ocean

yang-eojang ........................................................... fish farm

yangsujang........................................ water pumping station

yeo .............................................................................. island

yeog ..............................................................railroad station

yeodae......................................................... womens college

yeog ..............................................................railroad station

yeoldo ................................................................ archipelago

yeomjeon ..................................................................salt pan

yeom ................................................................stoney island

yeon .............................................................lake, pond, lead

yeon-gwang .......................................................... lead mine

yeoul .................................................................rapids, shoal

yeoulmog ....................................................................... ford

yoyangso............................................................. sanatorium

yujo ...........................................................................oil tank

KOREAN English
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 173

Chinese Hydrographic Names

Wade-Giles to Pinyin

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Ai Chou................................................................... Ai Zhou

Ai-ch'i Shan ........................................................... Aiqishan

Ai-chou Lieh-tao...........................................Aizhou Liedao

Ai-wan Wan .............................................................. AiWan

An-hai .........................................................................Anhai

An-p'u ..........................................................................Anpu

Ao Shan.................................................................... Aoshan

Ao-shan T'ou..................................................... Aoshan Tou

Chu Shan.................................................................. Ju Shan

Chun Pi Chiao.......................................................Junbi Jiao

Chun Shan.............................................................. Jun Shan

Chun-ying Ling............................................... Junying Ling

Ch'uan-chou ......................................................... Quanzhou

Ch'uan-chou Wan.........................................Quanzhou Wan

Ch'uan-chow ........................................................ Quanzhou

Ch'un-tao..................................................................Qundao

Ch'-hsing Chiao ................................................. Qixing Jiao

Ch'a shan............................................................... Cha Shan

Ch'a-mu Yu ..........................................................Chamu Yu

Ch'ai Shan ..............................................................Chaishan

Ch'ai Yu....................................................................Chai Yu

Ch'ang Chou......................................................Chang Zhou

Ch'ang Tao ........................................................... Changdao

Ch'ang Tsui ..........................................................Chang Zui

Ch'ang Tsui-tzu.................................................Chang Zuizi

Ch'ang Yu..............................................................Chang Yu

Ch'ang-chiang K'ou.................................... Changjiang Kou

Ch'ang-chiang Tsui ......................................Changjiang Zui

Ch'ang-chiang-k'ou Mao-ti ...............Changjiangkou Maodi

Ch'ang-chiang-k'ou-pei Chiao .........Changjiangkou Beijiao

Ch'ang-chih Shan ...........................................Changzhishan

Ch'ang-erh Chien .............................................Changer Jian

Ch'ang-hsing Ch'ien-t'an ....................... Changxing Qiantan

Ch'ang-hsing Dao........................................ Changxing Dao

Ch'ang-hsing Tao ........................................ Changxing Dao

Ch'ang-hua-ta Ling ...................................Changhua Daling

Ch'ang-le ................................................................. Changle

Ch'ang-li...................................................................Changli

Ch'ang-ma-Teng.............................................Changmadeng

Ch'ang-men Yen........................................... Changmen Yan

Ch'ang-pai Shan .............................................Changbaishan

Ch'ang-piao Tao ...........................................Changbiao Dao

Ch'ang-shan Shui-tao ............................Changshan Shuidao

Ch'ang-yao Shan ........................................... Changyaoshan

Ch'ao-yang ........................................................... Chaoyang

Ch'ao-yang Shan ......................................... Chaoyang Shan

Ch'e-cb'r Ting..................................................... Cheqi Ding

Ch'e-yu Tao .......................................................Cheyou Dao

Ch'en-ch'ien Shan...........................................Chenqianshan

Ch'en-chia Tsui ..................................................Chenjia Zui

Ch'eng Shan ...................................................... Cheng Shan

Ch'eng-chou Tao .........................................Chengzhou Dao

Ch'eng-hai............................................................. Chenghai

Ch'eng-mai Chiao .........................................Chengmai Jiao

Ch'eng-mai Wan...........................................Chengmai Wan

Ch'eng-p'u Shan............................................ Chengpu Shan

Ch'eng-shan Chiao.......................................Chengshan Jiao

Ch'e Niu Shan....................................................Cheniushan

Ch'i Shan..................................................................Qi Shan

Ch'i-ao Tao............................................................ Qiao Dao

Ch'i-chia-tseng...................................................... Qijiazeng

Ch'i-chou Lieh-tao........................................Qizhou Liedao

Ch'i-hsing Chiao ................................................ Qixing Jiao

Ch'i-hsing Ling ................................................. Qixing Ling

Ch'i-hsing Tao.................................................... Qixing Dao

Ch'i-jen Chiao...................................................... Qiren Jiao

Ch'i-k'an.................................................................... Chikan

Ch'i-lin-tou...............................................................Qilintou

Ch'i-niang Shan ..............................................Qiniang Shan

Ch'i-p'ai Chiao ......................................................Qipai Jiao

Ch'i-p'ai Shih .........................................................Qipai Shi

Ch'i-t'ai Tsui .......................................................... Qitai Zui

Ch'i-t'ai-shan..........................................................Qitaishan

Ch'i-tzu-mei .............................................................Qizimei

Ch'iao-liu-tao ....................................................... Jiaoliudao

Ch'ien Shan.......................................................... Qian Shan

Ch'ien-ku Shan................................................. Qiangu Shan

Ch'ih-shan-chi...................................................... Chishan Ji

Ch'ih-t'ou Shan ...................................................Chitoushan

Ch'ih-tzu-wei ......................................................Chixai Wei

Ch'in-chou Wan ..............................................Qinzhou Wan

Ch'in-huang-tao .............................................. Qinhuangdao

Ch'in-huang-tao Kang............................Qinhuangdao Gang

Ch'in-huang-tao Wan .............................. Qinhuangdao Wan

Ch'in-p'eng Tao............................................... Qinpeng Dao

Ch'in-shan Tao .................................................Qinshan Dao

Ch'ing Chou........................................................ Qing Zhou

Ch'ing Yen .............................................................Qing Yan

Ch'ing-chou Shui-tao..............................Qingzhou Shuidao

Ch'ing-feng ............................................................Qingfeng

Ch'ing-lan T'ou .................................................Qinglan Tou

Ch'ing-niu Shan ..............................................Niuqing Shan

Ch'ing-pin Tao ................................................. Qingbin Dao

Ch'ing-shan Chiao ...........................................Qingdao Jiao

Ch'ing-shan Tao .............................................Qingshan Dao

Ch'ing-shan Tsui.............................................Qingshan Zui

Ch'ing-shih-lan .................................................Qingshi Lan

Ch'ing-t'ai-tun .....................................................Qingtaidun

Ch'ing-tao ............................................................... Qingdao

Ch'ing-tao Kang............................................ Qingdao Gang

Ch'ing-yuan Shan......................................... Qingyuan Shan

Ch'ing-yuan Shan......................................... Qingyuan Shan

Ch'ip'an Shih.........................................................Qipan Shi

Ch'iung-chou Hai-hsia............................ Qiongzhou Haixia

Ch'u-shui Shih .................................................. Chushui Shi

Ch'uan Chiao ......................................................Chuan Jiao

Ch'uan-hu Lieh-tao .................................... Chuanhu Liedao

Ch'uan-pi................................................................. Chuanbi

Ch'uan-pi Tao...................................................Chuanbi Dao

Ch'uan-sha ............................................................ Chuansha

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157 

174 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Ch'uan-shan Pan-tao ..............................Chuanshan Bandao

Ch'uan-shih Tao .............................................Chuanshi Dao

Ch'uang-niu Shan.........................................Chuangaiushan

Ch'ung Shan ........................................................Chongshan

Ch'ung-ming ......................................................Chongming

Ch'ung-ming Ch'ien-Tan...................... Chongming Qiantan

Ch'ung-ming Tao........................................ Chongming Dao

Ch'ung-wu............................................................. Chongwu

Cha-p'o....................................................................... Zhapo

Cha-p'u....................................................................... Zhapu

Chai Tai..................................................................Zhai Dao

Chai-jo Shan .....................................................Zhairuoshan

Chai-t'ang Tao .................................................Zhaitang Dao

Chai-tzu Shan...................................................... Zhaizishan

Chan-chiang......................................................... Zhanjiang

Chan-chiang Kang ......................................Zhanjiang Gang

Chang Chiang ...................................................Zhang Jiang

Chang-chou.........................................................Zhangzhou

Chang-p'u............................................................... Zhangpu

Chang-tzu Tao..................................................Zhangzi Dao

Chang-tzu-tao Shui-tao..........................Zhanzidao Shuidao

Chao-an.....................................................................Zhaoan

Chao-an T'ou..................................................... Zhaoan Tou

Chao-an Wan.................................................... Zhaoan Wan

Chao-lien Tao..................................................Chaolian Dao

Chao-pei Tsui....................................................Zhaobei Zui

Che-lang Chiao ................................................ Zhelang Jiao

Che-lang Yen ................................................... Zhelang Yan

Che-lin ....................................................................... Zhelin

Che-lin Wan .......................................................Zhelin Wan

Chen-hai...................................................................Zhenhai

Chen-hai Chiao ................................................ Zhenhai Jiao

Chen-hai Wan ................................................. Zhenhai Wan

Chen-Yen-T'ou........................................... Zhenyantou Yan

Cheng Chou Tao .........................................Changzhou Dao

Cheng-ch'i Shan ............................................ Zheng qi Shan

Chiu-jung-ch'eng........................................... Jiurong Cheng

Chi lung Chiao.................................................... Jilong Jiao

Chi Yu ...........................................................................Ji Yu

Chi-hsin.........................................................................Jixin

Chi-ku Chiao...........................................................Jigu Jiao

Chi-ku Shan ............................................................Jigushan

Chi-kuan Shan.....................................................Jiguanshan

Chi-lung Kang................................................... Jilong Gang

Chi-lung Shan ....................................................Jilong Shan

Chi-mei ........................................................................Jimei

Chi-ming Tao ..................................................... Jiming Dao

Chi-mo ..........................................................................Jimo

Chi-mu Chiao....................................................... Qimu Jiao

Chi-pei Yu................................................................Jibei Yu

Chia-p'eng Liedao........................................ Jiapeng Liedao

Chia-shan Ling................................................. Jiashan Ling

Chia-tzu......................................................................... Jiazi

Chia-tzu Chiao .......................................................Jiazi Jiao

Chia-tzu Kang......................................................Jiazi Gang

Chia-tzu Shan....................................................... Jiazi Shan

Chiang-chun Ao................................................ Jiangjun Ao

Chiang-chun T'ou.............................................Jiangjun Tou

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Chiang-chun-ao Yu.......................................Jiang Junao Yu

Chiang-chun-Mao............................................ Jiangjunmao

Chiang-erh-ao ........................................................Jiangerao

Chiang-hung Hsu............................................Jianghong Xu

Chiang-k'ou............................................................ Jiangkou

Chiang-mu Tao ................................................Jiangmu Dao

Chiang-p'ing Hsu............................................ Jiangping Xu

Chiang-ya Hang-tao.................................. Jiangya Hangdao

Chiang-yin Tao ................................................Jiangyin Dao

Chiang-Yun Ting .........................................Jiang Yun Ding

Chiao Shan............................................................ Jiao Shan

Chiao-chou Wan ............................................ Jiaozhou Wan

Chiao-lieh Tao ................................................... Jiao Liedao

Chiao-nan .................................................................Jiaonan

Chiao-pei Shan .................................................. Jisobeishan

Chiao-t'ou Pi .........................................................Jiaotou Bi

Chiao-wei Chiao............................................... Jiaowei Jiao

Chiao-wei Wan .................................................Jiaowei Wan

Chieh-shih Wan ...................................................Jieshi Wan

Chien-feng Ling............................................. Juantang Ling

Chien-huang-p'ing ....................................... Jianhuang Ping

Chien-yang Tao............................................... Jianyang Dao

Chih Yu......................................................................Chi Yu

Chih-chih Men................................................... Zhizhi Men

Chih-fu Tao.......................................................... Zhifu Dao

Chih-kung ............................................................... Zhigong

Chih-mao-wan ................................................. Zhimao Wan

Chih-shih Tzu ........................................................Chishizai

Chih-sung Yen ................................................. Zhisong Yan

Chih-wan Tao ................................................... Zhiwan Dao

Chin men .................................................................. Jinmen

Chin Chiang............................................................Jin Jiang

Chin Yu.......................................................................Jin Yu

Chin-chi Ling........................................................ Jinji Ling

Chin-chi Shan .........................................................Jinjishan

Chin-chiang ............................................................ Jinqiang

Chin-chou Wan ................................................ Jinzhou Wan

Chin-hsien............................................................... Jin Xian

Chin-men Dao ...................................................Jinmen Dao

Chin-men Wan.................................................. Jinmen Wen

Chin-mu Chiao ....................................................Jinmu Jiao

Chin-shan Kang .............................................. Jinshan Gang

Chin-shan Tsui................................................... Jinshan Zui

Chin-shan-wei..................................................... Jinshanwei

Chin-t'ang Shan ............................................... Jintang Shan

Chin-t'ang Shui-tao..................................... Jintang Shuidao

Chin-t'ou Wan......................................................Qitou Wan

Ching-hai Wan.................................................. Jinghai Wan

Ching-hai-wei ......................................................Jinghaiwei

Ching-tzu T'ou..................................................... Jingzi Tou

Ching-yu Yen......................................................Jingyu Yan

Chiu-hua Shan .................................................. Jiuhua Shan

Chiu-lau Shan .................................................... Jiulou Shan

Chiu-lung Chiang ............................................Jiulong Jiang

Chiu-shan Lieh-tao .......................................Jiushan Liedao

Chiu-ts'un Ling ..................................................Jiuaun Ling

Chiu-tuan Sha ..................................................... Jiudan Sha

Chiu-tung Shan.................................................Jiudongshan

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 175 

Chou-shan Tao .............................................. Zhoushan Dao

Chou-Shan Chun-tao............................... Zhoushan Qundao

Chu Shan............................................................... Zhu Shan

Chu Tao...................................................................Zhu Dao

Chu Yu ......................................................................Zhu Yu

Chu-ch'a Tao .....................................................Zhucha Dao

Chu-chia Chien .................................................... Zhujiajian

Chu-chiang K'ou ............................................ Zhujiang Kou

Chuang-yuan-ao...........................................Zhuangywanao

Chuang-yuan-Ao...........................................Zhuangyuanao

Chui Shan............................................................. Zhui Shan

Chung Shui-tao ............................................ Zhong Shuidao

Chung-chieh-shan Chun-tao ............. Zhongjieshan Qundao

Chung-chu Men ........................................... Zhongzhu Men

Chung-chu Shan............................................ Zhongzhushan

Chung-k'uei Shan.......................................... Zhongkui Dao

Chung-p'eng Tao .........................................Zhengpeng Dao

Chung-yang Sha.......................................... Zhongyang Sha

Da-heng-ch'in Tao....................................... Dahengqin Dao

Erh Chou................................................................. Er Zhou

Erh-chin-ch'ien T'an........................................Erjin Qiantan

Erh-huo ....................................................................... Erhua

Erh-lung Shan ...................................................Erlong Shan

Erh-mu-luan-tzu.................................................Ermuluanzi

Erh-shan-tzu Tao.............................................Ershanzi Dao

Erh-suan Shan.................................................... Ersuanshan

Erh-t'o-tzu Tao .................................................. Ertuozi Dao

Erh-tan ........................................................................ Erdan

Fan-kuei Chou.................................................. Fangui Zhou

Fan-pi ...........................................................................Fanbi

Fang-ch'eng......................................................... Fangcheng

Fang-ch'eng Kang ..................................... Fangcheng Gang

Fei-huang-he K'ou ..................................... Feihuanghe Kou

Fei-yun-chiang Kou ...................................Feiyhujiang Kou

Feng-ch'ao Yen...............................................Fengchao Yan

Feng-ch'iu Sha ..................................................Fenggiu Sha

Feng-huang Shan .......................................Fenghuang Shan

Feng-huang Tsui ...........................................Fenghuang Zai

Feng-huang-wei ............................................ Fenghuangwei

Feng-men Ling.............................................. Fengmen Ling

Feng-ming Tao..............................................Fengming Dao

Feng-shui Chiao..............................................Fengshui Jiao

Feng-t'ing ............................................................... Fengting

Feng-tung Shan............................................Fengdong Shan

Feng-wei Tsui .................................................. Fengwei Zui

Fo Ting.................................................................... Fo Ding

Fo-lo............................................................................ Foluo

Fo-tu Tao...............................................................Fodu Dao

Fu Shan ................................................................... Fu Shan

Fu-ch'ing ................................................................... Fuqing

Fu-ch'ing Wan ................................................... Fuqing Wan

Fu-chou .....................................................................Fuzhou

Fu-chou ...........................................................Fuzhou Gang

Fu-chow Wan ................................................... Fuzhou Wan

Fu-hu Ling ...........................................................Fuhu Ling

Fu-ning Wan ..................................................... Funing Wan

Fu-t'ou Wan......................................................... Futou Wan

Fu-ting....................................................................... Fuding

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Fu-wen.......................................................................Fuwen

Fu-yao Tao......................................................Fuyao Liedao

Fu-ying Tao........................................................Fuying Dao

Hai Chiao.................................................................Hai Jiao

Hai Wei .....................................................................Ha Wei

Hai-an ......................................................................... Haian

Hai-an Wan ......................................................... Haian Wan

Hai-chia Shan .................................................... Haijia Shan

Hai-chou Wan ................................................. Haizhou Wan

Hai-feng...................................................................Haifeng

Hai-huang Shan .............................................Haihuangshan

Hai-k'ang................................................................. Haikang

Hai-k'ou .................................................................... Haikou

Hai-k'ou Kang................................................. Haikou Gang

Hai-k'ou Wan ....................................................Haikou Wan

Hai-lu Tao ............................................................ Hailu Dao

Hai-ling-shan Kang .................................Hailingshan Gang

Hai-ling-shan Tao ......................................Hailingshan Dao

Hai-lu Tao ............................................................ Hailu Dao

Hai-mao Tao .....................................................Haimao Dao

Hai-mao-tzu T'ou........................................... Haimaozi Tou

Hai-men ................................................................... Haimen

Hai-men Chiao..................................................Haimen Jiao

Hai-men Tao .....................................................Haiman Dao

Hai-men Wan...................................................Haimen Wan

Hai-nan Tao .......................................................Hainan Dao

Hai-ning...................................................................Haining

Hai-t'an Chiao.....................................................Haitan Jiao

Hai-t'an Hai-hsia.............................................Hailan Haixia

Hai-t'an Shih ........................................................Haitan Shi

Hai-t'an Wan ......................................................Haitan Wan

Hai-yang ................................................................Hai Yang

Hai-yang Tao ...................................................Haiyang Dao

Hai-yen ..................................................................... Haiyan

Haing-hua Shui-tao...................................Xinghua Shuidao

Han-chiang ...........................................................Han Jiang

Han-ku ....................................................................... Hangu

Hang-chou Wan ........................................... Hangzhou Wan

He pao Tao..........................................................Hebao Dao

Hei Chiao.................................................................Hei Jiao

Hei Chou................................................................Hei Zhou

Hei Yen ....................................................................Hei Yan

Hei-shi-chiao Wan ....................................... Heishijiao Wan

Hei-ts'un Chiao ..................................................Heicun Jiao

Heng Chou..........................................................Heng Zhou

Heng Sha .............................................................. Heng Sha

Heng Shan .......................................................... Heng Shan

Heng-chih Shan ............................................... Hengzhishan

Heng-kang Tao .............................................Henggang Dao

Heng-mien Sha ............................................Heng Mian Sha

Ho Shan .................................................................. He Shan

Ho-chung Chiao............................................ Ha Zhong Jiao

Ho-chung Chiao..............................................Hezhong Jiao

Ho-hua-sheng Shan ................................... Hehuashan Shan

Ho-kang Shan ..................................................Hegang Shan

Ho-lien-ya.............................................................Helian Ya

Ho-p'u .......................................................................... Hepu

Ho-t'ao-yuan-tzu...............................................Hetaoyuanzi

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157 

176 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Hong Kong........................................................ Xiang Gang

Hou Chiao.............................................................. Hou Jiao

Hou-ch'ing Yu ................................................... Houqing Yu

Hou-chi shan........................................................ Houjishan

Hou-chi Shui-tao........................................... Houji Shuidao

Hou-chi Tao .........................................................Houji Dao

Hou-erh-shih Tsui........................................... Houershi Zui

Hou-hai Sha .......................................................Houhai Sha

Hou-shui Wan .................................................Houshui Wan

Hou-to Chiao.................................................... Houduo Jiao

Hsu-kung Tao................................................... Xugong Dao

Hsu-wen.................................................................... Xuwen

Hsuan Shan ...........................................................Xuanshan

Hsueh-chia-tao..................................................... Xuejiadao

Hsi K'uei Shan ....................................................Xikui Daio

Hsi Yu ......................................................................... Xi Yu

Hsi-ao Chiao ......................................................... Xiao Jiao

Hsi-ch'uan Tao .................................................. Xiquan Dao

Hsi-ch'ang ............................................................... Xichang

Hsi-chi Yu .................................................................Xiji Yu

Hsi-chieh Chiao .................................................... Xijie Jiao

Hsi-chung Tao................................................. Xizhong Dao

Hsi-fang Ch'ien t'an......................................Xifang Qiantan

Hsi-fu Shan ............................................................Xifushan

Hsi-hsing Tao.....................................................Xixing Dao

Hsi-hu Tsui ............................................................ Xihu Zui

Hsi-huo Shan....................................................... Xihuoshan

Hsi-ku Tao.............................................................Xigu Dao

Hsi-lu hua Shan................................................ Xiluhuashan

Hsi-lien Tao.........................................................Xilian Dao

Hsi-lo Tao ............................................................Xiluo Dao

Hsi-ma-i Tao .....................................................Ximayi Dao

Hsi-mao Chou.................................................. Ximao Zhou

Hsi-mo-p'an............................................................Ximopan

Hsi-nan Ch'ien-t'an........................................ Xinan Qiantan

Hsi-pan-yang Chiao ............................................ Xibanyang

Hsi-pei Chiao ....................................................... Xibei Jiao

Hsi-t'ai Shan.......................................................... Xitaishan

Hsi-tan Tao.......................................................... Xidan Dao

Hsi-ting Yu........................................................... Xiding Yu

Hsi-yang Tao..................................................... Xiyang Dao

Hsi-yin Chiao....................................................... Xiyin Jiao

Hsi-yin Tao ..........................................................Xiyin Dao

Hsi-yu-P'ing Yu................................................ Xiyuping Yu

Hsia Yu...................................................................... Xia Yu

Hsia-an........................................................................ Xiaan

Hsia-ch'i Tao ........................................................ Xiaqi Dao

Hsia-ch'ien Shan ...............................................Xiaqianshan

Hsia-ch'uan Shan ...........................................Xiachuanshan

Hsia-ch'uan Tao..............................................Xiachuan Dao

Hsia-chu Shan....................................................Xiazhushan

Hsia-hai Shan......................................................Xiahaishan

Hsia-kan Shan....................................................Xiaganshan

Hsia-lang T'ang................................................. Xialangtang

Hsia-lang-t'ang.................................................. Xialangtang

Hsia-ma-an Shan...............................................Xiamanshan

Hsia-men..................................................................Xiamen

Hsia-men Kang .............................................. Xiamen Gang

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Hsia-men Tao....................................................Xiamen Dao

Hsia-p'u....................................................................... Xiapu

Hsia-san-hsing ....................................................Xiasanxing

Hsia-ssu Chiao...................................................... Xissi Jiao

Hsia-ta-ch'en Shan....................................... Xiadachenshan

Hsia-wan Shan.................................................. Xiawanshan

Hsiang Chiao .......................................................Xiang Jiao

Hsiang Shan.........................................................Xiangshan

Hsiang Tsui...........................................................Xiang Zui

Hsiang Yu ..............................................................Xiang Yu

Hsiang-chih Chiao ..........................................Xiangzhi Jiao

Hsiang-p'an Chiao .........................................Xiangpan Jiao

Hsiang-shan Kang ..................................... Xiangshan Gang

Hsiao-an Shui-Tao ...................................... Xiaoan Shuidao

Hsiao-ch'u Shan................................................Xiaoguishan

Hsiao-ch'uan tsui-Tzu..................................Xiaoquan Zuizi

Hsiao-ch'ang-t'u Shan ............................... Xiaochangtushan

Hsiao-ch'ing Tao............................................ Xiaoging Dao

Hsiao-ch'uan Tsui-tzu..................................Xiaoquan Zuizi

Hsiao-chi Shan.....................................................Xiaojishan

Hsiao-chih-chu Tao................................... Xiaozhi Zhu Dao

Hsiao-chin.................................................................Xiaojin

Hsiao-chin-men Tao .................................. Xiaojinmen Dao

Hsiao-chu Chou .............................................Xiaozhu Zhou

Hsiao-chu Shan.............................................. Xiaozhu Shan

Hsiao-chu-shan Tao ............................................Xiaoshanzi

Hsiao-hao Tao..................................................Xiaohao Dao

Hsiao-heng-chin Tao..............................Xiao heng Qin Dao

Hsiao-hsi-fan Shih ..........................................Xiaoxifan Shi

Hsiao-hsi-yang Tao.....................................Xiaoxiyang Dao

Hsiao-hsing Shan............................................Xiaoxingshan

Hsiao-huang-lung Shan ........................Xiaohuanglongshan

Hsiao-jih Tao ......................................................Xiaori Dao

Hsiao-kan Shan................................................ Xiaoganshan

Hsiao-kuang Tao............................................Xiaoguan Dao

Hsiao-kung Tao............................................. Xiaogong Dao

Hsiao-lung-shan Tao...............................Xiaolongshan Dao

Hsiao-mao Shan............................................ Xiaomao Shan

Hsiao-men Tao................................................Xiaomen Dao

Hsiao-ming-fu Tao.....................................Xiaomingfu Dao

Hsiao-mu Tao .................................................. Xiaomu Dao

Hsiao-o-kuan .......................................................Xiaoeguan

Hsiao-p'u-t'ai......................................................... Xiaoputai

Hsiao-pan Men ...............................................Xiaoban Men

Hsiao-pan Pab....................................................Xiaban Dao

Hsiao-san-shun Tao ..................................Xiaosanshan Dao

Hsiao-shih Tao..................................................Xiaoshi Dao

Hsiao-shu-lang..................................................Xiaoshulang

Hsiao-t'ang Kang ..........................................Xiaotang Gang

Hsiao-teng Tao............................................... Xiaoding Dao

Hsiao-yu Shan ................................................... Xisoyushan

Hsiao-yang Shan........................................... XiaoyangShan

Hsieh-p'u Shan.....................................................Xiepushan

Hsieh-yang Tao................................................Xieyang Dao

Hsien T'ang.......................................................... Xian Tang

Hsien-chiao Yu ..................................................Xianjiao Yu

Hsien-mai ............................................................... Xianmai

Hsien-o Chiao..................................................... Xian'e Jiao

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 177 

Hsien-yu..................................................................Xianyou

Hsin-hsing................................................................Xinxing

Hsin-huai-ho K'ou........................................ Xinhuaihe Kou

Hsin-liao Tao.....................................................Xinliao Dao

Hsin-ta Yen ..........................................................Xinda Yan

Hsin-K'ai K'ou ................................................. Xin Kai Kou

Hsing-hua Wan ...............................................Xinghua Wan

Hsing-Ts'un...........................................................Xing Cun

Hsiu Shan................................................................ Xiushan

Hsiu-ying .................................................................Xiuying

Hsiung-ti Yu....................................................... Xiongdi Yu

Hsueh-chia Tao .................................................. Xuejia Dao

Hu-ching Yu......................................................... Hujing Yu

Hu-hsiao-she ...................................................... Huxiaoshie

Hu-kung Shan .................................................Hugong Shan

Hu-lu Dao .............................................................Hulu Dao

Hu-lu Tao ..............................................................Hulu Dao

Hu-lu-shan Wan ............................................ Hulushan Wan

Hu-p'ing Tao .....................................................Huping Dao

Hu-shih........................................................................ Hushi

Hu-t'ou Yu............................................................. Hutou Yu

Hu-tung Chiao.................................................. Hudong Jiao

Hu-yu Tao ............................................................ Huyu Dao

Hua Yu ......................................................................Hua Yu

Hua-niao Shan..................................................Huaniaoshan

Hua-p'ing Shan.................................................Huapingshan

Huan-hai-ssu Ti-tsui....................................Huanhaisi Dizui

Huang Chiao .......................................................Huang Jiao

Huang Hai........................................................... Huang Hai

Huang Ho............................................................. Huang He

Huang Shan.......................................................Huang Shan

Huang Tao.......................................................... Huang Dao

Huang-ch'eng ................................................... Huangcheng

Huang-ch'eng Shan ................................... Huangchengshan

Huang-ch'i...............................................................Huangqi

Huang-chia-t'ang Wan.............................Huangjiatang Wan

Huang-chiao Shan.........................................Huangjia Shan

Huang-ching Ling....................................... Huangjing Ling

Huang-chu Chiao ..........................................Huangzhu Jiao

Huang-ho K'ou............................................... Huanghe Kou

Huang-hsien...................................................... Huang Xian

Huang-hsing Tao......................................... Huangxing Dao

Huang-hua............................................................ Huanghua

Huang-kan Tao..............................................Huanggan Dao

Huang-kua Yu .................................................Huanggua Yu

Huang-liu ...............................................................Huangliu

Huang-lung-wei Tsui ............................... Hunglongwei Zui

Huang-mao Shan........................................ Huangmao Shan

Huang-mao Tao........................................... Huangmao Dao

Huang-men Shan..........................................Huangmenshan

Huang-meng Tao....................................... Huangmeng Dao

Huang-niu Chiao........................................... Huangniu Jiao

Huang-pai Tsui ...............................................Huangbai Zui

Huang-shih Shan.......................................... Huangshi Shan

Huang-ta-ao Shui-tao........................... Huangdaao Shuidao

Huang-tiung-kou Chen ............................Huatonggou Zhen

Huang-tse Shan............................................. Huangze Shan

Huang-tsui-tzu Wan ...................................Huangzuizi Wan

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Huang-yang Chien......................................Huangyang Jian

Huang-yen ........................................................... Huangyan

Huang-Pai-Tsui-Li Ho............................... Huangbaizuiliho

Hui Shan ................................................................Hui Shan

Hui Tao ................................................................... Hui Dao

Hui-an ......................................................................... Huian

Hui-lai........................................................................Hui-lai

Hui-tung..................................................................Huidong

Hung Shan ..........................................................Hong Shan

Hung Yu..................................................................Hung Yu

Hung-chien Shan .......................................... Hengjian Shan

Hung-hai Wan.................................................Honghai Wan

Hung-yu P'ai ......................................................Hongyu Pai

Huo-shan Lieh-tao ......................................Huoshan Liedao

I Tao.......................................................................... Yi Dao

I-chiang-shan Tao ...................................... Yijiangshan Dao

I-suan Shan .......................................................Yisuan Shan

I-tung Chiao.......................................................Yidong Jiao

Jao-p'ing.................................................................. Raoping

Jih-chao......................................................................Rizhao

Jih-yueh Yu............................................................Riyue Yu

Jui Shan ....................................................................Rushan

Jui-an .......................................................................... Ruian

Jui-shan K'ou .................................................... Rushan Kou

Jung-ch'eng.........................................................Rongcheng

Jung-ch'eng Wan........................................ Rongcheng Wan

Jung-ch'eng-ma Shan............................Rongcheng Mashan

K'ai-ping ..................................................................Kaiping

K'ai-shan Tao ................................................... Kaishan Dao

K'an-man................................................................. Kanmen

K'an-wei Sha..................................................... Kanwei Sha

K'ao-tao...................................................................Gao Dao

K'o-t'ang Shan.................................................... Ketangshan

K'o-tzu Shan ........................................................ Kezi Shan

K'uei-shan Tao .................................................Kuishan Dao

K'ung-k'o Yu .......................................................Kongke Yu

K'ung-tung Tao ............................................. Kongtong Dao

Kah-en Chiao......................................................Gadon Jiao

Kan-ch'eng..........................................................Gan Chang

Kan-en Sha .........................................................Gan'en Sha

Kang Shan .......................................................... Gang Shan

Kang-wei ............................................................... Gangwei

Kao Shan .............................................................. Gao Shan

Kao-ch'iao................................................................Gaoqiso

Kao-chiao ...............................................................Gao Jiao

Kao-lan Lieh-tao........................................... Gaolan Liedao

Kao-lan Tao .......................................................Gaolan Dao

Kao-nao-tzu Chiao......................................... Gaonaozi Jiso

Kao-shan Ling ............................................... Gaoshen Ling

Kao-shan Tao.................................................. Gaoshan Dao

Kao-shang Ling ............................................. Gaoshan Ling

Kao-teng Tao ..................................................Gaodeng Dao

Ko-hung Shan ................................................. Gehong Shan

Ko-li Yen.................................................................Geli Yan

Ko Yu........................................................................Luo Yu

Kou-ch'i Shan ......................................................Gouqishan

Ku lei Shan .........................................................Gulei Shan

Ku-lei-t'ou...............................................................Guleitou

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157 

178 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Ku-lung Tsui ...................................................... Gulong Zui

Ku-p'o Yu ............................................................... Gopo Yu

Ku-t'ou Shan ......................................................Gutou Shan

Kua-lien Shan ...................................................Gualianshan

Kuan-ch'ien-ts'un .......................................... Gengoian Cun

Kuan-ch'uan-ao ...............................................Guanchuanao

Kuan-ho K'ou................................................. Guanghe Kou

Kuan-men Shan............................................ Guaymen Shan

Kuan-shan Tao ..............................................Guanshan Dao

Kuan-t'ou Ling ............................................... Guantou Ling

Kuan-yun ............................................................... Guanyun

Kuan-yin Chiao............................................... Guanyin Jiao

Kuan-yin Ling................................................ Guanyin Ling

Kuan-yin Shan ...............................................Guanyin Shan

Kuan-yin-peng Ling...............................Guanyanbeng Ling

Kuang-hai.............................................................. Guanghai

Kuang-hai Wan .............................................Guanghai Wan

Kuei Yu ..................................................................... Gui Yu

Kuei-ling Tao ....................................................Guiling Dao

Kuei-shan Tao ..................................................Guishan Dao

Kuei-t'ien Shan.................................................Kuitian Shan

Kung-k'ou T'ou ...............................................Gongkou Tou

Lu-shun .....................................................................Lushun

Lu-ta Ta-lien .....................................................Luda Dalian

Lan-ku Shan...................................................... Langu Shan

Lan-Ts'un ................................................................Lan Cun

Lang-ch'i Tao .....................................................Langqi Dao

Lang-chi Shan................................................... Langji Shan

Lang-kang-shan Lieh-tao.................. Langgangshan Liedao

Lanpai-ch'ien T'an.........................................Laibai Qtuntan

Lao Shan ............................................................... Lao Shan

Lao-hu Shan...................................................... Laohu Shan

Lao-p'ien Tao ...................................................Laopian Dao

Lao-shan T'ou ..................................................Laoshan Tou

Lao-shan Wan .................................................Laoshan Wan

Lao-t'ieh Shan ................................................... Laotie Shan

Lao-t'ieh-shan-hsi Chiao.......................... Laotieshan Xijiao

Lao-t'ieh-shan-tung Chiao .................. Laotieshan Dongjiao

Lao-t'ieh-Shan Hsi ................................... Laotieshan Xijiao

Lao-t'iek-shan Shui-tao.........................Laotieshan Shuidao

Lao-tung Chiao ...............................................Laodong Jiao

Le-ch'ing ................................................................... Leqing

Le-ch'ing Wan ................................................... Leqing Wan

Le-men Lieh-tao ........................................... Lemen Liedao

Lei-chou...................................................................Leizhou

Lei-chou Wan.................................................. Leizhou Wan

Lei-kung Sha.................................................... Leigong Sha

Li-cheng Chiao ................................................ Lizheng Jiao

Li-huo Yu ...............................................................Lihuo Yu

Li-ken Wan.......................................................... Ligen Wan

Li-shih Lieh-tao ............................................... Lishi Liedao

Li-ssu-kuai ...............................................................Lisikuai

Li-t'ou Tsui........................................................... Li-tou Zui

Li-tao........................................................................... Lidao

Li-tzu Tao................................................................Lizi Dao

Li-tzu-Tu .................................................................... Lizatu

Li-yu pei Chiao .................................................Liyubei Jiao

Liang-ch'eng ....................................................Liang Cheng

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Liang-heng Shan.......................................... Lianghengshan

Liang-hsiung-ti Tao .................................Liangxiongdi Dao

Liang-t'ou-tung .............................................. Liangtoudong

Liang-wen Kang ........................................... Liangwengang

Liao-lo T'ou ...................................................... Liaoluo Tou

Liao-lo Wan ..................................................... Liaoluo Wan

Liao-pan-t'ian.....................................................Liaobantian

Liao-tung Wan .............................................. Liaodong Wan

Lieh Yen................................................................... Lie Yan

Lieh-tzu K'ou........................................................Liezi Kou

Lieh-chiang............................................................Lianjiang

Lien-feng Shan ...................................................... Lianfeng

Lien-hua Shan.................................................Lianhua Shan

Lien-tui Chiao...................................................Liandui Jiao

Lien-tzu Chiao .................................................... Lianzi Jiao

Lien-yun-kang .................................................Lianyungang

Lin-ch'ang Tao ............................................... Linchang Dao

Lin-hai ....................................................................... Linhai

Lin-kao ......................................................................Lingao

Lin-kao Chiao.................................................... Lingao Jiao

Lin-men-kao .......................................................Linmangao

Ling-ch'ang Tao ............................................. Linchang Dao

Ling-feng Shan ............................................. Lingfeng Shan

Ling-shan Shui-tao ..................................Lingshan Shuidao

Ling-shan Tao ................................................ Lingshan Dao

Ling-shan Wan...............................................Lingshan Wan

Ling-t'ou-ma-an Ling................................Lingtouman Ling

Liu ch'uan Chiao.............................................. Liuquan Jiao

Liu-heng Tao....................................................Liuheng Dao

Liu-kung Tao ...................................................Liugong Dao

Liu-sha Wan.......................................................Liusha Wan

Lo Yu ........................................................................Luo Yu

Lo Yen .................................................................... Luo Yan

Lo-ch'in Shan...................................................Laoqua Shan

Lo-chia Shan....................................................... Luojiashan

Lo-ssu T'ou ...........................................................Luosi Tou

Lo-t'ou Shui-tao.......................................... Luotou Shuidao

Lo-tou Sha ........................................................ Luodou Sha

Lo-yuan...................................................................Luoyuan

Lu Tao.......................................................................Lu Dao

Lu-chia Chih............................................................Lujiazhi

Lu-feng ..................................................................... Lufeng

Lu-feng Shan ................................................... Lufeng Shan

Lu-hsi Tao..............................................................Luxi Dao

Lu-hui-t'ou Chiao............................................Luhuitou Jiao

Lu-ssu Yu.......................................................................Lusi

Luan-ho K'ou.................................................... Luanhe Kou

Luan-ma Chiao ................................................ Luanmo Jiao

Luan-yen-Tou ....................................................Luanyantou

Lung Men ..............................................................Longmen

Lung Yu ..................................................................Long Yu

Lung-erh-t'an-ta Ling................................Longertan Daling

Lung-hsu Tao....................................................Longxu Dao

Lung-k'ou............................................................... Longkou

Lung-k'ou Kang............................................Longkou Gang

Lung-kao Shan...............................................Longgao Shan

Lung-kou Kang.............................................Longkou Gang

Lung-mu Chiao................................................Longmu Jiao

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 179 

Lung-ni ch'an Shih...................................... Longnichan Shi

Lung-she .................................................................Longshe

Lung-shui Ling .............................................. Longshu Ling

Lung-tung Tsui ..............................................Longdong Zui

Ma Ling...................................................................Ma Ling

Ma-an Lieh-tao ............................................... Maan Liedao

Ma-an Ling .........................................................Maan Ling

Ma-an Shan.......................................................... Maanshan

Ma-chi Shan...........................................................Majishan

Ma-erh Shan........................................................ Maer Shan

Ma-erh Tao............................................................Maer Dao

Ma-hsieh .................................................................... Maxie

Ma-t'a Chiao..........................................................Mata Jiao

Ma-tsu Hai-hsia................................................Mazu Haixia

Ma-tsu Lieh-tao............................................... Mazu Liedao

Ma-tsu Tao ...........................................................Mazu Dao

Ma-tsu-yin.............................................................. Mazuyin

Ma-tz'u Tao ...........................................................Maci Dao

Ma-wei.......................................................................Mawei

Ma-wei Chou ................................................... Mawei Zhou

Macao.........................................................................Macao

Mai Tao ...................................................................Mai Dao

Man-yu T'ou....................................................... Manyu Tou

Mang Chou ........................................................Mang Zhou

Mao Yu.....................................................................Mao Yu

Mao-chiao Tsui.................................................Maojiao Zui

Mao-ming.............................................................. Maoming

Mei-chou Wan................................................ Meizhou Wan

Mei-san Lieh-tao...........................................Meisan Liedao

Mei-shan Tao .................................................. Meishan Dao

Mi-t'o Tao............................................................ Mituo Dao

Mi-yu-li Shui .....................................................Miyudi Sha

Miao Tao ...............................................................Miao Dao

Miao-tao Ch'un-tao ...................................Miaodao Qundao

Miao-tzu-hu Tao ............................................Miaozibu Dao

Miao-wan Tao ................................................Miaowan Dao

Mien-hua Shan.............................................. Mianhua Shan

Min Chiang ...........................................................Min Jiang

Min-chiang K'ou ............................................ Minjiang Kou

Mo-hsin Kang .................................................. Moxin Gang

Mo-yeh Tao..........................................................Moye Dao

Mu-p'ing...................................................................Muping

Mu-tou Yu............................................................Mudou Yu

Nu Tao...................................................................... Nu Dao

Nu-ying Chiao................................................... Nuying Jiao

Nan shan .................................................................Nanshan

Nan Chiao ...............................................................Nan Jiao

Nan Hai................................................................... Nan Hai

Nan Shuitao......................................................Nan Shuidao

Nan Yu ......................................................................Nan Yu

Nan-ao........................................................................ Nanao

Nan-ao Tao.........................................................Nan'ao Dao

Nan-ch'ang-shan Tao............................. Nanchangshan Dao

Nan-chi Shan........................................................ Nanjishan

Nan-chi-shan Lieh-tao ............................. Nanjishan Liedao

Nan-chih.................................................................... Nanzhi

Nan-chiu Shan.................................................... Nanjiushan

Nan-chiu-shan Mao-ti.............................Nanjiushan Maodi

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Nan-fang Ch'ien-t'an................................. Nanfang Qiantan

Nan-huang-ch'eng Tao........................ Nanhuangeheng Dao

Nan-hui ..................................................................... Nanhui

Nan-jih Ch'un-tao .......................................... Nanri Qundao

Nan-jih Shui-tao ............................................Nanri Shuidao

Nan-jih Tao .......................................................... Nanri Dao

Nan-k'u-tang Tao ........................................Nankudang Dao

Nan-kang ............................................................... Nankang

Nan-p'ai Shan.....................................................Nanpaishan

Nan-p'eng Lieh-Tao ................................... Nanpeng Liedao

Nan-p'eng Tao.................................................Nanpeng Dao

Nan-pu ......................................................................Nan Pu

Nan-san Tao...................................................... Nansan Dao

Nan-sha.....................................................................Nansha

Nan-shan Chiao .............................................. Nanshan Jiao

Nan-shan Ling ............................................... Nanshan Ling

Nan-shan Tsui.................................................. Nanshan Zui

Nan-shih ....................................................................Nanshi

Nan-shuang Tao.......................................... Nanshuang Dao

Nan-shui Tao....................................................Nanshui Dao

Nan-t'ai ...................................................................... Nantai

Nan-t'o-chi Shui-tao..................................Nantuoji Shuidao

Nan-ting.................................................................. Nanding

Nan-ting Tao ................................................... Nanding Dao

Nan-ts'ao-chi.......................................................... Nancpoji

Nan-ts'e.......................................................................Nance

Nanyushan ..........................................................Nanyushan

Nao-chou Tao .................................................Naozhou Dao

Nei-ling-ting Tao ....................................... Neilingding Dao

Ni-lo Yu ................................................................. Niluo Yu

Ni-yu Shan.............................................................Niyushan

Niang Chiao.........................................................Niang Jiao

Niang-niang Ting........................................ Niangniangding

Niao-tsui ..................................................................Niaozua

Niao-yu ....................................................................Niao Yu

Ning-chin-so ....................................................... Ningjinsuo

Ning-hai...................................................................Ninghai

Ning-po.....................................................................Ningbo

Ning-po Kang ................................................. Ningbo Gang

Niu Shan ..................................................................Niushan

Niu Shan Tao ...................................................Niushan Dao

Niu-ch'ing Shan ..............................................Niuqing Shan

Niu-chiao Shan ................................................Niujiao Shan

Niu-fen Chiao .................................................... Niufen Jiao

Niu-hsin Tao ..................................................... Niwxin Dao

Niu-ku Ling ....................................................... Niugu Ling

Niu-lung Tsui.................................................... Niulong Zui

Niu-o Men ............................................................Niue Men

Niu-o Shan.............................................................Niueshan

Niu-p'i Chiao ....................................................... Niupi Jiao

Niu-pi-shan Shui-tao ............................. Niubishan Shuidao

Niu-shan Tsui ...................................................Niushan Zui

Niu-t'ou Shan....................................................Niutou Shan

Niu-t'ou Tao ....................................................... Niutou Dao

O-feng Chang ............................................... Ehuang Zhang

O-hao Ling...........................................................Ehuo Ling

O-mei Chang .................................................... Emei Zhang

Ou-chiang-nan K'ou................................... Oujiang Nankou

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157 

180 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Ou-chiang-pei K'ou..................................... Oujiang Beikou

Ou-i Ling.............................................................. Ouyi Ling

P'ai Shih .................................................................... Pai Shi

P'ai-wei Chiao.................................................... Paiwei Jiao

P'an-shih....................................................................Pamshi

P'ao-lu Chiao........................................................ Paolu Jiao

P'eng Chiao ........................................................... Peng Jiao

P'eng-hu ....................................................................Penghu

P'eng-hu Kang.................................................Penghu Gang

P'eng-hu Lieh-Tao.........................................Penghu Liedao

P'eng-lai ....................................................................Penglai

P'eng-lai T'ou .................................................... Penglai Tou

P'i p'a Shan............................................................. Pipashan

P'i Shan ......................................................................Pishan

P'ing Chou............................................................Ping Zhou

P'ing Tao ................................................................Ping Dao

P'ing-hai ................................................................... Pinghai

P'ing-hai Wan................................................... Pinghai Wan

P'ing-shih ..................................................................Pingshi

P'ing-t'an .................................................................. Pingtan

P'ing-yang ..............................................................Pingyang

P'ing-yang Tsui ...............................................Pingyang Zui

P'o-li............................................................................... Poli

P'u-ch'ien Chiao ................................................. Puqian Jiao

P'u-ch'ien Wan .................................................. Puqian Wan

P'u-chen................................................................... Pu Zhen

P'u-lan-tien Wan........................................... Pulandian Wan

P'u-t'ien ...................................................................... Putian

P'u-t'o .......................................................................... Putuo

P'u-t'o Shan ..........................................................Putuoshan

Pa Chiao....................................................................Ba Jiao

Pa-chao Lieh-tao ...........................................Bazhao Liedao

Pa-chao Shui-tao .........................................Bazhao Shuidao

Pa-chao Tao.......................................................Bazhao Dao

Pa-so Kang........................................................Basuo Gang

Pai Chiao..................................................................Bai Jiao

Pai Shan ...................................................................Baishan

Pai-ch'uan Lieh-tao ..................................... Baiquan Liedao

Pai-chia Shan ........................................................Bajiashan

Pai-chieh Hsia ...................................................... Baijie Xia

Pai-chieh Shan .....................................................Bayieshan

Pai-fen Ling ...................................................... Beifen Ling

Pai-hu Chiao ........................................................Baihu Jiao

Pai-hu T'ou...........................................................Baihu Tou

Pai-hu t'ou Sha ................................................Baihutou Sha

Pai-k'eng Shan................................................ Baikeng Shan

Pai-kuo Shan ......................................................Beiguoshan

Pai-li Tao............................................................... Baili Dao

Pai-li-sha Tsui ...................................................Beili Shaxui

Pai-lung Yen......................................................Bailong Yan

Pai-lung-wei......................................................Bailong Wei

Pai-ma Shan ...................................................... Baima Shan

Pai-mien-chiang-chun................................Baimianjiangjun

Pai-mu-t'ien Chiao ........................................Baimutian Jiao

Pai-mu-ti Chiao................................................Baimudi jiao

Pai-pu-lou............................................................... Baibulou

Pai-se Yen ............................................................ Baise Yan

Pai-sha Shan....................................................... Baishashan

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Pai-sha Tao......................................................... Baisha Dao

Pai-shui-lin........................................................... Baishuilin

Pai-su Yen............................................................ Baisu Yan

Pai-t'a Sham .........................................................Baitasham

Pai-t'ou....................................................................... Baitou

Pai-yu-wan Tao............................................. Baiyuwan Dao

Pai-yun Shan.................................................... Baiyun Shan

Pai-ya P'ai ............................................................. Baiya Pai

Pai-Sha Ch'ien-t'an....................................... Baisha Qiantan

Pan-ch'ao Chiao .............................................. Banchao Jiao

Pan-chao Lieh-tao.......................................Banzhao Liedao

Pan-lu Shih ...........................................................Banlu Shi

Pan-mian Shan.............................................. Banmian Shan

Pan-mien-shan .............................................. Banmian Shan

Pan-t'ian Shan ................................................. Bantian Shan

Pan-yang Chiao............................................... Banyang Jiao

Pan-yang Shan ................................................ Banyangshan

Pang-hu Shan.................................................. Benghu Shan

Pao-hu Chiao ......................................................Baohu Jiao

Pao-hu Shan...................................................... Baohu Shan

Pao-kai Shan.....................................................Baogai Shan

Pei Chiao .................................................................Bei Jiao

Pei Shui-tao ...................................................... Bei Shuidao

Pei Ts'ao...................................................................Bei Cao

Pei Wan................................................................... Bei Wan

Pei-ao Tao ............................................................Beiao Dao

Pei-ch'uan Chiao.............................................. Beiquan Jiao

Pei-ch'ang-shan Tao................................Beichangshan Dao

Pei-ch'i Yen...........................................................Beiqi Yan

Pei-chi shan ...........................................................Beijishan

Pei-chi-shan Lieh-tao.................................Beijishan Liedao

Pei-chia Ling .................................................. Bingma Shan

Pei-chiao Pan-tao......................................... Beijiao Bandao

Pei-chiao Tsui.....................................................Beijiao Zui

Pei-chien Tao .....................................................Beijian Dao

Pei-fang Ch'ient'an......................................Beifang Qiantan

Pei-hai........................................................................ Beihai

Pei-hai Kang .....................................................Beihai Gang

Pei-huang-ch'eng Tao .......................... Beihuangcheng Dao

Pei-kan-t'ang Dao ....................................... Beigantang Dao

Pei-kan-t'ang Tao ........................................ Beigantang Dao

Pei-kang Shan.................................................. Beigangshan

Pei-kou-t'o............................................................ Beigoutuo

Pei-kuan Tao ....................................................Beiguan Dao

Pei-li ............................................................................. Beili

Pei-li Wan .............................................................Beili Wan

Pei-li-ch'ien T'an............................................. Baili Qiantan

Pei-lung Shan....................................................Beilongshan

Pei-pai........................................................................ Beibai

Pei-pu Wan ......................................................... Beibu Wan

Pei-sha Tao ........................................................ Beisha Dao

Pei-shih .......................................................................Beishi

Pei-shuang Tao ............................................ Beishuang Dao

Pei-shuang-yang K'ou.......................... Beishuangyang Kou

Pei-t'ai-wu Shan............................................ Beitaiwu Shan

Pei-t'ang ................................................................... Beitang

Pei-t'ien-wei.......................................................Beitian Wei

Pei-t'ing Shan.....................................................Beitingshan

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 181 

Pei-t'o-chi Shui-tao ....................................Beituoji Shuidao

Pei-ting Tao...................................................... Beiding Dao

Pei-ting-hsin........................................................Beidingxin

Pei-tse...........................................................................Beize

Pei-yu Shan..........................................................Beiyushan

Pei-Chian Pan-tao ........................................Beijiao Bandao

Pi-chia Ling.......................................................... Bijia Ling

Pi-chia Shan .........................................................Bijia Shan

Pi-t'ou Chiao ........................................................ Bitou Jiao

Piao Chiao..............................................................Biao Jiao

Piao-tan ................................................................... Biaodan

Pien-yu T'ou...............................................................Pianyu

Ping-hu Tao........................................................Pinghu Dao

Ping-ma Chiao ..................................................Bingma Jiao

Ping-ma Shan..................................................Bingma Shan

Po Hai ....................................................................... Bo Hai

Po-hai Hai-hsia ............................................... Bohai Haixia

Po-hai Wan..........................................................Bohai Wan

Po-tao Tsui............................................................ Bodaozui

San Sha ....................................................................San Sha

San-chia Ling..................................................... Sanjia Ling

San-chia Tseng.................................................... Sanjiazeng

San-chia-tseng.....................................................Sanjiazeng

San-chiang Shan ............................................Sanjiang Shan

San-chiao-shan Tao....................................Sanjiaoshan Dao

San-hsia Kou......................................................Sanxia Kou

San-hsing Lieh-tao...................................... Sanxing Liedao

San-liang-ch'e ................................................. Sanliang Che

San-men Dao.................................................... Sanmen Dao

San-men Lieh-tao.........................................Sanmen Liedao

San-men Tao .................................................... Sanmen Dao

San-men Wan.................................................. Sanmen Wan

San-niang Wan.............................................. Sanniang Wan

San-pei-chiu...........................................................Sanbeijin

San-sha...................................................................... Sansha

San-shan-tzu Tao...........................................Sanshanzi Dao

San-suan Shan..................................................Sansuanshan

San-t'a Ting .........................................................Santa Ding

San-tou Chiao ................................................... Sandou Jiao

San-tsao Tao...................................................... Sanzao Dao

San-tu..........................................................................Sandu

San-tu Ao ..............................................................Sandu Ao

San-tu Tao ...........................................................Sandu Dao

San-tun......................................................................Sandun

San-ya Kang...................................................... Sanya Gang

San-ya Pai .............................................................Sanya Pai

San-ya Shih...........................................................Sanya Shi

San-Yueh Shan...................................................Sanyueshan

Sang Tao ...............................................................Sang Dao

Sang-kou Wan................................................ Sanggou Wan

Sao-chou-wei .................................................. Saozhou Wei

Sha-ch'eng............................................................. Shacheng

Sha-ch'eng Kang ......................................... Shacheng Gang

Sha-t'o-tzu ...............................................................Shatuozi

Sha-wai-hang Shui-t'ao....................... Shawaihang Shuidao

Shan-chu Ling................................................ Shanzhu Ling

Shan-chiang-yuan Ling.......................Shanjiang Yuan Ling

Shan-hai-kuan ..................................................Shanhaiguan

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Shan-pai...................................................................Shanbai

Shan-t'ou..................................................................Shantou

Shan-t'ou Kang .............................................. Shantou Gang

Shan-tzu Shih.......................................................Shanzi Shi

Shan-wei ................................................................. Shanwei

Shan-wei Kang ............................................. Shanwei Gang

Shan-wei T'ou..................................................Shanwei Tou

Shan-Tzu Shih .....................................................Shanzi Shi

Shang-ch'uan Chiao...................................Shangchuan Jiao

Shang-ch'uan Shan................................... Shangchuan Shan

Shang-ch'uan Tao.......................................Shangchuan Dao

Shang-chu Shan .............................................Shangzhushan

Shang-hai...............................................................Shanghai

Shang-hai Kang ........................................... Shanghai Gang

Shang-kan Shan .............................................Shangganshan

Shag-ma-an Shan........................................Shangmaanshan

Shang-p'an Shan ............................................Shangpanshan

Shang-tao-ch'en Shan .............................. Shangdachenshan

She-p'an Shan ....................................................Shepanshan

She-shan Tao....................................................Sheshan Dao

She-yang-ho K'ou ........................................Sheyanghe Kou

Shen-chien ..............................................................Shanjian

Shen-hu Wan.....................................................Shenhu Wan

Sheng-ssu................................................................. Shengsi

Sheng-ssu Lieh-tao ...................................... Shengsi Liedao

Shi-chiu Tsui ........................................................Shijiu Zui

Shih Ling ................................................................Shi Ling

Shih Yu ...................................................................... Shi Yu

Shih-chiao................................................................ Shi Jiao

Shih-chiu-t'o ........................................................Shi Jiut To

Shih-chiw-So .........................................................Shijiusuo

Shih-li Ling...........................................................Shili Ling

Shih-mao Ling ................................................. Shimao Ling

Shih-pei Shan Chiao ....................................Shibeishan Jiao

Shih-pi ......................................................................... Shibi

Shih-t'ang Yen................................................... Shitang Yan

Shih-t'ou Sha....................................................... Shitou Sha

Shih-tao Kang.................................................. Shidao Gang

Shih-tzu T'ou .........................................................Shizi Tou

Shou Shih............................................................... Shou Shi

Shu-lang-hu .........................................................Shulanghu

Shu-wei Yu ......................................................... Shuwei Yu

Shuang Chou .................................................. Shuang Zhou

Shuang Shan ......................................................Shuangshan

Shuang-fan...........................................................Shuangfan

Shuang-fan Shih ........................................... Shuangfan Shi

Shuang-shan Men ..................................... Shuangshan Men

Shuang-shan Tao........................................Shuangshan Dao

Shuang-ting Shan......................................Shuangding Shan

Shuang-yu Tsui.............................................. Shuangyu Zui

Shui-lo ..................................................................... Shuiluo

Shui-tao....................................................................Shuidao

Shui-tao-ch'ien T'an................................... Shuidao Qiantan

Shui-wei...................................................................Shuiwei

Shui-wei Chiao ................................................ Shuiwei Jiao

Ssu Shan ...................................................................Si Shan

Ssu-chiao Shan .................................................... Sijiaoshan

Ssu-keng-sha Chiao ......................................Sigangsha Jiao

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157 

182 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Ssu-mu Yu...............................................................Simu Yu

Ssu-p'ing Shan .................................................. Siping Shan

Ssu-tzu-mei Tao ................................................Sizimei Dao

Su-shan Tao....................................................... Sushan Dao

Sui-hsi .......................................................................... Suixi

SSu-shuang Lieh-tao..................................Sishuang Liedao

T'a Shan ...................................................................Ta Shan

T'a-yu .......................................................................... Ta Yu

T'ai-chou Lieh-tao........................................Taizhou Liedao

T'ai-chou Wan ..................................................Taizhou Wan

T'ai-p'ing Chiao................................................. Taiping Jiao

T'ai-p'ing Shan ................................................Taipeng Shan

T'ai-p'ing-lan........................................................Dapinglan

T'ai-ping Wan................................................... Taiping Wan

T'ai-shan................................................................... Taishan

T'ai-tzu Shan ........................................................Taizi Shan

T'ai-wu Shan ......................................................Taiwu Shan

T'ai-Wan ch'ien T'an ................................... Taiwan Qiantan

T'aip'ing Shan.................................................. Taiping Shan

T'an-hu Shan ....................................................... Tanxushan

T'an-t'ou Shan ..................................................... Tanoushan

T'an-wan Hai-hsia......................................... Taiwan Haixia

T'ang Yu .................................................................. Tang Yu

T'ang-ku ....................................................................Tanggu

T'ang-nao Shan ..............................................Tangnososhan

T'ao-erh-ho K'ou .............................................. Taoerhe Kou

T'ao-hua Tao ..................................................... Taohua Dao

T'ao-tzu Wan ........................................................Taozi Wan

T'e-ch'eng Tao................................................. Techang Dao

T'eng-ch'iao............................................................Tengqiao

T'ieh-chueh Shan ...............................................Tiejue Shan

T'ieh-lu Chang .................................................. Tielu Zhang

T'ieh-Tun................................................................... Tiedun

T'ien-an-hou-ta Ling .................................Tianuatou Daling

T'ien-ch'ih Kang..............................................Tianchi Gang

T'ien-chin-hisn Kang ................................. Tianjin Xingang

T'ien-chu Shan ..............................................Tianzhou Shan

T'ien-heng Tao ...............................................Tianheng Dao

T'ien-t'u ...................................................................... Tiantu

T'ien-wei Chiao................................................ Tianwei Jiao

T'o-chi Tao ........................................................... Tuoji Dao

T'o-ning Lieh-tao ..........................................Tuoning Lidao

T'ou-chin Yu..........................................................Toujin Yu

T'ou-men Shan ................................................. Toumenshan

T'u Chiao...................................................................Tu Jiao

T'u-erh Shan......................................................... Tuer Shan

T'u-erh Tao.............................................................Tuer Dao

T'u-pu Shan......................................................... Tubu Shan

T'ung Shan ............................................................ Tongshan

T'ung-an ....................................................................Tongan

T'ung-ku Chiao ................................................. Tonggu Jiao

T'ung-p'an Shan .............................................Tongpan Shan

T'ung-p'an Yu.................................................... Tongpan Yu

T'ung-sha Ch'ian T'an ............................... Tongsha Qiantan

T'ung-sha Hang-Tao.................................Tongsha Hangdao

T'ung-sha Sha-tsui ...................................... Tongsha Shazui

T'ungh'ang.............................................................Tengjiang

Ta Chiao.....................................................................Dajiao

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Ta Kang.................................................... Da Gang Channel

Ta Ling.....................................................................Da Ling

Ta P'ai ........................................................................ Da Pai

Ta Shan ................................................................... Da Shan

Ta Shan Ling.................................................... Dashan Ling

Ta Yu...........................................................................Da Yu

Ta-ao Tsui ..............................................................Daao Zui

Ta-chui Tao ........................................................Dashui Dao

Ta-ch'u Shan .........................................................Daqushan

Ta-ch'a-hua............................................................Dachahua

Ta-ch'ang-t'an.....................................................Dachangtan

Ta-ch'ang-t'u Shan ....................................... Dachangtushan

Ta-ch'en Shan................................................... Dachenshan

Ta-ch'i Chiao..........................................................Daqi Jiao

Ta-ch'iao Tao......................................................Daqiao Dao

Ta-ch'in Tao ........................................................ Daqin Dao

Ta-ch'ing Shan ...................................................Daqingshan

Ta-ch'ing-ho K'ou ................................................. Daqinghe

Ta-ch'u Shan .........................................................Daqushan

Ta-chi Shan .............................................................Dajishan

Ta-chia Shan .......................................................Dajiaoshan

Ta-chiao Shan ................................................... Dajiao Shan

Ta-chiao T'ou ...................................................... Dajiao Tou

Ta-chien Feng ................................................... Dajian Feng

Ta-chien Feng ................................................... Dalian Feng

Ta-chih-chu Tao .............................................Dazhizhu Dao

Ta-chin .........................................................................Dajin

Ta-chin Chiao .........................................................Dajin Jia

Ta-chin Shan .......................................................Dajin Shan

Ta-chu Chou .....................................................Dazhu Zhou

Ta-chu Shan ........................................................ Dazhushan

Ta-chu shan Tao.......................................... Dazhushan Dao

Ta-chu-shan Tsui ..........................................Dazhushan Zui

Ta-chui Tao ........................................................Dazhui Dao

Ta-feng Chiang ................................................Dafeng Jiang

Ta-fo Tao............................................................... Dafo Dao

Ta-hei-shan Tao ........................................... Daheishan Dao

Ta-ho-shang Shan ...................................... Daheshang Shan

Ta-hsi Shui-tao................................................Daxi Shuidao

Ta-hsi-chai Tao ...............................................Daxizhai Dao

Ta-hsi-fan Shih ..................................................Daxifan Shi

Ta-hsieh Tao.........................................................Daxie Dao

Ta-hsing-shan Chiao .................................. Daxingshan Jiao

Ta-hsing-tsan Yen ........................................ Daxingzan Yan

Ta-hua ........................................................................ Dahua

Ta-hua Shan ...................................................... Dahua Shan

Ta-huang-lung Shan............................... Dahuanglong Shan

Ta-huo Pai........................................................ Denghuo Pai

Ta-kan Shan ...................................................... Dagan Shan

Ta-kang .................................................................... Dagang

Ta-kang Ting................................................... Dagang Ding

Ta-kou Tsui-tzu.................................................Dagou Zuizi

Ta-ku............................................................................ Dagu

Ta-ku K'ou Mao-ti ......................................Dagukou Maodi

Ta-kuan Tao ......................................................Daguan Dao

Ta-kung Tao ......................................................Dagong Dao

Ta-lao-chi.................................................................. Dalaoji

Ta-lieh Tao ............................................................Dalie Dao

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 183 

Ta-lien Kang .................................................... Dalian Gang

Ta-lien Tao ......................................................... Dalian Dao

Ta-lien Tao-tzu ................................................ Dalian Daozi

Ta-lien Wan........................................................Dalian Wan

Ta-lo ............................................................................Daluo

Ta-lu Shan ..............................................................Dalushan

Ta-lu Tao ............................................................... Dalu Dao

Ta-ma-i Tao...................................................... Damayi Dao

Ta-mai Yu..............................................................Damai Yu

Ta-mai-i Tao..................................................... Damayi Dao

Ta-mang .................................................................. Damang

Ta-mao Shan .................................................... Damao Shan

Ta-men Tao ....................................................... Damen Dao

Ta-ming-fu .......................................................... Daming fu

Ta-ming-Fu .......................................................... Damingfu

Ta-mo Shan ..........................................................Damoshan

Ta-mu Tao ........................................................... Damu Dao

Ta-nan Shan ...................................................... Danan Shan

Ta-nien Shan ......................................................Danianshan

Ta-ou Chiao...........................................................Daou Jiao

Ta-p'ai Chiao ........................................................Dapai Jiao

Ta-p'eng Shan....................................................Dapengshan

Ta-p'i-kai ..................................................................Dapikai

Ta-p'ing Yu.......................................................... Daping Yu

Ta-p'ing-lan ..........................................................Dapinglan

Ta-p'u-ho K'ou ................................................. Dapuhe Kou

Ta-pan Tao ..........................................................Daban Dao

Ta-pao-hsing ....................................................... Dabaoxing

Ta-pei Lieh-tao................................................Dabei Liedao

Ta-pei Shan ........................................................ Dabei Shan

Ta-san-p'an ............................................................Dasanpan

Ta-san-shan Shui-tao............................. Dasanshan Shuidao

Ta-san-shan Tao .................................................. Dasanshan

Ta-shan-ting Chien..................................... Dashanding Jiao

Ta-shu Tao...........................................................Dashu Dao

Ta-t'ang...................................................................... Datang

Ta-t'u-ch'an Shih .............................................Datuchan Shi

Ta-tan ......................................................................... Dadan

Ta-teng Tao ....................................................... Dading Dao

Ta-tien ....................................................................... Dadian

Ta-ts'ai-hua Shan............................................ Dacaihuashan

Ta-tung-ling .......................................................Dadongling

Ta-wan-shan Tao........................................ Dawanshan Dao

Ta-wen-ch'ung..................................................Dawenchong

Ta-yu ...........................................................................Da Yu

Ta-yu Chiao...........................................................Dayu Jiao

Ta-yu Shan ............................................................Dayushan

Ta-yu-ts'ang Shan........................................ Dayucang Shan

Ta-ya Wan ............................................................Daya Wan

Ta-yang Shan ....................................................Dayangshan

Ta-yang T'ou ..................................................... Dayang Tou

Ta-yao Chiao.......................................................Dayao Jiao

Tafang-chi Tao ................................................Dafangji Dao

Tai Shan ...................................................................Daishan

Tai-hu Shan .........................................................Taihu Shan

Tai-pang Wan ...................................................Dapeng Wan

Tai-shan Lieh-tao ......................................... Taishan Liedao

Tan Shui .................................................................Dan Shui

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Tan-kan Lieh-tao.......................................... Dangan Liedao

Tan-kan Shui-tao........................................ Dangan Shuidao

Tan-kan Tao ......................................................Dangan Dao

Tan-men Shan .................................................. Danmenshan

Tan-shui ...................................................................Danshui

Tan-wei Chiao...................................................Danwei Jiao

Tao-lo.........................................................................Taoluo

Tao-mo Ting ........................................................Damoding

Tao-tou-ao............................................................ Daodouao

Teng-chou Ch'ien-t'an...............................Dengzhouqianian

Teng-chou Ch'ien-tan..............................Dengshou Qiautan

Teng-chou Shui-tao................................ Dengzhou Shuidao

Teng-pu Tao......................................................Dengbu Dao

Ti Chiao .................................................................... Di Jiao

Ti-chiao-chen.....................................................Dijiao Zhen

Ti-liu Hsing............................................................Diliuxing

Tiao-erh Shan ...................................................Diaoer Shan

Tien-ch'eng ..........................................................Diancheng

Tien-pai.................................................................... Dianbai

Ting-hai ...................................................................Dinghai

Ting-shih.................................................................. Dingshi

Ting-t'ai T'ou .....................................................Dingtai Tou

Ting-ts'ao Yu......................................................Dingcao Yu

Ting-tzu-ho K'ou............................................ Dingzihe Kou

To Shan .................................................................Duo Shan

To-ku Shan........................................................Dougu Shan

To-tzu Shan..........................................................Duozishan

Tou-chin Shui-tao ........................................ Toujin Shuidao

Tou-luan Tao................................................... Douluan Dao

Ts'ai-hua Ling...................................................Caihua Ling

Ts'ao Yu ....................................................................Cao Yu

Ts'ao-fei-tien....................................................... Caofeidian

Ts'ao-fei-tien Tan......................................... Caofeidian Tan

Ts'e-tzu Shan ......................................................... Cezishan

Ts'en-kang...............................................................Cengang

Ts'u-lu Tao ............................................................ Culu Dao

Ts'Ai Yu.....................................................................Cai Yu

Ts'Ao Yu ...................................................................Cao Yu

Tsao shun...............................................................Zao Shan

Tsen-chih-fu ........................................................ Zengzhifu

Tsou-ma-Teng....................................................Zoumadeng

Tsui-tung..................................................................Zaidong

Tsung Chiao..........................................................Zong Jiao

Tuan-piao Tao................................................Duanbiao Dao

Tui-ta T'ou ...........................................................Duida Tou

Tung shang Wan .......................................... Dongshan Wan

Tung Chou ........................................................... Dongzhou

Tung Hai ............................................................... Dong Hai

Tung Shan...........................................................Dong Shan

Tung-an Tao......................................................Dongan Dao

Tung-an Yen ................................................Dongxiang Yan

Tung-ao Tao......................................................Dongao Dao

Tung-ch'uan Tao ...........................................Dongquan Dao

Tung-ch'ang Wan ..................................... Dong Chang Wan

Tung-chi Lieh-tao ............................................Donji Liedao

Tung-chi Shan.................................................... Dongjishan

Tung-chi Yu ......................................................... Dongji Yu

Tung-chia Tao.................................................. Dongjia Dao

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157 

184 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Tung-chia-k'ou Tsui.................................... Dongjiakou Zui

Tung-chieh Chiao............................................. Dongjie Jiao

Tung-chien .............................................................Dongjian

Tung-fang..............................................................Dongfang

Tung-fu Shan .................................................... Dongfushan

Tung-hai Tao ................................................... Donghai Dao

Tung-hai-tzu....................................................... Donghaizai

Tung-hsiang Tao ......................................... Dongxiang Dao

Tung-hsing ............................................................Dongxing

Tung-hsing Kang ........................................Dongxing Gang

Tung-huo Shan............................................... Donghuoshan

Tung-k'uei Shan ..............................................Dongkui Dao

Tung-ka Yu........................................................Donggua Yu

Tung-kua Yu......................................................Donggua Yu

Tung-lu-hua Shan.........................................Dongluhuashan

Tung-lien-Tao..............................................Dongxilian Dao

Tung-lo Lieh-Tao ..........................................Donglu Liedao

Tung-lo Tao.....................................................Dongluo Dao

Tung-ma-i Tao.............................................. Dongmayi Dao

Tung-mao Chou .......................................... Dongmao Zhou

Tung-men Yu .................................................. Dongmen Yu

Tung-mo-p'an....................................................Dongmopan

Tung-nan K'ou ............................................... Dongnan Kou

Tung-pan Shan ..............................................Dongban Shan

Tung-pan-yang Chiao .............................Dongpanyang Jiao

Tung-pi Tao.......................................................Dongbi Dao

Tung-sha Tao...................................................Dongsha Dao

Tung-shan Tao...............................................Dongshan Dao

Tung-shan-wan Mao-ti....................... Dongshanwan Maodi

Tung-shuang Tao.......................................Dongshuang Dao

Tung-t'ai Shan .................................................. Dongtaishan

Tung-t'ing Shan.............................................. Dongtingshan

Tung-t'ou Shan................................................ Dongtoushan

Tung-t'ou-shan Tao ..................................Dongtoushan Dao

Tung-ta-fan Shih ...........................................Dongdafan Shi

Tung-ting Tao................................................ Deagding Dao

Tung-ts'e................................................................... Dongce

Tung-tsui Chiao .............................................. Dongzui Jiao

Tung-wang Sha ............................................ Dongwang Sha

Tung-yu-p'ing Yu .......................................... Donyuying Yu

Tung-yin Tao...................................................Dongyin Dao

Tung-yu Shan................................................... Dongyushan

Tung-Ting Yu.................................................. Dongding Yu

Tz'u Shan .................................................................Ci Shan

Tz'u-hsi ..........................................................................Cixi

Tzu-lo Shan.........................................................Ziluo Shan

Tzu-mao Shan................................................... Zimao Shan

Wai Chiao ...............................................................Wai Jiao

Wai Lan-chiang-sha ................................. Wai Lanjiang Sha

Wai Sha ................................................................... Wai Sha

Wai-chu Men....................................................Waizhoumen

Wai-lan-chiang Sha.................................... Wei Lanjiangshi

Wai-ling-ting Tao ...................................... Wailingding Dao

Wai-lung-yen .................................................... Wailongyan

Wai-p'u Sham.....................................................Waipusham

Wai-pai-chiao...................................................... Waipaijiao

Wai-pai-mu-t'ien Chiao...........................Waibaimutian Jiao

Wai-ssu Chiao ...................................................... Waisi Jiao

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Wai-ssu-k'uai ........................................................Waisikuai

Wai-ssu-k'uai Chiao.......................................Waisikuai Jiao

Wai-t'a Chiao ....................................................... Waita Jiao

Wai-t'ou..................................................................... Weitou

Wai-t'ou Shan................................................... Waitou Shan

Wai-tiao Shan .................................................. Waidiaoshan

Wai-ting-tzu Shan ........................................Waidingzi Shan

Wai-tung Tsui ..................................................Waidong Zui

Wai-T'ou Shan ................................................. Waitou Shan

Wan-shan ............................................................... Wanshan

Wang Lan................................................................ Henglan

Wang-chia Tao .................................................Wangjia Dao

Wang-fu Chou.................................................Wangfu Zhou

Wang-p'an Shan ............................................Wangpan Shan

Wang-t'ien Ting ............................................Wangtian Ding

Wei-chia Tao.......................................................Weijia Dao

Wei-chou Tao.................................................. Weizhou Dao

Wei-hai.......................................................................Weihai

Wei-hai Kang...................................................Weihai Gang

Wei-t'ou Chiao ...................................................Weitou Jiao

Wei-t'ou Wan .................................................... Weitou Wan

Wen Chou ............................................................ Wen Zhou

Wen-ch'ung Shan Men......................... Wenchongshan Men

Wen-ch'ung-shan ..........................................Wenchongshan

Wen-chou Tao................................................ Wenzhou Dao

Wen-chou Wan...............................................Wenzhou Wan

Wen-chou-ch'ien T'an ...............................Wenzhou Qiantin

Wen-kuan Tao................................................ Wenquan Dao

Wen-ling ................................................................. Wenling

Wen-teng................................................................Wendeng

Wen-wei Chou ............................................... Wenwei Zhou

Weng-kung Chiao ........................................ Wenggong Jiao

Wo-lung Ling...................................................Wolong Ling

Wu Jiao ....................................................................Wu Jiao

Wu Shan................................................................. Wu Shan

Wu Yu ........................................................................Wu Yu

Wu-ch'i Chou......................................................Wuqi Zhou

Wu-ch'iu Yu .........................................................Wuiqiu Yu

Wu-ch'uan..............................................................Wuchuan

Wu-chu Chou................................................... Wuzhu Zhou

Wu-chu Shan ..................................................... Wuzhushan

Wu-hu Chiao.........................................................Yuhu Jiao

Wu-mien Ling..................................................Wumen Ling

Wu-p'eng Yu ...................................................... Wupeng Yu

Wu-shih.....................................................................Wu Shi

Wu-shih-lien .........................................................Wushilian

Wu-sung...................................................................Wusong

Wu-sung K'ou .................................................. Wusong Kou

Wu-tao-kou Tsui-tzu......................................Wudagouzuizi

Yu-ch'ih Shih ........................................................ Yuchi Shi

Yu-huan Tao......................................................Yuhuan Dao

Yu-huang Shan...............................................Yuhuang Shan

Yu-ling Chiao........................................................Yulia Jiao

Yu-san Chiao .......................................................Yusan Jiao

Yu-t'ou Tao...........................................................Yutou Dao

Yu-weng Tao.................................................... Yuweng Dao

Yu-yao.........................................................................Yuyao

Yu-Shah Lieh-tao..........................................Yushan Liedao

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 185 

Yuan Yu...................................................................Yuan Yu

Yuan-sha.................................................................. Yuansha

Yuan-tzu Chiao .................................................. Yaunzi Jiao

Yuan-yang Tao .............................................. Yuanyang Dao

Yun-feng Shan.................................................. Yufeng Shan

Yun-hsiao ................................................................ Yunxiao

Yun-nan Yen...................................................... Yunnan Yan

Yun-t'ai Shan..................................................... Yuntai Shan

Yun-ting Shan ................................................ Yunding Shan

Yun-ting-Yan..................................................... Yundingyan

Ya-lung Chiao ....................................................Yalong Jiao

Ya-lung Wan ..................................................... Yalong Wan

Yai-ch'eng ...............................................................Yacheng

Yai-chou Wan................................................... Yazhou Wan

Yai-hsien San-ya ................................................ Xian Sanya

Yai-men-wai K'ou ........................................ Yamen Waikou

Yang-chia Shih................................................... Yangjia Shi

Yang-chiao Chiao............................................Yangjiao Jiao

Yang-ho K'ou ....................................................Yanghe Kou

Yang-kang ............................................................ Yangjiang

Yang-lan Shih.................................................... Yanglan Shi

Yang-ma Tao ....................................................Yangma Dao

Yang-p'u Wan................................................... Yangpu Wan

Yang-p'u-pi..........................................................Yang pu Bi

Yang-pi.....................................................................Yang-bi

WADE-GILES PINYIN

Yang-shan Tao ...................................................... Vangshan

Yang-yu Tao......................................................Yangyu Dao

Yang-yu-ch'ih Wan ..................................... Yangyuchi Wan

Yeh-ma Yu ............................................................. Yema Yu

Yeh-mao-tung ....................................................Yemaodong

Yen Yen................................................................... Yan Yan

Yen-lou Chiao.................................................... Yanlou Jiao

Yen-t'ai.........................................................................Yanta

Yen-t'ai Kang ....................................................Yantai Gang

Yen-t'ou Shan................................................... Yantou Shan

Yen-tang Shan..............................................Yangdang Shan

Yen-tou Shan ...................................................Yandou Shan

Yen-wei Kang ................................................... Yanweigang

Yen-wo Tao........................................................ Yanwo Dao

Yin-kang Chiao................................................Yingang Jiao

Ying-ko Tsui.......................................................Yingge Zui

Ying-ko-hai.......................................................... Yinggehai

Ying-p'an................................................................. Yingpan

Ying-tsui Shih................................................... Yangzui Shi

Yu Yen ...................................................................... Yu Yan

Yu-shui Yen ..................................................... Youshui Yan

Yu-Ts'ai-hua-chi ............................................. Youcaihuazhi

Yuan-chiu Chiao ............................................ Yuanzhui Jiao

Yuan-t'ou Ling ..............................................Guangtou Ling

Yung Chiao .........................................................Yong Jiang

WADE-GILES PINYIN
Pub. 157

186 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Pinyin to Wade-Giles

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Ai Zhou...................................................................Ai Chou

Aiqishan............................................................Ai-ch'i Shan

Aizhou Liedao...........................................Ai-chou Lieh-tao

AiWan .............................................................. Ai-wan Wan

Anhai..........................................................................An-hai

Anpu...........................................................................An-p'u

Aoshan ....................................................................Ao Shan

Aoshan Tou .....................................................Ao-shan T'ou

Bayieshan......................................................Pai-chieh Shan

Ba Jiao.................................................................... Pa Chiao

Bai Jiao ................................................................. Pai Chiao

Baibulou...............................................................Pai-pu-lou

Baihu Jiao ........................................................Pai-hu Chiao

Baihu Tou........................................................... Pai-hu T'ou

Baihutou Sha................................................ Pai-hu-t'ou Sha

Baijie Xia ...................................................... Pai-chieh Hsia

Baikeng Shan ................................................Pai-k'eng Shan

Baili Dao............................................................... Pai-li Tao

Baili Qiantan............................................. Pei-li-ch'ien T'an

Bailong Wei ..................................................... Pai-lung-wei

Bailong Yan .....................................................Pai-lung Yen

Baima Shan...................................................... Pai-ma Shan

Baimianjiangjun........................................Pai-mien-chiangBaimudi jiao................................................Pai-mu-ti Chiao

Baimutian Jiao ........................................Pai-mu-t'ien Chiao

Baiquan Liedao..................................... Pai-ch'uan Lieh-tao

Baise Yan .............................................................Pai-se Yen

Baisha Dao.........................................................Pai-sha Tao

Baisha Qiantan....................................... Pai-Sha Ch'ien-t'an

Baishan....................................................................Pai Shan

Baishashan .......................................................Pai-sha Shan

Baishuilin........................................................... Pai-shui-lin

Baisu Yan ............................................................ Pai-su Yen

Baitasham..........................................................Pai-t'a Sham

Baitou....................................................................... Pai-t'ou

Baiya Pai ..............................................................Pai-ya P'ai

Baiyun Shan.................................................... Pai-yun Shan

Baiyuwan Dao............................................. Pai-yu-wan Tao

Bajiashan.........................................................Pai-chia Shan

Banchao Jiao...............................................Pan-ch'ao Chiao

Banlu Shi ...........................................................Pan-lu Shih

Banmianshan.................................................Pan-mien-shan

Banmian Shan.............................................. Pan-mian Shan

Banmian Shan...............................................Pan-mien-shan

Bantian Shan..................................................Pan-t'ian Shan

Banyang Jiao...............................................Pan-yang Chiao

Banyangshan.................................................Pan-yang Shan

Banzhao Liedao ...................................... Pan-chao Lieh-tao

Baogai Shan .................................................... Pao-kai Shan

Baohu Jiao.......................................................Pao-hu Chiao

Baohu Shan...................................................... Pao-hu Shan

Basuo Gang........................................................ Pa-so Kang

Bazhao Dao.......................................................Pa-chao Tao

Bazhao Liedao .......................................... Pa-chao Lieh-tao

Bazhao Shuidao ........................................ Pa-chao Shui-tao

Bei Cao .................................................................. Pei Ts'ao

Bei Jiao ................................................................. Pei Chiao

Bei Shuidao ...................................................... Pei Shui-tao

Bei Wan ...................................................................Pei Wan

Beiao Dao ............................................................Pei-ao Tao

Beibai.........................................................................Pei-pai

Beibu Wan ......................................................... Pei-pu Wan

Beichangshan Dao ................................Pei-ch'ang-shan Tao

Beiding Dao...................................................... Pei-ting Tao

Beidingxin ....................................................... Pei-ting-hsin

Beifang Qiantan..................................... Pei-fang Ch'ient'an

Beifen Ling.......................................................Pai-fen Ling

Beigangshan ..................................................Pei-kang Shan

Beigantang Dao ....................................... Pei-kan-t'ang Dao

Beigantang Dao ........................................Pei-kan-t'ang Tao

Beigoutuo ........................................................... Pei-kou-t'o

Beiguan Dao ....................................................Pei-kuan Tao

Beiguoshan ..................................................... Pai-kuo Shan

Beihai.........................................................................Pei-hai

Beihai Gang .....................................................Pei-hai Kang

Beihuangcheng Dao........................... Pei-huang-ch'eng Tao

Beijiao Dao.....................................................Pei-chien Tao

Beijiao Bandao .........................................Pei-chiao Pan-tao

Beijiao Zui .....................................................Pei-chiao Tsui

Beijishan ........................................................... Pei-chi shan

Beijishan Liedao................................ Pei-chi-shan Lieh-tao

Beili ............................................................................. Pei-li

Beili Shaxui .................................................. Pai-li-sha Tsui

Beili Wan .............................................................Pei-li Wan

Beilongshan ................................................... Pei-lung Shan

Beiqi Yan ...........................................................Pei-ch'i Yen

Beiquan Jiao ..............................................Pei-ch'uan Chiao

Beisha Dao......................................................... Pei-sha Tao

Beishi.......................................................................Pei-shih

Beishuang Dao............................................. Pei-shuang Tao

Beishuangyang Kou.......................... Pei-shuang-yang K'ou

Beitaiwu Shan............................................ Pei-t'ai-wu Shan

Beitang....................................................................Pei-t'ang

Beitian Wei .......................................................Pei-t'ien-wei

Beitingshan .................................................... Pei-t'ing Shan

Beituoji Shuidao ....................................Pei-t'o-chi Shui-tao

Beiyushan ......................................................... Pei-yu Shan

Beize ..........................................................................Pei-tse

Benghu Shan...................................................Pang-hu Shan

Biao Jiao ............................................................. Piao Chiao

Biaodan....................................................................Piao-tan

Bijia Ling..........................................................Pi-chia Ling

Bijia Shan .........................................................Pi-chia Shan

Bingma Jiao ..................................................Ping-ma Chiao

Bingma Shan .................................................. Pei-chia Ling

Bingma Shan ................................................. Ping-ma Shan

Bitou Jiao.........................................................Pi-t'ou Chiao

Bo Hai........................................................................Po Hai

Bodaozui............................................................ Po-tao Tsui

Bohai Haixia................................................Po-hai Hai-hsia

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 187 

Bohai Wan..........................................................Po-hai Wan

Cai Yu .................................................................... Ts'Ai Yu

Caihua Ling................................................... Ts'ai-hua Ling

Cao Yu.....................................................................Ts'ao Yu

Caofeidian....................................................... Ts'ao-fei-tien

Caofeidian Tan......................................... Ts'ao-fei-tien Tan

Cengang .............................................................. Ts'en-kang

Cezishan..........................................................Ts'e-tzu Shan

Cha Shan............................................................... Ch'a shan

Chai Yu ...................................................................Ch'ai Yu

Chaishan.............................................................. Ch'ai Shan

Chamu Yu ..........................................................Ch'a-mu Yu

Chang Yu.............................................................. Ch'ang Yu

Chang Zhou......................................................Ch'ang Chou

Chang Zui ......................................................... Ch'ang Tsui

Chang Zuizi................................................. Ch'ang Tsui-tzu

Changbaishan............................................. Ch'ang-pai Shan

Changbiao Dao .......................................... Ch'ang-piao Tao

Changdao ............................................................Ch'ang Tao

Changer Jian ............................................ Ch'ang-erh Chien

Changhua Daling ...................................Ch'ang-hua-ta Ling

Changjiang Kou ....................................Ch'ang-chiang K'ou

Changjiang Zui ..................................... Ch'ang-chiang Tsui

Changjiangkou Beijiao .........Ch'ang-chiang-k'ou-pei Chiao

Changjiangkou Maodi................Ch'ang-chiang-k'ou Mao-ti

Changle ................................................................. Ch'ang-le

Changli...................................................................Ch'ang-li

Changmadeng ............................................Ch'ang-ma-Teng

Changmen Yan...........................................Ch'ang-men Yen

Changshan Shuidao............................ Ch'ang-shan Shui-tao

Changxing Dao ........................................Ch'ang-hsing Dao

Changxing Dao .........................................Ch'ang-hsing Tao

Changxing Qiantan ....................... Ch'ang-hsing Ch'ien-t'an

Changyaoshan........................................... Ch'ang-yao Shan

Changzhishan........................................... Ch'ang-chih Shan

Changzhou Dao..........................................Cheng Chou Tao

Chaolian Dao .................................................Chao-lien Tao

Chaoyang ........................................................... Ch'ao-yang

Chaoyang Shan ......................................... Ch'ao-yang Shan

Cheng Shan...................................................... Ch'eng Shan

Chenghai ............................................................. Ch'eng-hai

Chengmai Jiao..........................................Ch'eng-mai Chiao

Chengmai Wan...........................................Ch'eng-mai Wan

Chengpu Shan............................................ Ch'eng-p'u Shan

Chengshan Jiao ...................................... Ch'eng-shan Chiao

Chengzhou Dao......................................... Ch'eng-chou Tao

Cheniushan..................................................... Ch'eNiu Shan

Chenjia Zui ................................................. Ch'en-chia Tsui

Chenqianshan...........................................Ch'en-ch'ien Shan

Cheqi Ding.....................................................Ch'e-cb'r Ting

Cheyou Dao ...................................................... Ch'e-yu Tao

Chi Yu ..................................................................... Chih Yu

Chikan.................................................................... Ch'i-k'an

Chishan Ji...................................................... Ch'ih-shan-chi

Chishizai ........................................................Chih-shih Tzu

Chitoushan ...................................................Ch'ih-t'ou Shan

Chixai Wei ......................................................Ch'ih-tzu-wei

Chongming ......................................................Ch'ung-ming

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Chongming Dao........................................ Ch'ung-ming Tao

Chongming Qiantan...................... Ch'ung-ming Ch'ien-Tan

Chongshan ....................................................... Ch'ung Shan

Chongwu............................................................. Ch'ung-wu

Chuan Jiao ...................................................... Ch'uan Chiao

Chuanbi................................................................. Ch'uan-pi

Chuanbi Dao.................................................. Ch'uan-pi Tao

Chuangaiushan ........................................ Ch'uang-niu Shan

Chuansha ............................................................ Ch'uan-sha

Chuanshan Bandao ..............................Ch'uan-shan Pan-tao

Chuanshi Dao .............................................Ch'uan-shih Tao

Chushui Shi .................................................. Ch'u-shui Shih

Ci Shan .................................................................Tz'u Shan

Cixi ..........................................................................Tz'u-hsi

Culu Dao.............................................................Ts'u-lu Tao

Da Gang Channel ................................................... Ta Kang

Da Jiao ................................................................... Ta Chiao

Da Ling.................................................................... Ta Ling

Da Pai ........................................................................ Ta P'ai

Da Shan ...................................................................Ta Shan

Da Yu ...........................................................................Ta-yu

Daao Zui ..............................................................Ta-ao Tsui

Daban Dao ..........................................................Ta-pan Tao

Dabaoxing........................................................Ta-pao-hsing

Dabei Liedao ............................................... Ta-pei Lieh-tao

Dabei Shan.........................................................Ta-pei Shan

Dacaihuashan............................................ Ta-ts'ai-hua Shan

Dachahua ........................................................... Ta-ch'a-hua

Dachangtan .................................................... Ta-ch'ang-t'an

Dachangtushan ....................................... Ta-ch'ang-t'u Shan

Dachenshan.................................................... Ta-ch'en Shan

Dadan..........................................................................Ta-tan

Dadian........................................................................Ta-tien

Dading Dao........................................................Ta-teng Tao

Dadongling .......................................................Ta-tung-ling

Dafangji Dao.................................................Tafang-chi Tao

Dafeng Jiang................................................Ta-feng Chiang

Dafo Dao .............................................................. Ta-fo Tao

Dagan Shan.......................................................Ta-kan Shan

Dagang.....................................................................Ta-kang

Dagang Ding................................................... Ta-kang Ting

Dagong Dao......................................................Ta-kung Tao

Dagou Zuizi ................................................ Ta-kou Tsui-tzu

Dagu ............................................................................Ta-ku

Daguan Dao ......................................................Ta-kuan Tao

Dagukou Maodi ...................................... Ta-ku K'ou Mao-ti

Daheishan Dao............................................ Ta-hei-shan Tao

Dahengqin Dao....................................... Da-heng-ch'in Tao

Daheshang Shan ......................................Ta-ho-shang Shan

Dahua.........................................................................Ta-hua

Dahua Shan.......................................................Ta-hua Shan

Dahuanglong Shan............................... Ta-huang-lung Shan

Daishan ...................................................................Tai Shan

Dajian Feng ...................................................Ta-chien Feng

Dajiao .................................................................... Ta Chiao

Dajiao Shan ...................................................Ta-chiao Shan

Dajiao Tou ......................................................Ta-chiao T'ou

Dajiaoshan .......................................................Ta-chia Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157 

188 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Dajin......................................................................... Ta-chin

Dajin Jia .........................................................Ta-chin Chiao

Dajin Shan....................................................... Ta-chin Shan

Dajishan ............................................................ Ta-chi Shan

Dalaoji.................................................................. Ta-lao-chi

Dalian Dao ......................................................... Ta-lien Tao

Dalian Daozi ................................................ Ta-lien Tao-tzu

Dalian Feng....................................................Ta-chien Feng

Dalian Gang .....................................................Ta-lien Kang

Dalian Wan ....................................................... Ta-lien Wan

Dalie Dao ........................................................... Ta-lieh Tao

Dalu Dao............................................................... Ta-lu Tao

Daluo............................................................................ Ta-lo

Dalushan ............................................................. Ta-lu Shan

Damai Yu .............................................................Ta-mai Yu

Damang.................................................................. Ta-mang

Damao Shan.................................................... Ta-mao Shan

Damayi Dao ...................................................... Ta-ma-i Tao

Damayi Dao ..................................................... Ta-mai-i Tao

Damen Dao ........................................................Ta-men Tao

Daming fu .......................................................... Ta-ming-fu

Damingfu ...........................................................Ta-ming-Fu

Damoding.........................................................Tao-mo Ting

Damoshan ......................................................... Ta-mo Shan

Damu Dao........................................................... Ta-mu Tao

Dan Shui ................................................................ Tan Shui

Danan Shan.......................................................Ta-nan Shan

Dangan Dao ......................................................Tan-kan Tao

Dangan Liedao.......................................... Tan-kan Lieh-tao

Dangan Shuidao........................................ Tan-kan Shui-tao

Danianshan...................................................... Ta-nien Shan

Danmenshan.................................................. Tan-men Shan

Danshui ...................................................................Tan-shui

Danwei Jiao................................................... Tan-wei Chiao

Daodouao............................................................ Tao-tou-ao

Daou Jiao ..........................................................Ta-ou Chiao

Dapai Jiao ....................................................... Ta-p'ai Chiao

Dapeng Wan................................................... Tai-pang Wan

Dapengshan....................................................Ta-p'eng Shan

Dapikai.................................................................. Ta-p'i-kai

Daping Yu .......................................................... Ta-p'ing Yu

Dapinglan........................................................ T'ai-p'ing-lan

Dapinglan.......................................................... Ta-p'ing-lan

Dapuhe Kou ..................................................Ta-p'u-ho K'ou

Daqi Jiao ......................................................... Ta-ch'i Chiao

Daqiao Dao ..................................................... Ta-ch'iao Tao

Daqin Dao.........................................................Ta-ch'in Tao

Daqinghe..................................................Ta-ch'ing-ho K'ou

Daqingshan ...................................................Ta-ch'ing Shan

Daqushan .........................................................Ta-ch'u Shan

Dasanpan............................................................ Ta-san-p'an

Dasanshan .................................................. Ta-san-shan Tao

Dasanshan Shuidao.............................Ta-san-shan Shui-tao

Dashan Ling.................................................... Ta Shan Ling

Dashanding Jiao.....................................Ta-shan-ting Chien

Dashu Dao...........................................................Ta-shu Tao

Dashui Dao ........................................................Ta-chui Tao

Datang......................................................................Ta-t'ang

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Datuchan Shi .............................................Ta-t'u-ch'an Shih

Dawanshan Dao........................................ Ta-wan-shan Tao

Dawenchong ................................................. Ta-wen-ch'ung

Daxi Shuidao ............................................... Ta-hsi Shui-tao

Daxie Dao........................................................ Ta-hsieh Tao

Daxifan Shi.................................................. Ta-hsi-fan Shih

Daxingshan Jiao...................................Ta-hsing-shan Chiao

Daxingzan Yan.........................................Ta-hsing-tsan Yen

Daxizhai Dao ............................................... Ta-hsi-chai Tao

Daya Wan ............................................................Ta-ya Wan

Dayang Tou......................................................Ta-yang T'ou

Dayangshan ....................................................Ta-yang Shan

Dayao Jiao ...................................................... Ta-yao Chiao

Dayu Jiao .......................................................... Ta-yu Chiao

Dayucang Shan........................................ Ta-yu-ts'ang Shan

Dayushan ............................................................Ta-yu Shan

Dazhizhu Dao .............................................Ta-chih-chu Tao

Dazhu Zhou ..................................................... Ta-chu Chou

Dazhui Dao........................................................Ta-chui Tao

Dazhushan ........................................................Ta-chu Shan

Dazhushan Dao.......................................... Ta-chu-shan Tao

Dazhushan Zui.......................................... Ta-chu-shan Tsui

Deagding Dao................................................ Tung-ting Tao

Dengbu Dao......................................................Teng-pu Tao

Denghuo Pai ........................................................Ta-huo Pai

Dengshou Qiautan ............................. Teng-chou Ch'ien-tan

Dengzhou Shuidao................................ Teng-chou Shui-tao

Dengzhouqianian...............................Teng-chou Ch'ien-t'an

Di Jiao.....................................................................Ti Chiao

Dianbai ................................................................... Tien-pai

Diancheng.......................................................... Tien-ch'eng

Diaoer Shan ................................................... Tiao-erh Shan

Dijiao Zhen.....................................................Ti-chiao-chen

Diliuxing........................................................... Ti-liu Hsing

Dingcao Yu ......................................................Ting-ts'ao Yu

Dinghai ................................................................... Ting-hai

Dingshi ................................................................. Ting-shih

Dingtai Tou ..................................................... Ting-t'ai T'ou

Dingzihe Kou............................................ Ting-tzu-ho K'ou

Dong Chang Wan......................................Tung-ch'ang Wan

Dong Hai ...............................................................Tung Hai

Dong Shan ...........................................................Tung Shan

Dongan Dao......................................................Tung-an Tao

Dongao Dao......................................................Tung-ao Tao

Dongban Shan ..............................................Tung-pan Shan

Dongbi Dao ...................................................... Tung-pi Tao

Dongce................................................................... Tung-ts'e

Dongdafan Shi ...........................................Tung-ta-fan Shih

Dongding Yu.................................................. Tung-Ting Yu

Dongfang ............................................................. Tung-fang

Dongfushan.....................................................Tung-fu Shan

Donggua Yu ....................................................... Tung-ka Yu

Donggua Yu ..................................................... Tung-kua Yu

Donghai Dao................................................... Tung-hai Tao

Donghaizai....................................................... Tung-hai-tzu

Donghuoshan............................................... Tung-huo Shan

Dongji Yu..........................................................Tung-chi Yu

Dongjia Dao...................................................Tung-chia Tao

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 189 

Dongjiakou Zui.................................... Tung-chia-k'ou Tsui

Dongjian............................................................. Tung-chien

Dongjie Jiao .............................................Tung-chieh Chiao

Dongjishan.................................................... Tung-chi Shan

Dongkui Dao.............................................. Tung-k'uei Shan

Dongluhuashan ........................................Tung-lu-hua Shan

Dongluo Dao..................................................... Tung-lo Tao

Dongluo Liedao ....................................... Tung-lo Lieh-Tao

Dongmao Zhou .......................................... Tung-mao Chou

Dongmayi Dao..............................................Tung-ma-i Tao

Dongmen Yu ...................................................Tung-men Yu

Dongmopan.................................................... Tung-mo-p'an

Dongnan Kou ................................................Tung-nan K'ou

Dongpanyang Jiao..............................Tung-pan-yang Chiao

Dongquan Dao ...........................................Tung-ch'uan Tao

Dongsha Dao...................................................Tung-sha Tao

Dongshan Dao...............................................Tung-shan Tao

Dongshan Wan.............................................Tung shan Wan

Dongshanwan Maodi .......................Tung-shan-wan Mao-ti

Dongshuang Dao.......................................Tung-shuang Tao

Dongtaishan .................................................. Tung-t'ai Shan

Dongtingshan.............................................. Tung-t'ing Shan

Dongtoushan ................................................ Tung-t'ou Shan

Dongtoushan Dao ..................................Tung-t'ou-shan Tao

Dongwang Sha............................................ Tung-wang Sha

Dongxiang Dao..........................................Tung-hsiang Tao

Dongxiang Yan ................................................Tung-an Yen

Dongxilian Dao..............................................Tung-lien-Tao

Dongxing ........................................................... Tung-hsing

Dongxing Gang.........................................Tung-hsing Kang

Dongyin Dao................................................... Tung-yin Tao

Dongyushan ................................................... Tung-yu Shan

Dongyuying Yu........................................ Tung-yu-p'ing Yu

Dongzhou............................................................Tung Chou

Dongzui Jiao ...............................................Tung-tsui Chiao

Donji Liedao ............................................Tung-chi Lieh-tao

Douluan Dao................................................... Tou-luan Tao

Duanbiao Dao ............................................... Tuan-piao Tao

Duida Tou ...........................................................Tui-ta T'ou

Duo Shan................................................................. To Shan

Duogu Shan........................................................ To-ku Shan

Duozishan ......................................................... To-tzu Shan

Ehuang Zhang................................................O-feng Chang

Ehuo Ling .......................................................... O-hao Ling

Emei Zhang.....................................................O-mei Chang

Er Zhou ................................................................. Erh Chou

Erdan.........................................................................Erh-tan

Erhua........................................................................Erh-huo

Erjin Qiantan........................................Erh-chin-ch'ien T'an

Erlong Shan................................................... Erh-lung Shan

Ermuluanzi.................................................Erh-mu-luan-tzu

Ershanzi Dao............................................. Erh-shan-tzu Tao

Ersuanshan.................................................... Erh-suan Shan

Ertuozi Dao...................................................Erh-t'o-tzu Tao

Fanbi .......................................................................... Fan-pi

Fangcheng......................................................... Fang-ch'eng

Fangcheng Gang ..................................... Fang-ch'eng Kang

Fangui Zhou..................................................Fan-kuei Chou

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Feihuanghe Kou......................................Fei-huang-he K'ou

Feiyuajiang Kou ...................................Fei-yun-chiang Kou

Fengchao Yan .............................................. Feng-ch'ao Yen

Fengdong Shan ........................................... Feng-tung Shan

Fenggiu Sha ..................................................Feng-ch'iu Sha

Fenghuang Shan .......................................Feng-huang Shan

Fenghuang Zai ...........................................Feng-huang Tsui

Fenghuangwei.............................................Feng-huang-wei

Fengmen Ling.............................................. Feng-men Ling

Fengming Dao ............................................. Feng-ming Tao

Fengshui Jiao ............................................. Feng-shui Chiao

Fengting................................................................Feng-t'ing

Fengwei Zui...................................................Feng-wei Tsui

Fo Ding.................................................................... Fo Ting

Fodu Dao .............................................................. Fo-tu Tao

Foluo............................................................................ Fo-lo

Fu Shan....................................................................Fu Shan

Fuding....................................................................... Fu-ting

Fuhu Ling ...........................................................Fu-hu Ling

Funing Wan......................................................Fu-ning Wan

Fuqing....................................................................Fu-ch'ing

Fuqing Wan................................................... Fu-ch'ing Wan

Futou Wan......................................................... Fu-t'ou Wan

Fuwen .......................................................................Fu-wen

Fuyao Liedao ......................................................Fu-yao Tao

Fuying Dao ....................................................... Fu-ying Tao

Fuzhou .....................................................................Fu-chou

Fuzhou Gang ...........................................................Fu-chou

Fuzhou Wan....................................................Fu-chow Wan

Gadon Jiao ......................................................Kah-en Chiao

Gan Chang ..........................................................Kan-ch'eng

Gan'en Sha......................................................... Kan-en Sha

Gang Shan .......................................................... Kang Shan

Gangwei................................................................ Kang-wei

Gao Dao.................................................................. K'ao-tao

Gao Jiao ............................................................... Kao-chiao

Gao Shan .............................................................. Kao Shan

Gaodeng Dao .................................................. Kao-teng Tao

Gaolan Dao....................................................... Kao-lan Tao

Gaolan Liedao .......................................... Kao-lan Lieh-tao

Gaonaozi Jiso......................................... Kao-nao-tzu Chiao

Gaoqiso............................................................... Kao-ch'iao

Gaoshan Dao ..................................................Kao-shan Tao

Gaoshan Ling..............................................Kao-shang Ling

Gaoshen Ling................................................Kao-shan Ling

Gehong Shan .................................................Ko-hung Shan

Geli Yan................................................................ Ko-li Yen

Gengoian Cun...........................................Kuan-ch'ien-ts'un

Gongkou Tou ...............................................Kung-k'ou T'ou

Gopo Yu................................................................Ku-p'o Yu

Gouqishan...................................................... Kou-ch'i Shan

Gualianshan ...................................................Kua-lien Shan

Guanchuanao ...............................................Kuan-ch'uan-ao

Guanghai.............................................................. Kuang-hai

Guanghai Wan .............................................Kuang-hai Wan

Guanghe Kou................................................. Kuan-ho K'ou

Guangtou Ling..............................................Yuan-t'ou Ling

Guanshan Dao ..............................................Kuan-shan Tao

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157 

190 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Guantou Ling ............................................... Kuan-t'ou Ling

Guanyanbeng Ling...............................Kuan-yin-peng Ling

Guanyin Jiao ...............................................Kuan-yin Chiao

Guanyin Ling ................................................ Kuan-yin Ling

Guanyin Shan................................................Kuan-yin Shan

Guanyun................................................................Kuan-yun

Guaymen Shan............................................Kuan-men Shan

Gui Yu..................................................................... Kuei Yu

Guiling Dao.................................................... Kuei-ling Tao

Guishan Dao ................................................. Kuei-shan Tao

Gulei Shan..........................................................Ku lei Shan

Guleitou .............................................................. Ku-lei-t'ou

Gulong Zui...................................................... Ku-lung Tsui

Gutou Shan ......................................................Ku-t'ou Shan

Ha Wei .................................................................... Hai Wei

Ha Zhong Jiao............................................ Ho-chung Chiao

Hai Jiao ................................................................ Hai Chiao

Hai Yang ................................................................Hai-yang

Haian..........................................................................Hai-an

Haian Wan......................................................... Hai-an Wan

Haifeng................................................................... Hai-feng

Haihuangshan..............................................Hai-huang Shan

Haijia Shan.....................................................Hai-chia Shan

Haikang................................................................. Hai-k'ang

Haikou.....................................................................Hai-k'ou

Haikou Gang ................................................. Hai-k'ou Kang

Haikou Wan ....................................................Hai-k'ou Wan

Hailan Haixia ............................................ Hai-t'an Hai-hsia

Hailingshan Dao ......................................Hai-ling-shan Tao

Hailingshan Gang .................................Hai-ling-shan Kang

Hailu Dao............................................................ Hai-lu Tao

Haiman Dao .....................................................Hai-men Tao

Haimao Dao .....................................................Hai-mao Tao

Haimaozi Tou........................................... Hai-mao-tzu T'ou

Haimen....................................................................Hai-men

Haimen Jiao ................................................. Hai-men Chiao

Haimen Wan .................................................. Hai-men Wan

Hainan Dao .......................................................Hai-nan Tao

Haining................................................................... Hai-ning

Haitan Jiao .................................................... Hai-t'an Chiao

Haitan Shi ........................................................Hai-t'an Shih

Haitan Wan ......................................................Hai-t'an Wan

Haiyan......................................................................Hai-yen

Haiyang Dao ...................................................Hai-yang Tao

Haizhou Wan................................................. Hai-chou Wan

Han Jiang ...........................................................Han-chiang

Hangu........................................................................Han-ku

Hangzhou Wan............................................Hang-chou Wan

He Shan...................................................................Ho Shan

Hebao Dao ......................................................... He pao Tao

Hegang Shan ..................................................Ho-kang Shan

Hehuashan Shan....................................Ho-hua-sheng Shan

Hei Jiao ................................................................ Hei Chiao

Hei Yan ....................................................................Hei Yen

Hei Zhou ............................................................... Hei Chou

Heicun Jiao ..................................................Hei-ts'un Chiao

Heishijiao Wan........................................Hei-shi-chiao Wan

Helian Ya ............................................................ Ho-lien-ya

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Heng Mian Sha ............................................Heng-mien Sha

Heng Sha .............................................................. Heng Sha

Heng Shan .......................................................... Heng Shan

Heng Zhou ..........................................................Heng Chou

Henggang Dao ............................................. Heng-kang Tao

Hengjian Shan ..........................................Hung-chien Shan

Henglan................................................................ Wang Lan

Hengzhishan ...............................................Heng-chih Shan

Hepu ..........................................................................Ho-p'u

Hetaoyuanzi...............................................Ho-t'ao-yuan-tzu

Gezhong Jiao ............................................. Ho-chung Chiao

Hong Shan ..........................................................Hung Shan

Honghai Wan .................................................Hung-hai Wan

Hongyu Pai ......................................................Hung-yu P'ai

Hou Jiao.............................................................. Hou Chiao

Houduo Jiao....................................................Hou-to Chiao

Houershi Zui........................................... Hou-erh-shih Tsui

Houhai Sha .......................................................Hou-hai Sha

Houji Dao .........................................................Hou-chi Tao

Houji Shuidao........................................... Hou-chi Shui-tao

Houjishan........................................................ Hou-chi shan

Houqing Yu....................................................Hou-ch'ing Yu

Houshui Wan .................................................Hou-shui Wan

Hua Yu ......................................................................Hua Yu

Huang Dao.......................................................... Huang Tao

Huang Hai........................................................... Huang Hai

Huang He............................................................. Huang Ho

Huang Jiao .......................................................Huang Chiao

Huang Shan ...................................................... Huang Shan

Huang Xian...................................................... Huang-hsien

Huangbai Zui ...............................................Huang-pai Tsui

Huangbaizuiliho ...............................Huang-Pai-Tsui-Li Ho

Huangcheng....................................................Huang-ch'eng

Huangchengshan....................................Huang-ch'eng Shan

Huangdaao Shuidao........................... Huang-ta-ao Shui-tao

Huanggan Dao ............................................. Huang-kan Tao

Huanggua Yu .................................................Huang-kua Tu

Huanghe Kou............................................... Huang-ho K'ou

Huanghua............................................................ Huang-hua

Huangjia Shan ........................................ Huang-chiao Shan

Huangjiatang Wan ............................ Huang-chia-t'ang Wan

Huangjing Ling....................................... Huang-ching Ling

Huangliu ...............................................................Huang-liu

Huanglongwei Zui ..............................Huang-lung-wei Tsui

Huangmao Dao........................................... Huang-mao Tao

Huangmao Shan........................................Huang-mao Shan

Huangmeng Dao....................................... Huang-meng Tao

Huangmenshan .........................................Huang-men Shan

Huangqi .............................................................. Huang-ch'i

Huangshi Shan.......................................... Huang-shih Shan

Huangxing Dao......................................... Huang-hsing Tao

Huangyan............................................................ Huang-yen

Huangyang Jian ......................................Huang-yang Chien

Huangze Shan............................................. Huang-tse Shan

Huangzhu Jiao ..........................................Huang-chu Chiao

Huangzuizi Wan ...................................Huang-tsui-tzu Wan

Huanhaisi Dizui ................................... Huan-hai-ssu Ti-tsui

Huaniaoshan .................................................Hua-niao Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 191 

Huapingshan ................................................Hua-p'ing Shan

Huatonggou Zhen ............................Huang-tiung-kou Chen

Hudong Jiao ..................................................Hu-tung Chiao

Hugong Shan................................................. Hu-kung Shan

Hui Dao....................................................................Hui Tao

Hui Shan ................................................................Hui Shan

Hui-lai ....................................................................... Hui-lai

Huian..........................................................................Hui-an

Huidong ................................................................. Hui-tung

Hujing Yu......................................................... Hu-ching Yu

Hulu Dao..............................................................Hu-lu Dao

Hulu Dao.............................................................. Hu-lu Tao

Hulushan Wan............................................ Hu-lu-shan Wan

Hung Yu ................................................................. Hung Yu

Huoshan Liedao ......................................Huo-shan Lieh-tao

Huping Dao......................................................Hu-p'ing Tao

Hushi........................................................................Hu-shih

Hutou Yu............................................................. Hu-t'ou Yu

Huxiaoshie ...................................................... Hu-hsiao-she

Huyu Dao............................................................ Hu-yu Tao

Ji Yu .......................................................................... Chi Yu

Jiang Junao Yu ............................................Chiang-chun-ao

Jiang Yun Ding..........................................Chiang-Yun Ting

Jiangerao ........................................................Chiang-erh-ao

Jianghong Xu ........................................... Chiang-hung Hsu

Jiangjun Ao................................................ Chiang-chun Ao

Jiangjun Tou.............................................Chiang-chun T'ou

Jiangjunmao............................................ Chiang-chun-Mao

Jiangkou............................................................ Chiang-k'ou

Jiangmu Dao ................................................Chiang-mu Tao

Jiangping Xu............................................ Chaing-p'ing Hsu

Jiangya Hangdao.................................. Chiang-ya Hang-tao

Jiangyin Dao ................................................Chiang-yin Tao

Jianhuang Ping........................................Chien-huang-p'ing

Jianyang Dao............................................... Chien-yang Tao

Jiao Liedao....................................................Chiao-lieh Tao

Jiao Shan............................................................ Chiao Shan

Jiaoliudao........................................................Ch'iao-liu-tao

Jiaonan .................................................................Chiao-nan

Jiaotou Bi .........................................................Chiao-t'ou Pi

Jiaowei Jiao............................................... Chiao-wei Chiao

Jiaowei Wan .................................................Chiao-wei Wan

Jiaozhou Wan.............................................Chiao-chou Wan

Jiapeng Liedao ........................................ Chia-p'eng Liedao

Jiashan Ling .................................................Chia-shan Ling

Jiazi .........................................................................Chia-tzu

Jiazi Gang ..................................................... Chia-tzu Kang

Jiazi Jiao....................................................... Chia-tzu Chiao

Jiazi Shan .......................................................Chia-tzu Shan

Jibei Yu .....................................................................Chi-pei

Jieshi Wan ...................................................Chieh-shih Wan

Jigu Jiao ..........................................................Chi-ku Chiao

Jiguanshan.....................................................Chi-kuan Shan

Jigushan ............................................................Chi-ku Shan

Jilong Gang...................................................Chi-lung Kang

Jilong Jiao ....................................................Chi-lung Chiao

Jilong Shan.................................................... Chi-lung Shan

Jimei.........................................................................Chi-mei

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Jiming Dao......................................................Chi-ming Tao

Jimo ..........................................................................Chi-mo

Jin Jiang ............................................................Chin Chiang

Jin Xian............................................................... Chin-hsien

Jin Yu .......................................................................Chin Yu

Jinghai Wan ..................................................Ching-hai Wan

Jinghaiwei......................................................Ching-hai-wei

Jingyu Yan ..................................................... Ching-yu Yen

Jingzi Tou .....................................................Ching-tzu T'ou

Jinji Ling........................................................ Chin-chi Ling

Jinjishan.........................................................Chin-chi Shan

Jinmen................................................................... Chin men

Jinmen Dao................................................... Chin-men Dao

Jinmen Wen ..................................................Chin-men Wan

Jinmu Jiao.................................................... Chin-mu Chiao

Jinqiang............................................................. Chin-chiang

Jinshan Gang ..............................................Chin-shan Kang

Jinshan Zui................................................... Chin-shan Tsui

Jinshanwei .................................................... Chin-shan-wei

Jintang Shan................................................ Chin-t'ang Shan

Jintang Shuidao .....................................Chin-t'ang Shui-tao

Jinzhou Wan ................................................Chin-chou Wan

Jisobeishan................................................... Chiao-pei Shan

Jiuaun Ling ..................................................Chiu-ts'un Ling

Jiudan Sha......................................................Chiu-tuan Sha

Jiudongshan .................................................Chiu-tung Shan

Jiuhua Shan...................................................Chiu-hua Shan

Jiulong Jiang............................................ Chiu-lung Chiang

Jiulou Shan ....................................................Chiu-lau Shan

Jiurong Cheng........................................... Chiu-jung ch'eng

Jiushan Liedao .......................................Chiu-shan Lieh-tao

Jixin ........................................................................ Chi-hsin

Ju Shan.................................................................. Chu Shan

Juantang Ling ............................................ Chien-feng Ling

Jun Shan.............................................................. Chun Shan

Junbi Jiao ...................................................... Chun Pi Chiao

Junying Ling............................................... Chun-ying Ling

Kaiping ..................................................................K'ai-ping

Kaishan Dao ...................................................K'ai-shan Tao

Kanmen................................................................. K'an-man

Kanwei Sha..................................................... K'an-wei Sha

Ketangshan ................................................... K'o-t'ang Shan

Kezi Shan......................................................... K'o-tzu Shan

Kongke Yu .......................................................K'ung-k'o Yu

Kongtong Dao..............................................K'ung-tung Tao

Kuishan Dao .................................................K'uei-shan Tao

Kuitian Shan ................................................ Kuei-t'ien Shan

Luda Dalian .....................................................Lu-ta Ta-lien

Lushun .....................................................................Lu-shun

Laibai Qtuntan ........................................ Lanpai-ch'ien T'an

Lan Cun ................................................................Lan-Ts'un

Langgangshan Liedao.................. Lang-kang-shan Lieh-tao

Langji Shan................................................... Lang-chi Shan

Langqi Dao .....................................................Lang-ch'i Tao

Langu Shan...................................................... Lan-ku Shan

Lao Shan................................................................Lao Shan

Laodong Jiao ...............................................Lao-tung Chiao

Laohu Shan...................................................... Lao-hu Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157 

192 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Laopian Dao....................................................Lao-p'ien Tao

Laoqua Shan .................................................. Lo-ch'in Shan

Laoshan Tou...................................................Lao-shan T'ou

Laoshan Wan................................................. Lao-shan Wan

Laotie Shan ................................................... Lao-t'ieh Shan

Laotieshan Dongjiao...................Lao-t'ieh-shan-tung Chiao

Laotieshan Shuidao......................... Lao-t'iek-shan Shui-tao

Laotieshan Xijiao.......................... Lao-t'ieh-shan-hsi Chiao

Laotieshan Xijiao................................... Lao-t'ieh-Shan Hsi

Leigong Sha ....................................................Lei-kung Sha

Leizhou .................................................................. Lei-chou

Leizhou Wan ..................................................Lei-chou Wan

Lemen Liedao ............................................Le-men Lieh-tao

Leqing ................................................................... Le-ch'ing

Leqing Wan................................................... Le-ch'ing Wan

Li-tou Zui...........................................................Li-t'ou Tsui

Liandui Jiao................................................... Lien-tui Chiao

Lianfeng.......................................................Lien-feng Shan

Liang Cheng.....................................................Liang-ch'eng

Lianghengshan.......................................... Liang-heng Shan

Liangtoudong...............................................Liang-t'ou-tung

Liangwengang............................................Liang-wen Kang

Liangxiongdi Dao .................................Liang-hsiung-ti Tao

Lianhua Shan ................................................ Lien-hua Shan

Lianjiang ........................................................... Lien-chiang

Lianyungang .................................................Lien-yun-kang

Lianzi Jiao.....................................................Lien-tzu Chiao

Liaobantian .................................................... Liao-pan-t'ian

Liaodong Wan...............................................Liao-tung Wan

Liaoluo Tou.......................................................Liao-lo T'ou

Liaoluo Wan......................................................Liao-lo Wan

Lidao ...........................................................................Li-tao

Lie Yan................................................................... Lieh Yen

Liezi Kou ....................................................... Lieh-tzu K'ou

Ligen Wan..........................................................Li-ken Wan

Lihuo Yu .............................................................. Li-huo Yu

Linchang Dao................................................Lin-ch'ang Tao

Linchang Dao..............................................Ling-ch'ang Tao

Lingao ......................................................................Lin-kao

Lingao Jiao.................................................... Lin-kao Chiao

Lingfeng Shan..............................................Ling-feng Shan

Lingshan Dao................................................ Ling-shan Tao

Lingshan Shuidao ..................................Ling-shan Shui-tao

Lingshan Wan .............................................. Ling-shan Wan

Lingtouman Ling ............................... Ling-t'ou-ma-an Ling

Linhai........................................................................Lin-hai

Linmangao .......................................................Lin-men-kao

Lishi Liedao ................................................Li-shih Lieh-tao

Lisikuai .............................................................. Li-ssu-kuai

Liugong Dao ...................................................Liu-kung Tao

Liuheng Dao ................................................... Liu-heng Tao

Liuquan Jiao............................................. Liu Ch'uan Chiao

Liusha Wan ...................................................... Liu-sha Wan

Liyubei Jiao................................................. Li-yu pei Chiao

Lizatu .................................................................... Li-tzu-Tu

Lizheng Jiao.................................................Li-cheng Chiao

Lizi Dao ...............................................................Li-tzu Tao

Long Yu...................................................................Lung Yu

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Longdong Zui ..............................................Lung-tung Tsui

Longertan Daling............................... Lung-erh-t'an-ta Ling

Longgao Shan.............................................. Lung-kao Shan

Longkou Gang ............................................Lung-k'ou Kang

Longmen.............................................................. Lung Men

Longmu Jiao ............................................... Lung-mu Chiao

Longnichan Shi...................................... Lung-ni ch'an Shih

Longshe .................................................................Lung-she

Longshu Ling...............................................Lung-shui Ling

Longxu Dao ....................................................Lung-hsu Tao

Lu Dao .......................................................................Lu Tao

Luanhe Kou ....................................................Luan-ho K'ou

Luanmo Jiao ................................................Luan-ma Chiao

Luanyantou .................................................... Luan-yen-Tou

Lufeng......................................................................Lu-feng

Lufeng Shan....................................................Lu-feng Shan

Luhuitou Jiao ........................................... Lu-hui-t'ou Chiao

Lujiazhi............................................................Lu-chia Chih

Luo Yan .................................................................... Lo Yen

Luo Yu ........................................................................Ko Yu

Luo Yu ........................................................................Lo Yu

Luodou Sha.........................................................Lo-tou Sha

Luojiashan ...................................................... Lo-chia Shan

Luosi Tou...........................................................Lo-ssu T'ou

Luotou Shuidao ..........................................Lo-t'ou Shui-tao

Luoyuan.................................................................. Lo-yuan

Lusi .......................................................................Lu-ssu Yu

Luxi Dao..............................................................Lu-hsi Tao

Ma Ling ..................................................................Ma Ling

Maan Liedao................................................Ma-an Lieh-tao

Maan Ling .........................................................Ma-an Ling

Maanshan.......................................................... Ma-an Shan

Macao ........................................................................Macao

Maci Dao ...........................................................Ma-tz'u Tao

Maer Dao ........................................................... Ma-erh Tao

Maer Shan........................................................ Ma-erh Shan

Mai Dao ...................................................................Mai Tao

Majishan .......................................................... Ma-chi Shan

Mang Zhou ........................................................Mang Chou

Manyu Tou....................................................... Man-yu T'ou

Mao Yu .................................................................... Mao Yu

Maojiao Zui ................................................ Mao-chiao Tsui

Maoming..............................................................Mao-ming

Mata Jiao ......................................................... Ma-t'a Chiao

Mawei ...................................................................... Ma-wei

Mawei Zhou....................................................Ma-wei Chou

Maxie.....................................................................Ma-hsieh

Mazu Dao ...........................................................Ma-tsu Tao

Mazu Haixia ...............................................Ma-tsu Hai-hsia

Mazu Liedao...............................................Ma-tsu Lieh-tao

Mazuyin.............................................................. Ma-tsu-yin

Meisan Liedao .......................................... Mei-san Lieh-tao

Meishan Dao...................................................Mei-shan Tao

Meizhou Wan................................................ Mei-chou Wan

Mianhua Shan.............................................. Mien-hua Shan

Miao Dao ...............................................................Miao Tao

Miaodao Qundao ...................................Miao-tao Ch'un-tao

Miaowan Dao ................................................Miao-wan Tao

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 193 

Miaozibu Dao ............................................Miao-tzu-hu Tao

Min Jiang .......................................................... Min Chiang

Minjiang Kou............................................ Min-chiang K'ou

Mituo Dao............................................................Mi-t'o Tao

Miyudi Sha......................................................Mi-yu-li Shui

Moxin Gang .................................................. Mo-hsin Kang

Moye Dao ......................................................... Mo-yeh Tao

Mudou Yu ........................................................... Mu-tou Yu

Muping...................................................................Mu-p'ing

Nuying Jiao...................................................Nu-ying Chiao

Nan Hai................................................................... Nan Hai

Nan Jiao .............................................................. Nan Chiao

Nan Pu.......................................................................Nan-pu

Nan Shuidao......................................................Nan Shuitao

Nan Yu ......................................................................Nan Yu

Nan'ao Dao.........................................................Nan-ao Tao

Nanao........................................................................Nan-ao

Nance ...................................................................... Nan-ts'e

Nanchangshan Dao .............................Nan-ch'ang-shan Tao

Nancpoji.......................................................... Nan-ts'ao-chi

Nanding.................................................................. Nan-ting

Nanding Dao................................................... Nan-ting Tao

Nanfang Qiantan ................................. Nan-fang Ch'ien-t'an

Nanhuangeheng Dao........................ Nan-huang-ch'eng Tao

Nanhui......................................................................Nan-hui

Nanjishan ........................................................Nan-chi Shan

Nanjishan Liedao ..............................Nan-chi-shan Lieh-tao

Nanjiushan ....................................................Nan-chiu Shan

Nanjiushan Maodi............................. Nan-chiu-shan Mao-ti

Nankang................................................................Nan-kang

Nankudang Dao ........................................Nan-k'u-tang Tao

Nanpaishan..................................................... Nan-p'ai Shan

Nanpeng Dao ................................................ Nan-p'eng Tao

Nanpeng Liedao....................................Nan-p'eng Lieh-Tao

Nanri Dao.......................................................... Nan-jih Tao

Nanri Qundao...........................................Nan-jih Ch'un-tao

Nanri Shuidao ............................................Nan-jih Shui-tao

Nansan Dao...................................................... Nan-san Tao

Nansha .................................................................... Nan-sha

Nanshan .................................................................Nan shan

Nanshan Jiao...............................................Nan-shan Chiao

Nanshan Ling................................................Nan-shan Ling

Nanshan Zui.................................................. Nan-shan Tsui

Nanshi ....................................................................Nan-shih

Nanshuang Dao.......................................... Nan-shuang Tao

Nanshui Dao ................................................... Nan-shui Tao

Nantai.......................................................................Nan-t'ai

Nantuoji Shuidao ................................. Nan-t'o-chi Shui-tao

Nanyushan ..........................................................Nanyushan

Nanzhi....................................................................Nan-chih

Naozhou Dao .................................................Nao-chou Tao

Neilingding Dao........................................Nei-ling-ting Tao

Niang Jiao ........................................................ Niang Chiao

Niangniangding........................................ Niang-niang Ting

Niao Yu ....................................................................Niao-yu

Niaozua ..................................................................Niao-tsui

Niluo Yu..................................................................Ni-lo Yu

Ningbo .................................................................... Ning-po

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Ningbo Gang .................................................Ning-po Kang

Ninghai ...................................................................Ning-hai

Ningjinsuo .......................................................Ning-chin-so

Niubishan Shuidao.............................. Niu-pi-shan Shui-tao

Niue Men ............................................................ Niu-o Men

Niueshan .............................................................Niu-o Shan

Niufen Jiao.....................................................Niu-fen Chiao

Niugu Ling........................................................Niu-ku Ling

Niujiao Shan ................................................Niu-chiao Shan

Niulong Zui ................................................... Niu-lung Tsui

Niupi Jiao........................................................ Niu-p'i Chiao

Niuqing Shan ..............................................Ch'ing-niu Shan

Niuqing Shan ..............................................Niu-ch'ing Shan

Niushan..................................................................Niu Shan

Niushan Dao ...................................................Niu Shan Tao

Niushan Zui ................................................... Niu-shan Tsui

Niutou Dao .......................................................Niu-t'ou Tao

Niutou Shan ....................................................Niu-t'ou Shan

Niwxin Dao .....................................................Niu-hsin Tao

Niyushan.............................................................Ni-yu Shan

Nu Dao...................................................................... Nu Tao

Oingyuan Shan ........................................ Ch'ing-yuan Shan

Ouanzhou.........................................................Ch'uan-chow

Oujiang Beikou..................................... Ou-chiang-pei K'ou

Oujiang Nankou................................... Ou-chiang-nan K'ou

Ouyi Ling..............................................................Ou-i Ling

Pai Shi.....................................................................P'ai Shih

Paiwei Jiao.................................................... P'ai-wei Chiao

Pamshi ................................................................... P'an-shih

Paolu Jiao........................................................ P'ao-lu Chiao

Peng Jiao............................................................P'eng Chiao

Penghu ....................................................................P'eng-hu

Penghu Gang ................................................ P'eng-hu Kang

Penghu Liedao ........................................ P'eng-hu Lieh-Tao

Penglai ....................................................................P'eng-lai

Penglai Tou .....................................................P'eng-lai T'ou

Pianyu .............................................................. Pien-yu T'ou

Ping Dao ................................................................P'ing Tao

Ping Zhou ........................................................... P'ing Chou

Pinghai....................................................................P'ing-hai

Pinghai Wan................................................... P'ing-hai Wan

Pinghu Dao ....................................................... Ping-hu Tao

Pingshi ..................................................................P'ing-shih

Pingtan...................................................................P'ing-t'an

Pingyang ..............................................................P'ing-yang

Pingyang Zui ...............................................P'ing-yang Tsui

Pipashan............................................................. P'i p'a Shan

Pishan ......................................................................P'i Shan

Poli............................................................................... P'o-li

Pu Zhen................................................................... P'u-chen

Pulandian Wan........................................... P'u-lan-tien Wan

Puqian Jiao..................................................P'u-ch'ien Chiao

Puqian Wan...................................................P'u-ch'ien Wan

Putian.......................................................................P'u-t'ien

Putuo...........................................................................P'u-t'o

Putuoshan ..........................................................P'u-t'o Shan

Qi Shan ................................................................. Ch'i Shan

Qiangu Shan ................................................ Ch'ien-ku Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157 

194 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Qian Shan.......................................................... Ch'ien Shan

Qiao Dao............................................................ Ch'i-ao Tao

Qijiazeng...................................................... Ch'i-chia-tseng

Qilintou .............................................................. Ch'i-lin-tou

Qimu Jiao.......................................................Chi-mu Chiao

Qing Yan .............................................................Ch'ing Yen

Qing Zhou........................................................ Ch'ing Chou

Qingbin Dao..................................................Ch'ing-pin Tao

Qingdao................................................................Ch'ing-tao

Qingdao Gang............................................ Ch'ing-tao Kang

Qingdao Jiao ...........................................Ch'ing-shan Chiao

Qingfeng ............................................................Ch'ing-feng

Qinglan Tou ..................................................Ch'ing-lan Tao

Qingshan Dao .............................................Ch'ing-shan Tao

Qingshan Zui............................................. Ch'ing-shan Tsui

Qingshi Lan..................................................Ch'ing-shih-lan

Qingtaidun .....................................................Ch'ing-t'ai-tun

Qingyuan Shan.........................................Ch'ing-yuan Shan

Qingzhou Shuidao.............................. Ch'ing-chou Shui-tao

Qinhuangdao...............................................Ch'in-huang-tao

Qinhuangdao Gang ........................... Ch'in-huang-tao Kang

Qinhuangdao Wan...............................Ch'in-huang-tao Wan

Qiniang Shan...............................................Ch'i-niang Shan

Qinpeng Dao............................................... Ch'in-p'eng Tao

Qinshan Dao .................................................Ch'in-shan Tao

Qinzhou Wan ..............................................Ch'in-chou Wan

Qiongzhou Haixia............................ Ch'iung-chou Hai-hsia

Qipai Jiao ......................................................Ch'i-p'ai Chiao

Qipai Shi .........................................................Ch'i-p'ai Shih

Qipan Shi ........................................................ Ch'ip'an Shih

Qiren Jiao...................................................... Ch'i-jen Chiao

Qitai Zui............................................................Ch'i't'ai Tsui

Qitaishan ......................................................... Ch'i-t'ai-shan

Qitou Wan ..................................................... Chin-t'ou Wan

Qixing Dao.................................................... Ch'i-hsing Tao

Qixing Jiao.................................................Ch'i-hsing Chiao

Qixing Ling..................................................Ch'i-hsing Ling

Qizhou Liedao........................................ Ch'i-chou Lieh-tao

Qizimei..............................................................Ch'i-tzu-mei

Quanzhou......................................................... Ch'uan-chou

Quanzhou Wan......................................... Ch'uan-chou Wan

Qundao.................................................................. Ch'un-tao

Raoping.................................................................. Jao-p'ing

Riyue Yu ........................................................... Jih-yueh Yu

Rizhao ..................................................................... Jih-chao

Rongcheng ........................................................ Jung-ch'eng

Rongcheng Mashan............................ Jung-ch'eng-ma Shan

Rongcheng Wan........................................ Jung-ch'eng Wan

Ruian...........................................................................Jui-an

Rushan ....................................................................Jui Shan

Rushan Kou.....................................................Jui-shan K'ou

San Sha ....................................................................San Sha

Sanbeijin .......................................................... San-pei-chiu

Sandou Jiao....................................................San-tou Chiao

Sandu ......................................................................... San-tu

Sandu Ao.............................................................. San-tu Ao

Sandu Dao........................................................... San-tu Tao

Sandun ..................................................................... San-tun

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Sang Dao ...............................................................Sang Tao

Sanggou Wan................................................ Sang-kou Wan

Sanjia Ling..................................................... San-chia Ling

Sanjiang Shan ............................................San-chiang Shan

Sanjiaoshan Dao ................................... San-chiao-shan Tao

Sanjiazeng.................................................... San-chia Tseng

Sanjiazeng..................................................... San-chia-tseng

Sanliang Che..................................................San-liang-ch'e

Sanmen Dao............................................................San-men

Sanmen Liedao ........................................ San-men Lieh-tao

Sanmen Wan .................................................. San-men Wan

Sanniang Wan .............................................. San-niang Wan

Sansha...................................................................... San-sha

Sanshanzi Dao .......................................... San-shan-tzu Tao

Sansuanshan ................................................. San-suan Shan

Santa Ding .........................................................San-t'a Ting

Sanxia Kou ..................................................... San-hsia Kou

Sanxing Liedao...................................... San-hsing Lieh-tao

Sanya Gang...................................................... San-ya Kang

Sanya Pai .............................................................San-ya Pai

Sanya Shi .......................................................... San-ya Shih

Sanyueshan .................................................. San-Yueh Shan

Sanzao Dao...................................................... San-tsao Tao

Saozhou Wei ...................................................Sao-chou-wei

Shacheng............................................................. Sha-ch'eng

Shacheng Gang..........................................Sha-ch'eng Kang

Shanbai ...................................................................Shan-pai

Shangchuan Dao...................................... Shang-ch'uan Tao

Shangchuan Jiao ...................................Shang-ch'uan Chiao

Shangchuan Shan................................... Shang-ch'uan Shan

Shangdachenshan .............................. Shang-tao-ch'en Shan

Shangganshan .............................................Shang-kan Shan

Shanghai ...............................................................Shang-hai

Shanghai Gang............................................Shang-hai Kang

Shangmaanshan ......................................Shang-ma-an Shan

Shangpanshan ............................................ Shang-p'an Shan

Shangzhushan .............................................Shang-chu Shan

Shanhaiguan ..................................................Shan-hai-kuan

Shanjian ..............................................................Shen-chien

Shanjiang Yuan Ling ...................... Shan-chiang-yuan Ling

Shantou ..................................................................Shan-t'ou

Shantou Gang .............................................. Shan-t'ou Kang

Shanwei .................................................................Shan-wei

Shanwei Gang.............................................. Shan-wei Kang

Shanwei Tou ..................................................Shan-wei T'ou

Shanzhu Ling................................................ Shan-chu Ling

Shanzi Shi...................................................... Shan-tzu Shih

Shanzi Shi.....................................................Shan-Tzu Shih

Shatuozi .............................................................. Sha-t'o-tzu

Shawaihang Shuidao....................... Sha-wai-hang Shui-t'ao

Shengsi ................................................................ Sheng-ssu

Shengsi Liedao ......................................Sheng-ssu Lieh-tao

Shenhu Wan.................................................... Shen-hu Wan

Shepanshan .................................................... She-p'an Shan

Sheshan Dao ................................................... She-shan Tao

Sheyanghe Kou........................................She-yang-ho K'ou

Shi Jiao ................................................................Shih-chiao

Shi Jiut To........................................................ Shih-chiu-t'o

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 195 

Shi Ling ................................................................Shih Ling

Shi Yu.......................................................................Shih Yu

Shibeishan Jiao ....................................Shih-pei Shan Chiao

Shibi..........................................................................Shih-pi

Shidao Gang.................................................. Shih-tao Kang

Shijiu Zui ........................................................Shi-chiu Tsui

Shijiusuo .........................................................Shih-chiw-So

Shili Ling .......................................................... Shih-li Ling

Shimao Ling..................................................Shih-mao Ling

Shitang ................................................................. Shih-t'ang

Shitang Yan................................................... Shih-t'ang Yen

Shitou Sha....................................................... Shih-t'ou Sha

Shizi Tou .........................................................Shih-tzu T'ou

Shou Shi............................................................... Shou Shih

Shuang Zhou...................................................Shuang Chou

Shuangding Shan ..................................... Shuang-ting Shan

Shuangfan .......................................................... Shuang-fan

Shuangfan Shi............................................Shuang-fan Shih

Shuangshan ......................................................Shuang Shan

Shuangshan Dao ....................................... Shuang-shan Tao

Shuangshan Men......................................Shuang-shan Men

Shuangyu Zui.............................................. Shuang-yu Tsui

Shuidao ................................................................... Shui-tao

Shuidao Qiantan................................... Shui-tao-ch'ien T'an

Shuiluo......................................................................Shui-lo

Shuiwei .................................................................. Shui-wei

Shuiwei Jiao.................................................Shui-wei Chiao

Shulanghu .........................................................Shu-lang-hu

Shuwei Yu..........................................................Shu-wei Yu

Si Shan ...................................................................Ssu Shan

Sigangsha Jiao.......................................Ssu-keng-sha Chiao

Sijiaoshan.....................................................Ssu-chiao Shan

Simu Yu ..............................................................Ssu-mu Yu

Siping Shan...................................................Ssu-p'ing Shan

Sishuang Liedao..................................SSu-shuang Lieh-tao

Sizimei Dao................................................ Ssu-tzu-mei Tao

Suixi.......................................................................... Sui-hsi

Suhan Dao.........................................................Su-shan Tao

Ta Shan ...................................................................T'a Shan

Ta Yu .......................................................................... T'a-yu

Taihu Shan ........................................................ Tai-hu Shan

Taipeng Shan................................................ T'ai-p'ing Shan

Taiping Jiao.................................................T'ai-p'ing Chiao

Taiping Shan ..................................................T'aip'ing Shan

Taiping Wan ...................................................T'ai-ping Wan

Taishan ...................................................................T'ai-shan

Taishan Liedao......................................... Tai-shan Lieh-tao

Taiwan Haixia ......................................... T'an-wan Hai-hsia

Taiwan Qiantan ....................................T'ai-Wan ch'ien T'an

Taiwu Shan ..................................................... T'ai-wu Shan

Taizhou Liedao .......................................T'ai-chou Lieh-tao

Taizhou Wan ................................................. T'ai-chou Wan

Taizi Shan ....................................................... T'ai-tzu Shan

Tang Yu .................................................................. T'ang Yu

Tanggu ................................................................... T'ang-ku

Tangnsoshan.................................................T'ang-nao Shan

Tantoushan .....................................................T'an-t'ou Shan

Tanxushan ....................................................... T'an-hu Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Taoerhe Kou...............................................T'ao-erh-ho K'ou

Taohua Dao......................................................T'ao-hua Tao

Taoluo .........................................................................Tao-lo

Taozi Wan ....................................................... T'ao-tzu Wan

Techang Dao................................................. T'e-ch'eng Tao

Tengjiang ............................................................ T'ungh'ang

Tengqiao ........................................................... T'eng-ch'iao

Tianchi Gang ............................................. T'ien-ch'ih Kang

Tianheng Dao ...............................................T'ien-heng Tao

Tianjin Xingang..................................T'ien-chin-hsin Kang

Tiantu.......................................................................T'ien-t'u

Tianuatou Daling .................................T'ien-an-hou-ta Ling

Tianwei Jiao................................................ T'ien-wei Chiao

Tianzhou Shan ..............................................T'ien-chu Shan

Tiedun................................................................... T'ieh-Tun

Tiejue Shan ...............................................T'ieh-chueh Shan

Tielu Zhang...................................................T'ieh-lu Chang

Tongan ....................................................................T'ung-an

Tonggu Jiao..................................................T'ung-ku Chiao

Tongpan Shan .............................................T'ung-p'an Shan

Tongpan Yu.................................................... T'ung-p'an Yu

Tongsha Hangdao ................................ T'ung-sha Hang-Tao

Tongsha Qiantan ................................T'ung-sha Ch'ian T'an

Tongsha Shazui.......................................T'ung-sha Sha-tsui

Tongshan.............................................................T'ung Shan

Toujin Shuidao.........................................Tou-chin Shui-tao

Toujin Yu ......................................................... T'ou-chin Yu

Toumenshan................................................. T'ou-men Shan

Tu Jiao .................................................................. T'u Chiao

Tubu Shan......................................................... T'u-pu Shan

Tuer dao............................................................. T'u-erh Tao

Tuer Shan......................................................... T'u-erh Shan

Tuoji Dao............................................................T'o-chi Tao

Tuoning Lidao ..........................................T'o-ning Lieh-tao

Vangshan....................................................... Yang-shan Tao

Wai Jiao ...............................................................Wai Chiao

Wai Lanjiang Sha..................................Wai Lan-chiang-sha

Wai Sha....................................................................Wai Sha

Waibaimutian Jiao .......................... Wai-pai-mu-t'ien Chiao

Waidiaoshan................................................... Wai-tiao Shan

Waidingzi Shan........................................Wai-ting-tzu Shan

Waidong Zui ..................................................Wai-tung Tsui

Wailingding Dao.......................................Wai-ling-ting Tao

Wailongyan.....................................................Wai-lung-yen

Waipaijiao...................................................... Wai-pai-chiao

Waipusham .................................................... Wai-p'u Sham

Waisi Jiao.......................................................Wai-ssu Chiao

Waisikuai ........................................................ Wai-ssu-k'uai

Waisikuai Jiao......................................Wai-ssu-k-uai Chiao

Waita Jiao ....................................................... Wai-t'a Chiao

Waitou Shan................................................... Wai-t'ou Shan

Waizhoumen ................................................... Wai-chu Men

Wangfu Zhou ................................................ Wang-fu Chou

Wangjia Dao .................................................Wang-chia Tao

Wangtian Ding............................................ Wang-t'ien Ting

WangPanshan..............................................Wang-p'an Shan

Wanshan................................................................Wan-shan

Wei Lanjiangshi.................................... Wai-lan-chiang Sha

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157 

196 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Weihai ...................................................................... Wei-hai

Weihai Gang .................................................. Wei-hai Kang

Weijia Dao ...................................................... Wei-chia Tao

Weitou..................................................................... Wai-t'ou

Weitou Jiao ...................................................Wei-t'ou Chiao

Weitou Wan.....................................................Wei-t'ou Wan

Weizhou Dao.................................................. Wei-chou Tao

Wen Zhou.............................................................Wen Chou

Wenchongshan ..........................................Wen-ch'ung-shan

Wenchongshan Men......................... Wen-ch'ung Shan Men

Wendeng ............................................................... Wen-teng

Wenggong Jiao........................................ Weng-kung Chiao

Wenling..................................................................Wen-ling

Wenquan Dao................................................ Wen-kuan Tao

Wenwei Zhou................................................Wen-wei Chou

Wenzhou Dao................................................ Wen-chou Tao

Wenzhou Qiantan...............................Wen-chou-ch'ien T'an

Wenzhou Wan .............................................. Wen-chou Wan

Wolong Ling .................................................. Wo-lung Ling

Wu Jiao ....................................................................Wu Jiao

Wu Shan................................................................. Wu Shan

Wu Shi .................................................................... Wu-shih

Wu Yu ........................................................................Wu Yu

Wuchuan ............................................................. Wu-ch'uan

Wudaogouzuizi ................................... Wu-tao-kou Tsui-tzu

Wumen Ling ................................................. Wu-mien Ling

Wupeng Yu.......................................................Wu-p'eng Yu

Wuqi Zhou ..................................................... Wu-ch'i Chou

Wuqiu Yu ..........................................................Wu-ch'iu Yu

Wushilian .........................................................Wu-shih-lien

Wusong .................................................................. Wu-sung

Wusong Kou...................................................Wu-sung K'ou

Wuzhu Zhou................................................... Wu-chu Chou

Wuzhushan......................................................Wu-chu Shan

Xi Yu..........................................................................Hsi Yu

Xia Yu ......................................................................Hsia Yu

Xiaan........................................................................ Hsia-an

Xiaban Dao ................................................... Hsiao-pan Pab

Xiachuan Dao .............................................Hsia-ch'uan Tao

Xiachuanshan............................................Hsia-ch'uan Shan

Xiadachenshan....................................... Hsia-ta-ch'en Shan

Xiaganshan.................................................... Hsia-kan Shan

Xiahaishan ..................................................... Hsia-hai Shan

Xialangtang................................................. Hsia-lang T'ang

Xialangtang.................................................. Hsia-lang-t'ang

Xiamanshan ..............................................Hsia-ma-an Shan

Xiamen.................................................................. Hsia-men

Xiamen Dao ................................................... Hsia-men Tao

Xiamen Gang .............................................. Hsia-men Kang

Xian Sanya................................................ Yai-hsien San-ya

Xian Tang.......................................................... Hsien T'ang

Xian'e Jiao..................................................... Hsien-o Chiao

Xiang Gang........................................................Hong Kong

Xiang Jiao .......................................................Hsiang Chiao

Xiang Yu ..............................................................Hsiang Yu

Xiang Zui .......................................................... Hsiang Tsui

Xiangpan Jiao .........................................Hsiang-p'an Chiao

Xiangshan ........................................................ Hsiang Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Xiangshan Gang ..................................... Hsiang-shan Kang

Xiangzhi Jiao ..........................................Hsiang-chih Chiao

Xianjiao Yu.................................................. Hsien-chiao Yu

Xianmai ............................................................... Hsien-mai

Xianyou ................................................................. Hsien-yu

Xiao heng Qin Dao............................. Hsiao-heng-chin Tao

Xiao Jiao..........................................................Hsi-ao Chiao

Xiaoan Shuidao ......................................Hsiao-an Shui-Tao

Xiaoban Men ............................................... Hsiao-pan Men

Xiaochangtushan ...............................Hsiao-ch'ang-t'u Shan

Xiaoding Dao............................................... Hsiao-teng Tao

Xiaoeguan....................................................... Hsiao-o-kuan

Xiaoganshan ............................................... Hsiao-kan Shan

Xiaoging Dao.............................................Hsiao-ch'ing Tao

Xiaogong Dao............................................. Hsiao-kung Tao

Xiaoguan Dao............................................Hsiao-kuang Tao

Xiaoguishan................................................Hsiao-ch'u Shan

Xiaohao Dao..................................................Hsiao-hao Tao

Xiaohuanglongshan ........................Hsiao-huang-lung Shan

Xiaojin ................................................................ Hsiao-chin

Xiaojinmen Dao................................... Hsiao-chin-men Tao

Xiaojishan.................................................... Hsiao-chi Shan

Xiaolongshan Dao ...............................Hsiao-lung-shan Tao

Xiaomao Shan ........................................... Hsiao-mao Shan

Xiaomen Dao............................................... Hsiao-men Tao

Xiaomingfu Dao .................................... Hsiao-ming-fu Tao

Xiaomu Dao................................................... Hsiao-mu Tao

Xiaoputai ........................................................ Hsiao-p'u-t'ai

Xiaoquan Zuizi ..................................Hsiao-ch'uan tsui-Tzu

Xiaoquan Zuizi ..................................Hsiao-ch'uan Tsui-tzu

Xiaori Dao ...................................................... Hsiao-jih Tao

Xiaosanshan Dao .................................. Hsiao-san-shun Tao

Xiaoshanzi ............................................Hsiao-chu-shan Tao

Xiaoshi Dao ..................................................Hsiao-shih Tao

Xiaoshulang................................................. Hsiao-shu-lang

Xiaotang Gang..........................................Hsiao-t'ang Kang

Xiaoxifan Shi..........................................Hsiao-hsi-fan Shih

Xiaoxingshan............................................Hsiao-hsing Shan

Xiaoxiyang Dao.....................................Hsiao-hsi-yang Tao

Xiaoyang Shan.......................................... Hsiao-yang Shan

Xiaozhi Zhu Dao .................................. Hsiao-chih-chu Tao

Xiaozhu Shan.............................................. Hsiao-chu Shan

Xiaozhu Zhou .............................................Hsiao-chu Chou

Xiapu ...................................................................... Hsia-p'u

Xiaqi Dao.........................................................Hsia-ch'i Tao

Xiaqianshan ...............................................Hsia-ch'ien Shan

Xiasanxing....................................................Hsia-san-hsing

Xiawanshan ..................................................Hsia-wan Shan

Xiazhushan ................................................... Hsia-chu Shan

Xibanyang.............................................Hsi-pan-yang Chiao

Xibei Jiao........................................................Hsi-pei Chiao

Xichang................................................................Hsi-ch'ang

Xidan Dao.......................................................... Hsi-tan Tao

Xiding Yu........................................................... Hsi-ting Yu

Xiepushan .................................................... Hsieh-p'u Shan

Xieyang Dao................................................Hsieh-yang Tao

Xifang Qiantan ..................................... Hsi-fang Ch'ien t'an

Xifushan ............................................................Hsi-fu Shan

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157

Chinese Hydrographic Names 197 

Xigu Dao.............................................................Hsi-ku Tao

Xihu Zui.............................................................Hsi-hu Tsui

Xihuoshan .......................................................Hsi-huo Shan

Xiji Yu................................................................. Hsi-chi Yu

Xijie Jiao.....................................................Hsi-chieh Chiao

Xikui Dao......................................................Hsi K'uei Shan

Xilian Dao.........................................................Hsi-lien Tao

Xiluhuashan ................................................Hsi-lu hua Shan

Xiluo Dao.............................................................Hsi-lo Tao

Ximao Zhou .................................................. Hsi-mao Chou

Ximayi Dao..................................................... Hsi-ma-i Tao

Ximopan............................................................Hsi-mo-p'an

Xin Kai Kou..................................................Hsin-K'ai K'ou

Xinan Qiantan........................................Hsi-nan Ch'ien-t'an

Xinda Yan ..........................................................Hsin-ta Yen

Xing Cun........................................................... Hsing-Ts'un

Xinghua Shuidao................................... Haing-hua Shui-tao

Xinghua Wan ...............................................Hsing-hua Wan

Xinhuaihe Kou........................................Hsin-huai-ho K'ou

Xinliao Dao.....................................................Hsin-liao Tao

Xinxing ............................................................... Hsin-hsing

Xiongdi Yu....................................................... Hsiung-ti Yu

Xiquan Dao...................................................Hsi-ch'uan Tao

Xisoyushan....................................................Hsiao-yu Shan

Xissi Jiao...................................................... Hsia-ssu Chiao

Xitaishan ..........................................................Hsi-t'ai Shan

Xiushan ................................................................ Hsiu Shan

Xiuying .................................................................Hsiu-ying

Xixing Dao..................................................... Hsi-hsing Tao

Xiyang Dao..................................................... Hsi-yang Tao

Xiyin Dao...........................................................Hsi-yin Tao

Xiyin Jiao....................................................... Hsi-yin Chiao

Xiyuping Yu................................................Hsi-yu-P'ing Yu

Xizhong Dao................................................. Hsi-chung Tao

Xuanshan .......................................................... Hsuan Shan

Xuejia Dao .................................................. Hsueh-chia Tao

Xuejiadao..................................................... Hsueh-chia-tao

Xugong Dao...................................................Hsu-kung Tao

Xuwen.................................................................... Hsu-wen

Yacheng................................................................Yai-ch'eng

Yalong Jiao.................................................... Ya-lung Chiao

Yalong Wan......................................................Ya-lung Wan

Yamen Waikou........................................ Yai-men-wai K'ou

Yan Yan................................................................... Yen Yen

Yandang Shan ............................................... Yen-tang Shan

Yandou Shan ...................................................Yen-tou Shan

Yang pu Bi .........................................................Yang-p'u-pi

Yang-bi.....................................................................Yang-pi

Yanghe Kou.................................................... Yang-ho K'ou

Yangjia Shi................................................... Yang-chia Shih

Yangjian .............................................................. Yang-kang

Yangjiao Jiao............................................Yang-chiao Chiao

Yanglan Shi....................................................Yang-lan Shih

Yangma Dao.................................................... Yang-ma Tao

Yangpu Wan................................................... Yang-p'u Wan

Yangyu Dao ..................................................... Yang-yu Tao

Yangyuchi Wan ......................................Yang-yu-ch'ih Wan

Yangzui Shi................................................... Ying-tsui Shih

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Yanlou Jiao ....................................................Yen-lou Chiao

Yanta.........................................................................Yen-t'ai

Yantai Gang ....................................................Yen-t'ai Kang

Yantou Shan................................................... Yen-t'ou Shan

Yanweigang ...................................................Yen-wei Kang

Yanwo Dao ........................................................Yen-wo Tao

Yazhou Wan................................................... Yai-chou Wan

Yema Yu..............................................................Yeh-ma Yu

Yemaodong....................................................Yeh-mao-tung

Yi Dao...........................................................................I Tao

Yidong Jiao.......................................................I-tung Chiao

Yijiangshan Dao ......................................I-chiang-shan Tao

Yingang Jiao ............................................... Yin-kang Chiao

Yingge Zui .......................................................Ying-ko Tsui

Yinggehai...........................................................Ying-ko-hai

Yingpan................................................................. Ying-p'an

Yisuan Shan .......................................................I-suan Shan

Yong Jiang .......................................................Yung Chiang

Youcaihuazhi ............................................. Yu-Ts'ai-hua-chi

Youshui Yan...................................................... Yu-shui Yen

Yu Yan ...................................................................... Yu Yen

Yuan Yu .................................................................. Yuan Yu

Yuansha..................................................................Yuan-sha

Yuanyang Dao...............................................Yuan-yang Tao

Yuanzhui Jiao.............................................Yuan-chiu Chiao

Yuanzi Jiao...................................................Yuan-tzu Chiao

Yuchi Shi ........................................................ Yu-ch'ih Shih

Yufeng Shan....................................................Yu-feng Shan

Yuhu Jiao ........................................................ Wu-hu Chiao

Yuhuan Dao ..................................................... Yu-huan Tao

Yuhuang Shan.............................................. Yu-huang Shan

Yulia Jiao ....................................................... Yu-ling Chiao

Yunding Shan.................................................Yun-ting Shan

Yundingyan..................................................... Yun-ting-Yan

Yunnan Yan...................................................... Yun-nan Yen

Yuntai Shan..................................................... Yun-t'ai Shan

Yunxiao.................................................................Yun-hsiao

Yushan Liedao ..........................................Yu-Shan Lieh-tao

Yutou Dao.......................................................... Yu-t'ou Tao

Yuweng Dao ....................................................Yu-weng Tao

Yuyao........................................................................ Yu-yao

Zaidong................................................................. Tsui-tung

Zao Shan...............................................................Tsao shun

Zengzhifu......................................................... Tsen-chih-fu

Zhai Dao ................................................................. Chai Tai

Zhairuoshan .....................................................Chai-jo Shan

Zhaitang Dao ................................................ Chai-t'ang Tao

Zhaizishan...................................................... Chai-tzu Shan

Zhang Jiang ...................................................Chang Chiang

Zhangpu............................................................... Chang-p'u

Zhangzhou ........................................................ Chang-chou

Zhangzi Dao ................................................. Chang-tzu Tao

Zhanjiang......................................................... Chan-chiang

Zhanjiang Gang ......................................Chan-chiang Kang

Zhanzidao Shuidao ......................... Chang-tzu-tao Shui-tao

Zhaoan .................................................................... Chao-an

Zhoan Tou....................................................... Chao-an T'ou

Zhaoan Wan.................................................... Chao-an Wan

PINYIN WADE-GILES
Pub. 157 

198 Chinese Hydrographic Names

Zhaobei Zui....................................................Chao-pei Tsui

Zhapo ....................................................................... Cha-p'o

Zhapu ....................................................................... Cha-p'u

Zhelang Jiao................................................ Che-lang Chiao

Zhelang Yan ....................................................Che-lang Yen

Zhelin........................................................................Che-lin

Zhelin Wan....................................................... Che-lin Wan

Zheng qi Shan ............................................ Cheng-ch'i Shan

Zhengpeng Dao......................................... Chung-p'eng Tao

Zhenhai ..................................................................Chen-hai

Zhenhai Jiao................................................ Chen-hai Chiao

Zhenhai Wan ..................................................Chen-hai Wan

Zhenyantou Yan ........................................... Chen-Yen-T'ou

Zhifu Dao.......................................................... Chih-fu Tao

Zhingong..............................................................Chih-kung

Zhimao Wan..................................................Chih-mao-wan

Zhisong Yan ..................................................Chih-sung Yen

Zhiwan Dao....................................................Chih-wan Tao

Zhizhi Men................................................... Chih-chih Men

Zhong Shuidao............................................ Chung Shui-tao

PINYIN WADE-GILES

Zhongjieshan Quando............Chung-chieh-shan Chung-tao

Zhongkui Dao.......................................... Chung-k'uei Shan

Zhongyang Sha.......................................... Chung-yang Sha

Zhongzhu Men............................................Chung-chu Men

Zhongzhushan............................................ Chung-chu Shan

Zhoushan Dao...............................................Chou-shan Tao

Zhoushan Qundao...............................Chou-Shan Chun-tao

Zhu Dao .................................................................. Chu Tao

Zhu Shan............................................................... Chu Shan

Zhu Yu ......................................................................Chu Yu

Zhuangyuanao .......................................... Chuang-yuan-Ao

Zhuangywanao........................................... Chuang-yuan-ao

Zhucha Dao .....................................................Chu-ch'a Tao

Zhui Shan............................................................. Chui Shan

Zhujiajian.....................................................Chu-chia Chien

Zhujian Kou...............................................Chu-chiang K'ou

Ziluo Shan ........................................................ Tzu-lo Shan

Zimao Shan................................................... Tzu-mao Shan

Zong Jiao ......................................................... Tsung Chiao

Zoumadeng ................................................... Tsou-ma-Teng

PINYIN WADE-GILES
199

 Pub. 157

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

A

ADVANCED MATERIAL PIER 34 52 N 127 44 E 1.27

AEAM GAP 38 39 N 125 36 E 3.32

AEWOL HANG 33 28 N 126 20 E 1.5

AILIAN WAN 37 11 N 122 34 E 5.4

AIWAN WAN 28 16 N 121 30 E 7.10

AL SOM 40 39 N 129 33 E 2.40

ALGERINE ROADS 26 37 N 119 53 E 7.23

AMHAE DO 34 51 N 126 16 E 3.10

AMHERST ROCKS 31 10 N 122 23 E 5.14

AMNYONG KKUT 39 08 N 127 45 E 2.27

AMYONG KKUT 39 08 N 127 45 E 2.27

AN DO 36 57 N 126 10 E 3.18

ANMA KUNDO 35 21 N 126 00 E 3.12

AN-P'ING KANG 23 00 N 120 09 E 8.18

AN-P'ING NEW HARBOR 22 58 N 120 09 E 8.19

ANSONG GAP 39 53 N 127 53 E 2.32

ASAN MAN 36 59 N 126 49 E 3.20

AYAJIN NI 38 16 N 128 33 E 2.23

B

BAEG AM 35 02 N 128 38 E 1.41

BAEG SEO 34 38 N 128 00 E 1.22

BAEGIL HANG 34 18 N 126 34 E 1.10

BAEGUN SAN 37 29 N 126 31 E 3.23

BAIJIASHAN 28 37 N 121 52 E 7.8

BAIJIE SHAN 30 37 N 122 25 E 6.8

BAIJIE XIA 30 36 N 122 25 E 6.8

BAIQUAN LIEDAO 25 58 N 119 55 E 7.28

BANG SEO 33 55 N 126 24 E 1.8

BANYANG JIAO 30 01 N 121 58 E 6.23

BARREN ISLANDS 30 44 N 123 09 E 6.4

BAYLISS ROCK 30 14 N 122 15 E 6.14

BAYUQUAN 40 18 N 122 05 E 4.10

BEAK HEAD CHANNEL 29 43 N 122 16 E 6.21

BEI SHUIDAO 37 35 N 121 27 E 4.24

BEIAO DAO 26 53 N 120 13 E 7.19

BEICHANGSHAN DAO 37 57 N 120 44 E 4.23

BEIDING DAO 24 26 N 118 30 E 9.16

BEIGANTANG DAO 26 13 N 119 59 E 7.26

BEIGUAN DAO 27 10 N 120 31 E 7.18

BEIJIAO ZUI 26 23 N 119 57 E 7.25

BEIJING 39 56 N 116 24 E 4.17

BEIJSHAN LIEDAO 27 38 N 121 12 E 7.15

BEILUN OIL TERMINAL 29 57 N 121 49 E 6.25

BEILUN ORE TERMINAL 29 56 N 121 53 E 6.25

BEIQUAN JIAO 26 07 N 119 58 E 7.27

BEIYING ZUI 34 46 N 119 22 E 5.13

BELL CHANNEL 30 00 N 121 57 E 6.23

BI TOU 22 45 N 115 36 E 9.30

BIAO JIAO 23 14 N 116 48 E 9.26

BIAO JIAO 23 55 N 117 52 E 9.21

BICHI DO 35 13 N 125 55 E 3.10

BIEUNG DO 35 57 N 126 32 E 3.14

BIHAG SAN 36 09 N 129 16 E 2.15

BIJIN DO 34 43 N 128 28 E 1.34

BINGJANG MAL 36 41 N 129 28 E 2.16

BIYANG DO 33 24 N 126 14 E 1.2

BIYANG DO 33 25 N 126 15 E 1.5

BLACK POINT 24 00 N 117 49 E 9.21

BLACK ROCK POINT 22 47 N 115 54 E 9.29

BLONDE GROUP 39 03 N 122 47 E 4.4

BO HAI 38 30 N 120 00 E 4.21

BO HAI HAIXIA 38 24 N 121 00 E 4.22

BOGIL DO 34 09 N 126 32 E 1.9

BOGSA CH'O 34 06 N 126 10 E 3.7

BU DO 35 06 N 128 39 E 1.42

BUDO SUDO 35 05 N 128 39 E 1.42

BUGPYEONG HANG 37 29 N 129 09 E 2.20

BULGEUN DO 34 09 N 126 45 E 1.11

BUSAN 35 06 N 129 02 E 1.49

BYEONGSAN YEOLDO 35 01 N 128 46 E 1.39

C

CAI YU 22 38 N 115 29 E 9.31

CAMBRIA POINT 29 50 N 122 25 E 6.12

CAOFEIDIAN 38 56 N 118 32 E 4.16

CAP ROCK 29 59 N 122 05 E 6.27

CAPE ADKINS 36 23 N 120 53 E 5.6

CAPE NELSON 31 40 N 121 51 E 5.14

CASTLE POINT 26 32 N 119 50 E 7.22

CEZI SHAN 30 06 N 121 56 E 6.23

CEZI SHUIDAO 30 00 N 121 57 E 6.23

CH'ANGSON DO 34 51 N 128 02 E 1.32

CH'E-CH'ENG CHIAO 22 05 N 210 42 E 8.23

CH'EN-CH'I T'OU 23 33 N 117 05 E 9.24

CH'ENG-SHAN JIAO 37 24 N 122 42 E 5.3

CH'EN-SHAN JIAO 37 24 N 122 42 E 5.3

CH'I-CH'U LIEH-TAO 30 36 N 122 05 E 6.9,

6.10

CH'I-HOU SHAN 22 37 N 120 15 E 8.21

CH'I-HSING YEN 21 46 N 120 49 E 8.11

CH'ILBAL TO 34 47 N 125 47 E 3.4

CH'ING HSU 28 33 N 121 55 E 7.4

CH'IN-HUANG-TAO 39 56 N 119 37 E 4.13

CH'I-T'OU CHIAO 29 53 N 122 08 E 6.22

CH'I-T'OU YANG 29 48 N 122 04 E 6.22,

6.31

CH'O DO 38 32 N 124 50 E 3.29

CH'OL TO 38 39 N 125 39 E 3.32

CH'OLSAN PANDO 39 40 N 124 40 E 3.33

CH'ONGSAN DO 34 11 N 126 53 E 1.11

CH'ONSU MAN 36 25 N 126 28 E 3.16

CH'U DO 34 55 N 128 05 E 1.33

CH'U SHAN 30 27 N 122 20 E 6.11

CH'UAN CHOU 24 54 N 118 35 E 9.12

CH'UAN-CHOU WAN 24 50 N 118 43 E 9.11

CH'UKSAN HANG 36 31 N 129 27 E 2.16

CH'UNGMU 34 50 N 128 26 E 1.35

CH'UNGMU HANG 34 50 N 128 25 E 1.35

CH’AHO 40 12 N 128 39 E 2.36

CH’ONGJIN 41 46 N 129 49 E 2.44

CHA SHAN 36 51 N 122 17 E 5.6
200 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 157

CHAEWONSO SUDO 35 06 N 126 00 E 3.10

CHAG TO 34 25 N 127 54 E 1.21

CHAGWI DO 33 19 N 126 09 E 1.2

CHAMAE DO 38 41 N 124 59 E 3.30

CHANG JIANG 31 48 N 121 10 E 5.16

CHANGDOK TO 39 10 N 127 26 E 2.29

CHANGGI GAP 36 04 N 129 34 E 2.13

CHANGGUN DO 34 44 N 127 44 E 1.23

CHANGJIANG KOU LIGHT VESSEL 31 06 N 122 32 E 5.14

CHANGJIANGKUO BEIJIAO 31 40 N 121 51 E 5.14

CHANGJON MAN 38 44 N 128 12 E 2.26

CHANGJUK SUDO 34 19 N 126 07 E 3.7

CHANGPO MAL 36 25 N 129 26 E 2.15

CHANGSAN GOT 38 08 N 124 39 E 3.29

CHANGSEON DO 34 51 N 128 02 E 1.32

CHANGSHAN QUNDAO 39 15 N 122 35 E 4.4

CHANGSHAN SHUIDAO 38 00 N 120 40 E 4.22

CHANGSO LIGHT 34 50 N 128 26 E 1.35

CHANGTU GANG 30 15 N 122 17 E 6.14

CHANGTUSHAN 30 15 N 122 20 E 6.14

CHANSHAN TOU 36 23 N 120 53 E 5.6

CHAO-AN WAN 23 37 N 117 17 E 9.24

CHAOLIAN DAO 35 54 N 120 52 E 5.8

CHAO-LIEN TAO 35 54 N 120 52 E 5.8

CHAO-PEI TSUI 37 28 N 122 14 E 4.25

CHE'NG-TZU MAN 29 51 N 122 17 E 6.20

CHEJU 33 31 N 126 32 E 1.6

CHEJU DO 33 25 N 126 30 E 1.2

CHEJU HAEHYOB 33 50 N 126 40 E 1.7

CHEJU HANG 33 31 N 126 32 E 1.6

CHE-LANG CHIAO 22 39 N 115 34 E 9.30

CHE-LIN WAN 23 36 N 117 03 E 9.24

CHEN YEN-T'OU 22 19 N 115 06 E 9.2

CHENGIAN SHAN 30 44 N 122 49 E 6.6

CHENG-KUNG PO-TI 23 06 N 121 22 E 8.9

CHENGSHAN JIAO 37 24 N 122 42 E 4.28,

5.3

CHENGSHAN TOU 39 09 N 122 09 E 4.3

CHENGSU DO 33 55 N 126 38 E 1.7

CHEN-HAI 29 57 N 121 42 E 6.28

CHEN-HAI CHIAO 24 16 N 118 08 E 9.19

CHEONGSAN DO 34 11 N 126 53 E 1.11

CHEONSEONG MAN 35 01 N 128 49 E 1.39

CHI CHIAO 29 40 N 121 54 E 6.32

CHIA-TZU KANG 22 51 N 116 04 E 9.29

CHI-CHIAO SHAN 26 34 N 119 48 E 7.22

CHIEH-SHIH WAN 22 46 N 115 40 E 9.29

CHI-HSING CHIAO 23 29 N 117 14 E 9.25

CHI-KU CHIAO 31 10 N 122 23 E 5.14

CHIKU SHAN 28 23 N 121 43 E 7.9

CHI-LUNG KANG 25 09 N 121 46 E 8.2

CHI-LUNG TAO 25 12 N 121 47 E 8.3

CHIN DO 34 27 N 126 15 E 3.4

CHIN FENG 26 00 N 119 41 E 9.3

CHINHAE 35 09 N 128 40 E 1.43

CHINHAE MAN 35 00 N 128 34 E 1.41

CHINJUDOK SAN 41 30 N 129 37 E 2.43

CHIRI TO 38 42 N 125 08 E 3.30

CHISE P'O 34 50 N 128 43 E 1.36

CHIT-KUK 29 27 N 122 15 E 6.30

CHIU-SHAN LIEH-TAO 29 26 N 122 12 E 6.30

CHOAM DO 35 26 N 129 22 E 2.6

CHODO 34 56 N 128 02 E 1.33

CHODO 35 04 N 129 06 E 1.49

CHODO GUNDO 34 14 N 127 15 E 1.14

CHONGDUNG HAE 34 27 N 126 04 E 3.8

CHONGHA HANG 37 26 N 129 12 E 2.19

CHONGSHAN SHUIDAO 27 54 N 121 04 E 7.12

CHOSAN MAN 42 17 N 130 30 E 2.48

CHOU-K'O-K'O CHIAO 23 36 N 117 26 E 9.23

CHUANHU LIEDAO 30 36 N 122 20 E 6.8

CHUANSHAN BANDAO 29 53 N 122 08 E 6.19

CHU-CHIA KANG 29 54 N 122 24 E 6.20

CHUGSAN HANG 36 31 N 129 27 E 2.16

CHU-HSU CHIANG 30 14 N 122 14 E 6.14

CHUJA KUNDO 33 57 N 126 20 E 1.8

CHUK TO 34 13 N 125 51 E 3.4

CHUKPYON MAN 37 03 N 129 25 E 2.17

CHUMUNJIN DAN 37 54 N 128 50 E 2.22

CHUMUNJIN HANG 37 53 N 128 50 E 2.22

CHUN DO 35 26 N 129 21 E 2.7

CHUNGMU 34 50 N 128 26 E 1.35

CHWASARI DO 34 34 N 128 21 E 1.30

CLEFT ROCK 27 06 N 120 49 E 7.16

COAL PIER LIGHT 34 54 N 128 07 E 1.31

CONE POINT 23 40 N 117 29 E 9.23

CRUDE OIL WHARF 34 51 N 127 47 E 1.26

CUSTOMS POINT 26 38 N 119 40 E 7.23

D

DA GANG 24 55 N 118 57 E 9.11

DA JIAO 25 21 N 119 46 E 9.5

DADIAN 25 02 N 119 11 E 9.11

DAE AM 34 17 N 127 26 E 1.15

DAEBANG SAN 34 51 N 127 59 E 1.32

DAEBON MAL 35 45 N 129 30 E 2.11

DAEBYEON 35 13 N 129 14 E 2.5

DAEBYEON HANG 35 13 N 129 14 E 2.4

DAEHEUGSAN GUNDO 34 42 N 125 26 E 3.3

DAEJIN RI 38 30 N 128 26 E 2.24

DAEJUG DO 35 08 N 128 41 E 1.44

DAESAN HANG 37 01 N 126 25 E 3.19

DAGANG QU 38 56 N 121 39 E 4.6

DAGONG DAO 35 58 N 120 29 E 5.8

DAGU TANGGU 38 58 N 117 40 E 4.14

DAHUANGMANG 29 59 N 121 48 E 6.24

DAI SHAN 30 17 N 122 10 E 6.15

DAI SHI 26 08 N 119 58 E 7.27

DAJI SHAN 30 49 N 122 10 E 6.2

DAJIAO SHAN 30 13 N 122 08 E 6.15

DAJIN JIAO 26 43 N 120 09 E 7.19

DAJIN MAN 41 16 N 129 45 E 2.42

DALIAN XINGANG 38 59 N 121 54 E 4.5

DALIAN 38 55 N 121 40 E 4.5

DALIANGANG XINGANG OIL TERM. 38 59 N 121 54 E 4.6

DALMAN GAP 36 06 N 129 26 E 2.12

DALU DAO 39 45 N 123 44 E 4.3

DAMUZHI SHAN 40 07 N 119 26 E 4.13

DANGGANG MAL 35 03 N 129 01 E 1.48

DANGSADO LIGHTHOUSE 34 06 N 126 36 E 1.9

DAPAN JIAO 24 24 N 118 04 E 9.18

DAPENG JIAO 22 27 N 114 30 E 9.36

DAQING SHAN 29 27 N 122 15 E 6.30

DAQU SHAN 30 27 N 122 20 E 6.11

DAVENPORT POINT 37 47 N 120 37 E 4.20

DAXIE DAO 29 55 N 121 58 E 6.26

DAXINGSHAN JIAO 22 33 N 114 55 E 9.31

DAXIZHAI DAO 30 14 N 122 29 E 6.13

DAYA JIAO 22 35 N 114 45 E 9.33

DAYA WAN 22 37 N 114 40 E 9.33

DAYANGSHAN 30 35 N 122 04 E 6.9

DAYAO WAN 39 01 M 121 52 E 4.5

DAYOUSHAN 29 59 N 121 45 E 6.28

DAYU SHAN 26 57 N 120 21 E 7.19

DAYU SHAN 30 19 N 121 58 E 6.16

DAZHU DAO 25 05 N 119 02 E 9.11

DAZHUI DAO 24 50 N 118 46 E 9.11

DAZHUSHAN ZUI 35 44 N 120 00 E 5.10

DAZHUXU 30 17 N 122 15 E 6.14

DENGZHOU SHUIDAO 37 52 N 120 45 E 4.23

DEOGJEOG DO 37 14 N 126 07 E 3.23

DEOGPO DAN 38 22 N 128 31 E 2.24

DEOGU DO 34 15 N 127 01 E 1.14

DEUGRYANG MAN 34 35 N 127 05 E 1.16

DIESHIDUI LIGHTED BUOY 26 08 N 119 37 E 7.30

DINGHAI 30 00 N 122 06 E 6.27

DINGHAI 30 01 N 122 06 E 6.1

DIXIE 29 55 N 121 59 E 6.26

DO TO 34 13 N 127 00 E 1.14

DODD ISLAND 24 26 N 118 30 E 9.16

DOJANG PO 34 46 N 128 41 E 1.36

DOK TO 37 15 N 131 52 E 2.2

DONAE HAE 34 03 N 127 18 E 1.12

DONG SUDO 37 06 N 126 20 E 3.18

DONGDING YU 22 38 N 115 06 E 9.31

DONGDU 24 30 N 118 04 E 9.18

DONGDU HANGDAO 24 27 N 118 04 E 9.17

DONGDUMAL 34 59 N 128 50 E 1.38

DONGFU SHAN 30 08 N 122 46 E 6.13

DONGGOU GANG 31 17 N 121 34 E 5.15

DONGJIE JIAO 22 46 N 115 50 E 9.30

DONGLUO DAO 26 25 N 119 55 E 7.24
Index—Gazetteer 201

 Pub. 157

DONGNAN KOU 25 23 N 119 44 E 9.4

DONGQUAN DAO 25 58 N 119 58 E 7.28

DONGSHAN DAO 23 40 N 117 25 E 9.23

DONGSHAN WAN 23 46 N 117 32 E 9.22

DONGTING SHAN 29 52 N 122 35 E 6.17

DONGTOU SHAN 27 50 N 121 08 E 7.11

DRY CARGO HARBOR 34 44 N 127 45 E 1.25

DU DO 35 03 N 129 01 E 1.48

E

ELLIOT GROUP 39 15 N 122 35 E 4.4

ELLIOT PATCH 29 59 N 122 06 E 6.27

ENTRANCE ISLAND 29 32 N 121 40 E 6.32

EOCHEONGDO 36 07 N 125 59 E 3.15

F

FANG-LIAO KANG 22 22 N 120 35 E 8.23

FEIYUN JIANG 27 42 N 120 40 E 7.15

FENGCHAO YEN 30 22 N 122 41 E 6.11

FENGCHENG 36 42 N 121 14 E 5.6

FIRST ENTRANCE 22 37 N 120 15 E 8.21

FODU DAO 29 44 N 122 01 E 6.31

FORMOSA STRAIT 24 00 N 119 00 E 8.25

FORT HEAD 23 33 N 117 05 E 9.24

FO-TO-KANG-TAO 29 48 N 122 04 E 6.22,

6.31

FO-TU SHAN 29 44 N 122 01 E 6.31

FREMANTLE CHANNEL 29 54 N 122 24 E 6.20

FU-CHI CHIAO 22 33 N 114 55 E 9.31

FU-KUEI CHIAO 25 18 N 121 32 E 8.2

FUNING WAN 26 51 N 120 07 E 7.19

FUTOU WAN 23 51 N 117 42 E 9.22

FU-YAO SHAN 26 57 N 120 21 E 7.19

FUYING DAO 26 35 N 120 08 E 7.21

G

GADD ROCK 21 44 N 121 37 E 8.11

GADEOG DO 35 00 N 128 50 E 1.38

GADEOG SUDO 35 00 N 128 48 E 1.38

GAE DO 34 34 N 127 40 E 1.20

GAGEODO 34 04 N 125 07 E 3.2

GAJO DO 34 58 N 128 32 E 1.41

GALSAN DO 34 58 N 128 46 E 1.37

GALSAN MAL 37 17 N 129 19 E 2.18

GAMCHEON 35 03 N 129 00 E 1.48

GAMPO HANG 35 48 N 129 31 E 2.11

GANGGU HANG 36 21 N 129 24 E 2.15

GANJEOL GAP 35 21 N 129 22 E 2.5

GANJINGZI QU 38 57 N 121 38 E 4.6

GAODENG DAO 26 17 N 119 59 E 7.26

GAOQIAO GANG 31 20 N 121 33 E 5.15

GEOGEUM DO 34 27 N 127 10 E 1.17

GEOGEUM SUDO 34 26 N 127 16 E 1.16

GEOJE DO 34 50 N 128 40 E 1.36

GEOJIN DAN 38 27 N 128 28 E 2.24

GEOJIN HANG 38 27 N 128 28 E 2.24

GEOMUN DO 34 02 N 127 19 E 1.12

GEUMDANG SUDO 34 25 N 127 07 E 1.16

GEUMO DO 34 32 N 127 45 E 1.18

GEUMO SUDO 34 33 N 127 45 E 1.19

GEUMO YEOLDO 34 30 N 127 47 E 1.18

GIBSON ROCK 23 26 N 117 18 E 9.25

GO AM 34 30 N 128 29 E 1.30

GODONG MAL 35 19 N 129 18 E 2.5

GOHEUNG BANDO 34 33 N 127 20 E 1.16

GOJEONG HANG 36 24 N 126 29 E 3.16

GU GAN 38 35 N 121 36 E 4.7

GUANCHUANAO 29 27 N 122 11 E 6.30

GUANG'AO 23 14 N 116 47 E 9.26

GUANYIN AO 25 28 N 119 50 E 9.3

GUDOL SEO 34 37 N 128 07 E 1.21

GUI YU 23 20 N 116 38 E 9.26

GUILING DAO 22 39 N 115 26 E 9.31

GULANG YU 24 27 N 118 04 E 9.17

GULEI TOU 23 43 N 117 34 E 9.22

GULF OF CHIHLI 38 30 N 120 00 E 4.21

GULONG ZUI 36 44 N 121 38 E 5.6

GUNDO KUNDO 33 57 N 126 20 E 1.8

GUNDO KUNDO 34 10 N 126 27 E 1.9

GUNSAN 35 59 N 126 42 E 3.14

GURYONGPO HANG 35 59 N 129 34 E 2.12

GWANCHEONG MAL 35 29 N 129 23 E 2.8

GWANGGYE MAL 35 14 N 129 15 E 2.5

GWANGYANG HANG 34 51 N 127 48 E 1.29

GYE DO 34 18 N 126 37 E 1.10

GYE DO 34 30 N 127 14 E 1.16

GYEONGRYEOLBI YEOLDO 36 37 N 125 34 E 3.17

H

HA DO 34 49 N 128 14 E 1.32

HABAEG DO 34 03 N 127 35 E 1.13

HABAEK TO 34 03 N 127 35 E 1.13

HACHUJA DO 33 57 N 126 20 E 1.8

HAEAM YEO 33 40 N 126 18 E 1.7

HAEJU MAN 37 45 N 125 40 E 3.25

HAENAM GAG 34 18 N 126 31 E 1.10

HAENGAM MAN 35 08 N 128 41 E 1.44

HAGNIM DO 34 45 N 128 25 E 1.34

HAI HO 38 59 N 117 43 E 4.17

HAI JIAO 30 44 N 123 09 E 6.4

HAI-K'OU WAN 22 06 N 120 42 E 8.24

HAI-MEN 28 41 N 121 27 E 7.9

HAI-T'AN TAO 25 33 N 119 48 E 8.25

HAITAN HAIXIA 25 27 N 119 38 E 9.4

HAITAN SHI 25 46 N 119 48 E 9.4

HAIXI BANDAO 35 57 N 120 14 E 5.10

HAIYANG DAO 39 03 N 123 12 E 4.4

HAI-YANG 36 42 N 121 14 E 5.6

HAIZHOU WAN 34 55 N 119 20 E 5.11

HANG DO 34 11 N 126 56 E 1.11

HANGCHOW BAY 30 25 N 121 00 E 6.1

HANGNIM DO 34 45 N 128 25 E 1.34

HANGZHOU 30 15 N 120 10 E 4.17

HANGZHOU WAN 30 25 N 121 00 E 6.1

HANRIM HANG 33 25 N 126 16 E 1.5

HARLEQUIN ISLAND 29 32 N 121 34 E 6.32

HASA MAL 36 50 N 129 27 E 2.17

HATAEDO 34 25 N 125 17 E 3.2

HEBE HEAD 28 08 N 121 21 E 7.11

HEINIU WAN 27 48 N 121 07 E 7.13

HEIYAN JIAO 22 47 N 115 54 E 9.29

HENGSHA 31 18 N 121 48 E 5.15

HESHANG TOU 28 21 N 121 40 E 7.9

HEUGIL DO 34 17 N 126 33 E 1.11

HIMUKI SHO 33 57 N 124 36 E 3.2

HO DO 39 20 N 127 33 E 2.28

HODO PANDO 39 20 N 127 33 E 2.28

HOENG DO 35 20 N 125 59 E 3.12

HOENGGAN SUDO 34 16 N 126 35 E 1.10

HONAM OIL TERMINAL 37 29 N 126 36 E 3.23

HONG DO 34 32 N 128 44 E 1.30

HONG DO 34 42 N 125 12 E 3.2

HONGHAI WAN 22 40 N 115 10 E 9.31

HO-P'ING TAO 25 09 N 121 46 E 8.3

HO-P’ING KANG 24 18 N 121 45 E 8.6

HOU DO 34 24 N 127 07 E 1.16

HOU JIAO 23 34 N 117 22 E 9.23

HOU YU 24 28 N 118 03 E 9.17

HOU-CHI TAO 38 02 N 120 40 E 4.23

HOUJI DAO 38 02 N 120 40 E 4.23

HOU-TZU PI 22 48 N 121 12 E 8.9

HSIA-CHI MEN 29 46 N 122 15 E 6.21

HSIANG-SHAN CHIANG 29 38 N 121 48 E 6.32

HSIAO-CH'IU 26 15 N 120 01 E 7.26

HSIAO-HSING SHAN 22 31 N 114 50 E 9.32

HSIAO-KUNG TAO 36 00 N 120 35 E 5.8

HSIAO-PAN MEN 30 12 N 122 36 E 6.13

HSIAO-YANG-MO-YU 29 54 N 122 09 E 6.23

HSI-CHIEH CHIAO 22 42 N 115 47 E 9.29

HSI-CHU TAO 25 59 N 119 56 E 7.28

HSI-HI CHIAO 22 33 N 114 36 E 9.34

HSIN LAI 25 12 N 121 44 E 8.3

HSI-PI SHIH 26 04 N 119 57 E 7.27

HSIUNG-TI YU 23 33 N 117 40 E 9.2

HSI-YIN TAO 26 20 N 120 12 E 7.20

HSUAN-PO-KU SHAN 29 50 N 122 19 E 6.20
202 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 157

HSU-TSU WEI 24 24 N 118 04 E 9.18

HUA-LIEN KANG 24 00 N 121 38 E 8.8

HUANG DAO 36 04 N 120 14 E 5.9

HUANG XIAN 37 38 N 120 30 E 4.19

HUANGDAO SHUIDAO 27 56 N 121 07 E 7.12

HUANGHUA 38 19 N 117 40 E 4.14

HUANGJIATANG WAN 35 33 N 119 40 E 5.11

HUANGNIC JIAO 29 58 N 121 54 E 6.28

HUANGNIU JIAO 29 58 N 121 54 E 6.24

HUANG-NUI CHIAO 29 42 N 121 52 E 6.32

HUANIAO SHAN 30 51 N 122 41 E 6.5

HUA-P'ING YU 25 25 N 121 57 E 8.2

HUAPING SHAN 30 04 N 122 29 E 6.18

HUDONG JIAO 22 48 N 115 57 E 9.29

HUGIL TO 34 17 N 126 33 E 1.11

HUIZHOU 22 42 N 114 34 E 9.35

HUJIANG DAO 26 07 N 119 38 E 7.30

HULU DAO 30 02 N 122 26 E 6.18

HULUDAO GANG 40 42 N 120 59 E 4.10,

4.11

HU-LU-TAO CHIANG 40 42 N 120 59 E 4.10,

4.11

HUNG DAN 42 18 N 130 35 E 2.48

HUNG-HAI WAN 22 40 N 115 10 E 9.31

HUNGNAM 39 50 N 127 37 E 2.31

HUOSHAN LIEDAO 30 20 N 121 55 E 6.16

HUP’O HANG 36 41 N 129 27 E 2.16

HU-TOU HSU 27 50 N 121 15 E 7.11

HUTOU YU 27 50 N 121 15 E 7.11

HUTUNG CHIAO 22 48 N 115 57 E 9.29

HWA DO 34 49 N 128 28 E 1.35

HWANG DO 36 14 N 125 58 E 3.15

HWANGAMDONG MYOJI 40 49 N 129 34 E 2.40

HWANGJE DO 34 11 N 127 05 E 1.14

HWANGJIN MAN 41 06 N 129 44 E 2.42

HWASUN HANG 33 14 N 126 28 E 1.3

HYEONG DO 33 12 N 126 19 E 1.3

HYEONGJEDO MOYJI 33 13 N 126 20 E 1.3

I

IJIN MAN 42 04 N 130 07 E 2.46

IMUN MAL 37 14 N 129 21 E 2.18

IMYE SOM 37 06 N 126 32 E 3.20

INCHEON 37 28 N 126 37 E 3.23

IPP'A DO 37 06 N 126 32 E 3.20

IRARI GAK 39 09 N 127 36 E 2.26

IRARI GAK 39 10 N 127 36 E 2.27

ISU DO 34 58 N 128 44 E 1.37

IWON HANG 40 17 N 128 39 E 2.37

J

JAEWEONSEO SUDO 35 06 N 126 00 E 3.10

JAM DO 35 03 N 128 40 E 1.42

JANGGI GAB 36 04 N 129 34 E 2.13

JANGSEUNGPO HANG 34 52 N 128 44 E 1.37

JEJU 33 31 N 126 32 E 1.6

JEJU DO 33 25 N 126 30 E 1.2

JEJU HAEHYEOB 33 50 N 126 40 E 1.7

JEJU HANG 33 31 N 126 32 E 1.6

JEO DO 35 01 N 128 45 E 1.40

JEOLMYEONG SEO 33 52 N 126 19 E 1.8

JIANGJIA ZUI 34 46 N 119 26 E 5.13

JIANGJUN TOU 24 02 N 117 54 E 9.21

JIANSHAN TANKER TERMINAL 30 43 N 121 20 E 6.3

JIAOBEI SHAN 30 11 N 122 18 E 6.15

JIAOBEISHAN 30 11 N 122 18 E 6.14

JIAZI GANG 22 51 N 116 04 E 9.29

JIAZI JIAO 22 49 N 116 06 E 9.28

JIESHI WAN 22 46 N 115 40 E 9.29

JIGU JIAO 31 10 N 122 23 E 5.14

JIGUSHAN 28 23 N 121 43 E 7.9

JIH HSU 24 22 N 118 08 E 9.17

JIMA DO 34 20 N 127 22 E 1.15

JIN YU 22 43 N 115 37 E 9.30

JINDO 34 27 N 126 15 E 3.4

JINGYU YAN 22 31 N 115 01 E 9.32

JINHAE 35 09 N 128 40 E 1.43

JINHAE HANG 35 08 N 128 39 E 1.43

JINHAE MAN 35 00 N 128 34 E 1.41

JINMEN DAO 24 27 N 118 23 E 9.16

JINMI MAL 36 54 N 129 25 E 2.17

JINPAI MEN 26 08 N 119 35 E 7.30

JINTANG SHUIDAO 29 57 N 121 52 E 6.24

JINZHOU 40 45 N 121 06 E 4.12

JISE PO 34 50 N 128 43 E 1.36

JITSUKO SHO 33 57 N 124 36 E 3.2

JIUDUAN LIGHT FLOAT 31 07 N 121 57 E 5.14

JIUSHAN LIEDAO 29 26 N 122 12 E 6.30

JOAM DO 35 26 N 129 22 E 2.6

JOKAKO POINT 23 36 N 117 26 E 9.23

JUG DO 34 13 N 125 51 E 3.4

JUGBYEON MAN 37 03 N 129 25 E 2.17

JUNG-CHENG WAN 37 21 N 122 38 E 5.3

JWASARI DO 34 34 N 128 21 E 1.30

K

K'URESA CH'O 35 05 N 128 38 E 1.42

KA DO 34 42 N 125 28 E 3.3

KADOK 35 00 N 128 48 E 1.38

KADOK TO 35 00 N 128 50 E 1.38

KAE DO 34 34 N 127 40 E 1.20

KAIDAE MAN 42 15 N 130 23 E 2.48

KAISER POINT 35 54 N 120 10 E 5.10

KAISER ROCK 26 37 N 119 44 E 7.23

KAJO DO 34 58 N 128 32 E 1.41

KAL TO 37 43 N 125 39 E 3.25

KALMA BANDO 39 11 N 127 29 E 2.29

KALSAN DO 34 58 N 128 46 E 1.37

KALSAN MAL 37 17 N 129 19 E 2.18

KAMCH'ON 35 03 N 129 00 E 1.48

KAMNAEP'O 35 03 N 129 00 E 1.48

KAMPO HANG 35 48 N 129 31 E 2.11

KANGGU HANG 36 21 N 129 24 E 2.15

KANG-K'OU WAN 21 59 N 120 51 E 8.9

KANJOL GAP 35 21 N 129 22 E 2.5

KANSHIN TAN 37 34 N 129 07 E 2.22

KANYO AM 34 17 N 127 51 E 1.21

KAO-HSIUNG KANG 22 37 N 120 15 E 8.21

KAO-T'AI SHIH 21 44 N 121 37 E 8.11

KAO-TENG TAO 26 17 N 119 59 E 7.26

KASA DO 34 27 N 126 04 E 3.11

KAUM DO 35 13 N 126 19 E 3.12

KEELUNG 25 09 N 121 46 E 8.3

KEMEN SHUIDAO 24 24 N 119 48 E 7.24

KETANGSHAN 28 54 N 121 41 E 7.7

KIDONG MAN 41 54 N 129 56 E 2.45

KIMCH’AEK 40 40 N 129 12 E 2.39

KIWA PAU 40 01 N 128 02 E 2.32

KODONG MAL 35 19 N 129 18 E 2.5

KOGUM SODO 34 26 N 127 16 E 1.16

KOGUNSAN KUNDO 35 50 N 126 25 E 3.13

KOHUNG BANDO 34 33 N 127 20 E 1.16

KOJE DO 34 50 N 128 40 E 1.36

KOJIN DAN 38 27 N 128 28 E 2.24

KOJO P'O 38 58 N 127 53 E 2.27

KOJONG HANG 36 24 N 126 29 E 3.16

KOL-SOM 42 10 N 130 19 E 2.47

KOMUN DO 34 02 N 127 19 E 1.12

KUANSHAN CHIANG 30 13 N 122 12 E 6.16

KU-AO-T'OU 27 36 N 120 33 E 7.15

KUDOK SAN 35 07 N 129 00 E 1.49

KUDOL SO 34 37 N 128 07 E 1.21

KUEI-LANG CHOU 22 39 N 115 26 E 9.31

KUEI-LUAN YEN 24 49 N 121 56 E 8.5

KUEI-SHAN TAO 24 51 N 121 57 E 8.5

KUISHAN DAO 26 30 N 120 08 E 7.21

KU-LEI TOU 23 43 N 117 34 E 9.22

KU-LUNG SHAN 39 49 N 124 01 E 3.36

KUMDANG SUDO 34 25 N 127 07 E 1.16

KUMGOL SAN 34 32 N 126 18 E 3.6

KUMO SAN 34 35 N 127 48 E 1.19

KUMO SUDO 34 33 N 127 45 E 1.19

KUMO SUDO 43 33 N 127 45 E 1.19

KUMO YOLTO 34 30 N 127 47 E 1.18

KUMODO 34 32 N 127 45 E 1.18

KUNDO GUNDO 34 14 N 127 15 E 1.14

KUNSAN 35 59 N 126 42 E 3.14

KUREISSER CHO 35 05 N 128 38 E 1.42
Index—Gazetteer 203

 Pub. 157

KURYONGP'O HANG 35 59 N 129 34 E 2.12

KWAE DO 40 27 N 129 00 E 2.38

KWAKKOT CH'OE 39 49 N 124 25 E 3.35

KWANCH'ONG MAL 35 29 N 129 23 E 2.8

KWANGGYE MAL 35 14 N 129 15 E 2.5

KWANGYANG HANG 34 51 N 127 48 E 1.29

KWANGYANG STEEL MILL 34 54 N 127 45 E 1.29

KYOMAEK TO 34 31 N 125 41 E 3.4

KYOMIP'O 38 44 N 125 37 E 3.32

KYONGNYOLBI YOLTO, 36 37 N 125 34 E 3.17

KYONGSONG MAN 41 35 N 129 50 E 2.43

L

LAIZHOU WAN 37 20 N 119 22 E 4.18

LAMTIA ISLAND 24 08 N 118 02 E 9.20

LAN YU 22 04 N 121 32 E 8.10

LANG TAO 26 20 N 120 12 E 7.20

LANGGANG SHAN 30 26 N 122 55 E 6.11

LANGJISHAN 28 32 N 121 37 E 7.8

LANSHAN 35 05 N 119 21 E 5.12

LAO-HU SHAN 30 04 N 121 55 E 6.23

LAOSHAN TOU 36 08 N 120 43 E 5.8

LAOSHAN WAN 36 20 N 120 50 E 5.7

LAO-SHU CHIAO 30 00 N 122 06 E 6.27

LAO-T'IEH-SHAN-HSI CHIAO 38 44 N 121 08 E 4.8

LAOTIESHAN SHUIDAO 38 30 N 121 00 E 4.22

LAOTIESHANXI JIAO 38 44 N 121 08 E 4.8

LIANCOURT ROCKS 37 15 N 131 52 E 2.2

LIANGXIONGDI DAO 30 10 N 122 57 E 6.13

LIANYUNGANG 34 44 N 119 27 E 5.13

LIAODONG WAN 40 30 N 121 30 E 4.8

LIAOLUO TOU 24 25 N 118 26 E 9.16

LIAO-TUNG WAN 40 30 N 121 30 E 4.8

LIE YAN 27 06 N 120 49 E 7.16

LIEN YUN CHIANG 34 44 N 119 27 E 5.13

LIEN-HAU CHOU 22 34 N 114 53 E 9.32

LIEN-HUA-FENG CHIAO 22 56 N 116 29 E 8.25

LIGEN WAN 35 42 N 119 57 E 5.11

LIHUO YU 30 06 N 122 22 E 6.18

LINGSHAN DAO 35 45 N 120 10 E 5.11

LINGSHAN WAN 35 50 N 120 05 E 5.10

LINMENGAO 24 11 N 118 05 E 9.20

LITOU ZUI 28 16 N 121 25 E 7.9

LIU-CH'IU YU 22 21 N 120 22 E 8.23

LIU-CH'UAN CHIAO 26 05 N 119 58 E 7.27

LIUDOU ZUI 28 16 N 121 25 E 7.9

LIUQUAN JIAO 26 05 N 119 58 E 7.27

LO HSU 28 16 N 121 44 E 7.9

LO SHAN BAY 36 20 N 120 50 E 5.7

LO-HSING-T'A MAO-TI 25 59 N 119 27 E 7.31

LOKAUP ISLAND 22 35 N 114 39 E 9.33

LONG YU 23 34 N 117 25 E 9.23

LONGKOU 37 39 N 120 20 E 4.19

LONGKOU GANG 37 38 N 120 17 E 4.19

LONGWAN 27 58 N 120 48 E 7.14

LOUTZ ROCK 25 08 N 119 23 E 9.9

LOYUAN WAN 26 25 N 119 43 E 7.24

LU HSU 25 20 N 119 29 E 9.9

LU TAO 22 40 N 121 29 E 8.10

LU YU 23 19 N 116 46 E 9.26

LUAN-CHIA-K'OU 37 47 N 120 37 E 4.20

LU-CHIANG 24 03 N 120 25 E 8.12

LUDA 38 57 N 121 40 E 4.6

LUHUA SHAN 30 49 N 122 38 E 6.5

LUJIANG SHUIDAO 24 27 N 118 04 E 9.17

LUJIAZHI 29 55 N 122 18 E 6.20

LUJIAZUI 31 14 N 121 29 E 5.15

LUO YU 28 16 N 121 44 E 7.9

LUOTOU SHUIDAO 29 55 N 122 03 E 6.22

LUOYUAN WAN 26 25 N 119 43 E 7.24

LU-SHUN 38 47 N 121 15 E 4.7

LUSHUN 38 47 N 121 15 E 4.7

LU-TZ’U YEN 25 08 N 119 23 E 9.9

M

MAAN DO 34 45 N 128 05 E 1.32

MAAN DO 39 48 N 124 11 E 3.36

MA-AN LIEDAO 30 44 N 122 45 E 6.5

MABIANZHOU ISLAND 22 40 N 114 39 E 9.33

MADO 35 56 N 128 02 E 1.33

MAEMUL DO 34 38 N 128 34 E 1.30

MAEMUL TO 34 13 N 127 00 E 1.14

MAEMUL TO 34 31 N 125 41 E 3.4

MAEMUL TO 34 38 N 128 34 E 1.30

MAENGGOL KUNDO 34 13 N 125 51 E 3.4

MAENGGOL SUDO 34 14 N 125 53 E 3.5

MAI-LIAO KUNG-YEH-KANG 23 47 N 120 10 E 8.17

MAJI SHAN 30 34 N 122 34 E 6.10

MA-KUNG 23 34 N 119 33 E 8.28

MA-LAN WAN 37 25 N 122 39 E 4.27

MANGWA DO 35 02 N 128 43 E 1.40

MANRYOKIKI 38 43 N 125 23 E 3.31

MAN-T'OU KANG-TOU 29 05 N 121 40 E 7.7

MAOCAOSHAN 28 12 N 121 25 E 7.10

MAO-T'OU-SHAN TSUI 29 06 N 121 39 E 7.7

MARA DO 33 07 N 126 16 E 1.2

MARO HAE 34 23 N 126 25 E 3.6

MASAN 35 11 N 128 34 E 1.45

MA-TA CHIAO 37 12 N 122 37 E 5.4

MATA JIAO 37 12 N 122 37 E 5.4

MATSU DAO 26 09 N 119 56 E 7.26

MATSU STRAIT 26 11 N 119 57 E 7.26

MAYAN DO 40 00 N 128 11 E 2.33

MAYANG DO 40 00 N 128 11 E 2.33

MAZU HAIXIA 26 11 N 119 57 E 7.26

MEI-CHOU WAN 25 05 N 119 02 E 9.10

MEI-HUA CHIANG 26 03 N 119 37 E 7.29

MEIZHOU WAN 25 05 N 119 02 E 9.10

MI PO 35 31 N 129 27 E 2.10

MIAODAO QUNDAO 38 10 N 120 45 E 4.23

MIAO-TAO CH'U-TAO 38 10 N 120 45 E 4.23

MIDDLE ROCKS 22 31 N 114 41 E 9.34

MIEN-HUA YU 25 29 N 122 06 E 8.2

MIN JIANG 26 05 N 119 32 E 8.25

MIN’AN MEN 29 03 N 119 30 E 7.30

MIPO 35 31 N 129 27 E 2.10

MIRS POINT 22 27 N 114 30 E 9.36

MOG DO 34 59 N 129 00 E 1.40

MOGP'O GU 34 46 N 126 18 E 3.6

MOK TO 34 59 N 129 00 E 1.40

MOKP'O HANG 34 47 N 126 23 E 3.6

MOKP’O 34 47 N 126 23 E 3.11

MOKTOKTO 36 56 N 125 47 E 3.18

MORUN MAL 35 02 N 128 58 E 1.47

MOUNT BLACK 22 52 N 116 09 E 9.28

MOUTH POINT 26 27 N 119 50 E 7.22

MOYE DAO 36 55 N 122 31 E 5.5

MUKHO HANG 37 33 N 129 07 E 2.21

MUN DO 34 07 N 127 31 E 1.13

MUN SEO 34 08 N 127 34 E 1.13

MUN SO 34 08 N 127 34 E 1.13

MUSU DAN 40 50 N 129 43 E 2.41

MYO DO 34 53 N 127 45 E 1.25

MYODO 34 53 N 127 45 E 1.25

MYONDO SUDO 34 58 N 126 06 E 3.10

N

NAB ROCK 30 00 N 122 04 E 6.27

NAENARO DO 34 30 N 127 28 E 1.18

NAGDONG PO 35 03 N 128 54 E 1.47

NAJIN 42 14 N 130 18 E 2.47

NAKP'OGAK 34 51 N 127 47 E 1.25

NAKSAN MAN 42 05 N 130 11 E 2.46

NAKTONG P'O 35 03 N 128 54 E 1.47

NAM PO 34 50 N 128 29 E 1.35

NAMHAE DO 34 48 N 128 00 E 1.23

NAMHYEONGJE DO 34 53 N 128 57 E 1.40

NAMHYONGJE DO 34 53 N 128 57 E 1.40

NAMP’O 38 43 N 125 24 E 3.31

NAN DO 39 00 N 128 06 E 2.25

NAN DO 40 19 N 128 46 E 2.38

NAN DO 40 39 N 129 33 E 2.40

NAN K'OU 25 20 N 119 40 E 9.4

NAN SHA 24 06 N 118 06 E 9.20

NAN SHUIDAO 31 02 N 122 11 E 5.14

NAN YU 26 56 N 120 21 E 7.17

NAN'AO DAO 23 26 N 117 03 E 9.25

NANDING 25 08 N 119 23 E 9.9
204 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 157

NANDING DAO 24 08 N 118 02 E 9.20

NANG DO 34 36 N 127 33 E 1.20

NANHUI ZUI 30 53 N 121 53 E 6.2

NANJISHAN LIEDAO 27 27 N 121 04 E 7.15

NAN-LIAO 22 40 N 121 29 E 8.10

NANPENG LIEDAO 23 16 N 117 17 E 9.2

NANRI SHUIDO 25 12 N 119 25 E 9.9

NANSHAN TOU 39 55 N 119 37 E 4.13

NAN-SHAN TSUI 38 52 N 121 41 E 4.7

NANSHAN ZUI 38 52 N 121 41 E 4.7

NAN-SHAN-CHIAO PI 24 16 N 121 44 E 8.7

NANZHI LANBY 30 58 N 122 11 E 5.14

NARO YEOLDO 34 30 N 127 30 E 1.18

NEI LANGJIANGSHA 26 07 N 119 41 E 7.29

NIANG JIAO 23 19 N 116 50 E 9.26

NI-LO CHIAO 29 08 N 122 03 E 7.6

NILUO YU 29 08 N 122 03 E 7.6

NINGBO 29 53 N 121 33 E 6.29

NIUBISHAN SHUIDAO 29 37 N 122 06 E 6.30

NIUSHAN DAO 25 26 N 119 56 E 9.3

NIU-SHAN TAO 25 26 N 119 56 E 9.3

NIUSHAN ZUI 29 01 N 121 43 E 7.7

NIU-T-OU 29 07 N 121 56 E 7.6

NIUTOU SHAN 29 07 N 121 56 E 7.6

NO MAL 34 55 N 128 05 E 1.31

NOMI GAK 37 00 N 126 47 E 3.21

NORTH MEROPE 24 11 N 118 05 E 9.20

NORTON ROCK 25 46 N 119 48 E 9.4

O

OCH'ONG DO 36 07 N 125 59 E 3.15

ODAEJIN 41 23 N 129 47 E 2.43

OEBUJI DO 34 42 N 128 24 E 1.34

OEPO RI 34 56 N 128 43 E 1.37

OEYONDO MYOJI 36 13 N 126 03 E 3.15

OG AM 42 18 N 130 30 E 2.48

OGOG DO 34 44 N 128 26 E 1.34

OGOK TO 34 44 N 128 26 E 1.34

OGPO MAN 34 53 N 128 43 E 1.37

OKGYE HANG 37 37 N 129 T03 E 2.22

OKP'O MAN 34 53 N 128 43 E 1.37

O-LUAN PI 21 54 N 120 51 E 8.9

ON SAN 35 27 N 129 22 E 2.7

ONG DO 36 39 N 126 01 E 3.17

ONSAN 35 27 N 129 22 E 2.7

ORANG DAN 41 23 N 129 48 E 2.43

OSIG DO 35 58 N 126 34 E 3.14

OU CHIANG 28 01 N 120 44 E 7.11

P

P'ALMIDO 37 21 N 126 31 E 3.23

P'ENG-BU TAO 23 34 N 119 37 E 8.27

P'ENG-CHIA YU 25 38 N 122 04 E 8.2

P'ENG-HU KANG 23 36 N 119 32 E 8.27

P'ING-HAI CHIAO 25 10 N 119 16 E 9.10

P'OHANG MAN 40 59 N 129 44 E 2.41

P'UNG DO 37 06 N 126 23 E 3.19

P’YONGT’AEK HANG 37 00 N 126 44 E 3.21

PA ZA ISLETS 29 30 N 121 36 E 6.32

PAEGIL HANG 34 18 N 126 34 E 1.10

PAEK SO 34 15 N 127 06 E 1.15

PAEK SO 34 38 N 128 00 E 1.24

PAEK-AM 35 02 N 128 38 E 1.41

PAEKSO 34 38 N 128 00 E 1.22

PAENGNYONG DO 37 57 N 124 40 E 3.28

PAI HO 38 59 N 117 43 E 4.17

PAI-CH'UAN LIEH-TAO 25 58 N 119 55 E 7.28

PAI-SHA CHIA 25 03 N 121 04 E 8.14

PAI-YA YANG 29 55 N 122 03 E 6.22

PALMI DO 37 21 N 126 31 E 3.23

PAN-CH’AO YEN 29 49 N 122 21 E 6.20

PANG SHAN 26 13 N 120 01 E 7.26

PANGCH’UK DO 35 51 N 126 23 E 3.13

PANSHI 27 59 N 120 50 E 7.14

PAN-YANG CHINO 30 01 N 121 58 E 6.23

PA-YAO WAN 22 08 N 120 53 E 8.9

PEDRO BLANCO 22 19 N 115 06 E 9.2

PEI CHIAO 24 36 N 121 53 E 8.5

PEI-CHING 39 56 N 116 24 E 4.17

PEI-CHUAN CHIAO 26 07 N 119 58 E 7.27

PEI-FANG WAN 24 36 N 121 53 E 8.6

PEI-KAN-T'ANG TAO 26 13 N 119 59 E 7.26

PEI-T'ING TAO 24 26 N 118 30 E 9.16

PEKING 39 56 N 116 24 E 4.17

PENG-HU CH'UN-TAO 23 23 N 119 30 E 8.26

PENGLAI 37 53 N 120 52 E 4.20

PESCADORES ISLANDS 23 23 N 119 30 E 8.26

PIGIN DO 34 43 N 128 28 E 1.35

PIJIN DO 34 43 N 128 28 E 1.34

PILOT ROCK 26 07 N 120 02 E 7.27

PING-HAI WAN 22 34 N 114 51 E 9.32

PINGHAI WAN 25 11 N 119 10 E 9.10

PINGJANG MAL 36 41 N 129 28 E 2.16

PINGYANG ZUI 27 28 N 120 40 E 7.16

PI-T'OU CHIAO 25 08 N 121 55 E 8.4

PIUNG DO 35 57 N 126 32 E 3.14

PIYANG DO 33 24 N 126 14 E 1.2

PIYANG DO 33 25 N 126 15 E 1.5

PO HAI HAI-HSIA 38 24 N 121 00 E 4.22

POGIL TO 34 09 N 126 32 E 1.9

POHANG HANG 36 03 N 129 23 E 2.13

POHANG NEW HARBOR 36 01 N 129 25 E 2.14

PONGSU PANDO 40 00 N 128 09 E 2.33

POSAN 38 53 N 125 34 E 3.32

PUDO SUDO 35 05 N 128 39 E 1.42

PUKCHANGJA SO 37 20 N 126 29 E 3.21

PUKP'YONG 37 29 N 129 09 E 2.20

PULGUN DO 34 09 N 126 45 E 1.11

PULMUGIDO 34 44 N 126 14 E 3.11

PUNCHARD ISLET 25 20 N 119 37 E 9.9

PUNG DO 37 06 N 126 23 E 3.19

PUSAN 35 06 N 129 02 E 1.49

Q

QBK OILFIELD 24 48 N 120 40 E 8.15

QI SHAN 26 00 N 119 41 E 9.3

QIAN SHAN 28 03 N 121 24 E 7.11

QING ZHOU 22 24 N 114 40 E 9.36

QINGBIN DAO 30 12 N 122 42 E 6.13

QINGDAO GANG 36 02 N 120 16 E 5.9

QINGLANSHAN 25 03 N 119 01 E 9.10

QINGSHAN DAO 26 37 N 119 47 E 7.22

QINGSHAN DAO 27 55 N 121 07 E 7.13

QINHUANGDAO 39 56 N 119 37 E 4.13

QINSHAN DAO 34 52 N 119 17 E 5.11

QIQU QUNDAO 30 36 N 122 05 E 6.9

QIXING DAO 27 03 N 120 51 E 7.16

QIXING JIAO 26 05 N 119 50 E 7.29

QUANZHOU 24 54 N 118 35 E 9.12

QUANZHOU WAN 24 50 N 118 43 E 9.11

QUEMOY 24 27 N 118 23 E 9.16

R

RAMBLER CHANNEL 29 51 N 122 17 E 6.20

RAW MATERIAL AND FERT. WRF 34 52 N 127 45 E 1.27

REFINE PRODUCT WHARF 34 52 N 127 44 E 1.26

REN YU 25 20 N 119 36 E 9.9

REOEO MAL 35 35 N 129 28 E 2.11

RI DAO 37 29 N 122 12 E 4.26

RIDGE POINT 26 35 N 119 51 E 7.23

RIYUE YU 27 02 N 120 25 E 7.17

RIZHAO LIGHT 35 23 N 119 33 E 5.11

ROCK POINT 27 56 N 121 05 E 7.12

ROKKO 24 03 N 120 25 E 8.12

RONGCHENG WAN 37 21 N 122 38 E 5.3

ROUNDABOUT ISLAND 29 54 N 122 09 E 6.23

S

SA-A TAO 29 59 N 122 06 E 6.27

SAEGEUN SEO 35 02 N 128 44 E 1.40

SAENGIL TO 34 19 N 127 00 E 1.16

SAIL DAN 37 18 N 129 18 E 2.18

SAIL ROCK 29 42 N 121 52 E 6.32

SAIL TAN 37 18 N 129 18 E 2.18
Index—Gazetteer 205

 Pub. 157

SAKUNSO SEO 35 02 N 128 44 E 1.40

SAM GI 34 48 N 127 49 E 1.23

SAMCH'OK 37 26 N 129 12 E 2.19

SAMCH'ONP'O 34 55 N 128 04 E 1.31

SAMCH'ONP'O HANG 34 55 N 128 05 E 1.31

SAMCHEOG 37 26 N 129 12 E 2.19

SAMCHEONPO 34 55 N 128 04 E 1.31

SAMGI 34 48 N 127 49 E 1.23

SAMT'AE DO 34 25 N 125 17 E 3.2

SANDU 26 38 N 119 40 E 7.23

SANDU AO 26 35 N 119 50 E 7.22

SANDU DAO 26 39 N 119 41 E 7.23

SANGBAEG DO 34 02 N 127 37 E 1.13

SANGBAEK TO 34 02 N 127 37 E 1.13

SANGGOU WAN 37 06 N 122 31 E 5.5

SANGI MAL 35 03 N 129 06 E 1.49

SANGWANGDUNG DO 35 39 N 126 07 E 3.13

SAN-HSIEN-T'AI 23 08 N 121 24 E 8.9

SAN-HSIEN-T'AI 24 36 N 121 54 E 8.6

SANJI LIGHT 33 31 N 126 33 E 1.6

SAN-LIEN YU 26 14 N 120 03 E 7.26

SANMEN DAO 22 28 N 114 38 E 9.35

SANMEN WAN 29 00 N 121 45 E 7.7

SANSHA 26 55 N 120 13 E 7.19

SANSHA WAN 26 25 N 120 00 E 7.21

SANSHAN SHUIDAO 38 54 N 121 50 E 4.5

SAN-TIAO CHIAO 25 01 N 122 00 E 8.5

SAN-TIAO CHIAO 25 07 N 122 02 E 8.5

SAN-TU AO 26 35 N 119 50 E 7.22

SANXING LIEDAO 30 26 N 122 31 E 6.11

SARYANG DO 34 49 N 128 14 E 1.32

SASUDO 33 55 N 126 39 E 1.7

SECOND ENTRANCE 22 33 N 120 18 E 8.21

SEI TO 38 33 N 124 46 E 3.31

SEJON DO 34 30 N 128 05 E 1.21

SENBONG 42 20 N 130 24 E 2.49

SEO DO 35 01 N 128 59 E 1.46

SEOGWIP'O HANG 33 14 N 126 34 E 1.3

SEOI MAL 34 47 N 128 44 E 1.36

SEONGSAN BANDO 33 28 N 126 56 E 1.4

SEOUL 37 35 N 127 00 E 3.23

SEUL DO 35 29 N 129 26 E 2.9

SHA LUNG OIL TERMINAL 25 09 N 121 11 E 8.14

SHACHENG GANG 27 10 N 120 24 E 7.18

SHAFENG JIAO 26 01 N 119 42 E 9.3

SHANGDACHEN SHAN 28 30 N 121 53 E 7.4

SHANGHAI 31 13 N 121 30 E 5.15

SHAN-HSI T'OU 38 59 N 121 49 E 4.5

SHANTOU 23 22 N 116 41 E 9.26

SHANWEI GANG 22 45 N 115 18 E 9.31

SHANXI TOU 38 59 N 121 49 E 4.5

SHATOU SHUIDAO 28 01 N 121 02 E 7.12

SHEN-AO WAN 25 08 N 121 49 E 8.4

SHENGSI LIEDAO 30 42 N 122 30 E 6.7

SHENG-T'U-LI TAO 25 15 N 119 45 E 9.8

SHENG-T’U-LI TAO 25 15 N 119 45 E 9.8

SHENHU WAN 24 39 N 118 40 E 9.13

SHENQUAN 22 58 N 116 09 E 9.27

SHENQUAN GANG 22 57 N 116 18 E 9.27

SHESHAN DAO 28 33 N 121 55 E 7.4

SHI JIAO 26 39 N 120 07 E 7.20

SHI YU 23 35 N 117 27 E 9.23

SHIBEISHAN JIAO 22 56 N 116 29 E 9.27

SHIDAO GANG 36 54 N 122 28 E 5.5

SHIH-P'U 29 13 N 121 57 E 7.6

SHIH-PENG CHIANG 29 46 N 122 15 E 6.21

SHIH-TZU-T'OU PI 25 14 N 121 39 E 8.2

SHIJIU LIGHT 35 23 N 119 34 E 5.11

SHIJIU ZUI 35 23 N 119 34 E 5.11

SHIJIUSUO 35 23 N 119 34 E 5.11

SHIMAI TO 38 41 N 124 59 E 3.30

SHINSU HANG 34 54 N 128 04 E 1.32

SHITANG YAN 25 15 N 119 45 E 9.8

SHOU SHAN 22 39 N 120 15 E 8.21

SHUANG SHAN 29 27 N 122 12 E 6.30

SHUANG-JIH TAO 25 16 N 119 40 E 9.7

SIA HAE 34 40 N 126 14 E 3.9

SIBIDONGP'A DO 35 59 N 126 13 E 3.13

SIERGOU QU 38 55 N 121 41 E 4.6

SIGNAL HILL 36 04 N 120 20 E 5.9

SIJIAO SHAN 30 42 N 122 30 E 6.7

SIKI 22 42 N 115 47 E 9.29

SIN PO 35 28 N 129 23 E 2.8

SINCH'ANG HANG 40 07 N 128 29 E 2.35

SINGLE ISLET 22 24 N 114 40 E 9.36

SINP’O 40 02 N 128 12 E 2.34

SINSU DO 34 54 N 128 05 E 1.32

SISHUANG LIEDAO 26 38 N 120 201 E 7.20

SISHUANG LIEDAO 26 40 N 120 21 E 7.20

SIZIMEI DAO 30 10 N 122 52 E 6.13

SO DO 38 33 N 124 46 E 3.29,

3.31

SO YONG DAN 34 24 N 127 48 E 1.19

SOAN KUNDO 34 10 N 126 27 E 1.9

SOCH'ONG DO 37 46 N 124 45 E 3.28

SOCOTRA ROCK 32 07 N 125 11 E 5.2

SODEIN 36 38 N 125 43 E 3.17

SODO 35 01 N 128 59 E 1.46

SODUNG DO 36 38 N 125 43 E 3.17

SOHUKSAN DO 34 04 N 125 07 E 3.2

SOI MAL 34 47 N 128 44 E 1.36

SOJUNGGWAN KUNDO 34 12 N 125 30 E 3.2

SOK TO 38 39 N 125 00 E 3.29

SOKCH'O HANG 38 12 N 128 36 E 2.23

SOKU TO 38 39 N 125 00 E 3.29

SOLITARY ROCK 27 02 N 120 25 E 7.17

SOMA DO 34 14 N 126 47 E 1.11

SOMO DO 34 14 N 126 47 E 1.11

SONG DO 42 15 N 130 23 E 2.48

SONGDAE MAL 35 48 N 129 31 E 2.11

SONGDO 35 04 N 129 01 E 1.49

SONGDO GAP 40 02 N 128 20 E 2.35

SONGJON MAN 39 20 N 127 30 E 2.30

SONGJONG DAN 42 11 N 130 19 E 2.47

SONGMUN AM 38 31 N 124 55 E 3.29

SONGNYONG MAN 40 02 N 128 00 E 2.32

SONJUG YEOLDO 34 17 N 127 23 E 1.15

SORREL ROCK 25 02 N 119 11 E 9.11

SOSUAP TO 37 50 N 125 45 E 3.25

SOSURAJI 42 16 N 130 36 E 2.48

SOUTH MEROPE 24 06 N 118 06 E 9.20

SOYA DO 37 12 N 126 11 E 3.22

SOYO AM 36 19 N 126 29 E 3.16

SSANGP'O MAN 41 57 N 129 59 E 2.45

STRAWSTACK ISLAND 26 56 N 120 21 E 7.17

SU-AO KANG 24 36 N 121 52 E 8.6

SUJEON MAL 37 00 N 129 25 E 2.17

SUNWIDO MYOJI 37 45 N 125 20 E 3.27

SUNYEOM MAL 35 40 N 129 28 E 2.11

SUSAN DAN 38 05 N 128 41 E 2.23

SUSHAN DAO 36 45 N 122 15 E 5.6

SUU DO 34 50 N 128 08 E 1.32

SUUDO 34 50 N 128 08 E 1.32

SUUN DO 39 41 N 124 25 E 3.35

SUWON DAN 38 41 N 128 22 E 2.26

SUYEONG MAN 35 08 N 129 09 E 2.3

SUYONG MAN 35 08 N 129 09 E 2.3

T

T'AI-CHOU WAN 28 40 N 121 37 E 7.8

T'AI-TUNG KANG 22 45 N 121 09 E 8.9

T'IAO-CHOU MEN 29 43 N 122 16 E 6.21

T'O-CHI TAO 38 10 N 120 45 E 4.23

T'OEJO MAN 39 53 N 127 47 E 2.32

T'ONGYONG HAEMAN 34 47 N 128 27 E 1.34

T'OU-CH'ENG CH'UAN 24 51 N 121 49 E 8.5

T'SE-TZU SHU-TAO 30 00 N 121 57 E 6.23

T'UNG-SHAN CHIANG 23 46 N 117 32 E 9.22

T'UNG-T'OU SHAN 29 14 N 122 00 E 7.6

T’AIPEI KANG 25 09 N 121 23 E 8.13

T’AIPEI 25 09 N 121 23 E 8.13

TA-CH'EN TAO 28 30 N 121 53 E 7.3

TA-CH'I SHAN 30 49 N 122 10 E 6.2

TAE AM 34 17 N 127 26 E 1.15

TAE DAN 42 18 N 130 27 E 2.48

TAEBANG SUDO 34 56 N 128 02 E 1.32

TAEBANGSAN 34 51 N 127 59 E 1.32

TAEBYON 35 13 N 129 14 E 2.5

TAEHUKSAN GUNDO 34 42 N 125 26 E 3.3

TAEJIN NI 38 30 N 128 26 E 2.24

TAEJUK TO 35 08 N 128 41 E 1.44

TAEO DO 39 13 N 127 38 E 2.28
206 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 157

TAERYANGHWA MAN 41 13 N 129 44 E 2.42

TAESAN HANG 37 01 N 126 25 E 3.19

TAI PANG WAN 22 35 N 114 30 E 9.34

TAI SHIH 26 08 N 119 58 E 7.27

TAI TAN 34 39 N 127 49 E 1.22

TAI-CHUNG 24 17 N 120 30 E 8.16

TAIPING SHAN 36 04 N 120 21 E 5.9

TAISHAN LIEDAO 27 00 N 120 42 E 7.17

TAIWAN BANKS 23 00 N 118 35 E 8.25

TAIWAN STRAIT 24 00 N 119 00 E 8.25

TAIZHOU LIEDAO 28 30 N 121 53 E 7.3

TAJIN MAN 41 16 N 129 45 E 2.42

TAKE SHIMA 37 15 N 131 52 E 2.2

TA-KUNG TAO 35 58 N 120 29 E 5.8

TALIN 25 10 N 119 01 E 3.

TA-LIN-PU 22 32 N 120 20 E 8.22

TA-LIN-PU OFFSHORE OIL TERM 22 30 N 120 17 E 8.22

TA-LIU-CHIA TAO 22 35 N 114 39 E 9.33

TALLI DO 34 46 N 126 19 E 3.11

TALMAN GAP 36 06 N 129 26 E 2.12

TA-LU TAO 39 45 N 123 44 E 4.3

TANGGANG MAL 35 03 N 129 01 E 1.48

TANGGEON YEO 34 22 N 127 31 E 1.18

TANGJIN HWARYOK 37 03 N 126 30 E 3.20

TANGNAO SHAN 30 36 N 121 58 E 6.11

TAN-SHUI KANG 25 11 N 121 24 E 8.13

TANTOU SHAN 29 10 N 122 02 E 7.6

TA-P'ENG AO 22 35 N 114 30 E 9.34

TA-PAN-LIEH MAO-TI 21 57 N 120 45 E 8.24

TA-PENG CHIAO 29 50 N 122 25 E 6.12

TA-TE HSU 25 05 N 119 02 E 9.11

TAU-TSUI HEAD 36 44 N 121 38 E 5.6

TA-YA CHIAO 22 35 N 114 45 E 9.33

TA-YA WAN 22 37 N 114 40 E 9.33

TA-YUAN SHAN 30 14 N 122 16 E 6.14

TENG-CHOU T'OU 37 50 N 120 44 E 4.20

TENG-HUO-PAI 22 31 N 114 41 E 9.34

TERMINAL HEAD 39 09 N 122 09 E 4.3

TIANJIN XIN GANG 39 00 N 117 42 E 4.15

TIANWEI JIAO 22 45 N 115 49 E 9.29

TIEN-WEI CHIAO 22 45 N 115 49 E 9.29

TING-HAI 30 00 N 122 06 E 6.27

TOGU DO 34 15 N 127 01 E 1.14

TOJANG P'O 34 46 N 128 41 E 1.36

TOK TO 38 45 N 124 58 E 3.31

TOK TO 38 45 N 125 26 E 3.31

TOKCHOK TO 37 14 N 126 07 E 3.23

TOKP'O DAN 38 22 N 128 31 E 2.24

TOKU SOMU 38 45 N 124 58 E 3.31

TOLSAN DO 34 38 N 127 48 E 1.22

TOLSANDO 34 38 N 127 48 E 1.21

TONG SUDO 37 06 N 126 20 E 3.18

TONGDUMAL 34 59 N 128 50 E 1.38

TONGHAE HANG 37 29 N 129 09 E 2.20

TONGJOSON MAN 39 30 N 128 00 E 2.25

TONGYEONG HAEMAN 34 47 N 128 27 E 1.34

TORI DO 37 07 N 126 37 E 3.20

TOUMEN SHAN 28 41 N 121 47 E 7.8

TOWN POINT 26 33 N 119 48 E 7.22

TS'AI YU 22 38 N 115 29 E 9.31

TS'AO-HSIEH-PA YU 29 00 N 121 54 E 7.7

TSO-YING KANG 22 42 N 120 15 E 8.20

TU-LAN WAN 22 50 N 121 12 E 8.9

TULSAN DO LIGHT 34 42 N 127 48 E 1.19

TUMEN RIVER 42 17 N 130 41 E 2.50

TUNG TAO 30 44 N 123 09 E 6.4

TUNG TING 22 38 N 115 06 E 9.31

TUNG-CHU TAO 25 58 N 119 58 E 7.28

TUNG-HSU SHAN 29 37 N 122 02 E 6.30

TUNG-KANG PO-TI 22 27 N 120 26 E 8.23

TUNGKI ROCKS 22 46 N 115 50 E 9.30

TUNG-SHA TAO 26 10 N 120 24 E 7.5

TUNG-SHAN TAO 23 40 N 117 25 E 9.23

TUNG-YIN TAO 26 23 N 120 30 E 7.5

TUNG-YUEH YU 25 16 N 119 40 E 9.7

TUOJI DAO 38 10 N 120 45 E 4.23

TUONING LIENDAO 22 27 N 114 38 E 9.35

U

U AM 34 43 N 127 48 E 1.23

U DO 33 30 N 126 58 E 1.7

UGA MAL 35 36 N 129 28 E 2.11

UGI MAL 35 36 N 129 28 E 2.11

UL GI 35 29 N 129 27 E 2.9

ULGI 35 29 N 129 27 E 2.9

ULLEUNG DO 37 30 N 130 50 E 2.2

ULLUNG DO 37 30 N 130 50 E 2.2

ULSAN HANG 35 30 N 129 23 E 2.8

ULSAN MAN 35 27 N 129 24 E 2.8

UNG DO 35 04 N 128 43 E 1.42

V

VERNON CHANNEL 29 46 N 122 15 E 6.21

W

WA AM 40 01 N 128 02 E 2.32

WAI LANGJIANGSHA 26 07 N 119 46 E 7.29

WAI-CH'ANG-SHAN SHUIDAO 39 03 N 122 47 E 4.4

WAI-HUO HSU 30 04 N 122 27 E 6.18

WAILONGYAN 28 13 N 121 33 E 7.10

WAI-SAN-TING CHOU 23 31 N 120 02 E 8.12

WAI-SHENG CHIAO 23 42 N 120 10 E 8.18

WAIYANG’AN DAO 29 52 N 122 35 E 6.17

WAI-YU SHAN 29 59 N 121 45 E 6.28

WAIZHE DAO 37 15 N 122 35 E 5.4

WANG DO 34 16 N 127 32 E 1.15

WAN-JEN-TUI PI 25 10 N 121 44 E 8.3

WAN-SHOU SHAN 22 39 N 120 15 E 8.21

WATERWITCH CHANNEL 26 36 N 119 46 E 7.22

WEIFANG GANG 37 15 N 119 11 E 4.18

WEIHAI 37 30 N 122 06 E 4.25

WEI-T'OU AO 24 33 N 118 30 E 9.15

WEI-T'OU CHIAO 24 31 N 118 34 E 9.14

WEITOU JIAO 24 31 N 118 34 E 9.14

WEI-TOU SHUI-TAO 25 31 N 119 38 E 7.29

WEITOU WAN 24 33 N 118 30 E 9.15

WEN-CH’UNG SHAM 30 12 N 122 15 E 6.14

WENCHONG SHAN 29 24 N 122 10 E 6.30

WENZHOU 28 01 N 120 39 E 7.14

WENZHOU QIANTAN 27 56 N 120 57 E 7.12

WENZHOU WAN 27 55 N 121 15 E 7.11

WI DO 35 35 N 126 17 E 3.12

WOLMI DO 37 28 N 126 36 E 3.23

WONSAN 39 10 N 127 27 E 2.29

WU CHIAO 30 22 N 122 41 E 6.11

WUAB SHUIDO 24 20 N 118 08 E 9.17

WU-CH'IU HSU 25 00 N 119 27 E 9.2

WU-CHU CHIANG 26 10 N 119 36 E 7.29

WUQIU YU 25 00 N 119 27 E 9.2

WU-SHA MEN 29 49 N 122 22 E 6.20

WUSONG KOU 31 23 N 121 31 E 5.15

WU-TAN 24 22 N 118 08 E 9.17

X

XIACUO 25 10 N 118 59 E 9.10

XIADANCHEN SHAN 28 26 N 121 53 E 7.3

XIALANGTAN 28 04 N 121 31 E 7.11

XIAMEN 24 27 N 118 04 E 9.17

XIANG ZUI 36 01 N 120 18 E 5.9

XIANGSHAN GANG 29 38 N 121 48 E 6.32

XIAOBAN MEN 30 12 N 122 36 E 6.13

XIAOGAN SHAN 29 57 N 122 14 E 6.20

XIAOGONG DAO 36 00 N 120 35 E 5.8

XIAOJIAOTOU 28 28 N 121 55 E 7.4

XIAOLONGSHAN DAO LIGHT 38 58 N 120 59 E 4.8

XIAOSANSHAN SHUIDAO 38 56 N 121 50 E 4.5

XIAOXINGSHAN 22 31 N 114 50 E 9.32

XIAOZHUI DAO 24 49 N 118 46 E 9.11

XIJIE JIAO 22 42 N 115 47 E 9.29

XINGDAO DAO 26 59 N 120 28 E 7.17

XINGHUA SHUIDAO 25 18 N 119 39 E 9.8

XINGHUA WAN 25 20 N 119 20 E 9.5

XIONGDI YU 23 33 N 117 40 E 9.2

XIPI SHI 26 04 N 119 57 E 7.27

XIQUAN DAO 25 59 N 119 56 E 7.28

XIU SHAN 30 10 N 122 10 E 6.16
Index—Gazetteer 207

 Pub. 157

XIUYU 25 13 N 118 59 E 9.10

XIYANG DAO 26 30 N 120 03 E 7.21

Y

YA-LU CHIANG 39 55 N 124 20 E 4.3

YALU RIVER 39 40 N 124 15 E 3.34

YALU RIVER 39 55 N 124 20 E 4.3

YANG AM 34 44 N 127 47 E 1.23

YANG PO HANG 35 52 N 129 32 E 2.12

YANGDEOG DO 34 30 N 126 07 E 3.8

YANGMA DAO 37 28 N 121 37 E 4.24

YANGPO HANG 35 52 N 129 32 E 2.12

YANGTZE RIVER 31 48 N 121 10 E 5.16

YANTAI 37 33 N 121 27 E 4.24

YANTAI SHAN 37 33 N 121 24 E 4.24

YA-TAO CHIA 36 08 N 120 43 E 5.8

YEH-LIU PAN-TAO 25 13 N 121 42 E 8.3

YEMAODONG 30 48 N 122 47 E 6.6

YEN TAO 26 37 N 119 47 E 7.22

YEN-SHUI KANG 24 45 N 120 54 E 8.14

YEN-T'AI 37 33 N 121 27 E 4.24

YEOGMAN DO 34 10 N 127 21 E 1.15

YEOJA MAN 34 40 N 127 30 E 1.20

YEONGIL MAN 36 04 N 129 28 E 2.12

YEONJA DO 35 25 N 129 22 E 2.6

YEONPYEONG 37 40 N 125 42 E 3.24

YEOSEO DO 33 59 N 126 56 E 1.7

YEOSU 34 44 N 127 45 E 1.24

YINGKOU 40 41 N 122 14 E 4.9

YINGKOU LIGHT VESSEL 40 31 N 121 59 E 4.9

YIN-SHUI CHIAO 26 07 N 120 02 E 7.27

YISUAN SHAN 28 13 N 121 40 E 7.9

YOGCHI DO 34 38 N 128 15 E 1.30

YOGJI DO 34 38 N 128 15 E 1.30

YON DO 36 05 N 126 26 E 3.17

YONDAE DO 34 44 N 128 24 E 1.34

YONGAMP'O 39 56 N 124 22 E 3.36

YONGCHU GAP 37 03 N 129 26 E 2.18

YONGDAE GAP 40 28 N 129 04 E 2.38

YONGDANGP'O 38 00 N 125 42 E 3.26

YONGHUNG MAN 39 15 N 127 30 E 2.28

YONGIL MAN 36 04 N 129 28 E 2.12

YONGMAN DO 34 10 N 127 21 E 1.15

YONGWI DO 37 47 N 125 20 E 3.27

YONJA DO 35 25 N 129 22 E 2.6

YONP'YONG YOLTO 37 40 N 125 42 E 3.24

YOSO ENERGY BERTH 34 52 N 127 46 E 1.28

YOSU 34 44 N 127 45 E 1.24

YOSU BANDO 34 44 N 127 45 E 1.23

YOSU HAEMAN 34 40 N 127 51 E 1.21

YU YAN 38 34 N 121 38 E 4.22

YU YAN 38 35 N 121 36 E 4.7

YUAN DAO 38 40 N 122 10 E 4.5

YUANYAO ZUI 37 34 N 122 04 E 4.24

YUANZHUI JIAO 23 40 N 117 29 E 9.23

YUDAL SAN 34 47 N 126 22 E 3.11

YUHUAN DAO 28 08 N 121 12 E 7.11

YULPO MAL 34 53 N 128 08 E 1.32

YUN-AN LNG TERMINAL 22 49 N 120 11 E 8.19

YUSHAN LIEDAO 28 52 N 122 15 E 7.2

YU-SHAN LIEH-TAO 28 52 N 122 15 E 7.2

YUXINGNAO 30 21 N 121 52 E 6.16

Z

ZHAITOU JIAO 28 08 N 121 21 E 7.11

ZHAO'AN WAN 23 37 N 117 17 E 9.24

ZHAOBEI ZUI 37 28 N 122 14 E 4.25

ZHAOBEI ZUI 37 28 N 122 14 E 4.26

ZHELANG JIAO 22 39 N 115 34 E 9.30

ZHELIN WAN 23 36 N 117 03 E 9.24

ZHENHAI 29 57 N 121 42 E 6.28

ZHENHAI 29 57 N 121 43 E 6.1

ZHENHAIO JIAO 24 16 N 118 08 E 9.19

ZHENYAN TOU 22 19 N 115 06 E 9.2

ZHIFUDONG JIAO 37 36 N 121 20 E 4.24

ZHISONG YAN 23 26 N 117 18 E 9.25

ZHONGJIESHAN QUNDAO 30 11 N 122 40 E 6.12

ZHOUSHAN DAO 30 05 N 122 06 E 6.17

ZHU HANGDAO 24 26 N 118 04 E 9.17

ZHUANGHE 39 37 N 122 57 E 4.4

ZHUCHA DAO 35 57 N 120 19 E 5.10

ZHUJIAJIAN 29 56 N 122 23 E 6.17

ZIGAN 24 24 N 118 25 E 9.16